Adds driver model support.
We need to be able to self initialize the NAND controller/chip
at probe and so enable CONFIG_SYS_NAND_SELF_INIT.
Doing so requires nand_register() API which is provided by nand.c
and needs to be enabled during SPL build via CONFIG_SPL_NAND_INIT.
But nand.c also provides nand_init() so we need to get rid of nand_init()
in omap_gpmc driver if CONFIG_SPL_NAND_INIT is set.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20221220102203.52398-5-rogerq@kernel.org
First set of u-boot-at91 features for the 2023.04 cycle:
This feature set includes the new DM-based NAND flash driver (old non-DM
driver is still kept for backwards compatibility), and the move to DM
NAND flash driver for sam9x60ek board. Feature set also includes
devicetree alignment for sama7g5 with Linux, devicetree alignment on USB
with Linux for all boards (sama5, sam9x60), chip id for sama7g5, minor
configs and tweaks.
This makes it possible to configure a project to use some other
location or script than the default scripts/get_maintainer.pl one used
in the U-Boot and Linux projects. It can be configured via a .patman
configuration file and accepts arguments, as documented.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
This enables versioning a project specific patman configuration file.
It also makes it possible to declare the project name, which is not a
useful thing to do in $HOME/.patman. A new test is added, along
updated documentation.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rationale: if the user explicitly provide this argument, they probably
intend for it to be used.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This better matches Python conventions, allowing to easily test
whether the optional argument is provided.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The SafeConfigParser class has been renamed in Python 3.2 to
ConfigParser, and the old alias has been deprecated since.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove extraneous imports, variables and comply to PEP 8 maximum line
width, among other PEP 8 changes suggested by Pyflake.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pytest offers useful features such as selecting tests by means of a
regular expression, or running the pdb debugger upon encountering a
test failure.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Some tests would fail when the test data is not available, so it
doesn't make much sense to expose the action when patman is running
outside of the u-boot git checkout.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
With this change, a user can run the patman test suite using Pytest
the same as when using 'patman test':
$ cd tools/patman && pytest
[...]
44 passed, 8 warnings in 8.87s
$ ./patman test
Ran 44 tests in 8.460s
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
This allows running the package as a Python module, like e.g.:
$ python -m patman
It also prevents Pytest from attempting to parse main.py, which
would cause errors.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Fix up main.py in __init__.py:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This resolves 10 out of 11 test failures seen when running './patman
test' from the 'tools/patman' subdirectory. This was caused by the
.checkpatch.conf configuration file at the root of the project not
being picked up. Make the test suite of patman independent from it by
always invoking the checkpatch.pl script with the minimally required
arguments for the test suite to pass.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Previously it would rely on the executing script location, which could
break for example when running the tests via 'pytest'.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Rationale: this is more robust than assumptions about the file
hierarchy layout of the installation of patman, for example on non
file-hierarchy standard (FHS) systems such as Guix System or Nix OS.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for at91 reset controller's basic assert/deassert
operations. Since this driver conflicts with the
SYSRESET driver because they both bind to the same RSTC node,
implement a custom bind hook that would manually bind the
sysreset driver, if enabled, to the same RSTC DT node.
Furthermore, delete the no longer needed compatibles from the
SYSRESET driver and rename it to make sure than any possible
conflicts are avoided.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Tested-by: Mihai Sain <mihai.sain@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Add the required pinctrl, gpio and phy properties required by the
USB DT nodes of the sama7g5ek boards. Since these have not yet been
defined in upstream Linux, place them in the U-Boot specific DT file.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Define the USB and UTMI DT nodes for the sama7g5 SoC's. Since these have
not yet been defined in upstream Linux, place them in the U-Boot specific
DT file.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Upstream linux commit 5994f58977e0.
Add reset bindings for SAMA7G5. At the moment only USB PHYs are
included.
The three reset USB phy's have their ID's mapped from 4 to 6. There are
no USB phy's with ID's numbered from 0 to 3.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Add the required pinctrl and gpio properties required by the USB DT
nodes of the sam9x60ek boards.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Add the required pinctrl and gpio properties needed by the USB DT nodes
of the sam9x60_curiosity boards.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Set blue led on at boot time in order to highlight that u-boot is loaded.
This is done for all sam9x60 based boards which contain an RGB led.
Signed-off-by: Mihai Sain <mihai.sain@microchip.com>
Remove init of UART-clock and UART-reset in arch_cpu_init(). Add DEBUG_UART
to s5p4418_nanopi2_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Bosch <stefan_b@posteo.net>
Add dm_serial driver source code for S5P4418 SOC. Extend the "arm,pl011"
driver by init of UART-clock and UART-reset.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Bosch <stefan_b@posteo.net>
Switch off SCSI related config options to get rid of the board
removal warning. We don't use this interface. Also disable UBIFS
to decrease the image size, as this is also not used.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
EEPROM detection logic in ti_i2c_eeprom_get() involves figuring out
whether addressing is 1-byte or 2-byte. There are currently different
behaviours seen across boards as documented in commit bf6376642f
("board: ti: common: board_detect: Fix EEPROM read quirk"). Adding to
the list, we see that there are 2-byte EEPROMs that read properly
with 1-byte addressing with no offset.
For ti_i2c_eeprom_am6_get where eeprom parse operation is dynamic, the
earlier commit d2ab2a2baf ("board: ti: common: board_detect: Fix
EEPROM read quirk for AM6 style data") tried to resolve this by running
ti_i2c_eeprom_get() twice. However this commit along with its former
commit fails on J7 platforms where EEPROM successfully return back the
header on 1-byte addressing and continues to do so until an offset is
introduced. So the second read incorrectly determines the EEPROM as
1-byte addressing.
A more generic solution is introduced here to solve
this issue: 1-byte read without offset and 1-byte read with offset. If
both passes, it follows 1-byte addressing else we proceed with 2-byte
addressing check.
Tested on J721E, J7200, DRA7xx, AM64x
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Fixes: d2ab2a2baf (board: ti: common: board_detect: Fix EEPROM read quirk for AM6 style data)
Fixes: bf6376642f (board: ti: common: board_detect: Fix EEPROM read quirk)
Tested-By: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Add the CONFIG_SYS_NAND_SELF_INIT to the Kconfig to follow the changes from
mainline.
Signed-off-by: Lokanathan, Raaj <raaj.lokanathan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jit Loon Lim <jit.loon.lim@intel.com>
U-Boot serial code already handles -EAGAIN value from getc and putc
callbacks. So change drivers code to return -EAGAIN when HW is busy instead
of doing its own busy loop and waiting until HW is ready.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
serial-uclass.c code already puts \r before \n for all dm_serial drivers.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All uniphier v7 SoCs have cortex-a9 and use cortex-a9 global timer
in a simple implementation. Now DM_TIMER of it is available
on 35751c7f3f ("timer: sti: convert sti-timer to arm a9 global timer"),
so let's switch to it.
The old driver reads the lower 32bits of counter field
and sets the prescaler as 50 with PERIPHCLK(=50MHz),
so the global timer works as a 32-bit 1MHz timer.
The DM_TIMER uses the whole 64bits with no prescaler,
so the global timer works as a 64-bit PERIPHCLK timer.
CONFIG_SYS_HZ_CLOCK is set as the default PERIPHCLK frequency,
if there is no 'clocks' property in devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Dai Okamura <okamura.dai@socionext.com>
PXs3 Ref boards need to change the strength of ethernet ports
for stability, like LD20's one.
This adds the table data and fixes the boot issue on PXs3 Ref board.
Fixes: 0852033309 ("ARM: uniphier: sync with Linux 5.8-rc4")
Signed-off-by: Dai Okamura <okamura.dai@socionext.com>
The pinctrl datas of uniphier SoCs are the minimal subsets of kernel's one,
and some tables has no data to save the footprint size.
If the board dts tries to match a pin name on no pins defined SoC,
the footprint magic code causes "Synchronous Abort".
This checks if the 'pins' data is valid,
and if empty, avoids the abort with the warning as follows:
WARNING at drivers/pinctrl/uniphier/pinctrl-uniphier-core.c:36/uniphier_pinctrl_get_pins_count()!
pinctrl_select_state_full: pinctrl_config_one: err=-38
Signed-off-by: Dai Okamura <okamura.dai@socionext.com>
kmcent2-u-boot.dtsi file contains copy of powerpc u-boot.dtsi binman file.
So remove code duplication and replace it by including u-boot.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
The correct value for 'entry-method' in the idle-states binding is 'psci',
not 'arm,psci'. It hasn't mattered because it isn't used by the OS.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
The "arm,armv7-timer-mem" schema defines the address sizes for child
nodes to be 32-bit as there's no need for 64-bit offsets and sizes of
the child 'frame' nodes.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
DT node names should follow generic names defined in the DT spec. These
are also now checked by dtschema tools.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Add the definition of the pinctrl for the MCU domain.
Same as kernel commit 500e6dfbb465531150ac6e2ff0856dd357ddc8a4
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
To quote the author:
This series adds support for using configs with the source command.
And to paraphrase the rest, see the patch commit messages for more
details.
As discussed previously [1,2], the source command is not safe to use with
verified boot unless there is a key with required = "images" (which has its
own problems). This is because if such a key is absent, signatures are
verified but not required. It is assumed that configuration nodes will
provide the signature. Because the source command does not use
configurations to determine the image to source, effectively no
verification takes place.
To address this, allow specifying configuration nodes. We use the same
syntax as the bootm command (helpfully provided for us by fit_parse_conf).
By default, we first try the default config and then the default image. To
force using a config, # must be present in the command (e.g. `source
$loadaddr#my-conf`). For convenience, the config may be omitted, just like
the address may be (e.g. `source \#`). This also works for images
(`source :` behaves exactly like `source` currently does).
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/7d711133-d513-5bcb-52f2-a9dbaa9eeded@prevas.dk/
[2] https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/042dcb34-f85f-351e-1b0e-513f89005fdd@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This simplifies a few lines and corrects an error message.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Two callers of image_source_script specify an image name. However, both
use the deprecated @ syntax, indicating that they have not been updated
in a while. If CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is enabled, we will reject such
names outright. Back in commit 152576a598 ("stm32mp: stm32prog: handle
U-Boot script in flashlayout alternate"), we even renamed one of the
nodes. Instead of hard-coding a script image name, just use the default
image.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
This adds a basic test for FIT image handling by the source command.
It's a python test becase we need to run mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a fallback for this function so it can be used without regard to
whether FIT_SIGNATURE is enabled or not.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Bring in the final series to complete the main portion of migrating
CONFIG symbols to either Kconfig or CFG namespace (or removing /
renaming entirely). With this, we have stricter CI tests as well now.
We ask for CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT_ADDRESS in Kconfig, so we cannot define
it in C as a fall-back. However, this option previously was buried under
"if ... endif" Kconfig logic. Rework a number of config options to now
have more robust dependency lines so that we can ask this address when
needed. With that done, we can remove the fallback in spl_ram.c.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This value is never changed by boards, so just rename it to
SPI_IDLE_VAL to fit with the rest of the code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We rename the symbol CONFIG_SEND_ENABLE to just SEND_ENABLE, and remove
the second whitespace following the define.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At this point all listed adhoc CONFIG symbols have been migrated to
Kconfig or removed from the tree or renamed to CFG (or similar). We also
now have CI tests that will error on any new introductions, and
checkpatch.pl also looks. We can now remove these hooks and related
scripts.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that all symbols have been migrated to Kconfig, or are part of the
CFG namespace we do not need a complex check for unmigrated CONFIG
symbols. Any instance of #define (or #undef) or a CONFIG value is wrong,
so cause CI to fail.
This test is not as strict as possible yet as we have more symbols that
were not previously caught to deal with.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that all CONFIG symbols are in Kconfig, checkpatch.pl should check
for and error on any case of define/undef CONFIG_*.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At this point in the conversion there should be no need to have logic to
disable some symbol during the SPL build as all symbols should have an
SPL counterpart.
The main real changes done here are that we now must make proper use of
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(DM_SERIAL) rather than many of the odd tricks we
developed prior to CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() being available.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A number of CONFIG symbols have crept in that are never referenced in
code, so drop them here. Further, we have two symbols being enabled
in headers while already enabled correctly in Kconfig, so these lines
can also be removed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Rename the CONFIG_POWER_BD71837_I2C_* symbols to not have the CONFIG
prefix and be local to the file they are used in.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Perform simple renames of:
CONFIG_WATCHDOG_PRESC to CFG_WATCHDOG_PRESC
CONFIG_WATCHDOG_RC to CFG_WATCHDOG_RC
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Perform simple renames of:
CONFIG_VSC7385_IMAGE to CFG_VSC7385_IMAGE
CONFIG_VSC7385_IMAGE_SIZE to CFG_VSC7385_IMAGE_SIZE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Perform simple renames of:
CONFIG_MXC_USB_FLAGS to CFG_MXC_USB_FLAGS
CONFIG_MXC_USB_PORT to CFG_MXC_USB_PORT
CONFIG_MXC_USB_PORTSC to CFG_MXC_USB_PORTSC
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Perform simple renames of:
CONFIG_DFU_ALT to CFG_DFU_ALT
CONFIG_DFU_ALT_BOOT_EMMC to CFG_DFU_ALT_BOOT_EMMC
CONFIG_DFU_ALT_BOOT_SD to CFG_DFU_ALT_BOOT_SD
CONFIG_DFU_ALT_SYSTEM to CFG_DFU_ALT_SYSTEM
CONFIG_DFU_ENV_SETTINGS to CFG_DFU_ENV_SETTINGS
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
While we do not want to use CONFIG_RSA_VERIFY_WITH_PKEY on the host, we
cannot undef the symbol in this manner. As this ends up being a test
within another function we can use !tools_build() as a test here.
Cc: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We have a number of places that undef CONFIG_... while we never
reference CONFIG_... in the first place. Remove these lines.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have some unused and undefined symbols to remove references to, so do
that. Move the final things that we do set (or need to keep unset) to
Kconfig instead.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As of 2f41ade79e ("linker: Modify linker scripts to be more generic")
we can use the same linker script for SPL and TPL and not have to make
use of #undef tricks. Remove these last remnants.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The way that the timer support is currently done for exynos/nexell
platforms relies on the legacy PWM infrastructure, and that needs to be
updated. However, we really cannot safely undef CONFIG_DM_PWM to build
the timer.c file without warnings. For now, rename the relevant legacy
functions to be prefixed with s5p_ and add prototypes to the arch pwm.h
files.
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Bosch <stefan_b@posteo.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Bring in the second to last big batch of CONFIG migrations and
renames. Of note here we fix a few inconsistencies around the baudrate
tables on some SoCs and now are consistent in hostname/etc handling in
the environment.
At this point only the TARGET_T1042D4RDB variant of this is supported in
tree, so remove the remaining parts of the other platforms.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is always defined to 16K, so we move this over to
include/fsl_validate.h to start with. Next, we rename this from CONFIG_
to FSL_. Coalesce the various comments around this definition to be in
fsl_validate.h as well to explain the usage.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This define is not enabled by the only platform which currently enables
the legacy option of CONFIG_USB_DEVICE. We can drop this code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_TEGRA_ENABLE_UARTA
CONFIG_TEGRA_ENABLE_UARTB
CONFIG_TEGRA_ENABLE_UARTC
CONFIG_TEGRA_ENABLE_UARTD
CONFIG_TEGRA_SPI
CONFIG_TEGRA_UARTA_GPU
CONFIG_TEGRA_UARTA_SDIO1
CONFIG_TEGRA_VDD_CORE_TPS62361B_SET3
CONFIG_TEGRA_VDD_CORE_TPS62366A_SET1
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Stop using CONFIG_SANDBOX_ARCH and use CONFIG_SANDBOX instead. For the
SPI related defines, set them directly in Kconfig. This now empties
arch/sandbox/include/asm/config.h.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this symbol to Kconfig, and preserve the current behavior. The
help text here comes from where the relevant code is implemented and it
is quite likely at this point in time we could either disable this
option or at least make it configurable.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When the ti814x_evm config was removed most, but not all, of the
relevant support code was remove. Get rid of what was missed.
Fixes: 50b5326868 ("ti814x: Remove platform")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable this in the board Kconfig file, but then check for it via
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED so that it will only be true in the non-SPL case, as
is done today. As part of this we move some defines local to where
they are used as it's board specific.
Cc: Samuel Egli <samuel.egli@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_MONITOR_IS_IN_RAM
As part of this, reword some of the documentation slightly to reflect
that this is in Kconfig and not a define now.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The way all of the memory init code here works is that we pass
0xDEADBEEF around for the initial value (as it's a well known 'poison'
value and so easily recognized in debuggers, etc). The only point of
this CONFIG symbol was to pass in a different value for that purpose.
Drop this symbol and cleanup the code slightly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This functionality is part of the legacy I2C subsystem and is currently
unused anywhere. Remove the remaining references.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Following how g_dnl_bind_fixup is used on other platforms, rename the
unchanging defines used here to be prefixed with EXYNOS rather than
Samsung, and define them here.
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
CONFIG_HOSTNAME
CONFIG_IPADDR
CONFIG_NETMASK
CONFIG_ROOTPATH
CONFIG_SERVERIP
CONFIG_UBOOTPATH
To do this, we introduce a CONFIG_USE_ form of each of the above and
change include/env_default.h to test for that to be set before setting a
value. Further, we don't want to stringify the IP address related values
as they are now properly strings via Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
CONFIG_FSL_FM_10GEC_REGULAR_NOTATION
CONFIG_FSL_ISBC_KEY_EXT
CONFIG_FSL_TRUST_ARCH_v1
CONFIG_FSL_SDHC_V2_3
CONFIG_MAX_DSP_CPUS
CONFIG_MIU_2BIT_INTERLEAVED
CONFIG_SERIAL_BOOT
CONFIG_SPI_BOOTING
CONFIG_X86EMU_RAW_IO
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This option is only used on one platform currently. However, with PHYLIB
enabled, which this platform also does, this option is not checked and
the functional use case is handled. Remove this code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_DM9000_BYTE_SWAPPED
CONFIG_DM9000_NO_SROM
CONFIG_DM9000_USE_16BIT
CONFIG_DM9000_DEBUG
CONFIG_MXC_GPT_HCLK
CONFIG_NAND_6BYTES_OOB_FREE_10BYTES_ECC
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Drop CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC as this is never set directly but instead
means ENV_IS_EMBEDDED, so reference that in code and rename the Makefile
usage to BUILD_ENVCRC.
- Remove extra-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_EMBEDDED) line as it could never be true,
and likely why there is an extra- line for CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH (the
only use case today of embedded environments).
- With these slight changes we can then see that using the calculated
symbol of ENV_IS_EMBEDDED is the right thing to use in any code which
needs to know this situation and can remove CONFIG_ENV_IS_EMBEDDED
entirely.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The CONFIG_USB_FAT_BOOT, CONFIG_USB_EXT2_BOOT and CONFIG_NORBOOT defines
are not referenced anywhere, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As it's no longer possible to have !DM_USB set, we can remove these
dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The PMC node is not an interrupt provider, so it must not have
interrupt-cells.
This fixes the warning (on newer DTC):
arch/arm/dts/sama5d2.dtsi:82.22-602.6: Warning (interrupt_provider): /ahb/apb/pmc@f0014000: '#interrupt-cells' found, but node is not an interrupt provider
Fixes: 2c4b2dd289 ("ARM: at91/dt: Add device tree for SAMA5D2 Xplained")
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Add SAMA7G5 series chip id definitions to align with linux SoC driver.
Add support for SAMA7G5 System-In-Package (SIP):
SAMA7G54D1G, SAMA7G54D2G, SAMA7G54D4G.
Signed-off-by: Mihai Sain <mihai.sain@microchip.com>
Enable the UEFI capsule update functionality on the RockPi4B and
RockPi4C boards. Support is being enabled for updating the idbloader
and u-boot firmware images residing on GPT partitioned uSD card
storage device.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add information that will be needed for enabling the UEFI capsule
update feature on the RockPi4 boards. With the feature enabled, it
would be possible to update the idbloader and u-boot.itb images on the
RockPi4B and RockPi4C variants.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add functions needed to support the UEFI capsule update feature on
rockchip boards. Currently, the feature is being enabled on the
RockPi4 boards with firmware images residing on GPT partitioned
storage media.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
If a clock doesn't supply the enable hook, clk_enable() will return
-ENOSYS. In this case the clock is always enabled so there is no error
and the phy initialisation should continue.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The i2c locks up when initialized before relocation, and it stays broken
in Linux as well breaking the ability to boot Linux.
The i2c bus and pmic was not actually used in pre-reloc before
commit ad607512f5 ("power: pmic: rk8xx: Support sysreset shutdown method")
The cause is not known.
This is board-specific, other boards that do not add the option to
include the i2c bus in pre-reloc DT are not affected.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The GPT table is taking the first 34 sectors, which amounts to 0x4400
bytes. Saving the environment below this address in storage will corrupt
the GPT table.
While technically the table ends at 0x4400, some tools (e.g. bmaptool)
are rounding everything to the logical block size (0x1000), so it is
safer to make it point to 0x5000 so that the environment could still
persist when flashing a sparse image with bmaptool or similar tools.
Obviously, the default 0x4000 environment size does not work anymore, so
let's set it to 0x3000 so it does fill the gap between the GPT table
(rounded to 0x1000) and the start of the idbloader.img.
Fixes: 56f580d3eb ("rockchip: dts: rk3399-puma: put environment (in MMC/SD configurations) before SPL")
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
this patch add USB mass storage function and Rockusb function for
Radxa ROCK Pi 4 series.
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naoki@radxa.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This patch enables the following:
1) use preboot configuration to enable usb devices.
2) Enable USB configs so keyboards and other USB devices work,
update the number of ports of the usb root hub.
- with this addition the updated USB device Tree:
1 Hub (12 Mb/s, 0mA)
U-Boot Root Hub
1 Hub (12 Mb/s, 0mA)
| U-Boot Root Hub
|
+-2 Hub (12 Mb/s, 100mA)
USB 2.0 Hub [MTT]
1 Hub (5 Gb/s, 0mA)
U-Boot XHCI Host Controller
3) enable crypto RNG support.
4) Change SPI speed and frequency:
- increase the maximum SPI slave device speed,
SPI flash max frequency for the environment from 10Mhz to 30MHz.
- performance stats for speed update from 10MHz to 30MHz:
with 10Mhz speed update:
=> sf update 0x300000 0x800000 0x400000
4194304 bytes written, 0 bytes skipped in 36.819s, speed 119837 B/s
with 30Mhz speed update:
=> sf update 0x300000 0x800000 0x400000
4194304 bytes written, 0 bytes skipped in 20.319s, speed 220752 B/s
Signed-off-by: Manoj Sai <abbaraju.manojsai@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Da Xue <da.xue@libretech.co>
Signed-off-by: dsx724 <da@lessconfused.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Move all rk3128 u-boot specific properties in separate dtsi files.
Sort emmc node.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3128
sync the clock dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v6.0 in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rockchip platform use TPL to do the DRAM initialize for all the SoCs,
if TPL is not available, means no available DRAM init program, and the
u-boot-rockchip.bin is not functionable.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Change-Id: I2299f1eddce5aa7d5fb1a3fb4d8aeaa995b397fa
When the user builds with BINMAN_ALLOW_MISSING=1 they're explicitly
setting the flag to allow for additional binaries to be missing and so
have acknowledged the output might not work. In this case we want to
default to not passing a non-zero exit code.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This cleans up each board's defconfig, and fixes the serial console on
some Olimex board. Also we lose another legacy config variable.
The rest are minor cleanups, that actually shouldn't change anything
in the build.
Passed the gitlab CI, plus briefly tested on Pine64-LTS, LicheePi Nano,
and BananaPi M1.
The legacy Allwinner code is cluttered with #ifdef's, some of them even
nested, which makes the code hard to read and error prone.
Eventually we will get rid of most of them, but for now let's at least
annotate the #endif lines with the corresponding symbol the bracket
started with.
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Tested-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Since all callers of mmc_pinmux_setup() are located after the definition
of that function, there is no need for a forward declaration (anymore?).
Remove the prototype along with its #ifdef guards.
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Tested-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
There is a CONFIG_MMC_SUNXI_SLOT definition in our sunxi_common.h config
header, which was used to note the first MMC controller to initialise.
The definition in that header was always set to 0, with no easy way of
overriding this, and certainly none of the existing boards made any use
of that (non-)feature.
Remove that definition and replace it with a constant 0 in the only
user, in board.c. It turns out that this is safe, as this is only used
in the SPL, and the BROM also unconditionally initialises MMC0.
This also removes the last legacy config symbol with SUN*I in it from
the whitelist.
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Tested-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
At present U-Boot no longer builds as a complete rom for som-db5800-som-6867.
BINMAN .binman_stamp
Wrote map file './rom.map' to show errors
binman: Section '/binman/rom': contents size 0x80302c (8400940) exceeds section size 0x800000 (8388608)
Checking rom.map we see 'intel-vga' section is overlapped with
other sections:
<none> fff00000 0009f7c8 u-boot-with-ucode-ptr
<none> fff90000 00010000 intel-vga
<none> fff9f7c8 00001aae u-boot-dtb-with-ucode
Let's adjust CONFIG_TEXT_BASE to allow more space for U-Boot codes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present U-Boot no longer builds as a complete rom for all the
configs of dfi-bt700.
BINMAN .binman_stamp
Wrote map file './rom.map' to show errors
binman: Section '/binman/rom': contents size 0x80e836 (8448054) exceeds section size 0x800000 (8388608)
Checking rom.map we see 'intel-vga' section is overlapped with
other sections:
<none> fff00000 000aac90 u-boot-with-ucode-ptr
<none> fffa0000 00010000 intel-vga
<none> fffaac90 00001df0 u-boot-dtb-with-ucode
<none> fffaca80 00019800 u-boot-ucode
Let's adjust CONFIG_TEXT_BASE to allow more space for U-Boot codes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
At present U-Boot no longer builds as a complete rom for all the
configs of conga-qeval20-qa3-e3845.
BINMAN .binman_stamp
Wrote map file './rom.map' to show errors
binman: Section '/binman/rom': contents size 0x80b680 (8435328) exceeds section size 0x800000 (8388608)
Checking rom.map we see 'intel-vga' section is overlapped with
other sections:
<none> fff00000 000a7cb0 u-boot-with-ucode-ptr
<none> fffa0000 00010000 intel-vga
<none> fffa7cb0 00001c1a u-boot-dtb-with-ucode
<none> fffa98d0 00019800 u-boot-ucode
Let's adjust CONFIG_TEXT_BASE to allow more space for U-Boot codes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present U-Boot no longer builds as a complete rom for minnowmax.
BINMAN .binman_stamp
Wrote map file './rom.map' to show errors
binman: Section '/binman/rom': contents size 0x803146 (8401222) exceeds section size 0x800000 (8388608)
Checking rom.map we see 'fdtmap' section is overlapped with
'intel-vga' section:
<none> fffa1390 00019800 u-boot-ucode
<none> fffb0000 00010000 intel-vga
<none> fffbab90 00000539 fdtmap
Let's adjust CONFIG_TEXT_BASE to allow more space for U-Boot codes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present U-Boot no longer builds as a complete rom for bayleybay.
BINMAN .binman_stamp
Wrote map file './rom.map' to show errors
binman: Section '/binman/rom': contents size 0x814706 (8472326) exceeds section size 0x800000 (8388608)
Checking rom.map we see 'fdtmap' section is overlapped with
'intel-vga' and 'intel-fsp' sections:
<none> fffa2150 0002a000 u-boot-ucode
<none> fffb0000 00010000 intel-vga
<none> fffc0000 00038000 intel-fsp
<none> fffcc150 00000539 fdtmap
Let's adjust CONFIG_TEXT_BASE to allow more space for U-Boot codes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
On this board CONFIG_CONS_INDEX needs to be 1 unlike other sun5i
boards. Since this is the default, remove to bogus setting.
Fixes: 7095f86418 ("sunxi: Convert CONS_INDEX to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
P2WI and RSB are used to communicate with a PMIC. Most SoCs have only
one possible pinmux. F1C100s has two possibilities, with different mux
values, so omit it until some board needs one of them.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Commit 08574ed339 ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN to Kconfig") moved
the definition of said config variable from the common sunxi header to
*every board's* defconfig.
This is a platform choice, not board specific, so remove the variable
from there, instead set the one value for all Allwinner boards in
Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
- Updates to the keymile platforms for DM_I2C and text based
environment migration
- Finish migration of MTDPART/MTDIDS_DEFAULT to defconfig
- Disable warning about RWX segments with gcc-12.2
With the change here, all extlinux.conf files with only "KERNEL
/fitImage" don't work anymore. One common example of this would be those
files generated by thee Poky/OE WIC bootimg-partition bootloader
partition generator.
This reverts commit d5ba6188df.
Reported-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reported-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Use like the other boards a text file for the environment.
As this is the last user of keymile-common.h we can now remove this
file completely.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
Use already present common.env file and add a powerpc specific env
so that we can move all the environment defines to text files.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
Complete the migration of MTDPARTS_DEFAULT / MTDIDS_DEFAULT in Kconfig;
this patch removes the support of MTDIDS_DEFAULT / MTDPARTS_DEFAULT
in the configuration files (include/configs/*.h).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Replace MTDPARTS_DEFAULT in the config include file by
CONFIG_MTDPARTS_DEFAULT in defconfig to complete the Kconfig migration.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Replace MTDPARTS_DEFAULT in the config include file by
CONFIG_MTDPARTS_DEFAULT in defconfig to complete the Kconfig migration.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Replace MTDIDS_DEFAULT and MTDPARTS_DEFAULT in the config include file by
CONFIG_MTDIDS_DEFAULT and CONFIG_MTDPARTS_DEFAULT in defconfig to complete
the Kconfig migration.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Replace MTDIDS_DEFAULT in config include file by CONFIG_MTDIDS_DEFAULT
in defonfig to complete the Kconfig migration
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
We borrow from the Linux Kernel 0d362be5b142 ("Makefile: link with -z
noexecstack --no-warn-rwx-segments") here to disable the RWX segment
linking warnings. We do not also bring in -z noexecstack as that
requires auditing and using ".note.GNU-stack" on assembly functions
which do need this feature. Further, we now introduce KBUILD_EFILDFLAGS
so that we can also pass --no-warn-rwx-segments when linking EFI
applications, and those do explicitly pass -z execstack.
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Regarding the documentation found here:
https://github.com/u-boot/u-boot/blob/master/common/menu.c#L347
If both timeout and prompt is set to 0 the default entry shall
be booted immediately. However the current behaviour is that
the prompt is shown (tested with distroboot) until the user
selects an entry (no timeout).
This change implements a behaviour as documented. It was tested
with distroboot.
Signed-off-by: Manuel Traut <manuel.traut@mt.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the commit d5ba6188df ("cmd: pxe_utils: Check fdtcontroladdr
in label_boot") the FDT or the FDTDIR label is required in extlinux.conf
and the fallback done by bootm command when only the device tree present
in this command parameters is no more performed when FIT is used for
kernel.
When the label FDT or FDTDIR are absent or if the device tree file is
absent, the PXE command in U-Boot uses the default U-Boot device tree
selected by fdtcontroladdr = gd->fdt_blob, it is the "Scenario 3".
With this scenario the bootm FIP fallback is no more possible with
the extlinux.conf when only "kernel" label is present and is a FIP:
kernel <path>#<conf>[#<extra-conf[#...]]
As the U-Boot FDT is always provided in the third bootm argument,
the device tree found in FIP is not used as fallback, it was done
previously in boot_get_fdt().
This patch adds a new field kernel_label to save the full kernel label.
The FDT bootm parameters use the kernel address (to avoid to load a
second time the same FIP) and the config when this full label is reused
for "fdt" or "initrd" label.
This FIP support in extlinux.conf is restored when the "FDT" label
can be found and select the same FIP (identical file and configuration):
kernel <path>#<conf>[#<extra-conf[#...]]
fdt <path>#<conf>[#<extra-conf[#...]]
The patch add also this possibility for initrd.
initrd <path>#<conf>[#<extra-conf[#...]]
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reorder kernel treatment in label_boot at the beginning of the function.
This patch doesn't change the pxe command behavior, it is only a
preliminary step for next patch, build kernel_addr before parsing
the label initrd and fdt to build the next bootm arguments.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
The 4.6 spec added an upper 32bits to the ATU limit, and since this
driver is already assuming the unrolled feature added in the 4.8
specification this really should be set.
This is causing a bug with testing against the QEMU model as it
defaults the viewports to fully open and not setting this causes
the config viewport to become most of memory (obviously stopping
the emulated system working correctly)
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@sifive.com>
The functions board_fit_image_post_process() and board_tee_image_process()
are not actually board specific (despite their names). Any board using the
OMAP2 family can use these functions. Move them to boot-common.c.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Ignore the disabled children node in pmic_bind_children() so the
disabled regulators in device tree are not registered.
This patch is based on the dm_scan_fdt_node() code - only the
activated nodes are bound - and it solves possible issue when a
deactivated regulator is bound, error for duplicated regulator name
for example.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use regulator_set_enable_if_allowed() api instead of regulator_set_enable()
while disabling vbus supply. This way the driver doesn't see an error
when it disable an always-on regulator for VBUS.
This patch is needed for STM32MP157C-DK2 board when the regulator
v3v3: buck4 used as the phy vbus supply in kernel device tree
is always on with the next hack for low power use-case:
&usbphyc_port0 {
...
/*
* Hack to keep hub active until all connected devices are suspended
* otherwise the hub will be powered off as soon as the v3v3 is disabled
* and it can disturb connected devices.
*/
connector {
compatible = "usb-a-connector";
vbus-supply = <&v3v3>;
};
};
Without this patch and the previous update in DT the command
"usb stop" failed and the next command "usb start" cause a crash.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Default env variables on Espressobin boards are broken since commit c4df0f6f31
("arm: mvebu: Espressobin: Set default value for $fdtfile env variable") as well
as the 'env default -a' command.
The algorithm to find free space in the default_environment[] array returns
after the first env variable instead of the correct position of the last
variable, where there is allocated free space.
This causes that U-Boot board_late_init() function to overwrite a portion of the
default environment with $ethXaddr and $fdtfile variables immediately after the
first env variable and so it is overwriting other variables.
This patch also adds an additional null byte to terminate the environment array.
But U-Boot board_late_init() function do not fill this nul byte explicitly. And
because of that, U-Boot is later trying to interpret remaining buffer as a
continuation of variable list. Normally buffer should be empty but due to the
above issue, it contains garbage from remaining env variables.
For example 'env default -a' command results in damaging variable names. It was
observed that scritaddr variable name was changed to criptaddr (without leading
's').
This bug was reported and discussed on the Armbian forum:
https://forum.armbian.com/topic/19564-making-espressobin-v7-work-in-2022/?do=findComment&comment=138136
Fix these issues in two steps:
1) Change code which finds free space for dynamic env variables in
default_environment[] array by jumping to the end of the variable list instead
of jumping after the first defined variable. [By Derek]
2) Add code which appends terminating nul byte as indication of the end of the
env list, after the last nul term env string. [By Pali]
Fixes: c4df0f6f31 ("arm: mvebu: Espressobin: Set default value for $fdtfile env variable")
Signed-off-by: Derek LaHousse <derek@seaofdirac.org>
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Merge tag 'u-boot-nand-20221211' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-nand-flash
- cmd: nand: Extend nand info to print ecc information
- rawnand: omap_gpmc: driver model support (the first patches of the series)
- mtd: nand: make Samsung SLC NAND usable again
- cmd: mtd: check if a block has to be skipped or erased
- spl: spl_legacy: fix invalid offset in SPL_COPY_PAYLOAD_ONLY
Upstream linux commit 69fc01296c9281
commit a1286a1fc4 ("mtd: nand: Move Samsung specific init/detection
logic in nand_samsung.c") introduced a regression for Samsung SLC NAND
chips. Prior to this commit chip->bits_per_cell was initialized by calling
nand_get_bits_per_cell() before using nand_is_slc().
With the offending commit this call is skipped, leaving
chip->bits_per_cell cleared to zero when the manufacturer specific
'.detect' function calls nand_is_slc() which in turn interprets
bits_per_cell != 1 as indication for an MLC chip.
The effect is that e.g. a K9F1G08U0F NAND chip is falsely detected as
MLC NAND with 4KiB page size rather than SLC with 2KiB page size.
Add a call to nand_get_bits_per_cell() before calling the .detect hook
function in nand_manufacturer_detect(), so that the nand_is_slc()
calls in the manufacturer specific code will return correct results.
Reported-by: Marcin Gołaś <marcingol30@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20221021060536.11747-1-michael@amarulasolutions.com
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Add am62x_evm_r5_defconfig for OSPI Flash support in R5 SPL
and am62x_evm_a53_defconfig for A53 SPL and U-Boot
support.
These configs enable OSPI Flash boot functionality in the board as well
as the usage of OSPI Flash from U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Add OSPI Support such that this device can boot up using OSPI Flash.
Also can use the flash for other purposes if required from uboot.
Signed-off-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Introduce the minimum configs, only SD-MMC and UART boot related
settings, to serve as a good starting point for the am62a as we add more
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
[trini: Disable CONFIG_NET as it's not used, in both platforms]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce the auto-generated clock tree and power domain data needed to
attach the am62a into the power-domain and clock frameworks of uboot
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
TI's am62a family of SoCs uses a new 32bit DDR controller that shares
much of the same functionality with the existing am64 and j721e
controllers.
Select this controller by default when u-boot is build for the am62a
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce the base dts files needed for u-boot or to augment the
linux dtbs for use in the u-boot-spl and u-boot binaries
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Introduce the basic am62a7 SoC dtbs from the v6.1-rc3 tag of the linux
kernel along with the new am62a specific pinmux definition that we will
use to generate the dtbs for the u-boot-spl and u-boot binaries
Co-developed-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
The new 32bit DDR controller for TI's am62a family of SoCs shares much
of the same functionality with the existing 16bit (am64) and 32bit
(j721e) controllers, so this patch reorganizes the existing
auto-generated macros for the 16bit and 32bit controllers to make room
for the macros for the am62a's controller
This patch consists mostly of header/macro renames and additions with a
new Kconfig option (K3_AM62A_DDRSS) allowing us to select these new
macros during compilation.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
This adds fallbacks for the various dm_rtc_* functions. This allows
common code to use these functions without ifdefs.
Fixes: c8ce7ba87d ("misc: Add support for nvmem cells")
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This function calls rtc_write32, which has a different signature
depending on if (SPL_)DM_RTC is enabled or not. This could result in a
mismatch in SPL if DM_RTC was enabled but SPL_DM_RTC, as the non-DM
declaration would still be used in SPL even though the implementation
would be for non-DM_RTC. We are switching to the correct definitions in
the next commit, so this will become a compilation error. Since
fsp_save_s3_stack is not called from SPL, avoid compiling it if
(SPL_)DM_RTC is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
ENTRY/ENDPROC macros from linux/linkage.h will make code more readable and
also will properly mark assembly symbol in ELF binary as function symbol.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
- Drop MMCI interrupt-names in STM32H743, STM32MP15 and STM322MP13 DT
DHSOM:
- Enable assorted ST specific commands
- Add version variable
- Add boot counter
STM32MP13:
- Add sdmmc cd-gpios for STM32MP135F-DK
- Add clock & reset support
STM32 ADC:
- Split channel init into several routines
- Add support of generic channels binding
Move this out of board file as this is done by the DM based NAND flash
driver. The EBI chip select configuration, iomux and timings are
handled by the driver
Signed-off-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar <balamanikandan.gunasundar@microchip.com>
Enable the EBI and NAND flash controller. Define the pinctrl and
partition table
Signed-off-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar <balamanikandan.gunasundar@microchip.com>
Add helper functions for atmel Static Memory Controller. The functions
are required to configure SMC. This file is inherited from the work
done by Boris Brezillon for Linux
Signed-off-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar <balamanikandan.gunasundar@microchip.com>
The EBI is used to access peripherals like NAND, SRAM, NOR etc. Add
this driver to probe the nand flash controller. This is a dummy driver
and not yet a complete device driver for EBI.
Signed-off-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar <balamanikandan.gunasundar@microchip.com>
This file is copied from Linux. AT91 SoCs have a memory range reserved
for internal bus configuration. Expose those registers so that drivers
can make use of the matrix syscon declared in at91 DTs.
Signed-off-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar <balamanikandan.gunasundar@microchip.com>
Add driver for atmel pmecc. This implementation is ported from
Linux. The reference taken is linux-5.4-at91.
Signed-off-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar <balamanikandan.gunasundar@microchip.com>
This implementation is ported from the rework done by Boris Brezillon
in Linux. This porting is done based on linux-5.4-at91. The driver is
tested in sam9x60ek, sama5d3_xplained, sam9x75eb and sama7g54-ddr3-eb.
Changes done includes
- Adapt GPIO descriptor apis for U-Boot. Use gpio_request_by_name_nodev,
dm_gpio_get_value etc.
- Use U_BOOT_DRIVER instead of platform_driver.
- Replace struct platform_device with struct udevice
- Check the status of nfc exec operation by polling the status
register instead of interrupt based handling
- DMA operations not supported. Remove it
- Adapt DT parsing to U-Boot APIs
Signed-off-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar <balamanikandan.gunasundar@microchip.com>
Replace 0x1b21 by macro PCI_VENDOR_ID_ASMEDIA with the same value.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With LTO enabled the U-Boot initial environment is no longer stored
in an easy accessible section in env/common.o. I.e. the section name
changes from build to build, its content maybe compressed and it is
annotated with additional data.
Drop trying to read the initial env with elf tools from the compiler
specific object file in favour of adding and using a host tool with
the only functionality of printing the initial env to stdout.
See also:
https://lore.kernel.org/all/927b122e-1f62-e790-f5ca-30bae4332c77@foss.st.com/
Signed-off-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In case there's no struct image_type_params::set_header callback, no
"errno" will be set. Don't fail with an error message, followed by
"Success". Remove the printing of the human readable "errno" value.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The handle "fd" was created in fdtgrep.c:708 by calling the
"open" function and is lost in fdtgrep.c:716 and fdtgrep.c:723.
Close file descriptor 'fd' before exiting with an error from function
utilfdt_read_err_len(const char *filename, char **buffp, off_t *len).
Fixes: 1043d0a029 ("fdt: Add fdtgrep tool")
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Ilin <ilin.mikhail.ol@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The copy_datafile(ifd, params.datafile) function has been
implemented to copy data by reducing the number of lines in the main
function.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Ilin <ilin.mikhail.ol@gmail.com>
The 'depth_dirname', 'ptr', 'parent_inode' and 'first_inode' pointers
may be null. Thus, it is necessary to check them before using free() to
avoid free(NULL) cases.
Fixes: 934b14f2bb ("ext4: free allocations by parse_path()")
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Ilin <ilin.mikhail.ol@gmail.com>
An incorrect 1st parameter is passed to the fix_member()
function. Should use a pointer to the beginning of the parent structure
(bpdt or subpart_dir, because are boxed), not to their fields. Otherwise,
this leads to an overrun of the structure boundary, since in the
fix_member() function, an 'offset' is made, relative to the 1st argument,
which itself is an 'offset' from the beginning of the structure.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Ilin <ilin.mikhail.ol@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This will cause the local_time pointer is passed as the 4th argument
to function strftime() to also point to NULL. This result in a
segmentation fault. Thus, it's necessary to add a check of the local_time
pointer to NULL.
Found by Linux Verification Center (linuxtesting.org) with SVACE.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Ilin <ilin.mikhail.ol@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Prevent access to arbitrary memory locations in gen_ndis_set_resp
via manipulation of buf->InformationBufferOffset. Original
implementation permits manipulation of InformationBufferOffset to
exploit OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER to set arbitrary memory contents
within a 32byte offset as the devices packet filter. The packet filter
value may be next retrieved using gen_ndis_query_resp so it is possible
to extract specific memory regions two bytes a time.
The rndis_query_response was not modified as neither the buffer offset
nor length passed to gen_ndis_query_resp is used.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Heidrich <szymon.heidrich@gmail.com>
Define stub for dfu_*_virt function in SPL, because
CONFIG_SPL_DFU_VIRT is not defined.
This patch avoids compilation issue in dfu_fill_entity() when
CONFIG_SPL_DFU is activated because the dfu_fill_entity_virt()
function is not available.
Fixes: ec44cace4b ("dfu: add DFU virtual backend")
Reported-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
- Kautuk's semihosting patch:
move semihosting library from arm directory to common place and add
RISC-V support
- Zong's Kconfig patch:
use "imply" instead of "select" to allow user to decide if
SPL_SEPARATE_BSS should be selected
Second set of u-boot-at91 fixes for the 2023.01 cycle:
This is a single tiny fix that allows the correct name for one pin on
sama7g5 device. People with DT coming from Linux will have build errors
without this if they add NAND device.
Use imply instead of select, then it can still be disabled by
board-specific defconfig, or be set to n manually.
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng@tinylab.org>
When we enable CONFIG_SPL and CONFIG_SPL_SEMIHOSTING then the code
in common/spl/spl_semihosting.c tries to use the
CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME string which remains undeclared
unless SPL_FS_EXT4 || SPL_FS_FAT || SPL_FS_SQUASHFS are configured.
Add a dependency of SPL_SEMIHOSTING in the depends for
SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME so that the code compiles fine.
Signed-off-by: Kautuk Consul <kconsul@ventanamicro.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
We factor out the arch-independent parts of the ARM semihosting
implementation as a common library so that it can be shared
with RISC-V.
Signed-off-by: Kautuk Consul <kconsul@ventanamicro.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
As there are no more non-DM_ETH cases for networking, remove this legacy
file and update the Makefile to match current usage.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As DM_ETH is required for all network drivers, it's now safe to remove
the non-DM_ETH support code fro usb_ether itself.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As DM_ETH is required for all network drivers, it's now safe to remove
the non-DM_ETH support code. Doing this removes some board support code
which was also unused. Finally, this removes some CONFIG symbols that
otherwise needed to be migrated to Kconfig, but were unused in code now.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We only need to enable DM_ETH if we have a networking driver. All
networking drivers depend on DM_ETH being enabled, and their selection
ensures DM_ETH will be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This platform had largely disabled networking support before. More
completely disable it by turning off CONFIG_NET.
Cc: Mike Looijmans <mike.looijmans@topic.nl>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Mike Looijmans <mike.looijmans@topic.nl>
This platform had largely disabled networking support before. More
completely disable it by turning off CONFIG_NET.
Cc: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This platform had largely disabled networking support before. More
completely disable it by turning off CONFIG_NET.
Cc: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.xyz>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable watchdog timer on the DHSOM by default, both in U-Boot proper and
in SPL. This can be used in combination with boot counter by either SPL
or U-Boot proper to boot either copy of system software, e.g. in case of
full A/B update strategy.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Increment the boot counter already in U-Boot SPL instead of incrementing
it only later in U-Boot proper. This can be used by SPL to boot either of
two U-Boot copies and improve redundancy of software on the platform, e.g.
in case of full A/B update strategy.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Enable the stm32prog, stm32key, stboard commands on DHSOM.
Those can be used e.g. to implement verified boot.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Enable insertion of version variable into U-Boot environment on DHSOM,
to make it possible to check U-Boot version e.g. in U-Boot scripts.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add boot counter to STM32MP15xx DHSOM. This aligns the software with
other upstream DHSOM products which already do enable boot counter.
The boot counter on STM32MP15xx is placed in the TAMP block TAMP_BKPxR
register 19, right past register 17 and 18 used for CM4 resource table
and state by the Linux kernel. The TAMP_BKPxR register block is used
because its contents survives warm reset, but not cold reset.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Split stm32_adc_chan_of_init channel initialization function into
several routines to increase readability and prepare channel
generic binding handling.
Signed-off-by: Olivier Moysan <olivier.moysan@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
STM32MP13 RCC driver uses Common Clock Framework and also a
'clk-stm32-core' API. Then STM32MPx RCC driver will contain only data
configuration (gates, mux, dividers and the way to check security)
or some specific clocks.
This API will be used by all new other generations of ST Socs.
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Fernandez <gabriel.fernandez@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
- Update to gcc-12.2, and cherry-pick a fix in grub for risc-v
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With gcc-12.2 we now get:
lib/zlib/inflate.c:360: undefined reference to `__gnu_thumb1_case_si'
when building this platform. This seems like some odd problem with LTO
and Thumb, but since the platform continues to link, I assume it's
within size constraints, so lets just disable LTO for now.
Cc: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is a bad idea, and more modern toolchains will fail, if you declare
an assembly function to be global and then weak, instead of declaring it
weak to start with. Update assorted assembly files to use the WEAK macro
directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Now that we are enforcing dwarf-4 to be used we will have the full file
paths present.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At this point in time, using DWARF-5 format isn't easy to do by default
with all toolchains that we support. And relying on the implicit
default can lead to mixing 4 and 5 and then the debug info not being
useful to tools. For now, enforce using DWARF-4 only.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the toolchain list to be first 12.2.0 and second 11.1.0 and
that's it.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Builiding with GCC 12.2 fails:
arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc85xx/liodn.c: In function 'fdt_fixup_liodn_tbl_fman':
arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc85xx/liodn.c:340:35: error: the comparison will
always evaluate as 'false' for the address of 'compat'
will never be NULL [-Werror=address]
340 | if (tbl[i].compat == NULL)
|
Remove the superfluous check.
Fixes: 97a8d010e0 ("net/fman: Support both new and legacy FMan Compatibles")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
- First batch of the patches that end up with
scripts/config_whitelist.tx being empty. Mostly migrations and a
little bit of code removal and CFG renaming.
In practice, it is clear that the usage in m68k of
CONFIG_WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT is setting a value in milliseconds. Rename this
to the existing symbol and move to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We move the existing CONFIG_POST_* functionality over to CFG_POST and
then introduce CONFIG_POST to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Given that we can use Kconfig logic directly to see if we have a program
available on the host or not, change from passing NO_SDL to instead
controlling CONFIG_SANDBOX_SDL in Kconfig directly. Introduce
CONFIG_HOST_HAS_SDL as the way to test for sdl2-config and default
CONFIG_SANDBOX_SDL on if we have that, or not.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Perform some deeper investigation on the remaining symbols listed in
this file and remove more.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At this point all users of this driver enable DM_ETH, so remove the
legacy code paths.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Move a number of legacy USB UDC options to Kconfig, over from the config
header.
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_RTC_DS1337
CONFIG_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC
CONFIG_RTC_DS1338
CONFIG_RTC_DS1374
CONFIG_RTC_DS3231
CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX
CONFIG_RTC_MXS
CONFIG_RTC_PT7C4338
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This option controls using board/samsung/common/misc.c, so add a Kconfig
file there as well and select it from the boards which use this
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
On platforms that use DM_PWM, we do not need to define this value
anymore, so remove it from config files.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_POWER_FSL
CONFIG_POWER_FSL_MC13892
CONFIG_POWER_HI6553
CONFIG_POWER_LTC3676
CONFIG_POWER_PFUZE100
CONFIG_POWER_PFUZE3000
CONFIG_POWER_SPI
CONFIG_POWER_TPS65090_EC
CONFIG_POWER_TPS65218
CONFIG_POWER_TPS65910
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As we have more legacy PMIC drivers to move to Kconfig, guard them all
with POWER_LEGACY or SPL_POWER_LEGACY. Do the same kind of check for
building the drivers too. This also means that we need to resort the
list slightly in the Makefile.
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rest of the unmigrated CONFIG symbols in the CONFIG_SYS namespace do
not easily transition to Kconfig. In many cases they likely should come
from the device tree instead. Move these out of CONFIG namespace and in
to CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rest of the unmigrated CONFIG symbols in the SRIO namespace do not
easily transition to Kconfig. In many cases they likely should come from
the device tree instead. Move these out of CONFIG namespace and in to
CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SRIO1
CONFIG_SRIO2
CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
CONFIG_SYS_SRIO
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_TIMER_COUNTS_DOWN
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rest of the unmigrated CONFIG symbols in the CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM
namespace do not easily transition to Kconfig. In many cases they likely
should come from the device tree instead. Move these out of CONFIG
namespace and in to CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are now no flags being set in these files, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This moves SYS_SATA_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION to Kconfig and enforces the
current default via Kconfig rather than C code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_NOBQFMAN
CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_DCE
CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_FMAN
CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_PME
CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_RMAN
CONFIG_SYS_PMAN
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rest of the unmigrated CONFIG symbols in the CONFIG_SYS_PCI and
CONFIG_SYS_PCIE namespace do not easily transition to Kconfig. In many
cases they likely should come from the device tree instead. Move these
out of CONFIG namespace and in to CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_OMAP_ABE_SYSCK
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These RTC drivers are currently unused and reference other unused CONFIG
variables, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rest of the unmigrated CONFIG symbols in the CONFIG_SYS_NUM
namespace do not easily transition to Kconfig. In many cases they likely
should come from the device tree instead. Move these out of CONFIG
namespace and in to CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rest of the unmigrated CONFIG symbols in the CONFIG_SYS_NS16550
namespace do not easily transition to Kconfig. In many cases they likely
should come from the device tree instead. Move these out of CONFIG
namespace and in to CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS
CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_MEM32
CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_PORT_MAPPED
CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_REG_SIZE
CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_SERIAL
To do this we also introduce CONFIG_SPL_SYS_NS16550_SERIAL so that
platforms can enable the legacy driver here for SPL.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This symbol is specific to the PowerPC SPL implementation, so rename
this to reflect that it's in SPL and used / tested there, so that we can
then safely migrate it to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rest of the unmigrated CONFIG symbols in the CONFIG_SYS_NOR
namespace do not easily transition to Kconfig. In many cases they likely
should come from the device tree instead. Move these out of CONFIG
namespace and in to CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rest of the unmigrated CONFIG symbols in the CONFIG_SYS_NAND
namespace do not easily transition to Kconfig. In many cases they likely
should come from the device tree instead. Move these out of CONFIG
namespace and in to CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_2K
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_4K
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_MAX_OOBFREE
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_MAX_ECCPOS
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is the only driver, and only one platform makes use of, setting
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECC_BASE. Reference ATMEL_BASE_ECC directly in this
case.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit removes the following unused symbols:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DDR_LAW
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSTEPS
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCTOTAL
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ENABLE_PIN_SPL
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_MX7_GPMI_62_ECC_BYTES
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_RELOC_SP
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DBW_8
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DBW_16
Note that all instances of the code check for CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DBW_16
being defined, and then "else" to CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DBW_8 whereas all of
the configs set CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DBW_8. So we introduce
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DBW_16 as an option.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To quote the author:
This patch set adds basic IPv6 support to U-boot.
It is based on Chris's Packham patches
(https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2017-January/279366.html)
Chris's patches were taken as base. There were efforts to launch it on
HiFive SiFive Unmatched board but the board didn't work well. The code was
refactored, fixed some bugs as CRC for little-endian, some parts were implemented in
our own way, something was taken from Linux. Finally we did manual tests and the
board worked well.
Testing was done on HiFive SiFive Unmatched board (RISC-V)
Add a test that checks generated Solicited Node Multicast Address from our
ipv6 address. Use in sandbox
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a test to check convertation from char* to struct in6_addr.
Use in sandbox
Series-changes: 3
- Fixed tests to use length param in string_to_ip6()
Series-changes: 5
- Add test under #ifdef
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement ping6 command to ping hosts using IPv6. It works the same way as
an ordinary ping command. There is no ICMP request so it is not possible
to ping our host. This patch adds options in Kconfig and Makefile to
build ping6 command.
Series-changes: 3
- Added structures and functions descriptions
- Added to ping6_receive() return value instead of void
Series-changes: 4
- Fixed structures and functions description style
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The command tftpboot uses IPv4 by default. Add the possibility to use IPv6
instead. If an address in the command is an IPv6 address it will use IPv6
to boot or if there is a suffix -ipv6 in the end of the command it also
force using IPv6. All other tftpboot features and parameters are left
the same.
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add net_ip6_handler (an IPv6 packet handler) into net_loop. Add
neighbor discovery mechanism into network init process. That is the
main step to run IPv6 in u-boot. Now u-boot is capable to use NDP and
handle IPv6 packets.
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Functions that were exposed in "net: ipv6: Add IPv6 basic primitives"
had only empty implementations and were exposed as API for futher
patches. This patch add implementation of these functions. Main
functions are: net_ip6_handler() - IPv6 packet handler for incoming
packets; net_send_udp_packet6() - make up and send an UDP packet;
csum_ipv6_magic() - compute checksum of IPv6 "psuedo-header" per RFC2460
section 8.1; ip6_addr_in_subnet() - check if an address is in our
subnet. Other functions are auxiliary.
Series-changes: 3
- Added comments
- Fixed style problems
- Fixed return codes instead of -1
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the possibility to recognize IPv6 address in print function.
To output IPv6 address use %pI6 specifier.
Series-changes: 3
- Substituted #if (...) for if (...) to get better readability
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This functions is used as a converter from IPv6 address string notation
to struct ip6_addr that is used everywhere in IPv6 implementation. For
example it is used to parse and convert IPv6 address from tftpboot
command. Conversion algorithm uses two passes, first to verify syntax and
locate colons and second pass to read the address. In case of valid IPv6
address it returns 0.
Examples of valid strings:
2001:db8::0:1234:1
2001:0db8:0000:0000:0000:0000:1234:0001
::1
::ffff:192.168.1.1
Examples of invalid strings
2001:db8::0::0 (:: can only appear once)
2001:db8:192.168.1.1::1 (v4 part can only appear at the end)
192.168.1.1 (we don't implicity map v4)
Series-changes: 3
- Added function description
- Added length parameter to string_to_ip6()
Series-changes: 4
- Fixed function description style
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement basic of NDP. It doesn't include such things as Router
Solicitation, Router Advertisement and Redirect. It just has Neighbor
Solicitation and Neighbor Advertisement. Only these two features are used
in u-boot IPv6. Implementation of some NDP functions uses API that was
exposed in "net: ipv6: Add IPv6 basic primitives".
Also this patch inlcudes update in Makefile to build NDP.
Series-changes: 3
- Added structures and functions descriptions
- Fixed style problems
Series-changes: 4
- Fixed structures and functions description style
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Set up callbacks for main IPv6 variables ip6add, serverip6, gatewayip6
and set options to them in flag file. These variables are often set up by
users.
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add options to Makefile and Kconfig file to build IPv6
Series-changes: 3
- Added help for IPv6 support
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch is a collection of basic primitives that are prerequisite for
further IPv6 implementation.
There are structures definition such as IPv6 header, UDP header
(for TFTP), ICMPv6 header. There are auxiliary defines such as protocol
codes, padding, struct size and etc. Also here are functions prototypes
and its empty implementation that will be used as API for further patches.
Here are variables declaration such as IPv6 address of our host,
gateway, ipv6 server.
Series-changes: 3
- Added functions and structures descriptions
- Removed enums ND_OPT_*. It will be moved into further patches
- Substituted -1 for error codes
Series-changes: 4
- Changed functions and structures description style
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the callback function we have to use memcpy(). Otherwise we add
the new samples on top of what is stored in the stream buffer.
If we don't have enough data, zero out the rest of the stream buffer.
Our sampling frequency is 48000. Let the batch size for the callback
function be 960. If we play a multiple of 20 ms, this will always be
a full batch.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make it clear that if only 1 parameter is provided this is the duration.
The ISO symbol for hertz is Hz.
Fixes: c0c88533ff ("Sound: Add command for audio playback")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Consider unexpected values for frequency:
* negative frequency
* zero frequency
* frequency exceeding sampling frequency
As in these cases the sum of the samples is zero also check the count of
the samples.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
'sound play 1 100000' results in an endless loop on the sandbox.
If the frequency exceeds half the sampling rate, zero out the output
buffer.
Fixes: 511ed5fdd3 ("SOUND: SAMSUNG: Add I2S driver")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Xilinx changes for v2023.01-rc3-v2
xilinx:
- Fix MAC address selection for System Controller from FRU
- Cleanup Kconfig (ZYNQ_MAC_IN_EEPROM symbol)
versal:
- Create u-boot.elf for mini spi configurations
versal-net:
- Enable MT35XU flash
zynq:
- Add missing timer to DT for mini configurations
zynqmp:
- Do not include psu_init to U-Boot by default
- Do not enable IPI by default to mini U-Boot
- Update Luca's fragment
- Fix SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME usage
spi:
- gqspi: Fix tapdelay values
- gqspi: Fix 64bit address support
- cadence: Remove condition for calling enable linear mode
- nor-core: Invert logic to reflect sst26 flash unlocked
net:
- Add PCS/PMA phy support
The commit ed35de6170 ("Convert CONFIG_ZYNQMP_PSU_INIT_ENABLED to
Kconfig") converted CONFIG_ZYNQMP_PSU_INIT_ENABLED symbol and enabled it by
default which is not correct configuration.
Intention of this config was to have it enabled by default for SPL and
provide an option to users to also do low level initialization directly
from U-Boot.
That's why it is necessary to define second symbol with SPL marking in it
and properly use symbols depends on usage in Makefile.
Also disable ZYNQMP_PSU_INIT_ENABLED from boards which enables it by
default. CONFIG_SPL_ZYNQMP_PSU_INIT_ENABLED is enabled by default when SPL
is enabled.
Reported-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/d5fcbd66b05bf0d7ef594e66464ee23b48c5e4cc.1669969083.git.michal.simek@amd.com
When Linux boot takes over control of the pmu
(by signaling PM_INIT_FINALIZE via ipi), pmu will switch off 'unused'
rpu cores. The Xilinx zynqmp fsbl prevents switching off those cores by
marking rpu cores as 'used' when loading code partitions to those cores.
The current u-boot SPL is missing this behaviour, which results in
halting rpu cores during Linux boot.
This commit mimics the xilinx zynqmp fsbl behavior by marking r5 cores as
used when they are released during boot.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Funke <lukas.funke@weidmueller.com>
Signed-off-by: Lukas Funke <lukas.funke-oss@weidmueller.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221028121547.26464-2-lukas.funke-oss@weidmueller.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
If we bridge an external PHY to Xilinx's PCS/PMA PHY and would like to
get and set the real status of the PHY facing the external world. Then
we should phy_connect() to the external PHY instead of the PCS/PMA one.
Thus, we add a pcs-handle DT entry, which have been merged in Linux, and
leave the configuration of it to the driver itself.
Unlike Linux, where the PCS/PMA PHY is managed by phylink, managing the
PCS/PMA PHY is only internal to the driver in U-Boot. The PCS/PMA PHY
pressents only when the phy-mode is configured as SGMII or 1000Base-X,
so it is always 1 Gbps and full-duplex and we may skip passing link
information out.
Signed-off-by: Andy Chiu <andy.chiu@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Greentime Hu <greentime.hu@sifive.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221101035800.912644-2-andy.chiu@sifive.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Pull request for efi-2023-01-rc3
Documentation:
* describe DM firmware needed for j721e_evm
* describe management of UEFI security data base with eficonfig
UEFI:
* code clean-up for eficonfig command
* fix handling of DHCP aknowledge
* correct EFI memory type used for U-Boot code
* unit test for FatToStr() truncation
* add an EFI binary to print boot hart ID
Other:
* improve parameter checks in console functions
* fix variable initialization in blk_get_device_part_str
This commits adds the description for the UEFI Secure Boot
Configuration through the eficonfig menu.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Redacted the complete document.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
eficonfig command reads all possible UEFI load options
from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF to construct the menu. This takes too much
time in some environment.
This commit uses efi_get_next_variable_name_int() to read all
existing UEFI load options to significantlly reduce the count of
efi_get_var() call.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Some commands need to enumerate the existing UEFI load
option variable("Boot####"). This commit transfers some code
from cmd/efidebug.c to lib/efi_loder/, then exposes
efi_varname_is_load_option() function to check whether
the UEFI variable name is "Boot####".
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The directory name in eficonfig menu entry contains the
'\' separator. strcmp() argument ".." is wrong and one directory
up handling does not work correctly. strcmp() argument must
include '\' separator.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
EFI_LOADER_DATA/CODE is reserved for EFI applications.
Memory allocated by U-Boot for internal usage should be
EFI_BOOT_SERVICES_DATA or _CODE or EFI_RUNTIME_SERVICES_DATA or _CODE.
Reported-by: François-Frédéric Ozog <ff@ozog.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: François-Frédéric Ozog <ff@ozog.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The dhcp command may be executed after the first UEFI command.
We should still update the EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_PROTOCOL.
Don't leak content of prior acknowledge packages.
Handle failing allocation when calling malloc().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Provide an EFI binary that prints the boot hart ID as found in the
device-tree as /chosen/boot-hartid property and as provided by the
RISCV_EFI_BOOT_PROTOCOL.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
* BASH code should be labeled as such.
* Code blocks should be indented by 4 spaces.
Fix these here.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The symbol CONFIG_NET_DEVICES does not exist.
The correct name is CONFIG_NETDEVICES.
Fixes: 77b5c4a5b1 ("efi_loader: Let networking support depend on NETDEVICES")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
blk_get_device_part_str() should always initialize all info fields
including sys_ind. As a side effect the code is simplified.
Replace '(0 ==' by '(!' to conform with Linux coding style.
Fixes: 4d907025d6 ("sandbox: restore ability to access host fs through standard commands")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
We use the parameter file in console functions to choose from an array
after checking against MAX_FILES but we never check if the value of file
is negative.
Running ./u-boot -T -l and issuing the poweroff command has resulted in
crashes because os_exit() results in std::ostream::flush() calling U-Boot's
fflush with file being a pointer which when converted to int may be
represented by a negative number.
This shows that checking against MAX_FILES is not enough. We have to ensure
that the file argument is always positive.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Add Peter Robinson as a co-custodian for Pi, update the maintainer
record for common/usb_storage.c, re-add bmp_logo to tools-only and fix
SPI booting on the SanCloud BBE
The SanCloud BBE requires the same dtb nodes to be present in the SPL as
the AM335x EVM.
The SanCloud BBE Lite also requires the SPI flash node and all
dependencies to be present in the SPL to support SPI boot.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
The advanced address translation provided by CONFIG_SPL_OF_TRANSLATE is
needed to determine the base address of the uart0 peripheral on am335x
platforms when CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL is enabled.
If CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL is enabled in the base (non-spiboot)
am335x_evm_defconfig, then CONFIG_SPL_OF_TRANSLATE will also need to be
enabled there. Unfortunately this cannot be done pre-emptively due to
the kconfig dependencies.
The TI clk-ctrl & TI sysc drivers are also required to bring up the SPI
bus on am335x platforms.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
For successful boot when CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL=y, we need to ensure that
the board EEPROM on i2c0, the uart0 serial port and the relevant boot
device (mmc1 or mmc2) can be accessed in the SPL. We also need to
preserve the parent nodes for each required dtb node.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
The TI sysc bus driver is required to allow access to the SPI bus on
am335x platforms. To support SPI boot this driver needs to be enabled in
the SPL/TPL as appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
We should only perform additional iteration steps when needed to
initialize the parent of a device. Other binding errors (such as a
missing driver) should not lead to additional iteration steps.
Unnecessary iteration steps can cause issues when memory is tightly
constrained (such as in the TPL/SPL) since device_bind_by_name()
unconditionally allocates memory for a struct udevice. On the SanCloud
BBE this led to boot failure caused by memory exhaustion in the SPL
when booting from SPI flash.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
The usb_storage.c is the host-side USB mass storage device support,
it is not the DFU/UMS gadget-side implementation. Fix the entry.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Pre 2023.01 the bmp_logo was built as part of the tools-only_defconfig
build, something changed and the VIDEO dep needed to build it
is no longer pulled in so fix that by explicitly defining it.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Peter accpeted to step up as a co-maintainer for the RPis.
Reflect that in the corresponding MAINTAINERS files.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
The signal name of pin PD8 with function D is A22_NANDCLE
as it is defined in the datasheet.
Fixes: 558378a4cd ("ARM: mach-at91: add support for new SoC sama7g5")
Signed-off-by: Mihai Sain <mihai.sain@microchip.com>
Add a driver for the Intel XWAY GbE PHY:
- configure RGMII using dt phy-mode and standard delay properties
- use genphy_config
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The rx descriptor list is in cached memory, and there may be multiple
descriptors per cache-line. After reclaim_rx_buffers marks a descriptor
as unused it does a cache flush, which causes the entire cache-line to
be written to memory, which may override other descriptors in the same
cache-line that the controller may have written to.
The fix skips freeing descriptors that are not the last in a cache-line,
and if the freed descriptor is the last one in a cache-line, it marks
all the descriptors in the cache-line as unused.
This is similarly to what is done in drivers/net/fec_mxc.c
In my case this bug caused tftpboot to fail some times when other
packets are sent to u-boot in addition to the ongoing tftp (e.g. ping).
The driver would stop receiving new packets because it is waiting
on a descriptor that is marked unused, when in reality the descriptor
contains a new unprocessed packet but while freeing the previous buffer
descriptor & flushing the cache, the driver accidentally marked the
descriptor as unused.
Signed-off-by: Yaron Micher <yaronm@hailo.ai>
Fix a couple of typos:
- s/Acquantia/Aquantia/
- s/firmare/firmware/
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
With a suitable sequence of malicious packets, it's currently possible
to get a hole descriptor to contain arbitrary attacker-controlled
contents, and then with one more packet to use that as an arbitrary
write vector.
While one could possibly change the algorithm so we instead loop over
all holes, and in each hole puts as much of the current fragment as
belongs there (taking care to carefully update the hole list as
appropriate), it's not worth the complexity: In real, non-malicious
scenarios, one never gets overlapping fragments, and certainly not
fragments that would be supersets of one another.
So instead opt for this simple protection: Simply don't allow the
eventual memcpy() to write beyond the last_byte of the current hole.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
U-Boot does not support IP fragmentation on TX (and unless
CONFIG_IP_DEFRAG is set, neither on RX). So the blocks we send must
fit in a single ethernet packet.
Currently, if tftpblocksize is set to something like 5000 and I
tftpput a large enough file, U-Boot crashes because we overflow
net_tx_packet (which only has room for 1500 bytes plus change).
Similarly, if tftpblocksize is set to something larger than what we
can actually receive (e.g. 50000, with NET_MAXDEFRAG being 16384), any
tftp get just hangs because we never receive any packets.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Nothing inside this block depends on NET_TFTP_VARS to be set to parse
correctly. Switch to C if() in preparation for adding code before
this (to avoid a declaration-after-statement warning).
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
[trini: Update to cover CONFIG_TFTP_PORT case as well]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For some reason, the ip_len field in a reassembled IP datagram is set
to just the size of the payload, but it should be set to the value it
would have had if the datagram had never been fragmented in the first
place, i.e. size of payload plus size of IP header.
That latter value is currently returned correctly via the "len"
variable. And before entering net_defragment(), len does have the
value ntohs(ip->ip_len), so if we're not dealing with a
fragment (so net_defragment leaves *len alone), that relationship of
course also holds after the net_defragment() call.
The only use I can find of ip->ip_len after the net_defragment call is
the ntohs(ip->udp_len) > ntohs(ip->ip_len) sanity check - none of the
functions that are passed the "ip" pointer themselves inspect ->ip_len
but instead use the passed len.
But that sanity check is a bit odd, since the RHS really should be
"ntohs(ip->ip_len) - 20", i.e. the IP payload size.
Now that we've fixed things so that len == ntohs(ip->ip_len) in all
cases, change that sanity check to use len-20 as the RHS.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
I hit a strange problem with v2022.10: Sometimes my tftp transfer
would seemingly just hang. It only happened for some files. Moreover,
changing tftpblocksize from 65464 to 65460 or 65000 made it work again
for all the files I tried. So I started suspecting it had something to
do with the file sizes and in particular the way the tftp blocks get
fragmented and reassembled.
v2022.01 showed no problems with any of the files or any value of
tftpblocksize.
Looking at what had changed in net.c or tftp.c since January showed
only one remotely interesting thing, b85d130ea0.
So I fired up wireshark on my host to see if somehow one of the
packets would be too small. But no, with both v2022.01 and v2022.10,
the exact same sequence of packets were sent, all but the last of size
1500, and the last being 1280 bytes.
But then it struck me that 1280 is 5*256, so one of the two bytes
on-the-wire is 0 and the other is 5, and when then looking at the code
again the lack of endianness conversion becomes obvious. [ntohs is
both applied to ip->ip_off just above, as well as to ip->ip_len just a
little further down when the "len" is actually computed].
IOWs the current code would falsely reject any packet which happens to
be a multiple of 256 bytes in size, breaking tftp transfers somewhat
randomly, and if it did get one of those "malicious" packets with
ip_len set to, say, 27, it would be seen by this check as being 6912
and hence not rejected.
====
Now, just adding the missing ntohs() would make my initial problem go
away, in that I can now download the file where the last fragment ends
up being 1280 bytes. But there's another bug in the code and/or
analysis: The right-hand side is too strict, in that it is ok for the
last fragment not to have a multiple of 8 bytes as payload - it really
must be ok, because nothing in the IP spec says that IP datagrams must
have a multiple of 8 bytes as payload. And comments in the code also
mention this.
To fix that, replace the comparison with <= IP_HDR_SIZE and add
another check that len is actually a multiple of 8 when the "more
fragments" bit is set - which it necessarily is for the case where
offset8 ends up being 0, since we're only called when
(ip_off & (IP_OFFS | IP_FLAGS_MFRAG)).
====
So, does this fix CVE-2022-30790 for real? It certainly correctly
rejects the POC code which relies on sending a packet of size 27 with
the MFRAG flag set. Can the attack be carried out with a size 27
packet that doesn't set MFRAG (hence must set a non-zero fragment
offset)? I dunno. If we get a packet without MFRAG, we update
h->last_byte in the hole we've found to be start+len, hence we'd enter
one of
if ((h >= thisfrag) && (h->last_byte <= start + len)) {
or
} else if (h->last_byte <= start + len) {
and thus won't reach any of the
/* overlaps with initial part of the hole: move this hole */
newh = thisfrag + (len / 8);
/* fragment sits in the middle: split the hole */
newh = thisfrag + (len / 8);
IOW these division are now guaranteed to be exact, and thus I think
the scenario in CVE-2022-30790 cannot happen anymore.
====
However, there's a big elephant in the room, which has always been
spelled out in the comments, and which makes me believe that one can
still cause mayhem even with packets whose payloads are all 8-byte
aligned:
This code doesn't deal with a fragment that overlaps with two
different holes (thus being a superset of a previously-received
fragment).
Suppose each character below represents 8 bytes, with D being already
received data, H being a hole descriptor (struct hole), h being
non-populated chunks, and P representing where the payload of a just
received packet should go:
DDDHhhhhDDDDHhhhDDDD
PPPPPPPPP
I'm pretty sure in this case we'd end up with h being the first hole,
enter the simple
} else if (h->last_byte <= start + len) {
/* overlaps with final part of the hole: shorten this hole */
h->last_byte = start;
case, and thus in the memcpy happily overwrite the second H with our
chosen payload. This is probably worth fixing...
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
While the code mostly/only handles UDP packets, it's possible for the
last fragment of a fragmented UDP packet to be smaller than 28 bytes;
it can be as small as 21 bytes (an IP header plus one byte of
payload). So until we've performed the defragmentation step and thus
know whether we're now holding a full packet, we should only check for
the existence of the fields in the ip header, i.e. that there are at
least 20 bytes present.
In practice, we always seem to be handed a "len" of minimum 60 from the
device layer, i.e. minimal ethernet frame length minus FCS, so this is
mostly theoretical.
After we've fetched the header's claimed length and used that to
update the len variable, check that the header itself claims to be the
minimal possible length.
This is probably how CVE-2022-30552 should have been dealt with in the
first place, because net_defragment() is not the only place that wants
to know the size of the IP datagram payload: If we receive a
non-fragmented ICMP packet, we pass "len" to receive_icmp() which in
turn may pass it to ping_receive() which does
compute_ip_checksum(icmph, len - IP_HDR_SIZE)
and due to the signature of compute_ip_checksum(), that would then
lead to accessing ~4G of address space, very likely leading to a
crash.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
There's no reason we should accept an IP packet with a malformed IHL
field. So ensure that it is exactly 5, not just <= 5.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add new desc_per_cacheline property which lets a platform run RX descriptor
cleanup after every power-of-2 - 1 received packets instead of every packet.
This is useful on platforms where (axi_bus_width EQOS_AXI_WIDTH_n * DMA DSL
inter-descriptor word skip count + DMA descriptor size) is less than cache
line size, which necessitates packing multiple DMA descriptors into single
cache line.
In case of TX descriptors, this is not a problem, since the driver always
does synchronous TX, i.e. the TX descriptor is always written, flushed and
polled for completion in eqos_send().
In case of RX descriptors, it is necessary to update their status in bulk,
i.e. after the entire cache line worth of RX descriptors has been used up
to receive data.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Separate TX and RX DMA rings to make their handling slightly clearer.
This is a preparatory patch for bulk RX descriptor flushing.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
LiteX is a soft system-on-chip that targets FPGAs. LiteETH is a basic
network device that is commonly used in LiteX designs.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Drop support for quickly deprecated DT property "snps,ref-clock-period-ns"
to prevent its proliferation.
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
GUCTL.REFCLKPER can only account for clock frequencies with integer
periods. To address this, program REFCLK_FLADJ with the relative error
caused by period truncation. The formula given in the register reference
has been rearranged to allow calculation based on rate (instead of
period), and to allow for fixed-point arithmetic.
Additionally, calculate a value for 240MHZDECR. This configures a
simulated 240Mhz clock using a counter with one fractional bit (PLS1).
This register is programmed only for versions >= 2.50a, since this is
the check also used by commit db2be4e9e30c ("usb: dwc3: Add frame length
adjustment quirk").
[ marek: Ported from Linux kernel commit
596c87856e08d ("usb: dwc3: Program GFLADJ") ]
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> # Port from Linux
Instead of using a special property to determine the reference clock
period, use the rate of the reference clock. When we have a legacy
snps,ref-clock-period-ns property and no reference clock, use it
instead. Fractional clocks are not currently supported, and will be
dealt with in the next commit.
[ marek: Ported from Linux kernel commit
5114c3ee24875 ("usb: dwc3: Calculate REFCLKPER based on reference clock") ]
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> # Port from Linux
Set reference clock period when it differs from dwc3 default hardware
set.
We could calculate clock period based on reference clock frequency. But
this information is not always available. This is the case of PCI bus
attached USB host. For that reason we use a custom property.
Tested (USB2 only) on IPQ6010 SoC based board with 24 MHz reference
clock while hardware default is 19.2 MHz.
[ baruch: rewrite commit message; drop GFLADJ code; remove 'quirk-' from
property name; mention tested hardware ]
[ marek: Ported from Linux kernel commit
7bee318838890 ("usb: dwc3: reference clock period configuration") ]
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Balaji Prakash J <bjagadee@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> # Port from Linux
Cache ref_clk clock pointer in struct dwc3 . This is a preparatory
patch for subsequent backports from Linux kernel which configure
GFLADJ register content based on the ref_clk rate and therefore need
access to the ref_clk pointer.
It is possible to extract the clock pointer from existing clk_bulk
list of already claimed clock, no need to call clk_get*() again.
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The "generic_bus_%x_dev_%x" string which is printed into this buffer
can be up to 34 characters long ("generic_bus_12345678_dev_12345678").
The buffer would be clipped by snprintf() if both %x were at maximum
range. Make sure the buffer is long enough to cover such possibility.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It seems this symbol was missed when renaming DM_VIDEO -> VIDEO. Update
it.
Fixes: b86986c7b3 ("video: Rename CONFIG_DM_VIDEO to CONFIG_VIDEO")
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
We have a number of jobs that will have git complain about needing to
set safe.directory and this being untrue as a fatal error, but then
complete. Set this flag correctly now as it should be used, and may
prevent a future failure.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use macro to represent the RL and WL setting to ensure the PHY and
controller setting are aligned.
Review-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Dylan Hung <dylan_hung@aspeedtech.com>
Adjust the following settings to get better timing and signal quality.
1. write DQS/DQ delay
- 1e6e2304[0]
- 1e6e2304[15:8]
2. read DQS/DQ delay
- 0x1e6e0298[0]
- 0x1e6e0298[15:8]
3. CLK/CA timing
- 0x1e6e01a8[31]
4. Read and write termination
- change RTT_ROM from 40 ohm to 48 ohm (MR1[10:8])
- change RTT_PARK from disable to 48 ohm (MR5[8:6])
- change RTT_WR from 120 ohm to disable (MR2[11:9])
- change PHY ODT from 40 ohm to 80 ohm (0x1e6e0130[10:8])
Note1: Both DDR-PHY and DDR controller have their own registers for DDR4
Mode Registers (MR0~MR6). This patch introduces macros to synchronize
the MR value on both sides.
Note2: the waveform meansurement can be found in item #21 of Aspeed
AST26x0 Application note (AP note).
Review-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Dylan Hung <dylan_hung@aspeedtech.com>
The condition "~data" in the if-statement is a typo. The original
intention is to poll if SDRAM_PHYCTRL0_INIT bit equals to 0. So use
"data == 0" for instead.
Besides, the bit[1] of "phy_status" register is hardwired to
SDRAM_PHYCTRL0_INIT (with inverse logic). Since SDRAM_PHYCTRL0_INIT has
already done, remove the unnecessary checking of phy_status[1].
Fixes: fde9314346 ("ram: aspeed: Add AST2600 DRAM control support")
Review-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Dylan Hung <dylan_hung@aspeedtech.com>
This header was already included just above version.h,
do not include it twice.
Fixes: 3db7110857 ("crc32: Use the crc.h header for crc functions")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Return value -1 cause U-Boot to print usage message. Return value
1 (CMD_RET_FAILURE) indicates failure. So fix return value when ubifs
command starts it execution and fails.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Debug dump logs are not always required. Add a new config option
UBIFS_SILENCE_DEBUG_DUMP to silence all debug dumps. On powerpc/mpc85xx
when enabled this will decrease size of U-Boot binary by 11 kB.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Add test case for 'fdt get value' sub command.
The test case can be triggered using:
"
./u-boot -d u-boot.dtb -c 'ut fdt'
"
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Always increment both the iterator and pointer into the string
property value by length of the current element + 1 (to cater
for the string delimiter), otherwise the element extracted from
the string property value would be extracted from an offset that
is multiple of the length of the first element, instead of sum
of element lengths until select index.
This fixes 'fdt get value' operation for index above 1 (counting
from index 0).
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Fixes: 13982ced2c ("cmd: fdt: Add support for reading stringlist property values")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The sandbox config file is to be removed. Move the GUID declarations
needed for capsule update functionality to the board file where they
are used.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Invoking lseek() may result in an error. Handle it.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 376212 ("Error handling issues (CHECKED_RETURN)")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add a new flag to buildman so that we will in turn pass
BINMAN_ALLOW_MISSING=1 to 'make'. Make use of this flag in CI.
Allow the settings file to control this.
Cc: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This was dropped my mistake. Reinstate it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: d829f1217c ("bulidman: Add support for a simple build")
While it is possible and documented on how to re-run buildman to replace
faked required binary files after the fact, this behavior ends up being
more confusing than helpful in practice. Switch to requiring
BINMAN_ALLOW_MISSING=1 to be passed on the 'make' line to enable this
behavior.
Cc: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These are documented in various several sections. Add a new section that
mentions them all in one place so it is easier to see what environment
variables can be used to control U-Boot's use of binman.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Buildman should consider a build as a success (with warnings) if missing
blobs have been dealt with by binman, even though buildman itself returns
and error code overall. This is how other warnings are dealt with.
We cannot easily access the 103 exit code, so detect the problem in the
output.
With this change, missing blobs result in an exit code of 101, although
they still indicate failure.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Support for some architectures has been removed since buildman was first
written. Also all toolchains are now available at kernel.org so we don't
need the links, except for arc where the kernel.org toolchain fails to
build all boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The settings file omits a few lines which are useful for getting every
board building. Add these and update the documentation tool.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This script was removed about 6 years ago so most people should be aware
that it is not needed anymore. Drop mention of it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the buildman documentation to rST format and include it in the
'build' section.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
At present binman returns success when told to handle missing/faked blobs
or missing bintools. This is confusing since in fact the resulting image
cannot work.
Use exit code 103 to signal this problem, with a -W option to convert
it to a warning.
Rename the flag to --ignore-missing since it controls bintools also.
Add documentation about exit codes while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This currently uses if_changed on a phony target. Use a real file as the
target and add FORCE at the end, as required. Drop the 'inputs' phony
since it is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
gcc 12 seems to warn on strncpy() as a matter of course. Rewrite the code
a different way to do the same thing, to avoid the warning.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The binary is looked on the system by the suffix of the packer class.
This means binman was looking for btool_gzip on the system and not gzip.
Since a btool can have its btool_ prefix missing but its module and
binary presence on the system appropriately found, there's no need to
actually keep this prefix after listing all possible btools, so let's
remove it.
This fixes gzip btool by letting Bintool.find_bintool_class handle the
missing prefix and still return the correct class which is then init
with gzip name instead of btool_gzip.
Additionally, there was an issue with the cached module global variable.
The variable only stores the module and not the associated class name
when calling find_bintool_class.
This means that when caching the module on the first call to
find_bintool_class, class_name would be set to Bintoolbtool_gzip but the
module_name gzip only, adding the module in the gzip key in the module
dictionary. When hitting the cache on next calls, the gzip key would be
found, so its value (the module) is used. However the default class_name
(Bintoolgzip) is used, failing the getattr call.
Instead, let's enforce the same class name: Bintool<packer>, whatever
the filename it is contained in.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Xilinx changes for v2023.01-rc3
microblaze:
- Enable 32 bit addressing mode for SPIs
zynq:
- Minor DT fixes (PL clock enabling)
zynqmp:
- Disable watchdog by default
- Remove unused xlnx,eeprom chosen support
- Add missing symlink for vck190 SC revB
- Use mdio bus with ethernet-phy-id description
versal:
- Add mini qspi/ospi configuration
versal-net:
- Add soc driver
- Fix Kconfig entry for SOC
- Fix loading address location for MINI configuration
- Disable LMB for mini configuration
net:
- Fix ethernet-phy-id usage in the code
pinctrl:
- Revert high impedance/output enable support
timer:
- Fix timer relocation for Microblaze
- Fix timer wrap in 32bit Xilinx timer driver
Add configuration file for mini u-boot configuration which runs on a
smaller footprint from on chip memory(OCM). This configuration has
required CONFIG's enabled to support octal spi flash and uses DCC terminal
for console output. Add required dts for octal spi flash mini u-boot
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221116141155.14788-4-ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Add soc_xilinx_versal_net driver to identify the family & revision of
versal-net SoC. Add Kconfig option CONFIG_SOC_XILINX_VERSAL_NET to
enable/disable this driver. To enable this driver by default, add this
config to xilinx_versal_net_virt_defconfig file. This driver will be
probed using platdata U_BOOT_DEVICE structure which is specified in
mach-versal-net/cpu.c.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/613d6bcffd9070f62cf348079ed16c120f8fc56f.1668612993.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Versal NET mini U-Boot configuration is used for memory testing that's why
load address can't be really placed in memory which doesn't need to work
that's why move it to start of OCM which is the same memory which U-Boot is
running from.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
vck190 system controller low level setup is the same for revB that's why
also create symlink to revA.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Use dot instead of comma. The fix doesn't affect anything but it is good to
be aligned with used pattern. The first is used only for string size
calculation and the second change is in the comment.
Fixes: db681d4929 ("net: phy: Add new read ethernet phy id function")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Current xilinx_timer_get_count() implementation does not take into account
the periodic 32-bit wrap arounds, as it directly returns the 32-bit counter
register value. The roll-overs cause problems in the upper timer layers, as
generic timer code expects an incrementing 64-bit value from get_count() to
work correctly.
Add the missing 64-bit up-conversion to fix random hangs/delays in
__udelay().
Fixes: a36d86720f ("microblaze: Convert axi timer to DM driver")
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221012053656.1492457-3-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
This commit adds the menu-driven UEFI Secure Boot Key
enrollment interface. User can enroll PK, KEK, db
and dbx by selecting file.
Only the signed EFI Signature List(s) with an authenticated
header, typically '.auth' file, is accepted.
To clear the PK, KEK, db and dbx, user needs to enroll the null key
signed by PK or KEK.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL is not always provided
by U-Boot. Use protocol interface functions instead of
U-Boot internal functions.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Following commits are adding support for UEFI variable management
via the eficonfig menu. Those functions needs to use
eficonfig_create_device_path() to construct the full device path
from device path of the volume and file path, so move it
out of their static declarations.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
All the eficonfig menus other than "Change Boot Order"
use 'eficonfig_entry' structure for each menu entry.
This commit refactors change boot order implementation
to use 'eficonfig_entry' structure same as other menus
to have consistent menu handling.
This commit also simplifies the data->active handling when
KEY_SPACE is pressed, and sizeof() parameter.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Following commits are adding support for UEFI variable management
via the eficonfig menu. Those functions needs to use
append_entry() and append_quit_entry() to construct the
menu, so move them out of their static declarations.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
eficonfig_select_file_handler() is commonly used to select the
file. eficonfig_display_select_file_option() adds an additional
menu to clear the selected file.
eficonfig_display_select_file_option() is not always necessary
for the file selection process, so it must be outside of
eficonfig_select_file_handler().
This commit also renames the following functions to avoid confusion.
eficonfig_select_file_handler() -> eficonfig_process_select_file()
eficonfig_select_file() -> eficonfig_show_file_selection()
eficonfig_display_select_file_option() -> eficonfig_process_show_file_option()
Finally, test_eficonfig.py need to be updated to get aligned with
the above modification.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Use unsigned char for the parameter of efi_st_strcmp_16_8. This allows
comparing characters 0x80 - 0xff.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
If the array index 'i' < 128, the 'codepage' array is accessed using
[-128...-1] in efi_unicode_collation.c:262. This can lead to a buffer
overflow.
Negative index in efi_unicode_collation.c:262.
The index of the 'codepage' array should be c - 0x80 instead of i - 0x80.
Fixes: 0bc4b0da7b ("efi_loader: EFI_UNICODE_COLLATION_PROTOCOL")
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Ilin <ilin.mikhail.ol@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Since commit c2fd0ca1a8
("watchdog: Integrate watchdog triggering into the cyclic framework")
GD_FLG_WDT_READY has become write-only. This patch now removes this
flag completely.
The vacant spot in gd_flags is filled with the newly introduced
GD_FLG_CYCLIC_RUNNING flag.
Suggested-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Checking for DM_RESET is not enough since not all watchdog
implementations use a reset lane. Such is the case for Rockchip
implementation for example. Since reset_assert_bulk will only succeed if
the resets property exists in the watchdog DT node, it needs to be
called only if a reset property is present.
This adds a condition on the resets property presence in the watchdog DT
node before assuming a reset lane needs to be fetched with
reset_assert_bulk, by calling ofnode_read_prop.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
The code for these two options depends on having the FIT loadables
recorded in the FDT. Thus, these options require the full version of
the SPL_LOAD_FIT code.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
DFU implementation does not bound the length field in USB
DFU download setup packets, and it does not verify that
the transfer direction. Fixing the length and transfer
direction.
CVE-2022-2347
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This reverts commit d2e64d29c4.
This commit broke support for pound sign (£) and euro sign (€) keys on
Nokia N900 keypad.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of overwriting $loadaddr variable, use custom temporary
$fileloadaddr variable. So scripts can access default/original address
stored in $loadaddr at build time.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Add example command how to compile U-Boot and add new documentation section
describing how to enable early debug UART and verbose log output for N900.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Apply commit 534f0fbd65 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if
POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM.
This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900
phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin
binary has not triggered this crash.
Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console:
initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c)
Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment
Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000
Create Hash Table: N=387
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Due to usage of PREBOOT in Kconfig, macro CONFIG_PREBOOT is always defined
when CONFIG_USE_PREBOOT is enabled. In case CONFIG_PREBOOT is not
explicitly enabled it is set to empty C string and therefore
'#ifdef CONFIG_PREBOOT' guard does not work. Fix this issue by introducing
a new Kconfig symbol PREBOOT_DEFINED which cause to define new C macro
CONFIG_PREBOOT_DEFINED only when CONFIG_PREBOOT is really defined.
Change usage of '#ifdef CONFIG_PREBOOT' by '#ifdef CONFIG_USE_PREBOOT' for
code which checks if preboot code would be called and by
'#ifdef CONFIG_PREBOOT_DEFINED' for defining preboot code.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Pull request for efi-2023-01-rc2
Documentation:
* fix building with Sphinx 5.0+
* man-pages for cmp and bootd commands
UEFI:
* Avoid unaligned access in efi_file_from_path()
* More bug fixes
- Fix and improve microchip's clock driver to allow sync'ing DTS with linux
- Improve the help message in "SBI_V02" Kconfig
- Improve DTS property "isa-string" parsing rule
Heinrich reports that on RISC-V unaligned access is emulated by OpenSBI
which is very slow. Performance wise it's better if we skip the calls
to u16_strdup() -- which in turn calls u16_strsize() and just allocate/copy the
memory directly. The access to dp.length may still be unaligned, but that's
way less than what u16_strsize() would do
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Use malloc() instead of calloc().
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Closing the files uses the EFI protocol and specifically it's .close
callback. This needs to be wrapped on an EFI_CALL()
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
UEFI specification requires pointers that are passed to protocol member
functions to be aligned. There's a u16_strdup in that function which
doesn't make sense otherwise Add a comment so no one removes it
accidentally
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The 'ret' variable must be initialized before use
in eficonfig_delete_invalid_boot_option().
Fixes: c416f1c0bc ("bootmenu: add removable media entries")
Addresses-Coverity: 376207 ("Uninitialized variables")
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Goto for an immediately succeeding label is superfluous.
Fixes: 87d791423a ("eficonfig: menu-driven addition of UEFI boot option")
Addresses-Coverity: 376202 ("Identical code for different branches")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
If the va_list we got handed over contains no protocols we must return
EFI_SUCCESS. However in that case the current code just returns
an unintialized value.
Fix that by setting the return value in the variable definition
Addresses-Coverity: CID 376195: ("Uninitialized variables (UNINIT)")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Sphinx 5.0 and later fails to build when language is set to None:
Warning, treated as error:
Invalid configuration value found: 'language = None'. Update your configuration to a valid langauge code. Falling back to 'en' (English)
Let's set the language to English since it is the language used for the
documentation.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The documentation of struct host_ops should be Sphinx compliant.
Fixes: 9bd1aa8af2 ("dm: sandbox: Create a new HOST uclass")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct GD_FLG_CYCLIC_RUNNING documentation to match Sphinx style.
Fixes: d7de5ef629 ("cyclic: use a flag in gd->flags for recursion protection")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We should check the string until it hits underscore, in case it
searches multi-letter extensions. For example, "rv64imac_xandes"
will be treated as D extension support since there is a "d" in
"andes", resulting illegal instruction caused by initializing FCSR.
Signed-off-by: Yu Chien Peter Lin <peterlin@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
The initial devicetree for PolarFire SoC incorrectly created a fixed
frequency clock in the devicetree to represent the msspll, but the
msspll is not a fixed frequency clock. The actual reference clock on a
board is either 125 or 100 MHz, 125 MHz in the case of the icicle kit.
Swap the incorrect representation of the msspll out for the actual
reference clock.
Fixes: dd4ee416a6 ("riscv: dts: Add device tree for Microchip Icicle Kit")
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Sync the critical clocks in the U-Boot driver with those marked as
critical in Linux. The Linux driver has an explanation of why each clock
is considered to be critical, so import that too.
Fixes: 2f27c9219e ("clk: Add Microchip PolarFire SoC clock driver")
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Not all "periph" clocks are children of the AHB clock, some have the AXI
clock as their parent & the mtimer clock is derived from the external
reference clock directly. Stop assuming the AHB clock to be the parent
of all "periph" clocks and define their correct parents instead.
Fixes: 2f27c9219e ("clk: Add Microchip PolarFire SoC clock driver")
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Tested-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
The original devicetrees for PolarFire SoC messed up & defined the
msspll's output as a fixed-frequency, 600 MHz clock & used that as the
input for the clock controller node. The msspll is not a fixed
frequency clock and later devicetrees handled this properly. Check the
devicetree & if it is one of the fixed ones, register the msspll.
Otherwise, skip registering it & pass the reference clock directly to
the cfg clock registration function so that existing devicetrees are
not broken by this change.
As the MSS PLL is not a "cfg" or a "periph" clock, add a new driver for
it, based on the one in Linux.
Fixes: 2f27c9219e ("clk: Add Microchip PolarFire SoC clock driver")
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Tested-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Currently the clock driver for PolarFire SoC takes a very naive approach
to the relationship between clocks. It reads the dt to get an input
clock, assumes that that is fixed frequency, reads the "clock-frequency"
property & uses that to set up both the "cfg" and "periph" clocks.
Simplifying for the sake of incremental fixes, the "correct" parentage for
the clocks currently supported in U-Boot is that the "cfg" clocks should
be children of the fixed frequency clock in the dt. The AHB clock is one
of these "cfg" clocks and is the parent of the "periph" clocks.
Instead of passing the clock rate of the fixed-frequency clock to the
"cfg" and "periph" registration functions and the name of the parents,
pass their actual parents & use clk_get_rate() to determine their parents
rates.
The "periph" clocks are purely gate clocks and should not be reading the
AHB clocks registers to determine their rates, as they can simply report
the output of clk_get_rate() on their parent.
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
When this binding header was initally upstreamed, the PLL clocking the
microprocessor subsystem (MSS) and the RTC reference clocks were
omitted. Add them now, matching the IDs used in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
i2c Fixes for v2023.01-rc2
- i2c-gpio: add a missing new line in printed string
detected and fixed by Sergei
- microchip i2c driver fixes from Conor
- fix erroneous late ack send
- fix ack sending logic
Add newline at the end of the printed string.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Antonov <saproj@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
A late ack is currently being sent at the end of a transfer due to
incorrect logic in mchp_corei2c_empty_rx(). Currently the Assert Ack
bit is being written to the controller's control reg after the last
byte has been received, causing it to sent another byte with the ack.
Instead, the AA flag should be written to the control register when
the penultimate byte is read so it is sent out for the last byte.
Reported-by: Andreas Buerkler <andreas.buerkler@enclustra.com>
Fixes: 0dc0d1e094 ("i2c: Add Microchip PolarFire SoC I2C driver")
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Removed Tag by hs: Fixes: 0190d48488 ("i2c: microchip: fix ack sending logic")
"Master receive mode" was not correctly sending ACKs/NACKs in the
interrupt handler. Bring the handling of M_SLAR_ACK, M_RX_DATA_ACKED &
M_RX_DATA_NACKED in line with the Linux driver.
Fixes: 0dc0d1e094 ("i2c: Add Microchip PolarFire SoC I2C driver")
Reported-by: Shravan Chippa <shravan.chippa@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This reverts commit c7878a0483.
Since commit c7878a0483 ("serial: mxc: have putc use the TXFIFO"),
serial console corruption can be seen when priting inside board_init().
Revert it to avoid the regression.
Reported-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
We should guard the SPL nodes against CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix
the following build error when the blobs are absent:
binman: Fail open first container file mx8qm-ahab-container.img
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_4BIT_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY
To do this we introduce CONFIG_SYS_HAS_NONCACHED_MEMORY as a bool to
gate if we are going to have noncached_... functions available and then
continue to use CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY to store the size of said
cache. We make this new option depend on both the architectures which
implement support and the drivers which make use of it.
Cc: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Mingming lee <mingming.lee@mediatek.com>
Cc: "Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu)" <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Alban Bedel <alban.bedel@avionic-design.de>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Cc: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The comment block in reserve_noncached has a typo in one filename and
an incorrect filename in another function reference. Correct both of
these.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These files reference SZ_ macros without including <linux/sizes.h>,
correct this.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN
To do this, we set a default of 0 for everyone because there are a
number of cases where we define CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN but the only
impact is that we set TOTAL_MALLOC_LEN to be CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN +
CONFIG_ENV_SIZE, so we must continue to allow all boards to set this
value. Update the SPL code to use 200 KB as the default raw U-Boot size
directly, if we don't have a real CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN value.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_MAX_NAND_DEVICE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE
CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
As part of this, we move CMD_SAVES to be after CMD_LOADS as they are
logically related (load or save an s-record format file) and this makes
grouping of CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE easier.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce three options, one for each observed L3 cache size, and have
the size select'd as needed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce two options, one for each observed L2 cache size, and have the
size select'd as needed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the symbol SYS_JFFS2_SORT_FRAGMENTS to Kconfig and use the only
remaining part of doc/README.JFFS2 that is still relevant and useful to
the help for this option.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This removes the following symbols:
CONFIG_RTC_MCFRRTC
CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK
CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR
CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
CONFIG_SYS_LBC_CACHE_BASE
CONFIG_SYS_LIME_SIZE
CONFIG_SYS_MAMR
CONFIG_SYS_MCFRRTC_BASE
CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_SEC
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_INTERLAKEN
CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO
CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_BASE_ADDRESS
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_LOCK
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Originally, the mmc aliases node was present in imx6qdl-wandboard.dtsi.
After the sync with Linux in commit d0399a46e7 ("imx6dl/imx6qdl:
synchronise device trees with linux"), the aliases node is gone as
the upstream version does not have it.
This causes a regression in which the SD card cannot be found anymore:
Since commit the aliases node has been removed
U-Boot 2022.10-00999-gcca41ed3d63f-dirty (Nov 03 2022 - 22:07:38 -0300)
CPU: Freescale i.MX6QP rev1.0 at 792 MHz
Reset cause: POR
DRAM: 2 GiB
Core: 62 devices, 17 uclasses, devicetree: separate
PMIC: PFUZE100 ID=0x10
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0, FSL_SDHC: 1, FSL_SDHC: 2
Loading Environment from MMC... MMC: no card present
*** Warning - No block device, using default environment
Fix it by passing the alias node in the u-boot.dtsi file to
restore the original behaviour where the SD card (esdhc3) was
mapped to mmc0.
Fixes: d0399a46e7 ("imx6dl/imx6qdl: synchronise device trees with linux")
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
To properly operate the Nano with LPDDR4 at 1.6GHz, the
voltage needs to be adjusted before DDR is initialized.
Enable the PMIC in SPL to do this.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The imx8mn_beacon board does not use the same memory map as the reference
design from NXP or other imx8mn boards. As such, memory is more limited
in SPL.
Moving SPL_BSS_START_ADDR and SPL_STACK to default locations increases
the amount of available meory for the SPL stack. Doing this allows
the board to no longer define CONFIG_MALLOC_F_ADDR.
Since SYS_LOAD_ADDR also does not align with other boards, move it too.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Synchronise device tree with linux v6.1-rc3.
Note: Nowadays, the intent is for them regular device trees to just be
synchronised from them Linux kernel device trees and any and all U-Boot
specific changes need to go into the -u-boot.dtsi device tree include
files which BTW get included automatically by the U-Boot build system.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
The IMX8M based Venice boards all have device-tree fec nodes that
use proper dt with a phy-handle pointing to a phy with reg assigned
to the proper phy address.
There is no need to keep using the CONFIG_FEC_MXC_PHYADDR hack when
a proper dt is used - remove it.
This was previously done in commit 400eebf10d
("configs: imx8m{m, n}_venice: remove unneeded CONFIG_FEC_MXC_PHYADDR")
but got clobbered by commit 6889412ad5
("Convert CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
remove unused ifdef left behind after commit ca3369df71
("configs: drop CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
commit 0543a1ed27 ("imx8m: fixup thermal trips") moved updating the
thermal trip points to all IMX8M so we can remove it from our board
specific dt config.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Enable insertion of version variable into U-Boot environment on DHSOM,
to make it possible to check U-Boot version e.g. in U-Boot scripts.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add support for the MSC SM2S-IMX8PLUS SMARC Module. Tested in conjunction
with the MSC SM2-MB-EP1 Mini-ITX Carrier Board.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The description claims that the device is probed but it isn't.
Add the device_probe() call.
Also consolidate the iteration into one function.
Fixes: 8a5cbc065d ("dm: blk: Use uclass_find_first/next_device() in blk_first/next_device()")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Update the sandbox implementation to use UCLASS_HOST and adjust all
the pieces to continue to work:
- Update the 'host' command to use the new API
- Replace various uses of UCLASS_ROOT with UCLASS_HOST
- Disable test_eficonfig since it doesn't work (this should have a unit
test to allow this to be debugged)
- Update the blk test to use the new API
- Drop the old header file
Unfortunately it does not seem to be possible to split this change up
further.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Create a block driver for the new HOST uclass. This handles attaching and
detaching host files.
For now the uclass is not used but this will be plumbed in with future
patches.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sandbox supports block devices which can access files on the host machine.
At present there is no uclass for this. The devices are attached to the
root devic. The block-device type is therefore set to UCLASS_ROOT which
is confusing.
Block devices should be attached to a 'media' device instead, something
which handles access to the actual media and provides the block driver
for the block device.
Create a new uclass to handle this. It supports two operations, to attach
and detach a file on the host machine.
For now this is not fully plumbed in.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function now finds its block-device child by looking for a child
device of the correct uclass (UCLASS_BLK). It cannot produce a device of
any other type, so drop the superfluous check.
Provide a version which does not probe the device, since that is often
needed when setting up the device's platdata.
Also fix up the function's comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When running unit tests, some may have side effects which cause a
subsequent test to break. This can sometimes be seen when using 'ut dm'
or similar.
Add a new argument which allows a particular (failing) test to be run
immediately after a certain number of tests have run. This allows the
test causing the failure to be determined.
Update the documentation also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a 'ut info' command to show the number of suites and tests. This is
useful to get a feel for the scale of the tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sort this and put the command summary at the top instead of the bottom.
Adjust it so that the newlines are at the start of the strings, so that
there is not a blank line at the end.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some tests access data in block devices and so cause the cache to fill
up. This results in memory being allocated.
Some tests check the malloc usage at the beginning and then again at the
end, to ensure there is no memory leak caused by the test. The block cache
makes this difficult, since the any test may cause entries to be allocated
or even freed, if the cache becomes full.
It is simpler to clear the block cache after each test. This ensures that
it will not introduce noise in tests which check malloc usage.
Add the logic to clear the cache, using the existing blkcache_invalidate()
function. Drop the duplicate code at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tidy this up so that pylint is happy. Use hex for the 1MB size and make
sure it is not a floating-point value.
Add a little main program to allow the code to be tried out, since at
present is only called from a long-running test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the documentation to avoid a warning with 'make htmldocs'.
Fixes: 10107efedd ("sandbox: add SIGALRM-based watchdog device")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The support added later in this series tweaks the PMIC voltages in the
SPL. Enable support for the rn5t567 in SPL builds to allow this to be done
cleanly.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The downstream U-Boot distributed by Beacon stores the environment
in the eMMC and the end of partition 2. This allow the environment
to stay on the SOM regardless of the boot source.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
In order to boot over USB, the device tree needs to enable
a few extra nodes in SPL. Since the USB driver has the
ability to detect host/device, the dr_mode can be removed
from the device tree since it needs to act as a device when
booting and OTG is the default mode. Add USB boot support
to spl_board_boot_device and enable the corresponding config
options.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
There are a few functions which are not essential for use in
SPL, but they take up enough space to make other preferred
features not fit. Remove the extras.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The DDR is configured for LPDDR4 running at 1.6GHz which requires
the voltage on the PMIC to rise a bit before initializing LPDDR4
or it will be running out of spec.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
If the bd718x7 is required, but PMIC_CHILDREN is disabled, this
driver throws a compile error. Fix this by putting the function
to bind children into an if-statement checking for PMIC_CHILDREN.
Allowing PMIC_CHILDREN to be disabled in SPL saves some space and
still permits some read/write functions to access the PMIC in
early startup.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The e10133 workaround was broken in two places:
- The code intended to temporarily mask all interrupts in GPC_IMRx_CORE0.
While the old register values were saved, the actual masking was
missing.
- imx_udelay() expects the system counter to run at its base frequency,
but the system counter is switched to a lower frequency earlier in
psci_system_suspend(), leading to a much longer delay than intended.
Replace the call with an equivalent loop (linux-imx 5.15 does the same)
This fixes the SoC hanging forever when there was already a wakeup IRQ
pending while suspending.
Fixes: 57b620255e ("imx: mx7: add system suspend/resume support")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <matthias.schiffer@ew.tq-group.com>
This enables armv8 crypto extension usage for SHA1/SHA256.
Which speed up sha1/sha256 operations, about 10x faster with
a imx8mm evk for a 20MiB kernel hash verification (12ms vs 165ms).
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The RD-AC5X-32G16HVG6HLG-A0 development board main components and
features include:
* Main 12V/54V power supply
* 270 Gbps throughput packet processor on the main board
* DDR4:
* SR1: 2GB DDR4 2400MT/S(1GB x 2 pcs ) with ECC(1GB x 1 pcs)
* SR2: 4GB DDR4 2400MT/S(2GB x 2 pcs ) with ECC(2GB x 1 pcs)
* PCB co-layout with 4GB device to support 8GB (Dual CS) requirement
* 16GB eMMC (Samsung KLMAG1JETD-B041006)
* 16MB SPI NOR(GD25Q127C)
* 32 x 1000 Base-T interfaces
* 16 x 2500 Base-T interfaces
* SR1: 88E2540*4
* SR2: 88E2580*1+88E2540*2
* Six (6) x 25G Base-R SFP28 interfaces
* One (1) x RJ-45 console connector, interfacing to the on board UART
* One (1) x USB Type-A connector, interfacing to the USB 2.0 port (0)
* One (1) x USB Type-mini B connector, interfacing to the USB 2.0 port (1)
* One (1) x RJ-45 1G Base-T Management port, interfacing to the host
port (shared with PCIe) Connected to 88E1512 Gigabit Ethernet Phy
* One (1) x Oculink port, interfacing to the PCIe port for external CPU
connection
* POE 802.3AT support on Port 1 ~ Port 32, 802.3BT support on Port 33 ~
Port 48 (Microsemi PD69208T4, PD69208M or TI TPS2388,TPS23881
solution)
* POE total power budget 780W
* LED interfaces per network port/POE
* LED interfaces (common) showing system status
* PTP TC mode Supported (Reserved M.2 connector to support BC mode)
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Add support for the Allecat5/Alleycat5X SoC. These are L3 switches with
an integrated CPU (referred to as the CnM block in Marvell's
documentation). These have dual ARMv8.2 CPUs (Cortex-A55). This support
has been ported from Marvell's SDK which is based on a much older
version of U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Unlike the other 64-bit mvebu SoCs the AlleyCat5 uses the older ehci
block from the 32-bit SoCs. Adapt the ehci-marvell.c driver to cope with
the fact that the ac5 does not have the mbus infrastructure the 32-bit
SoCs have and ensure USB_EHCI_IS_TDI is selected.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add support for the AlleyCat5 SoC. This lacks the mbus from the other
users of the mvneta.c driver so a new compatible string is needed to
allow for a different window configuration.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The 64-bit mvebu SoCs don't have a suitable timer driver so add a !ARM64
condition to the select.
Fixes: 7b530bb19e ("arm: mvebu: Use CONFIG_TIMER on all MVEBU & KIRKWOOD platforms")
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
File name with pattern u-boot-spl* is used on all places except in kwb
image for binary with SPL-only code. Combined binary with both SPL and
proper U-Boot in other places has file name pattern u-boot-with-spl*.
Make it consistent also for kwb image and rename u-boot-spl.kwb to
u-boot-with-spl.kwb as this image contains both SPL and proper U-Boot code.
Also update documentation about file name changes.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The uart1 node was missing the 'clock-frequency' property. This meant
the driver for this device would fail at probe.
The clock for uart1 is fed from the same source as uart0 and is a fixed
200MHz clock. This is confirmed via documentation for the CN9130 SoC
and from the equivalent code in Linux at:
<linux>/arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-ap80x.dtsi
where uart0 and uart1 share a common 'clocks' definition.
Signed-off-by: Hamish Martin <hamish.martin@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Pull request for efi-2023-01-rc1-4
Documentation:
* Provide a document about security issue handling.
UEFI:
* Let networking support depend on NETDEVICES.
* Discover if no efi_system_partition is set.
Other:
* MAINTAINERS: add arch/arm/lib/*_efi.* to EFI_PAYLOAD.
AllocatePages() can be called with Type=AllocateAddress. Such a call can
only succeed if *Memory points to the address of an unallocated page range.
A call with *Memory being an address that is not page aligned must not
succeed. The UEFI specification requires returning EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES
if the requested pages cannot be allocated.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
'cert-to-efi-hash-list -t 0' does not work as expected, it produces
indeterminate timestamp.
$ cert-to-efi-hash-list -t 0 -s 256 db.crt dbx_hash.crl
TimeOfRevocation is 0-113-0 00:00:255
If we need the CRL revoked for all the time, just don't specify
'-t' option.
$ cert-to-efi-hash-list -s 256 db.crt dbx_hash.crl
TimeOfRevocation is 0-0-0 00:00:00
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Variable efi_system_partition holds the efi_system_partition. Currently it
is initialized as:
{
.uclass_id = 0 = UCLASS_ROOT,
.denum = 0,
.part = 0,
}
This indicates that host 0:0 is the efi_system_partition and we see output
like:
=> bootefi hello
** Bad device specification host 0 **
Couldn't find partition host 0:0
To identify that no EFI system partition has been set use UCLASS_INVALID.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Since the commit a9bf024b29 ("efi_loader: disk: a helper function to
create efi_disk objects from udevice"), CONFIG_EFI_SETUP_EARLY option is
by default on and will never be turned off.
So just remove this option.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
CONFIG_NET does not imply that there are actually network devices
available, only CONFIG_NETDEVICES does. Changing to this dependency
obsoletes the check in Kconfig because NETDEVICES means DM_ETH.
Fixes: 0efe1bcf5c ("efi_loader: Add network access support")
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Based loosely on the Linux kernel
Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst file, create a basic
security document for U-Boot. In sum, security issues should be
disclosed in public on the mailing list if at all possible as an initial
position.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The output of the sbi command has been changed since the last release of
the man-page. Update the example.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Logitech Unifying Receiver 046d:c52b bcdDevice 12.10 seems
sensitive about the first Get Descriptor request. If there
are any other requests in the same microframe, the device
reports bogus data, first of the descriptor parts is not
sent to the host. Wait over one microframe duration before
issuing subsequent requests to avoid probe failure with
this device, since it can be used to connect USB keyboards.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
The struct is only used to overlay the MMIO region, so the behavior is
the same. This obsoletes the Kconfig option for the number of ports.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
This patch updates Microchip MPFS Icicle Kit support. For now,
add Microchip QSPI driver and a small 4MB reservation is
made at the end of 32-bit DDR to provide some memory for
the HSS to use.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Add QSPI NAND device node to the Microchip PolarFire SoC
Icicle kit device tree.
The Winbond NAND flash memory can be connected to the
Icicle Kit by using the Mikroe Flash 5 click board and
the Pi 3 Click shield.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
In the v2022.10 Icicle reference design, the seg registers have been
changed, resulting in a required change to the memory map.
A small 4MB reservation is made at the end of 32-bit DDR to provide some
memory for the HSS to use, so that it can cache its payload between
reboots of a specific context.
Co-developed-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
As PLICSW is used to trigger the software interrupt, we should rename
Andes PLIC configuration and file name to reflect the usage. This patch
also updates PLMT and PLICSW compatible strings to be consistent with
OpenSBI fdt driver.
Signed-off-by: Yu Chien Peter Lin <peterlin@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
It was noticed that while converting CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO to Kconfig its
value for the MIPS MT762x/8x targets got not ported correctly. Its
default is not 0x10000 instead of 0x0. This patch fixes this issue.
Fixes: ca8a329a1b ("Convert CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO et al to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Ruben Winters <Ruben.Winters@gooiland-elektro.nl>
Cc: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_TIMER_REQ
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CPU_CLOCK_RATE is just used once for CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_TIMER_FREQ
which is migrated to Kconfig in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Resolve all uses of CONFIG_SYS_MHZ with the currently defined value.
Remove code which depends on CONFIG_SYS_MHZ but where no board configs
actually use that code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This saves ~50K in the resulting u-boot.bin file which is important to
fit in the U-Boot partition defined in the flash layout of upstream Linux.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Add the needed bus mappings for the two main RTI memory ranges and
the required device tree nodes in the main domain.
Same as kernel commit 6dd8457dc20693e2ba9054c171499b22664fd4e7
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
On 64-bit platforms where int is 32-bit wide, the eeprom command
parse_numeric_param() routine truncates the memory address parameter to
the lower 32-bit. Make parse_numeric_param() return long to allow
read/write of addresses beyond the lower 4GB.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
So far the Calxeda machines were using the CONFIG_SYS_TIMER_* macros to
simply hardcode the address of the counter register of the SP804 timer.
This method is deprecated and scheduled for removal.
Use the newly introduced SP804 DM_TIMER driver to provide timer
functionality on Highbank and Midway machines. The base address and base
frequency are taken from the devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The DT used for Calxeda Highbank and Midway systems exposes a "system
registers" block, modeled as a DT subnode.
This includes several clocks, including the two fixed clocks for the
main oscillator and timer.
So far U-Boot was ignorant of this special construct (a "clocks" node
within the "hb-sregs" node), as it didn't need the PLL clocks in there.
But that also meant we lost the fixed clocks, which form the base for
the UART baudrate generator and also the SP804 timer.
To allow the generic PL011 and SP804 driver to read the clock rate,
add a simple bus driver, which triggers the DT node discovery inside this
special node. As we only care about the fixed clocks (we don't have
drivers for the PLLs anyway), just ignore the address translation (for
now).
The binding is described in bindings/arm/calxeda/hb-sregs.yaml, the DT
snippet in question looks like:
=======================
sregs@fff3c000 {
compatible = "calxeda,hb-sregs";
reg = <0xfff3c000 0x1000>;
clocks {
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <0>;
osc: oscillator {
#clock-cells = <0>;
compatible = "fixed-clock";
clock-frequency = <33333000>;
};
....
};
};
=======================
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The "Arm Ltd. Dual-Timer Module (SP804)" is a simple 32-bit count-down
timer IP with interrupt functionality, and is used in some SoCs from
various vendors.
Add a simple DM compliant timer driver, to allow users of the SP804 to
switch to DM_TIMER.
This relies on the input clock to be accessible via the DM clock
framework, which should be fine as we probably look at fixed-clock's
here anyway.
We re-program the control register in the probe() function, but keep
the divider in place, in case this has been set to something on purpose
before.
The TRM for the timer IP can be found here:
https://developer.arm.com/documentation/ddi0271/latest
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Currently our semihosting trap function is somewhat fragile: we rely
on the current compiler behaviour to assign the second inline assembly
argument to the next free register (r1/x1), which happens to be the
"addr" argument to the smh_trap() function (per the calling convention).
I guess this is also the reason for the noinline attribute.
Make it explicit what we want: the "addr" argument needs to go into r1,
so we add another register variable. This allows to drop the "noinline"
attribute, so now the compiler beautifully inlines just the trap
instruction directly into the calling function.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Commit f4b540e25c5c("arm: smh: Fix uninitialized parameters with newer
GCCs") added a memory clobber to the semihosting inline assembly trap
calls, to avoid too eager GCC optimisation: when passing a pointer, newer
compilers couldn't be bothered to actually fill in the structure that it
pointed to, as this data would seemingly never be used (at least from the
compiler's point of view).
But instead of the memory clobber we need to tell the compiler that we are
passing an *array* instead of some generic pointer, this forces the
compiler to actually populate the data structure.
This involves some rather hideous cast, which is best hidden in a macro.
But regardless of that, we actually need the memory clobber, but for two
different reasons: explain them in comments.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The ARM semihosting interface uses different trap instructions for
different architectures and instruction sets. So far we were using
AArch64 and ARMv7-M, and had an untested v7-A entry. The latter does
not work when building for Thumb, as can be verified by using
qemu_arm_defconfig, then enabling SEMIHOSTING and SYS_THUMB_BUILD:
==========
{standard input}:35: Error: invalid swi expression
{standard input}:35: Error: value of 1193046 too large for field of 2 bytes at 0
==========
Fix this by providing the recommended instruction[1] for Thumb, and
using the ARM instruction only when not building for Thumb. This also
removes some comment, as QEMU for ARM allows to now test this case.
Also use the opportunity to clean up the inline assembly, and just define
the actual trap instruction inside #ifdef's, to improve readability.
[1] https://developer.arm.com/documentation/dui0471/g/Semihosting/The-semihosting-interface?lang=en
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Currently, we must call cyclic_init() at some point before
cyclic_register() becomes possible. That turns out to be somewhat
awkward, especially with SPL, and has resulted in a watchdog callback
not being registered, thus causing the board to prematurely reset.
We already rely on gd->cyclic reliably being set to NULL by the asm
code that clears all of gd. Now that the cyclic list is a hlist, and
thus an empty list is represented by a NULL head pointer, and struct
cyclic_drv has no other members, we can just as well drop a level of
indirection and put the hlist_head directly in struct
global_data. This doesn't increase the size of struct global_data,
gets rid of an early malloc(), and generates slightly smaller code.
But primarily, this avoids having to call cyclic_init() early; the cyclic
infrastructure is simply ready to register callbacks as soon as we
enter C code.
We can still end up with schedule() being called from asm very early,
so we still need to check that gd itself has been properly initialized
[*], but once it has, gd->cyclic_list is perfectly fine to access, and
will just be an empty list.
As for cyclic_uninit(), it was never really the opposite of
cyclic_init() since it didn't free the struct cyclic_drv nor set
gd->cyclic to NULL. Rename it to cyclic_unregister_all() and use that
in test/, and also insert a call at the end of the board_init_f
sequence so that gd->cyclic_list is a fresh empty list before we enter
board_init_r().
A small piece of ugliness is that I had to add a cast in
cyclic_get_list() to silence a "discards 'volatile' qualifier"
warning, but that is completely equivalent to the existing handling of
the uclass_root_s list_head member.
[*] I'm not really sure where we guarantee that the register used for
gd contains 0 until it gets explicitly initialized, but that must be
the case, otherwise testing gd for being NULL would not make much sense.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> # imx8mm-venice-*
A hlist is headed by just a single pointer, so can only be traversed
forwards, and insertions can only happen at the head (or before/after
an existing list member). But each list node still consists of two
pointers, so arbitrary elements can still be removed in O(1).
This is precisely what we need for the cyclic_list - we never need to
traverse it backwards, and the order the callbacks appear in the list
should really not matter.
One advantage, and the main reason for doing this switch, is that an
empty list is represented by a NULL head pointer, so unlike a
list_head, it does not need separate C code to initialize - a
memset(,0,) of the containing structure is sufficient.
This is mostly mechanical:
- The iterators are updated with an h prefix, and the type of the
temporary variable changed to struct hlist_node*.
- Adding/removing is now just hlist_add_head (and not tail) and
hlist_del().
- struct members and function return values updated.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> # imx8mm-venice-*
All the way back in 2013, the linux kernel updated the four
hlist_for_each_entry* iterators to require one less auxiliary
variable:
commit b67bfe0d42cac56c512dd5da4b1b347a23f4b70a
Author: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Date: Wed Feb 27 17:06:00 2013 -0800
hlist: drop the node parameter from iterators
Currently, there is only one "user" of any of these, namely in
fs/ubifs/super.c, but that actually uses the "new-style" form, and
is (obviously, or it wouldn't have built) inside #ifndef __UBOOT__.
Before adding actual users of these, import the version as of linux
v6.1-rc1, including the hlist_entry_safe() helper used by the new
versions.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> # imx8mm-venice-*
We're already relying on gd->cyclic being NULL before cyclic_init() is
called - i.e., we're relying on all of gd being zeroed before entering
any C code. And when we do populate gd->cyclic, its ->cyclic_ready
member is automatically set to true. So we can actually just rely on
testing gd->cyclic itself.
The only wrinkle is that cyclic_uninit() actually did set
->cyclic_ready to false. However, since it doesn't free gd->cyclic,
the cyclic infrastructure is actually still ready (i.e., the list_head
is properly initialized as an empty list).
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> # imx8mm-venice-*
As a preparation for future patches, use a flag in gd->flags rather
than a separate member in (the singleton) struct cyclic_drv to keep
track of whether we're already inside cyclic_run().
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> # imx8mm-venice-*
To quote the author:
The patchset adds support for the FWU Multi Bank Update[1]
feature. Certain aspects of the Dependable Boot[2] specification have
also been implemented.
The FWU multi bank update feature is used for supporting multiple
sets(also called banks) of firmware image(s), allowing the platform to
boot from a different bank, in case it fails to boot from the active
bank. This functionality is supported by keeping the relevant
information in a structure called metadata, which provides information
on the images. Among other parameters, the metadata structure contains
information on the currect active bank that is being used to boot
image(s).
Functionality is being added to work with the UEFI capsule driver in
u-boot. The metadata is read to gather information on the update bank,
which is the bank to which the firmware images would be flashed to. On
a successful completion of the update of all components, the active
bank field in the metadata is updated, to reflect the bank from which
the platform will boot on the subsequent boots.
Currently, the feature is being enabled on the STM32MP157C-DK2 and
Synquacer boards. The DK2 board boots a FIP image from a uSD card
partitioned with the GPT partioning scheme, while the Synquacer board
boots a FIP image from a MTD partitioned SPI NOR flash device.
This feature also requires changes in a previous stage of
bootloader, which parses the metadata and selects the bank to boot the
image(s) from. Support has being added in tf-a(BL2 stage) for the
STM32MP157C-DK2 board to boot the active bank images. These changes
have been merged to the upstream tf-a repository.
The patch for adding a python test for the feature has been developed,
and was sent in the version 5 of the patches[3]. However, the test
script depends on adding support for the feature on MTD SPI NOR
devices, and that is being done as part of the Synquacer
patches. Hence these set of patches do not have the test script for
the feature. That will be added through the patches for adding support
for the feauture on Synquacer platform.
[1] - https://developer.arm.com/documentation/den0118/a
[2] - https://git.codelinaro.org/linaro/dependable-boot/mbfw/uploads/6f7ddfe3be24e18d4319e108a758d02e/mbfw.pdf
[3] - https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2022-June/485992.html
Add documentation for the FWU Multi Bank Update feature. The document
describes the steps needed for setting up the platform for the
feature, as well as steps for enabling the feature on the platform.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add support for setting OEM flags in the capsule header. As per the
UEFI specification, bits 0-15 of the flags member of the capsule
header can be defined per capsule GUID.
The oemflags will be used for the FWU Multi Bank update feature, as
specified by the Dependable Boot specification[1]. Bit
15 of the flags member will be used to determine if the
acceptance/rejection of the updated images is to be done by the
firmware or an external component like the OS.
[1] - https://git.codelinaro.org/linaro/dependable-boot/mbfw/uploads/6f7ddfe3be24e18d4319e108a758d02e/mbfw.pdf
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Add test cases for accessing the FWU Metadata on the sandbox
platform. The sandbox platform also uses the metadata access driver
for GPT partitioned block devices.
The FWU feature will be tested on the sandbox64 variant with a raw
capsule. Remove the FIT capsule testing from sandbox64 defconfig --
the FIT capsule test will be run on the sandbox_flattree variant.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The FWU Multi Bank Update feature supports updating firmware images
to one of multiple sets(also called banks) of images. The firmware
images are clubbed together in banks, with the system booting images
from the active bank. Information on the images such as which bank
they belong to is stored as part of the metadata structure, which is
stored on the same storage media as the firmware images on a dedicated
partition.
At the time of update, the metadata is read to identify the bank to
which the images need to be flashed(update bank). On a successful
update, the metadata is modified to set the updated bank as active
bank to subsequently boot from.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The FWU Multi Bank Update specification requires the Update Agent to
carry out certain checks at the time of platform boot. The Update
Agent is the component which is responsible for updating the firmware
components and maintaining and keeping the metadata in sync.
The spec requires that the Update Agent perform the following checks
at the time of boot
* Sanity check of both the metadata copies maintained by the platform.
* Get the boot index passed to U-Boot by the prior stage bootloader
and use this value for metadata bookkeeping.
* Check if the system is booting in Trial State. If the system boots
in the Trial State for more than a specified number of boot counts,
change the Active Bank to be booting the platform from.
Call these checks through the main loop event at the time of platform
boot.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add an event type EVT_MAIN_LOOP that can be used for registering
events that need to be run after the platform has been initialised and
before the main_loop function is called.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
The FWU Multi Bank Update feature allows the platform to boot the
firmware images from one of the partitions(banks). The first stage
bootloader(fsbl) passes the value of the boot index, i.e. the bank
from which the firmware images were booted from to U-Boot. On the
STM32MP157C-DK2 board, this value is passed through one of the SoC's
backup register. Add a function to read the boot index value from the
backup register.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Add weak functions for getting the update index value and dfu
alternate number needed for FWU Multi Bank update
functionality.
The current implementation for getting the update index value is for
platforms with 2 banks. If a platform supports more than 2 banks, it
can implement it's own function. The function to get the dfu alternate
number has been added for platforms with GPT partitioned storage
devices. Platforms with other storage partition scheme need to
implement their own function.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The FWU metadata structure is accessed through the driver model
interface. On the stm32mp157c dk2 and ev1 boards, the FWU metadata is
stored on the uSD card. Add the fwu-mdata node on the u-boot specifc
dtsi file for accessing the metadata structure.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
In the FWU Multi Bank Update feature, the information about the
updatable images is stored as part of the metadata, on a separate
partition. Add a driver for reading from and writing to the metadata
when the updatable images and the metadata are stored on a block
device which is formatted with GPT based partition scheme.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
In the FWU Multi Bank Update feature, the information about the
updatable images is stored as part of the metadata, which is stored on
a dedicated partition. Add the metadata structure, and a driver model
uclass which provides functions to access the metadata. These are
generic API's, and implementations can be added based on parameters
like how the metadata partition is accessed and what type of storage
device houses the metadata.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add bindings needed for accessing the FWU metadata partitions. These
include the compatible string which point to the access method and the
actual device which stores the FWU metadata.
The current patch adds basic bindings needed for accessing the
metadata structure on GPT partitioned block devices.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
To quote Simon:
This series provides an implementation of VBE from TPL through to U-Boot
proper, using VBE to load the relevant firmware stages. It buils a single
image.bin file containing all the phases:
TPL - initial phase, loads VPL using binman symbols
VPL - main firmware phase, loads SPL using VBE parameters
SPL - loads U-Boot proper using VBE parameters
U-Boot - final firmware phase, where OS booting is processed
This series does not include the OS-booting phase. That will be the
subject of a future series.
The implementation is entirely handled by sandbox. It should be possible
to enable this on a real board without much effort, but that is also the
subject of a future series.
Use a manual test for the VBE test, so we can make the pytest and the
C unit test work together properly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use binman to build an image which includes all the U-Boot phases so that
a full VBE boot can take place with just that image.bin file. Attach the
image file to mmc2 so it can be loaded.
VBE is used to load images in two phases:
- In VPL, VBE decides which SPL image to load
- In SPL, VBE decides which U-Boot image to load
The latter should really be determined by VPL, since it does the full
signature verification on the selected configuration. However, we have
separate configurations for SPL and U-Boot proper, so for now we keep it
simple and have SPL do its own verification. This will need to be
tidied up later.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we put the driver in the /chosen node in U-Boot. This is a bit
strange, since U-Boot doesn't normally use that node itself. It is better
to put it under the bootstd node.
To make this work we need to copy create the node under /chosen when
fixing up the device tree. Copy over all the properties so that fwupd
knows what to do.
Update the sandbox device tree accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable the various features needed in VPL, by adding Kconfig options.
Update the defconfig for sandbox_vpl so that the build for each phase
includes what is needed. Drop LZMA for now and make sure partition support
is omitted in SPL, since it is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We don't need the U-Boot prefix on the version and in fact it is harmful
since pytest gets confused seeing the U-Boot banner bring displayed when
the version is printed.
Drop the prefix from the string.
We could produce an entirely new string from the component parts, but this
adds to the rodata size and would break the use of version_string as the
only thing which holds this information.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
VBE supports booting firmware during the SPL phases, i.e. so that VPL can
start SPL and SPL can start U-Boot.
It also supports booting an OS, when in U-Boot.
As a first step towards these features, add functions to indicate the
current VBE phase. The firmware selection is done in VPL and the OS
selection is done in U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present sandbox runs the next phase from discrete executables, so for
example u-boot-tpl runs u-boot-vpl to get to the next phase.
In some cases the phases are all built into a single firmware image, as is
done for real boards. Add support for this to sandbox.
Make it higher priority so that it takes precedence over the existing
method.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we only support a single loader of each time. Extra ones are
ignored. This means that only one BOOT_DEVICE_BOARD can be used in the SPL
image.
This is inconvenient since we sometimes want to provide several
board-specific drivers, albeit at different priorties. Add support for
this.
This should have no functional change for existing boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The vbe_fixup file handles device tree fixups, but these are called OS
requests in VBE. Rename the file to reflect its wider purpose.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for filtering out FIT images by phase. Rather than adding yet
another argument to this already overloaded function, use a composite
value, where the phase is only added in if needed.
The FIT config is still selected (and verified) as normal, but the images
are selected based on the phase.
Tests for this come in a little later, as part of the updated VPL test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to be able to mark an image as related to a phase, so we can
easily load all the images for SPL or for U-Boot proper.
Add this to the FIT specification, along with some access functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the sandbox executable is assumed to be arg[0] but this only
works for a single jump (e.g. from SPL to U-Boot). Add a new arg to solve
this issue, along with a detailed comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present sandbox only supports jumping to a file, to get to the next
U-Boot phase. We want to support other methods, so update the code to
use an enum for the method. Also use the
Use board_boot_order() to set the order, so we can add more options.
Also add the MMC methods into the BOOT_DEVICE enum so that booting
from MMC can be supported.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This happens every time sandbox moves to the next phase so is not very
interesting. Display the message only when debugging.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When MMC_WRITE is disabled this driver produced a build error. Fix this.
Also update a comment while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Use the correct SPL_TPL_ variable so that these features can be enabled in
TPL and VPL as needed.
Disable it by default in TPL to avoid any code-size increase. No boards
are actually using it since the Makefile rules don't allow including
drivers/block/ with TPL_DM enabled. It can be manually enabled as needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Add test coverage for blk_write() as well.
The blk_erase() is not tested for now as the USB stor interface does not
support erase.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we have functions called blk_dread(), etc., which take a
struct blk_desc * to refer to the block device. Add some functions which
use udevice instead, since this is more in keeping with how driver model
is supposed to work.
Update one of the tests to use this.
Note that it would be nice to update the functions in disk-uclass.c to use
these new functions. However they are not quite the same. For example,
disk_blk_read() adds the partition offset to 'start' when calling the
cache read/fill functions, but does not with part_blk_read(), which does
the addition itself. So as designed the code is duplicated.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The use of 'block_dev' in this context is confusing, since it is not a
pointer to a device, just to some information about it. Rename this to
'desc', as is more commonly used, since it is a block descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glplk@gmx.de>
Use the uclass type as the first part of the function name, to be
consistent with the methods in other block drivers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we normally write tests either in Python or in C. But most
Python tests end up doing a lot of checks which would be better done in C.
Checks done in C are orders of magnitude faster and it is possible to get
full access to U-Boot's internal workings, rather than just relying on
the command line.
The model is to have a Python test set up some things and then use C code
(in a unit test) to check that they were done correctly. But we don't want
those checks to happen as part of normal test running, since each C unit
tests is dependent on the associate Python tests, so cannot run without
it.
To acheive this, add a new UT_TESTF_MANUAL flag to use with the C 'check'
tests, so that they can be skipped by default when the 'ut' command is
used. Require that tests have a name ending with '_norun', so that pytest
knows to skip them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some tests currently return 0 when they want to be skipped. Update them to
return -EAGAIN instead, so they are counted as skipped.
A few tests are in two parts, with the latter part being skipped in
certain situations. Split these into two and use the correct condition for
the second part.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present it is possible for a test to skip itself by returning -EAGAIN
but this is not recorded. An existing example is in test_pre_run() with
the "Console recording disabled" check.
Keep a track of skipped tests and report the total at the end.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In some cases the ELF version of SPL builds may be packaged, rather
than a binary .bin file. Add support for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This feature is used by several etypes and we plan to add more that use
it. Make symbol writing a feature of the base class to reduce the code
duplication.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an option to allow silent console to be controlled separately in SPL,
so that boot progress can be shown. Disable it by default for sandbox
since it is useful to see what is going on there.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The expression in boot_from_devices() is fairly long and appears to be an
artefact from before we could easily call printf(...) and have the call be
nop'd out. So update it to just check CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At present we use symbols for the u-boot-spl entry, but this is not always
what we want. For example, sandbox actually jumps to a u-boot-spl-elf
entry, since sandbox executables are ELF files.
We already handle this with U-Boot by using the '-any' suffix. Add it for
SPL as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is monstrously verbose when something goes wrong. It should work by
recording the problem and reporting it (once) at the command level. At
present it sometimes outputs hundreds of lines of CRC mismatches.
For now, just silence it all.
GUID Partition Table Entry Array CRC is wrong: 0xaebfebf2 != 0xc916f712
find_valid_gpt: *** ERROR: Invalid GPT ***
find_valid_gpt: *** Using Backup GPT ***
GUID Partition Table Entry Array CRC is wrong: 0xaebfebf2 != 0xc916f712
find_valid_gpt: *** ERROR: Invalid GPT ***
find_valid_gpt: *** Using Backup GPT ***
...
While we are error, remove the '*** ERROR: ' text as it is already clear
that this is unexpected
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL().
Rename it to resolve this problem.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
STI timer is actually ARM Cortex A9 global timer. Convert the driver to
use generic global timer name and make it consistent with Linux kernel
global timer driver. This also allows any A9 based device to use this
driver.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
As CONFIG_ARCH_BCM6753 is replaced with CONFIG_BCM6855, update the
driver Kconfig to use the new config symbol.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM6753 is essentially same as the main chip BCM6855 but with different
SKU number. Now that BCM6855 is supported under CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA and
CONFIG_BCM6855, remove the original ARCH_BCM6753 support and migrate its
configuration and dts settings. This includes:
- Remove the bcm96753ref board folder. It is replaced by the
generic bcmbca board folder.
- Merge the 6753.dtsi setting to the new 6855.dtsi file. Update
96753ref board dts with the new compatible string.
- Delete broadcom_bcm96763ref.h and merge its setting to the new
bcm96855.h file.
- Delete bcm96753ref_ram_defconfig and use a basic config version of
bcm96855_defconfig
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM6855 is a Broadcom ARM A7 based PON Gateway SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family. Like other
broadband SoC, this patch adds it under CONFIG_BCM6855 chip config and
CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA platform config.
This initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and dts with
CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL101 uart. This SoC is supported in the
linux-next git repository so the dts and dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
As CONFIG_ARCH_BCM6858 is replaced with CONFIG_BCM6858, update the
driver Kconfig to use the new config symbol.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Now that BCM6858 is supported under CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA and
CONFIG_BCM6858, remove the original ARCH_BCM6858 support and migrate its
configuration and dts settings. This includes:
- Remove the bcm968580xref board folder. It is replaced by the generic
bcmbca board folder.
- Update bcm968580xref board dts with the new compatible string.
- Delete broadcom_bcm968580xref.h and merge its setting to the new
bcm96858.h file.
- Remove bcm968580xref_ram_defconfig as a basic config version of
bcm96858_defconfig is now added.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM6858 is a Broadcom B53 based PON Gateway SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family. Like other broadband
SoC, this patch adds it under CONFIG_BCM6858 chip config and
CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA platform config.
This initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and the
original dts is updated with the one from linux next git repository.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
As CONFIG_ARCH_BCM68360 is replaced with CONFIG_BCM6856, update the
driver Kconfig to use the new config symbol.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM68360 is a variant within the BCM6856 chip family. Now that BCM6856
is supported under CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA and CONFIG_BCM6856, remove the
original ARCH_BCM68360 support and migrate its configuration and dts
settings. This includes:
- Remove the bcm968360bg board folder. It is replaced by the generic
bcmbca board folder.
- Merge the 68360.dtsi setting to the new 6856.dtsi file. Update board
dts with the new compatible string.
- Merge broadcom_bcm968360bg.h setting to the new bcm96856.h file.
- Remove bcm968360bg_ram_defconfig as a basic config version of
bcm96856_defconfig is now added.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM6856 is a Broadcom B53 based PON Gateway SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family. Like other Broadband
SoC, this patch adds it under CONFIG_BCM6856 chip config and
CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA platform config.
This initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and dts with
CPU subsystem, memory and Broadcom uart. This SoC is supported in the
linux-next git repository so the dts and dtsi files are copied from
linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM63158 carries the CONFIG_SYSRESET from the original configuration. It
provide reset_cpu function already so need to define weak version of the
dummy reset_cpu for other BCMBCA SoCs to avoid linking error.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Since ARCH_BCM63158 SoC support is merged into ARCH_BCMBCA, add BCM63158
maintainer Philippe to bcmbca maintainer list.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
As CONFIG_ARCH_BCM63158 is replaced with CONFIG_BCM63158, update the
Kconfig to use the new config symbol.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Now that BCM63158 is supported under CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA and
CONFIG_BCM63158, remove the original ARCH_BCM63158 support and migrate
configuration settings.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM63158 is a Broadcom B53 based DSL Gateway SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family. Like other
Broadband SoC, this patch adds it under CONFIG_BCM63158 chip
config and CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA platform config.
This initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and dts with
CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011 uart. This SoC is supported in the
linux-next git repository so the dts and dtsi files are copied from
linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM4908 is a Broadcom B53 based WLAN AP router SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added
under ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and Broadcom uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux git repository so the dts and dtsi
files are stripped down version of linux copies with mininum blocks
needed by u-boot.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
BCM6813 is a Broadcom B53 based PON and WLAN AP router SoC. It is part
of the BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's
added under ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a
bare-bone implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM
PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
BCM4912 is a Broadcom B53 based WLAN AP router SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts
and dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
BCM63146 is a Broadcom B53 based DSL Broadband SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
BCM63138 is an ARM A9 based DSL Broadband SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory, ARM A9 global timer
and Broadcom uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are stripped down version of linux copies with mininum blocks
needed by u-boot.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
This patch applies on top of the my previous patch [1].
[1] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2022-August/490570.html
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM63148 is an Broadcom B15 based DSL Broadband SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and Broadcom uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
BCM6756 is an ARM A7 based WLAN Gateway and Access Point Broadband SoC.
It is part of the BCA(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so
it's added under ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a
bare-bone implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM
PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
BCM6878 is an ARM A7 based PON Broadband SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011
uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux with minor fix-up that needs to be
upstreamed to linux as well.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
BCM6846 is an ARM A7 based PON Broadband SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and Broadcom uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux with minor fix-up that needs to be
upstreamed to linux as well.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
BCM63178 is an ARM A7 based DSL Broadband SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux with minor fix-up that needs to be
upstreamed to linux as well.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
This is needed for some soon-to-be-applied patches. Scan the configs/
directory to see if any of the files match.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- fix [hv]sync active vs back porch in dw_mipi_dsi
- simplefb rotation support
- support splash as raw image from MMC
- enhancements to Truetype console (multiple fonts and sizes)
- drop old LCD support
This relies on the old LCD implementation which is to be removed. Drop the
existing #ifdef and convert it to C code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This option is not used anymore since the LCD implementation is being
removed. Stop enabling it on various boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This option should not have the SYS_ in it. Drop it so it fits in with the
other video options.
Also simplify the alignment code in gunzip_bmp(), since malloc() always
returns a 32-bit-aligned pointer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The bmp command already has a way to centre the image. Using this CONFIG
option to also centre it makes it impossible to control where images are
placed on the screen. Drop the extra check.
Simplify the Kconfig file we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
By default several types of splash locations are supported and the
user can select one of them through environment var (splashsource).
However the devpart is still hardcoded and we cannot change it from
the environment.
This patch add the support of "splashdevpart" which allow the user to
set the devpart though this environment variable.
Example: image located in splashscreen partition (MMC as raw)
```
splashsource=mmc_raw
splashdevpart=0#splashscreen
```
Signed-off-by: Julien Masson <jmasson@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The user has now the choice to specify the splash location in the MMC
as a raw storage.
Signed-off-by: Julien Masson <jmasson@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not as simple as it seems. Add a function to provide it so that
the upcoming menu feature can space lines out correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new 'font' command which allows the fonts to be listed as well as
selecting a different font and size.
Allow the test to run on sandbox, where multiple font/size combinations
are supported, as well as sandbox_flattree, where they are not.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is enabled for LCD but not for VIDEO. Enable it since it is useful
to be able to clear the screen and adds very little code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to support multiple fonts. Add a function to
handle this as well as one to list the available fonts.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the truetype console supports only a single font and size. It
is useful to be able to support different combinations. As a first step,
move the metrics into there own structure and allow having multiple
metrics.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Put this check into a function so we can use it elsewhere. Also drop the
macros which do the same thing but are not actually used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Generalise the video_clear() function to allow filling with a different
colour.
Tidy up the comments while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is actually a panel, not a video device. Rename the option, move it
into the right place and make it depend on PANEL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move these commands and the implementation to the cmd/ directory, which is
where most commands are kept.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
[agust: keep vidconsole_position_cursor() in vidconsole uclass]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Add an exported function which allows the cursor position to be set to
pixel granularity. Make use of this in the existing code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present these are attached to vidconsole which means that the video
uclass requires that a console is enabled. This is not the intention.
The colours are a reasonable way of indexing common colours in any case,
so move them to the video uclass instead.
Rename vid_console_color() to video_index_to_colour() now that it is more
generic. Also fix the inconsistent spelling in these functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The wrong fields are pulled out of the timings here so the values
programmed into the DSI_VID_HSA_LINES/DSI_VID_HBP_LINES and
DSI_VID_VSA_LINES/DSI_VID_VBP_LINES registers are swapped.
Use the right fields so that the correct values are programmed.
Fixes: d4f7ea83fc ("video: add MIPI DSI host controller bridge")
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
When probing a device fails NULL pointer is returned, and following
devices in uclass list cannot be iterated. Skip to next device on error
instead.
With that the only condition under which these simple iteration
functions return error is when the dm is not initialized at uclass_get
time. This is not all that interesting, change return type to void.
Fixes: 6494d708bf ("dm: Add base driver model support")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
uclass_first_device/uclass_next_device return value will be removed,
don't use it.
With the current implementation dev is equivalent to !ret. It is
redundant to check both, ret check can be replaced with dev check, and
ret check inside the iteration is dead code.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
device_probe returns early when the device is already activated.
Add a note to the documentation that it can be used on already activated
devices.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
The distutils package is deprecated. The upstream libfdt repo uses
setuptools for building the pylibfdt module, so bring in that code,
suitably modified for U-Boot. Also bring in the README.
The modifications include setting the version correctly, making use of
the environment variables provided by the Makefile and various tweaks
to the directories.
Note that the version omits the minus character at the start of
EXTRAVERSION, since this creates a warning. The build is really just used
within U-Boot itself, so it doesn't matter too much if the version matches
upstream, or exactly matches U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The sandbox64 variant is currently building the sandbox thermal driver
but not the corresponding uclass driver. This results in the sandbox64
variant not booting with the test device tree. Enable building the
thermal uclass for the sandbox64 variant as well.
Also enable the temperature command to allow the test to be run on the
sandbox64 variant.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adding support to symlink an image packaged using binman.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently sandbox configuration defautls to 64bit and there is no
automation for building 32bit sandbox on 32bit hosts.
Use _LP64 macro as heuristic for detecting 64bit targets.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is needed in the platforms that use "ranges" node property for
address translation in their dts for TPL.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Python 3.10 requires defining PY_SSIZE_T_CLEAN. This will be fixed in
swig 4.10 but it is not clear when it will be released. There was a
warning since python 3.8.
Link: https://github.com/swig/swig/pull/2277
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
python does not like the u-boot- prefix in the version, drop it.
/usr/lib/python3.10/site-packages/setuptools/dist.py:544: UserWarning:
The version specified ('u-boot-2022.10') is an invalid version, this may
not work as expected with newer versions of setuptools, pip, and PyPI.
Please see PEP 440 for more details.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This path does not seem to be present in clang-14 for some reason. Relax
the regular expression so that the test works, at least for non-LTO.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The call to device_bind_with_driver_data() passes id->data but if
the entry has no of_match then the id has not been set by the selected
driver.
Normally this passes unnoticed since a previous driver likely had an
of_match value, so the id is set to that. Of course it is not correct
to pass the id->data from a different driver.
With clang-14 the driver ordering is such that the id is never actually
set in the 'bind /usb@1 usb_ether' line in test_bind_unbind_with_node()
thus causing a crash.
Fix this by passing 0 if the of_match for a driver does not exist.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Matching anything that just happens to have the sought-for label as a
prefix is wrong. For example, if the board designer has designated 10
lines for debug purposes, named "debug1" through "debug10", and we are
looking up "debug1", if debug10 happens to be met first during the
iteration we'd wrongly return that.
In theory, this can break existing users that could rely on this
quirk, but OTOH keeping the current broken semantics can cause a lot
of grief for people hitting this in the future and not understanding
why they don't find the line they expect. Considering how few in-tree
defconfigs currently set DM_GPIO_LOOKUP_LABEL (ignoring sandbox, only
four "real" boards), let's fix it before the use becomes more
widespread.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The jmp_buf type is required by the C99 specification.
Defining it for x86 fixes building the longjmp unit test.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If longjmp(jmp_buf env, int val) is called with val = 0, the setjmp()
macro must return 1.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
pci_find_first_device description says it can be used for iteration with
itself but it should really be with pci_find_next_device
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Remove prototype for the removed function fdt_fixup_nor_flash_size.
This patch has no impact as the function is never used.
Fixes: 98f705c9ce ("powerpc: remove 4xx support")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In a couple of places the document says u-boot,pre-reloc but all
examples show u-boot,dm-pre-reloc, use the latter consistently.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are two problems with both strcmp and strncmp:
(1) The C standard is clear that the contents should be compared as
"unsigned char":
The sign of a nonzero value returned by the comparison functions
memcmp, strcmp, and strncmp is determined by the sign of the
difference between the values of the first pair of characters (both
interpreted as unsigned char) that differ in the objects being
compared.
(2) The difference between two char (or unsigned char) values can
range from -255 to +255; so that's (due to integer promotion) the
range of values we could get in the *cs-*ct expressions, but when that
is then shoe-horned into an 8-bit quantity the sign may of course
change.
The impact is somewhat limited by the way these functions
are used in practice:
- Most of the time, one is only interested in equality (or for
strncmp, "starts with"), and the existing functions do correctly
return 0 if and only if the strings are equal [for strncmp, up to
the given bound].
- Also most of the time, the strings being compared only consist of
ASCII characters, i.e. have values in the range [0, 127], and in
that case it doesn't matter if they are interpreted as signed or
unsigned char, and the possible difference range is bounded to
[-127, 127] which does fit the signed char.
For size, one could implement strcmp() in terms of strncmp() - just
make it "return strncmp(a, b, (size_t)-1);". However, performance of
strcmp() does matter somewhat, since it is used all over when parsing
and matching DT nodes and properties, so let's find some other place
to save those ~30 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Add Nuvoton NPCM BMC Peripheral SPI controller driver.
NPCM750 include two general-purpose SPI interface.
Signed-off-by: Jim Liu <JJLIU0@nuvoton.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
- Reduce memory usage in SPL in some cases, clarify some standalone API
license issues, fix a Kconfig dependency, pin to a specific version of
python setuptools for now, fix a signing problem in mkimage and add a
memory uclass.
The GPMC is a unified memory controller dedicated for interfacing
with external memory devices like
- Asynchronous SRAM-like memories and ASICs
- Asynchronous, synchronous, and page mode burst NOR flash
- NAND flash
- Pseudo-SRAM devices
This driver will take care of setting up the GPMC based on
the settings specified in the Device tree and then
probe its children.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
GPMC stands for General Purpose Memory Controller and it is
present on many Texas Instruments SoCs.
It supports a number of Asynchronous and Synchronous interfaces
and has various settings to configure the bus interface.
The DT bindings define all the various GPMC settings.
As the GPMC supports multiple devices on the bus, each
device is represented as a child and the respective
GPMC settings are situated there. (see ti,gpmc-child.yaml)
These binding docs are picked up from the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Introduce CONFIG_SPL_MEMORY to allow Memory drivers to
be built for SPL.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The version used on Ubuntu 2022.04 produces a number of warnings:
/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/pkg_resources/__init__.py:116:
PkgResourcesDeprecationWarning: 1.16.0-unknown is an invalid version
and will not be supported in a future release
Same with: 0.1.43ubuntu1 11.4.1ubuntu1 2.22.1ubuntu1 1.1build1
According to [1] this is a bug in setuptools. Employ the workaround for
now.
[1] https://askubuntu.com/questions/1406952/what-is-the-meaning-of-this-
pkgresourcesdeprecationwarning-warning-from-pipenv
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The "common.h" header is not covered by the licensing exception for
standalone applications. Let's drop inclusion of this header from the
hello_world example to prove that a standalone app can be built without
it.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On 2010-01-27, an email [1] was sent to the mailing list by Wolfgang
Denk which clarified the intended licensing exceptions for standalone
applications. As the "export.h" header and the "stubs.c" source files
are required to implement a standalone application, the intention was
that these files be covered by the licensing exception. This is made
clear in the following quotes from that email:
"exports.h" should be added to the "allowed" file list; there should
be no need to include "common.h". Eventually this needs fixing.
Patches are welcome.
"examples/standalone/stubs.c" should be added to the "allowed" file
list (the ppc_*jmp.S files are LGPLed).
There should be no doubts - the intention is clear, the current state
may need improvement. Help (read: patches) welcome.
[1]: https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2010-January/067174.html
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
OMAP3 BeagleBoard NAND boot hangs when spl_load_legacy_img() tries
to read the header into 'struct hdr' which is allocated on the
stack.
As the header has already been read once before by spl_nand.c,
we can avoid the extra header allocation and read here by
simply passing around the pointer to the header.
This fixes NAND boot on OMAP3 BeagleBoard.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Reviewed-By: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Just like we exclude data-size, data-position, and data-offset from
fit_config_check_sig, we must exclude them while signing as well.
While we're at it, use the FIT_DATA_* defines for fit_config_check_sig
as welll.
Fixes: 8edecd3110 ("fit: Fix verification of images with external data")
Fixes: c522949a29 ("rsa: sig: fix config signature check for fit with padding")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- nuvoton: add expire function for generic reset (Jim)
- handle watchdogs during keyed autoboot (Rasmus)
- cyclic: Don't disable cylic function upon exceeding CPU time (Stefan)
- ulp wdog: Updates to support iMX93 and DM (Alice)
If a regulator does not support .set_suspend_enable or
.set_suspend_value then ret is set to ENOSYS early in the function.
The most serious impact of this is that when no automatic setting of
voltage is needed then the final regulator_set_enable() is skipped
because ret has not been cleared.
It seems that the error handling for regulator_set_suspend_value() is
also wrong as if this succeeds then the normal boot-on checks are still
required, and again ENOSYS needs special treatment here.
Fixes: 11406b8f7e ("dm: regulator: support regulator more state")
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Currently the 'sf update' command fails in case the 'start' offset is
not aligned to SPI NOR erase block size. Add the missing alignment
calculation. In case the start offset is in the middle of erase block,
round start address down to the nearest aligned one, compare only the
updated data between what is in the SPI NOR and what is being written,
copy new data at offset of the compare buffer, and write back the entire
erase block.
This is useful e.g. on i.MX6Q where the u-boot-with-spl.imx is at
offset 0x400 in the SPI NOR, while the SPI NOR may have erase block
size e.g. 0x1000 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Layerscape update
- support sysreset,
- de-select FSL_IFC when booting from SD
- disable unused parts of ICID tables
- reduce ns_dev size for csu
- enable dma snooping for ls104x
- nand driver fixups for ls1043ardb rev 7.0 boards.
Enable boot/bootd command in toradex colibri-imx7 defconfig,
it's just convenient to have it in and every other toradex board
already includes it.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Avoid the following build errors after the device tree sync:
drivers/spi/mxs_spi.c: In function ‘mxs_spi_probe’:
drivers/spi/mxs_spi.c:327:25: error: ‘struct dtd_fsl_imx23_spi’ has no
member named ‘spi_max_frequency’
327 | priv->max_freq = dtplat->spi_max_frequency;
| ^~
drivers/spi/mxs_spi.c:328:23: error: ‘struct dtd_fsl_imx23_spi’ has no
member named ‘num_cs’
328 | plat->num_cs = dtplat->num_cs;
| ^~
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Now that a unified imx8mn-u-boot is available, remove duplicated
code for generating flash.bin and other common imx8mn peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Now that a unified imx8mn-u-boot is available, remove duplicated
code for generating flash.bin and other common imx8mn peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Now that a unified imx8mn-u-boot is available, remove duplicated
code for generating flash.bin and other common imx8mn peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Now that a unified imx8mn-u-boot is available, remove duplicated
code for generating flash.bin and other common imx8mn peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Now that a unified imx8mn-u-boot is available, remove duplicated
code for generating flash.bin and other common imx8mn peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Now that a unified imx8mn-u-boot is available, remove duplicated
code for generating flash.bin and other common imx8mn peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Multiple boards create duplicate entries in their respective
-u-boot.dtsi files which all basically do the same thing.
To consolidate these and make it easier to make improvements
going forward, consolidate them all into one place.
This file creates a flash.bin image using binman, and supports
LPDDR4, DDR4 and DDR3. Since individual boards use different
peripherals and different UART ports, those entries were kept
in their respective board files, but the spba1 node was addded
which contains all UART1-3 to help facilitate SPL_DM_SERIAL.
Individual users will still need to include their respective
UART and pinctrl nodes for those UARTS.
This consolidated file also supports generating a flash.bin file
which can boot from flexSPI if CONFIG_FSPI_CONF_HEADER is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Commit 290ffe5788 (imx8m: fix reading of DDR4 MR registers) lifted a
private definition of lpddr4_mr_read() from imx8mm-cl-iot-gate board
code to drivers/ddr/imx/imx8m/ddrphy_utils.c, because that version
actually seems to work in practice.
However, commit 99c7cc58e1 (ddr: imx: Add i.MX9 DDR controller driver)
reintroduced the broken version in drivers/ddr/imx/imx8m/ddr_init.c,
copied most of the rest of ddrphy_utils.c to
drivers/ddr/imx/phy/ddrphy_utils.c, and stopped building
drivers/ddr/imx/imx8m/ddrphy_utils.c [and that file was then finally
completely removed with 7e9bd84883 (imx8m: ddrphy_utils: Remove unused
file)].
I assume this must have broken the imx8mm-cl-iot-gate board, at least
those that have not had their eeprom programmed with the proper
information. It certainly did break our out-of-tree board which always
reads back the ID register and uses that for a sanity check.
So apply the fix from 290ffe5788 once again.
Fixes: 99c7cc58e1 (ddr: imx: Add i.MX9 DDR controller driver)
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
- enable bootcount command
- integrate bootcount using SNVS_LP general purpose register LPGPR0
- enable link-time optimisation
- explicitly set a boot delay of one second
- enable CRC32 and MD5
- enable command for low-level access to data in a partition
- enable time commands
- enable PMIC commands
- improve ETHPRIME configuration
- enable eMMC HS400 functionality
- enable fixed PHY and MDIO driver model
- remove stale PFUZE100 PMIC driver
- enable thermal management unit driver
- enable more USB host functionality
- enable hexdump
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Update the distro config env memory layout for the Verdin iMX8M Mini and
Verdin iMX8M Plus again:
- loadaddr=0x48200000 allows for 128MB area for uncompressing (ie FIT
images, kernel_comp_addr_r, kernel_comp_size)
- fdt_addr_r = loadaddr + 128MB - allows for 128MB kernel
- scriptaddr = fdt_addr_r + 512KB - allows for 512KB fdt
- ramdisk_addr_r = scriptaddr + 512KB - allows for 512KB script
Memory layout taken from commit fd5c7173ad
("imx8m{m,n}_venice: update env memory layout").
Note that for our regular BSP Layers and Reference Images for Yocto
Project an updated distro boot script is required (see
meta-toradex-bsp-common/recipes-bsp/u-boot/u-boot-distro-boot).
Note that this corrects a pre-maturely applied version 2 of the same
patch set.
Fixes: bbe0089d29 ("verdin-imx8mm: verdin-imx8mp: update env memory layout")
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
The GW7904 is based on the i.MX 8M Mini SoC featuring:
- LPDDR4 DRAM
- eMMC FLASH
- microSD connector with UHS support
- LIS2DE12 3-axis accelerometer
- Gateworks System Controller
- IMX8M FEC
- 2x RS232 off-board connectors
- PMIC
- 10x bi-color LED's
- 1x miniPCIe socket with PCIe and USB2.0
- 802.3at Class 4 PoE
- 10-30VDC input via barrel-jack
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
i.Core MX8M Plus is an EDIMM SoM based on NXP i.MX8M Plus from Engicam.
i.Core MX8M Plus needs to mount on top of this Evaluation board for
creating complete i.Core MX8M Plus EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit.
Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Manoj Sai <abbaraju.manojsai@amarulasolutions.com>
Genaral features:
- LCD 7" C.Touch
- microSD slot
- Ethernet 1Gb
- Wifi/BT
- 2x LVDS Full HD interfaces
- 3x USB 2.0
- 1x USB 3.0
- HDMI Out
- Plus PCIe
- MIPI CSI
- 2x CAN
- Audio Out
i.Core MX8M Plus is an EDIMM SoM based on NXP i.MX8M Plus from Engicam.
i.Core MX8M Plus needs to mount on top of this Evaluation board for
creating complete i.Core MX8M Plus EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit.
Add support for it.
Sync the i.Core MX8M Plus is an EDIMM SoM based on NXP
devicetree file from linux-next tree.
commit <aec8ad34f7f24> (arm64: dts: imx8mp: Add Engicam i.Core MX8M Plus EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit)
Signed-off-by: Manoj Sai <abbaraju.manojsai@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
i.Core MX8M Plus is an EDIMM SoM based on NXP i.MX8M Plus
from Engicam.
General features:
- NXP i.MX8M Plus
- Up to 4GB LDDR4
- 8 eMMC
- Gigabit Ethernet
- USB 3.0, 2.0 Host/OTG
- PCIe 3.0 interface
- I2S
- LVDS
- rest of i.MX8M Plus features
i.Core MX8M Plus needs to mount on top of Engicam baseboards
for creating complete platform solutions.
Add support for it.
Sync the i.Core MX8M Plus is an EDIMM SoM based on NXP i.MX8M Plus
from Engicam devicetree file from linux-next tree.
commit <eefe06b295087> (arm64: dts: imx8mp: Add Engicam i.Core MX8M Plus SoM)
Signed-off-by: Manoj Sai <abbaraju.manojsai@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Enable driver model for ulp watchdog timer. When CONFIG_WDT=y and the
status of device node is "okay", initr_watchdog will be called and
finally calls ulp_wdt_probe() and ulp_wdt_start().
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The reset source of the external PMIC on i.MX93 is WDOG_ANY PAD and the
source of WDOG_ANY PAD is interrupt. Therefore, using PMIC to reset
needs to enable the watchdog interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The WDOG clocks are sourced from the fixed 32KHz (lpo_clk).When the
timeout period exceeds 2 seconds, the value written to the TOVAL
register is larger than 16-bit can represent. Enabling watchdog
prescaler to solve this problem.
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
To use 32bits refresh and unlock command as default, check the CMD32EN
bit to select the corresponding commands.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
With the migration of the watchdog infrastructure to cyclic functions
it's been noticed, that at least one watchdog driver is broken now. As
the execution time of it's watchdog reset function is quite long.
In general it's not really necessary (right now) to disable the cyclic
function upon exceeding CPU time usage. So instead of disabling the
cylic function in this case, let's just print a warning once to show
this potential problem to the user.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Suggested-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Cc: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
In order to test that we properly handle watchdog(s) during the "wait
for the user to interrupt autoboot" phase, we need a watchdog device
to be watching us.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
In order to test that U-Boot actually maintains the watchdog device(s)
during long-running busy-loops, such as those where we wait for the
user to stop autoboot, we need a watchdog device that actually does
something during those loops; we cannot test that behaviour via the DM
test framework.
So introduce a relatively simple watchdog device which is simply based
on calling the host OS' alarm() function; that has the nice property
that a new call to alarm() simply sets a new deadline, and alarm(0)
cancels any existing alarm. These properties are precisely what we
need to implement start/reset/stop. We install our own handler so that
we get a known message printed if and when the watchdog fires, and by
just invoking that handler directly, we get expire_now for free.
The actual calls to the various OS functions (alarm, signal, raise)
need to be done in os.c, and since the driver code cannot get access
to the values of SIGALRM or SIG_DFL (that would require including a
host header, and that's only os.c which can do that), we cannot simply
do trivial wrappers for signal() and raise(), but instead create
specialized functions just for use by this driver.
Apart from enabling this driver for sandbox{,64}_defconfig, also
enable the wdt command which was useful for hand-testing this new
driver (especially with running u-boot under strace).
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
This is a companion to u-boot,noautostart. If one has a single
watchdog device that one does want to have auto-started, but several
others that one doesn't, the only way currently is to set the
CONFIG_WATCHDOG_AUTOSTART and then use the opt-out for the majority.
The main motivation for this is to add an autostarted watchdog device
to the sandbox (to test a fix) without having to set AUTOSTART in
sandbox_defconfig and add the noautostart property to the existing
devices. But it's also nice for symmetry, and the logic in
init_watchdog_dev() becomes simpler to read because we avoid all the
negations.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Correct pointer dereferencing check to be more consistent.
Eliminate the below smatch warning:
drivers/mmc/mmc.c:3118 mmc_init_device()
warn: variable dereferenced before check 'm' (see line 3116)
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Unconditionally clearing DTO when RXDR is set leads to spurious timeouts
in FIFO mode transfers if events occur in the following order:
mask = dwmci_readl(host, DWMCI_RINTSTS);
// Hardware asserts DWMCI_INTMSK_DTO here
dwmci_writel(host, DWMCI_RINTSTS, DWMCI_INTMSK_DTO);
if (mask & DWMCI_INTMSK_DTO) {
// Unreachable as DTO is cleared without being handled!
return 0;
}
Only clear interrupts that we have seen and are handling so that DTO is
not missed.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Tested-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org> (Rock PI 4B)
Tested-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The SDMMC IOs can be in an IO domain, that has to be enabled.
This is done by enabling vqmmc in the driver.
This has no impact on configurations not using an IO domain, the check
can then be executed on all platforms managing regulator, and the vqmmc
regulator enabled on all platforms having it in their DT.
Signed-off-by: Yann Gautier <yann.gautier@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The UHS modes for SD, HS200 and HS400 modes for eMMC are not supported
by the stm32_sdmmc2 driver.
Make it clear by removing the corresponding caps after parsing the DT.
Signed-off-by: Yann Gautier <yann.gautier@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
To support dual data rate with STM32 sdmmc2 driver, the dedicated bit
(DDR - BIT(18)) needs to be set in the CLKRC register. Clock bypass
(no divider) is not allowed in this case. This is required for the
eMMC DDR modes.
Signed-off-by: Yann Gautier <yann.gautier@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Add Socionext F_SDH30_E51 IP support. The features of this IP includes
CMD/DAT line delay and force card insertion mode for non-removable cards.
And the IP needs to add some quirks.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
This patch defines a quirk to disable the block count
for single block transactions.
This is similar to Linux kernel commit d3fc5d71ac4d
("mmc: sdhci: add a quirk for single block transactions").
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Get rid of discrepancy beween comment /* 250 ms */ and code
which shifts by 4 thus dividing by 16.
So change code to shift by 2 and make the timeout value 250 ms.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Antonov <saproj@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The flash's internal address mode is tracked by nor->add_mode_nbytes and
it is set to 3 in BFPT parse. SEMPER multi-die package parts (>1Gb) are
3- or 4-byte address mode by default, depending on model number. We need
to make sure that 4-byte address mode is used for multi-die package parts.
For single-die package parts (<=1Gb), registers can be accessed by 3-byte
address. Read, program, and erase use the 4B opcodes that always take
4-byte address regardless of flash's internal address mode.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Read/Write Any Register commands take 3- or 4- byte address depending on
flash's internal address mode. The nor->addr_width tracks number of
address bytes used in read/program/erase ops that can be 4
(with 4B opcodes) regardless of flash's internal address mode. The
nor->addr_mode_nbytes tracks flash's internal address mode so replace
nor->addr_width by that.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The nor->addr_width tracks number of address bytes used in
read/program/erase ops and eventually set to 4 for >16MB chips, regardless
of flash's internal address mode. For Infineon SEMPER flash's, we use
Read/Write Any Register commands for configuration and status check.
These commands take 3- or 4-byte address depending on flash's internal
address mode.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add flash info table entries for s28hl512gt, s28hl01gt, and s28hs01gt.
These devices have the same functionality as s28hs512t.
In spi-nor-core, use device ID byte to detect S28 family instead of
device name.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
- NC-SI handling support and enable on evb-ast2[56]00, gpio driver for
ADP5585, improve qfw support, print more sysresets info, gw_ventana
and gcc-12 bugfix, improve BCB support, fix a few typos and remove an
unused keymile CONFIG symbol.
In some cases, the param variable is wrong, and in other cases we have
undocumented arguments.
Fix the docs.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For other sandbox tests the printed test name corresponds to the
configuration except for this one.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For some blk operations, it's possible that a different hw partition
gets selected via blk_dselect_hwpart().
In that case, only the region of the device covered by that partition
is accessible.
This breaks "bcb load" which attempts to read the gpt and assumes it's
on the user(0) hw partition:
=> bcb load 2 misc
GUID Partition Table Header signature is wrong: 0xDE7B17AD07D9E5D6 != 0x5452415020494645
find_valid_gpt: *** ERROR: Invalid GPT ***
GUID Partition Table Header signature is wrong: 0x0 != 0x5452415020494645
find_valid_gpt: *** ERROR: Invalid Backup GPT ***
Error: mmc 2:misc read failed (-2)
Add a fail-safe in __bcb_load() to ensure we will always read from the
user(0) hwpartition.
This fixes the following fastboot sequence:
$ fastboot erase mmc2boot1 # switch to hwpart1
$ fastboot reboot bootloader # switch to hwpart0, then reads GPT
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Building with GCC 12.2 results in an error
board/gateworks/gw_ventana/gw_ventana.c:636:68: error: the comparison
will always evaluate as 'true' for the address of 'pwm_padmux' will
never be NULL [-Werror=address]
636 | } else if (hwconfig_subarg_cmp(arg, "mode", "pwm") &&
| ^~
Remove the superfluous check.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Boards can have multiple sysresets, iterate all when printing sysreset
info.
Fixes: 23471aed5c ("board_f: Add reset status printing")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At the moment the QEMU boot sequence tries various (storage) devices
when trying to find a payload to boot.
To simplify starting a specific kernel and initrd, there is also the qfw
command, which can use the files specified on the QEMU command line, via
the -kernel and -initrd options.
Add this command to the list of boot options to try. Since users
specifying those options on the command line probably explicitly want
to run them, let's place the new command first. Without those options,
the qfw command will just gracefully fail, and we continue with the
existing order.
This allows auto-booting of specific kernels in QEMU, for instance in CI
systems.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
When we try to load a kernel via the QEMU firmware device, we currently
"return -1;" if no kernel was specified on the QEMU command line. This
leads to the usage output, which is confusing (since nothing on the
command line was really wrong), but also somewhat hides the actual error
message.
Return CMD_RET_FAILURE (1), as it's a proper error, and make the message
more clear that this is not only a "warning".
This helps to call this command in boot scripts, and to gracefully
continue if this doesn't work.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
At the moment the QEMU firmware command just prints the size of the
loaded binaries on the console.
To go with all the other load methods, and many boot scripts'
expectations, also store the size of the file loaded last in the
environment variable "filesize".
We first put the kernel size in there, but overwrite this with the
initrd size, should we have one, because this is probably the more
prominent user of $filesize (in the booti or bootz command).
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Add gpio driver for ADP5585 I/O Expander Controller. The ADP5585 is a 10
input/output port expander and can be used to increase the number of
I/Os available to a processor.
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Aspeed BMCs are commonly used with NC-SI. A system indicates the driver
should configure the link over NC-SI using the device tree.
Add it to the defconfig so we get compile coverage of the driver, even
if the EVBs do not normally use it.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Update the ftgmac100 driver to support NC-SI instead of an mdio phy
where available. This is a common setup for Aspeed AST2x00 platforms.
NC-SI mode is determined from the device-tree if either phy-mode sets it
or the use-ncsi property exists. If set then normal mdio setup is
skipped in favour of the NC-SI phy.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Adds an "ncsi" command to manually start NC-SI configuration.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Add the handling of NC-SI ethernet frames, and add a check at the start
of net_loop() to configure NC-SI before starting other network commands.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
- Enforce CONFIG_DM being enabled (which has been the case for all
boards for a bit now) and remove non-DM_KEYBOARD options as they're also
unused for some time now.
There are no platforms that have not migrated to using DM_KEYBOARD,
remove the legacy option.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are no longer any platforms which do not enable DM, move this to a
def_bool y and remove the check in the Makefile.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
First set of u-boot-at91 fixes for the 2023.01 cycle:
This small fixes set includes an indentation fix for sam9x60 DT and one
name for one pin for sama7g5.
When the imx8mm.dtsi file was pulled in from Linux, the UARTs
were moved into an spba sub-node which wasn't being included
in the SPL device tree. This meant the references to the UART
weren't being handled properly and when booting the system would
constantly reboot. Fix this by adding the spba node to the spl
device tree to restore normal booting.
Based on the patch from Adam Ford for the imx8mn-beacon-kit-u-boot
board.
Fixes: 4e5114daf9 ("imx8mn: synchronise device tree with linux")
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
When the imx8mm.dtsi file was pulled in from Linux, the UARTs
were moved into an spba sub-node which wasn't being included
in the SPL device tree. This meant the references to the UART
weren't being handled properly and when booting the system would
constantly reboot. Fix this by adding the spba node to the spl
device tree to restore normal booting.
Based on the patch from Adam Ford for the imx8mn-beacon-kit-u-boot
board.
Fixes: 4e5114daf9 ("imx8mn: synchronise device tree with linux")
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Fix the MMC env device for boards with eMMC by adding a
board_mmc_get_env_dev override to return the boot device as the
MMC env device.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
With sf update fixed to support unaligned start offset, use plain
sf update to update the bootloader in SPI NOR. This also helps
avoid the case where not enough SPI NOR has been erased and the
bootloader has been written to unerased area, and thus corrupted.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The btrfs filesystem provides advanced functionality like copy-on-write
and snapshots, as well as metadata and data duplication and checksumming.
Enable btrfs in U-Boot to permit even the primary partition to be btrfs
and let system boot from it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
issue:
CAAM fails with key error when perform Modular Exponentiation
using PKHA Block in CAAM
Fix:
add flush and invalidate dcache for keys, signature
and output decrypted data processed by CAAM.
Fixes: 34276478f7 (DM: crypto/fsl - Add Freescale rsa DM driver)
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Update the distro config env memory layout for the Apalis iMX6,
Colibri iMX6, Colibri iMX6ULL and Colibri iMX7:
- loadaddr=0x84200000 (resp. 0x14200000 on them i.MX 6) allows for 64MB
area for uncompressing (ie FIT images)
- fdt_addr_r = loadaddr + 64MB : allows for 64MB kernel
- scriptaddr = fdt_addr_r + 512KB : allows for 512KB fdt
- pxefile_addr_r = scriptaddr + 512KB : allows for 512KB script
- ramdisk_addr_r = pxefile_addr_r + 512KB : allows for 1MB extlinux.conf
Memory layout analogous to 64-bit one from commit fd5c7173ad
("imx8m{m,n}_venice: update env memory layout") but left pxefile_addr_r
updated according to doc/develop/distro.rst.
This fixes a potential issue caused by the compressed kernel being
relocated on top of the ramdisk causing its corruption.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
After commit 395110284b ("nitrogen6x: Populate FDTFILE at build-time
for all platforms") iMX.6Q Sabrelite fails to boot due to a bad fdtfile
string:
Retrieving file: /dtbs/5.18.0-0.deb11.4-armmp/"imx6q-sabrelite".dtb
** File not found /dtbs/5.18.0-0.deb11.4-armmp/"imx6q-sabrelite".dtb **
CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE option is string typed, so __stringify() is
adding extra quotes. Remove this.
Signed-off-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
The QSPI clocks are only used when CONFIG_NXP_FSPI=y, so only build the
QSPI clocks in this case to reduce the final SPL binary size.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The ecspi clocks are only used when CONFIG_DM_SPI=y, so only build the
ecspi clocks in this case to reduce the final SPL binary size.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Ethernet is not used inside SPL, so move the IMX8MM_CLK_ENET_AXI clock
inside the non-SPL block to reduce the final SPL binary size.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
PWM is not used inside SPL, so do not define the PWM clocks inside
SPL to reduce the final SPL binary size.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Move init_clk_usdhc to non-clk driver case, since assigned-clocks properties
will initialize the clocks by clk driver.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
... to avoid loosing characters when pasting text into the serial console.
This allows to remove the workaround to disable the vidconsole output
when no HDMI device is detected. This workaround only was there to speed-up
serial console processing.
Signed-off-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add Serial Download Protocol support as it is a useful method to
load flash.bin to RAM and run it via 'uuu'.
With this patch, it is possible to start both U-Boot SPL and U-Boot
proper using the following 'uuu'command:
$ uuu -brun spl flash.bin
Based on a patch from Marek Vasut for the imx8mm-mx8menlo board.
Also, to fit the SPL binary into the internal RAM, select CONFIG_LTO
to reduce its size.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add an entry for USB boot so that U-Boot could be loaded via
the Serial Download Protocol.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable DM USB, DM PHY and USB gadget support in imx8mm-mx8menlo SPL
to let the board continue SDP loading of second stage after the first
stage was loaded by BootROM SDP implementation. It is not possible to
jump back into BootROM v1 and let the BootROM implementation continue
the SDP loading, all this has to be performed by the U-Boot CI HDRC
controller driver and SDP protocol implementation, both of which fit
into the SPL just barely.
With this patch, it is possible to start both U-Boot SPL and U-Boot
using e.g. uuu on this board as follows:
$ uuu -brun spl flash.bin
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The current implementation of spl_board_init() USB boot handling is
not correct, the MX8MM BootROM v1 does not support SDP load when
re-entered from U-Boot SPL, it is up to U-Boot to perform the next
stage load using its own internal CI gadget driver and SDP protocol
implementation. Drop the spl_board_init() to let SPL continue with
normal load in case the SDP support is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The current implementation of spl_board_init() is not correct,
the MX8MM BootROM v1 does not support SDP load when re-entered
from U-Boot SPL, it is up to U-Boot to perform the next stage
load using its own internal CI gadget driver and SDP protocol
implementation. Drop the spl_board_init() to let SPL continue
with normal load in case the SDP support is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Instead of duplicating code implemented by i.MX8M version of arch_misc_init()
in every board, enable CONFIG_ARCH_MISC_INIT and call arch_misc_init() from
spl_board_init(). This removes the duplication. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The signal name of pin PB2 with function F is FLEXCOM11_IO1
as it is defined in the datasheet.
Fixes: 558378a4cd ("ARM: mach-at91: add support for new SoC sama7g5")
Signed-off-by: Mihai Sain <mihai.sain@microchip.com>
- dts update and sync for rk356x, rk3288, rk3399 from Linux;
- Add rk3399 EAIDK-610 board support;
- Update for puma-rk3399 board;
- some fix and typo fix in different drivers;
The first production revision of the MX8M Mini Menlo board implements
a hardware change which swaps console UART and another UART connector.
Implement the swap, which maps the console UART back to the way Verdin
console is mapped.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The GW7903 revision B adds two additional GPIO's to control the
direction of the 2 isolated digital I/O circuits.
Define them as:
- dig1_ctl
- dig2_ctl
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Update the GW74xx PMIC configuration:
- increase VDD_SOC DVS1 to 0.85V per datasheet
- increase VDD_SOC DVS0 to 0.95V before first DRAM access
- increase VDD_ARM DVS0 to 0.95V to support kernel overdrive voltage (OD)
- remove unnecessary changes to VDD_DRAM as we don't use 3GHz DRAM
- remove unnecessary change to LDO2 as it is unused
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
v2: update commit log with more detail
Update the M2 socket gpio hogs such that they are not active on boot by
flagging them as GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH so that 'output-high' drives high.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Update the UART config gpio hogs such that it is configured for RS232
by default on boot. Additionally rename them to match the names used
on the reset of the venice boards.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Add RAM auto-sizing, without this change memory size for all SKU is set
to 8GB and the system will crash on SKU with less memory as soon as the
non existent memory addresses are accessed.
Fixes: 2bc2f817ce ("board: toradex: add verdin imx8m plus support")
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
With this call the following attributes get set to the device-tree
and are then accessible from linux in /proc/device-tree/
serial-number: The serial number that is stored in config-block
toradex,board-rev: The version of the module (e.g. V1.1A)
toradex,product-id: The SKU number of the module runnin
Fixes: commit 2bc2f817ce ("board: toradex: add verdin imx8m plus support")
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
With this call the following attributes get set to the device-tree
and are then accessible from linux in /proc/device-tree/
serial-number: The serial number that is stored in config-block
toradex,board-rev: The version of the module (e.g. V1.1A)
toradex,product-id: The SKU number of the module running
Fixes: commit 14d5aeff77 ("board: toradex: Add Verdin iMX8M Mini support")
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Enable the I2C bus and set a env variable for the reset GPIO of the touch
controller. This allows us to probe the panel in a script.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This adds support for the Kontron Electronics SoM SL i.MX8MM OSM-S
and the matching baseboard BL i.MX8MM OSM-S.
The SoM hardware complies to the Open Standard Module (OSM) 1.0
specification, size S (https://sget.org/standards/osm).
The existing board configuration for the non-OSM SoM is reused and
allows to detect the SoM variant at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
It turns out that it is not necessary to declare the VSELECT signal as
GPIO and let the PMIC driver set it to a fixed high level. This switches
the voltage between 3.3V and 1.8V by setting the PMIC register for LDO5
accordingly.
Instead we can do it like other boards already do and simply mux the
VSELECT signal of the USDHC interface to the pin. This makes sure that
the correct voltage is selected by setting the PMIC's SD_VSEL input
to high or low accordingly.
Reported-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This adjusts the names of the boards and SoMs to the official naming
used by Kontron marketing. These changes also affect devicetree
names and compatibles. The same changes have been submitted to the
Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This sets an env variable 'som_type' from the board code. It can
later be used by environment scripts, e. g. to select the proper
devicetree for the board.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
These parameters are needed for stable performance on new hardware
with Nanya LPDDR4 chips.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The new stable configuration is missing the 100mt setpoint, remove
it before updating the config to make sure the changes are separated
cleanly.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Fix the spaces and alignment for easier tracking of changes and comparing
with configs generated by the tools.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable the bootaux command in order to be able to load a
binary into the M4 core when needed.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Move the environment from the board header to a separate text file
and also drop those variables that are already set in env_default.h
from the Kconfig options.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
In case we boot from SD card or eMMC, we also want to load
the environment from the according boot device.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable the redundant environment feature to allow falling back in case of
storage corruption. The partition layout for the SPI NOR device is added
to the devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This allows using the command line with longer lines like
large scripts in env variables.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Nowadays detecting the SPI NOR as boot device from the ROMAPI is
fixed and works even if the SPI NOR is used as fallback boot device.
Therefore we don't need this workaround anymore.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This was initially enabled, but got accidentally dropped while
migrating Kconfig options and resyncing the defconfig in:
commit 9802154a94 ("configs: Resync with savedefconfig")
Let's enable this again to be able to boot from SPI NOR.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The display isn't and won't be used in U-Boot. Also the display setup
is not yet supported in mainline Linux, so even for cases where the
U-Boot devicetree is passed to the kernel there is currently no use
for this configuration.
Selecting the proper configuration in the kernel FIT image automatically
depending on the detected hardware can be handled by a script in the
environment.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Move the environment from the board header to a separate text file
and also drop those variables that are already set in env_default.h
from the Kconfig options or are not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Instead of checking both, SPI NOR and MMC for loading U-Boot proper
and the environment, implement a way to detect the actual boot
device even if the BootROM doesn't report it and we can't rely
solely on the fuse settings, as by default we use MMC as primary
boot device and boot from SPI NOR via the secondary fallback device
(EEPROM Recovery Mode).
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
The SPI NOR is on ECSPI1 so CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS should be 1
to detect the environment on the SPI NOR.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
The board support was merged at the same time as some Kconfig options
for SPL were migrated/renamed. As a result some essential features
like serial output, MMC support, etc. are currently missing. Fix this
by enabling the required options.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
There is no reason for restricting the use of the flash.bin target
to the i.MX8 platform. Others can benefit from this as well.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
When booting from USB/SDP mmc_get_env_dev() returns
CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV as the MMC env device (while booting from MMC
will call board_mmc_get_env_dev() to get this). Configure
CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV for SDHC3 (devno=2) as all Gateworks Venice
boards use SDHC3 as eMMC so that persistent env works when booting from
USB/SDP.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Beside some rather unexciting sync of the DTs from the kernel tree, and
some Kconfig cleanup, there are some improvements for the ARMv5 Allwinner
family, to support boards with the F1C200s (64MB DRAM) better. We will
get actual board support as soon as the DTs have passed the Linux review
process.
There is also support for the X96 Mate TV Box, featuring the H616 SoC and
a full 4GB of DRAM.
Also we found the secret to enable SPI booting on the H616 (pin PC5 must
be pulled to GND), so the SPI boot support patch is now good to go.
Passed the gitlab CI, plus briefly tested on Pine64-LTS, LicheePi Nano,
X96 Mate and OrangePi Zero.
Check firmware_fdt_addr header to see if it
is a valid fdt blob.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The IPI scheme in OpenSBI has been updated to support 8-core AE350
platform, the plicsw configuration needs to be modified accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Yu Chien Peter Lin <peterlin@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Since OpenSBI commit bf3ef53bb7f5 ("firmware: Enable FW_PIC by default"),
OpenSBI runs directly at the load address without any code movement.
This causes the SPL version of QEMU 'virt' U-Boot does not boot Linux
kernel anymore. In that case, OpenSBI is loaded and runs at 0x81000000,
and it creates a 512KiB PMP window from that address. When booting
the Linux kernel, moving kernel to its linking address 0x80200000
overlaps the PMP window, and a PMP access failure is raised.
Update SPL_OPENSBI_LOAD_ADDR to load OpenSBI to a safe address.
Reported-by: Yangjie Zhang <pyjmstr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Yangjie Zhang <pyjmstr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
The k210 driver is selected by sandbox_defconfig.
Building the sandbox on 32bit systems fails with:
test/dm/k210_pll.c: In function ‘dm_test_k210_pll_calc_config’:
include/linux/bitops.h:11:38: warning:
left shift count >= width of type [-Wshift-count-overflow]
11 | #define BIT(nr) (1UL << (nr))
| ^~
test/dm/k210_pll.c:36:54: note: in expansion of macro ‘BIT’
36 | error = abs((error - BIT(32))) >> 16;
| ^~~
Use the BIT_ULL() macro to create a u64 value.
Replace abs() by abs64() to get correct results on 32bit system
Apply the same for the unit test.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
The riscv32 toolchain for GCC-12 provided by kernel.org contains libgcc.a
compiled for double-float. To link to it we have to adjust how we build
U-Boot.
As U-Boot actually does not use floating point at all this should not
make a significant difference for the produced binaries.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
In the sbi command use the same short texts for the legacy extensions
as the SBI specification 1.0.0.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
If calling 'Get SBI specification version' fails, write an error message
and return CMD_RET_FAILURE.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
The SBI command can print out the version number of the SBI implementation.
Choose the correct output format for RustSBI.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
All functions getting and setting clock rate use ulong for rate, only
clk_get_parent_rate is an exception. Change the return value to match
other clock rate funcrions.
Most users directly assign the rate to unsigned long anyway, and the few
users that use u64 (not s64) multiply the rate so they may need the
extra bits for the result in their use case.
Fixes: 4aa78300a0 ("dm: clk: Define clk_get_parent_rate() for clk operations")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220928103757.11870-1-msuchanek@suse.de
Some boards with the Allwinner F1C100s family SoCs use UART1 for its
debug UART, so define the pins for the SPL and the pinmux name and mux
value for U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
So far we stated the lack of a lowlevel() init function for the
Allwinner F1C100s board by defining the respective SKIP_* symbol in the
board's defconfig. However we don't expect any *board* to employ such
low level code, so expect this to be never used for the ARMv5 Allwinner
SoCs.
Select the appropriate symbols in the Kconfig, so that we can remove
them from the defconfig, and avoid putting them in future defconfigs for
other boards.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
The default load addresses for the various payloads (kernel, DT,
ramdisk) on systems with just 32MB of DRAM have some issues:
For a start the preceding comment doesn't match the actual values:
apparently they were copied from the 64MB S3 layout, then halved, but
since 0x5 is NOT the half of 0x10, they don't match up.
Also those projected maximum sizes are quite restrictive: it's not easy
to build a compressed kernel image with just 4MB. The only defconfig in
mainline Linux that supports the F1C100s (the only 32MB user so far)
creates a 6MB compressed / 15MB uncompressed kernel.
Rearrange the default load addresses to accommodate such a kernel: we
allow an 7MB/16MB kernel, and up to 5MB of ramdisk, stuffing the smaller
binaries like the DTB towards the end, just before the relocated U-Boot.
Shrink the size for DTB and scripts on the way, there is no need for
allowing up to 512K for them.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Traditionally we assumed that every Allwinner board would come with at
least 256 MB of DRAM, and set our DRAM layout accordingly. This affected
both the default load addresses, but also U-Boot's own address
expectations (like being loaded at 160 MB).
Some SoCs come with co-packaged DRAM, but only provide 32 or 64MB. So
far we special-cased those *chips*, as there was only one chip per DRAM
size. However new chips force us to take a more general approach.
Introduce a Kconfig symbol, which provides the minimum DRAM size of the
board. If nothing else is specified, we use 256 MB, and default to
smaller values for those co-packaged SoCs.
Then select the different DRAM maps according to this new symbol, so
that different SoCs with the same DRAM size can share those definitions.
Inspired by an idea from Icenowy.
This is just refactoring: compiled for all boards before and after this
patch: the binaries were identical.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
As the compile error when D-Cache is enabled is gone, we can have
D-Cache enabled now.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <uwu@icenowy.me>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The enable_caches function in architecture-specific board code is only
necessary for V7A CPUs, code for both V8A and ARM926 have already
declared this function.
Only provide our implementation of enable_caches() for V7A CPUs.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <uwu@icenowy.me>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The X96 Mate TV box is a TV box with the Allwinner H616 SoC. It is
available with up to 4GB of DRAM and 64GB eMMC.
The DRAM chips require a different configuration when compared to the
OrangePi Zero2, we must not use read/write training and write leveling.
Add a defconfig for the box, so that we can easily build U-Boot for it.
We synced the .dts file already from the kernel tree.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
At present the display does not work since it needs the reset driver to
operate. Fix this by enabling it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: cd529f7ad6 ("rockchip: video: edp: Add missing reset support")
Fixes: 9749d2ea29 ("rockchip: video: vop: Add reset support")
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Now that a single binary containing TPL/SPL correctly formatted for SPI
flashes and U-Boot proper, can be generated by binman, let's do it.
Also update the documentation to tell the user to use this newly
generated file instead of manually generating and flashing the binaries.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The offset of the SPL payload on Puma is different than for other
Rockchip devices in that it is stored at offset 256K instead of much
further away in the MMC.
Flashing one binary instead of two at different offsets is much more
user friendly so let's migrate to it by modifying the offset in the Puma
specific Device Tree.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Depending on the toolchain used to compile the SPL for Puma RK3399-Q7
module, the board does not boot because the resulting binary is too big
to fit in SRAM.
Let's add a TPL so that there's no need to fiddle with or hack the
defconfig to have a working bootloader.
This follows what's been done for the majority of other RK3399-based
boards.
See the original commit for the first migrations:
bdc0008011 "rockchip: rk3399: update defconfig for TPL"
Unfortunately, the offset in SPI-NOR for U-Boot proper needs to be
modified, since the move from SPL to TPL+SPL for idbloader.img (and the
"only the first 2KB per 4KB blocks are written" "hack" for rkspi format)
increased the size above 256KB. Let's move it to 512KB to, hopefully, be
safe.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The SPL payload offset when booting from SPI defaults to
CONFIG_SYS_SPI_U_BOOT_OFFS but can be overridden by
u-boot,spl-payload-offset. The Device Tree for Puma Haikou has this
property so there's no need to have this one option in the defconfig,
especially since they are not in sync and therefore confusing.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Chances are when one boots U-Boot proper from a given storage medium,
they want the same medium to be used to load and store the environment.
This basically allows to have completely separate U-Boot (TPL/SPL/U-Boot
proper/environment) per storage medium which is convenient when working
with recovery from SD-Card as one would just need to insert a properly
configured SD-Card into the device to have access to their whole debug
setup.
No fallback mechanism is provided as to not dirty other storage medium
environment by mistake. However, since arch_env_get_location() is called
by env_init() which is part of the pre-relocation process, a valid,
non-ENVL_UNKNOWN, value shall be returned otherwise the relocation fails
with the following message:
initcall sequence 00000000002866c0 failed at call 0000000000256b34 (err=-19)
This valid, non-ENVL_UNKNOWN, value is ENVL_NOWHERE which requires to
always select CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE otherwise this work-around does not
work.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
There's a SPI-NOR flash available from which SPL and U-Boot proper can
be booted, it makes sense to also allow this medium to store U-Boot
environment so let's enable it.
The Device Tree advertises a max frequency of 50MHz so let's set the
config option appropriately.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Trying to load U-Boot proper from SPL when SPL was not loaded from
SD-Card is currently not working because the SDMMC pins aren't muxed
correctly. It is assumed the BootROM is doing this for us when booting
from SD-Card hence why it's not needed when booting TPL/SPL from
SD-Card.
The pinctrl properties are removed from the SPL DT property removal list
and the pinctrl configuration nodes made available in the SPL DT, in
addition to the pull-up configurations to allow loading U-Boot proper
from SD-Card as a fallback mechanism for SPI-NOR and eMMC.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
On Haikou devkit, it is possible to disable eMMC and SPI-NOR to force
booting from SD card or USB via rkdeveloptool by toggling a switch. This
switch needs to be overridden in software to be able to access eMMC and
SPI-NOR once the device has booted from SD Card. Puma SoM can override
this pin via gpio3_d5.
Until now, fixed regulator device was abused to model this, but since
there's now support for GPIO hogs, let's use it.
Since we want to be able to boot the SPL from SD Card but give it the
ability to load U-Boot proper from a fallback medium such as eMMC and
SPI-NOR, SPL support for GPIO hogs needs to be enabled too. Support for
other kinds of regulators are not needed anymore, so let's disable them.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
distroboot should try first on the same MMC medium as the one the SPL
loaded U-Boot proper from. This was the case when the introducing commit
was merged because the default order was eMMC first and then SD card.
The check was therefore made only on whether we booted from SD card,
because otherwise the order was the expected one.
However, in commit b212ad24a6 ("rockchip: Fix MMC boot order"), the
order was swapped. Meaning our simple check is now useless.
Let's fix that by accounting for all scenarii: default boot_targets has
mmc0 first but booting from SD Card, mmc1 first but booting from eMMC.
Fixes: b212ad24a6 ("rockchip: Fix MMC boot order")
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
CONFIG_SERIAL_TAG is not selectable for ARM64 machines. While
get_board_serial is weakly defined if ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG is
defined, it is only called when CONFIG_SUPPORT_PASSING_ATAGS is defined,
which also is not selectable for ARM64 machines. Therefore this is dead
code so let's remove it.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The check to perform is on CONFIG_SPL_GPIO and not SPL_GPIO.
Because this was never compiled in, it missed an include of cru.h that
was not detected before. Let's include it too.
Also switch to IS_ENABLED in-code check as it is the preferred
inclusion/exclusion mechanism.
Fixes: 07586ee432 ("rockchip: rk3399: Support common spl_board_init")
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The original code set up the DDR clock to 48 MHz, not 50MHz as
requested, and did it in a way that didn't satisfy the Application
Notes in RK3399 TRM [1]. 2.9.2.B says:
PLL frequency range requirement
[...]
FOUTVCO: 800MHz to 3.2GHz
2.9.2.A :
PLL output frequency configuration
[...]
FOUTVCO = FREF / REFDIV * FBDIV
FOUTPOSTDIV = FOUTVCO / POSTDIV1 / POSTDIV2
FREF = 24 MHz
The original code gives FOUTVCO: 24MHz/1 * 12 = 288MHz < 800MHz
And the resulting FOUTPOSTDIV is 288MHz / 3 / 2 = 48MHz
but the requested frequency was 50MHz
Note:
2.7.2 Detail Register Description
PMUCRU_PPLL_CON0 says
fbdiv
Feedback Divide Value
Valid divider settings are:
[16, 3200] in integer mode
So .fbdiv = 12 wouldn't be right. But 2.9.2.C says:
PLL setting consideration
[...]
The following settings are valid for FBDIV:
DSMPD=1 (Integer Mode):
12,13,14,16-4095 (practical value is limited to 3200, 2400, or 1600
(FVCOMAX / FREFMIN))
[...]
So .fbdiv = 12 would be right.
In any case FOUTVCO is still wrong. I thank YouMin Chen for
confirmation and explanation.
Despite documentation, I don't seem to be able to reproduce a
practical problem with the wrong FOUTVCO. When I initially found it I
thought some problems with detecting the RAM capacity in my Rock Pi 4B
could be related to it and my patch seemed to help. But since I'm no
longer able to reproduce the issue, it works with or without this
patch. And meanwhile a patch[2] by Lee Jones and YouMin Chen addresses
this issue. Btw, shouldn't that be commited?
So this patches solves no visible problem. Yet, to prevent future
problems, I think it'd be best to stick to spec.
An alternative to this patch could be
{.refdiv = 1, .fbdiv = 75, .postdiv1 = 6, .postdiv2 = 6};
This would theoretically consume more power and yield less jitter,
according to 2.9.2.C :
PLL setting consideration
[...]
For lowest power operation, the minimum VCO and FREF frequencies
should be used. For minimum jitter operation, the highest VCO and
FREF frequencies should be used.
[...]
But I haven't tried it because I don't think it matters much. 50MHz
for DDR is only shortly used by TPL at RAM init. Normal operation is
at 800MHz. Maybe it's better to use less power until later when more
complex software can control batteries or charging or whatever ?
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@vrull.eu>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Link: [1] https://opensource.rock-chips.com/images/e/ee/Rockchip_RK3399TRM_V1.4_Part1-20170408.pdf
Link: [2] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/list/?series=305766
Signed-off-by: Xavier Drudis Ferran <xdrudis@tinet.cat>
Tested-by: Michal Suchánek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Partial sync of rk3288.dtsi from Linux version 5.18
Changed:
only properties and functions that are not yet included
swap some clocks positions
fix some irq numbers
style and sort nodes
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to better compare the Linux rk3288.dtsi version
with the u-boot version update the cpu and gpu nodes.
Changed:
use operating-points-v2
update thermal for all cpus
add labels to all cpus
change gpu compatible
change gpu interrupt names
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to better compare the Linux rk3288.dtsi version
with the u-boot version move thermal sub nodes to the dtsi
file and remove rk3288-thermal.dtsi
Changed:
replace underscore in nodename
remove comments about sensor and ID
use gpu phandle
add #cooling-cells to gpu node
lower critical temparature
remove linux,hwmon property
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The phycore_rk3288 board has a SPL size problem,
so remove phycore_init() function to stay within the limits.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
All of the required values for using the omap_wdt.c driver are found in
<asm/ti-common/omap_wdt.h> and this is what is indirectly pulled in via
<asm/arch/hardware.h> when it exists.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For some unknown reason GNU assembler version 2.31.1 (arm-linux-gnueabi-as
from Debian Buster) cannot compile following code from located in file
board/nokia/rx51/lowlevel_init.S:
kernoffs:
.word KERNEL_OFFSET - (. - CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE)
when CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE is set to 0x80008000. It throws strange compile
error which is even without line number:
AS board/nokia/rx51/lowlevel_init.o
{standard input}: Assembler messages:
{standard input}: Error: attempt to get value of unresolved symbol `L0'
make[2]: *** [scripts/Makefile.build:293: board/nokia/rx51/lowlevel_init.o] Error 1
I have no idea about this error and my experiments showed that ARM GNU
assembler is happy with negation of that number. So changing code to:
kernoffs:
.word . - CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE - KERNEL_OFFSET
and then replacing mathematical addition by substraction of "kernoffs"
value (so calculation of address does not change) compiles assembler file
without any error now.
There should be not any functional change.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These hardware register definitions are common for all K3, remove
duplicate data them by moving them to hardware.h.
While here do some minor whitespace cleanup + grouping.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
This matches how this would be done in Linux and these functions
do the alignment for us which makes the code look cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
DMA operations should function on DMA addresses, not virtual addresses.
Although these are usually the same in U-Boot, it is more correct
to be explicit with our types here.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
We should clean the caches before any DMA operation and clean+invalidate
after. This matches what the DMA framework does for us already but adds
it to the two functions here in this driver that don't yet go through the
new DMA framework.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
The DMA'd memory area needs cleaned and invalidated after the DMA
write so that any stale cache lines do not mask new data.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
This matches what we did for pre-K3 devices. This allows us to build
boot commands that can check for our device type at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Add support for j784s4-wiz-10g device which has two core reference
clocks (e.g core_ref_clk, core_ref1_clk) which requires an additional
mux selection option.
Signed-off-by: Matt Ranostay <mranostay@ti.com>
Move to latest DDR4 1600MT/s for k3-am64-evm based on EMIF tool
v0.08.40.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Anand Gadiyar <gadiyar@ti.com>
Move k3-am64-sk to use 1600MT/s LPDDR4 configuration and update to latest EMIF
tool v0.08.40.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Anand Gadiyar <gadiyar@ti.com>
The OrangePi Zero 2 board comes with 2MB of SPI flash, from which the
BROM is able to boot from. Please note that the fuse setup requires
PC5 (BOOT_SEL3) to be pulled to GND for that to actually work.
Enable the SPL code responsible for finding and loading U-Boot proper and
friends, so that u-boot-sunxi-with-spl.bin can be written into the flash.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Ivan Shishkin <s45rus@gmail.com>
The H616 SoC uses the same SPI IP as the H6, also shares the same clocks
and reset bits.
The only real difference is a slight change in the pin assignment: the
H6 uses PC5, the H616 PC4 instead. This makes for a small change in
our spi0_pinmux_setup() routine.
Apart from that, just extend the H6 #ifdef guards to also cover the H616,
using the shared CONFIG_SUN50I_GEN_H6 symbol.
Also use this symbol for the Kconfig dependency.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Ivan Shishkin <s45rus@gmail.com>
When some configuration symbols were converted from header files to
Kconfig, their values were placed into *every* defconfig file.
Since we now have sensible per-SoC defaults defined in Kconfig, those
values are now redundant, and can just be removed.
This affects CONFIG_SPL_STACK, CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE, CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE,
and CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Some configuration symbols formerly defined in header files were
recently converted to Kconfig symbols. This moved their value definition
into *every* defconfig file, even though those values are hardly board
choices.
Use the new Kconfig option to define per-SoC default values, in just one
place, which makes the definition in each defconfig file redundant.
We refrain from setting a sunxi specific value for CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN,
so this defaults to a much better 64MB for uncompressed arm64 kernels.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update the devicetree files from the Linux kernel, version v6.0-rc4.
This is covering the 32-bit SoCs, from arch/arm/boot/dts/.
This avoids the not backwards-compatible r_intc binding change, to allow
older kernels to boot, but the other nodes are updated.
Not much change here, the vast majority is actually cosmetic: node names
and using symbolic names for the the RTC clocks.
The R40 boards gain DVFS support.
Some A23/A33 tablet DTs are unified into a single file.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Update the devicetree files from the Linux kernel, version v6.0-rc4.
This is covering the 64-bit SoCs, from arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner.
This avoids the not backwards-compatible r_intc binding change, to allow
older kernels to boot, but the other nodes are updated.
Not much change here, the vast majority is actually cosmetic: node names
and using symbolic names for the the RTC clocks.
Some A64 boards gain some audio nodes.
The H616 DTs are now switched to the version finally merged into the
kernel, which brings some changes, but none affecting U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Fix the compilation issue when CONFIG_DEBUG_UART is activated
drivers/serial/serial_stm32.o: in function `debug_uart_init':
drivers/serial/serial_stm32.c:291: undefined reference to \
`board_debug_uart_init'
The board_debug_uart_init is needed for SPL boot, called in
cpu.c::mach_cpu_init(); it is defined in board/st/stm32mp1/spl.c.
But with the removal #ifdefs patch, the function debug_uart_init() is
always compiled even if not present in the final U-Boot image.
This patch adds a file to provided this function when DEBUG_UART and SPL
are activated.
Fixes: c8b2eef52b ("stm32mp15: tidy up #ifdefs in cpu.c")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The PWR regulators don't need be removed as they are already deactivated.
This patches is a alignment with the accepted patch in Linux device tree
in commit a34b42f8690c ("ARM: dts: stm32: fix pwr regulators references
to use scmi").
Fixes: 69ef98b209 ("ARM: dts: stm32mp15: alignment with v5.19")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Fix the frequencies listed in PLL configuration comments to match
the actual frequencies programmed into hardware. Furthermore, add
a comment which explains how those frequencies are calculated, so
it won't be necessary to look it up all over the datasheet and
make more mistakes in the calculation in the future.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add DT for DHCOR Testbench board, which is a testbench for testing of
DHCOR SoM during manufacturing. This is effectively a trimmed down
version of AV96 board with CSI-2 bridge, HDMI bridge, WiFi, Audio and
LEDs removed and used as GPIOs instead. Furthermore, the PMIC Buck3
is always configured from PMIC NVM to cater for both 1V8 and 3V3 SoM
variant.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The btrfs filesystem provides advanced functionality like copy-on-write
and snapshots, as well as metadata and data duplication and checksumming.
Enable btrfs in U-Boot to permit even the primary partition to be btrfs
and let system boot from it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
In case the regulator-always-on is present in regulator DT node,
the regulator is always reconfigured to the voltage set in DT on
probe, even if regulator_set_value() has been called before. Drop
the property from AV96 U-Boot DT and enable the regulator manually
in code, as the board already reconfigures the Buck3 regulator in
code per PMIC NVM content instead.
Fixes: 0adf10a87b ("ARM: dts: stm32: Configure Buck3 voltage per PMIC NVM on Avenger96")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
When a FIT includes some OS requests, U-Boot should process these and add
the requested info to corresponding subnodes of the /chosen node. Add a
pytest for this, which sets up the FIT, runs bootm and then uses a C
unit test to check that everything looks OK.
The test needs to run on sandbox_flattree since we don't support
device tree fixups on sandbox (live tree) yet. So enable BOOTMETH_VBE and
disable bootflow_system(), since EFI is not supported on
sandbox_flattree.
Add a link to the initial documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this function's comment and also the livetree documentation, so it
is clear when to use the function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As a starting point, add support for providing random data, if requested
by the OS. Also add ASLR, as a placeholder for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
(fixed up to use uclass_first_device_err() instead)
To avoid duplicating code, create a new fit_util module which provides
various utility functions for FIT. Move this code out from the existing
test_fit.py and refactor it with addition parameters.
Fix up pylint warnings in the conversion.
This involves no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make sure the log_msg_ret() values are unique so that the log trace is
unambiguous with LOG_ERROR_RETURN. Also avoid reusing the 'node' variable
for two different nodes in bootmeth_vbe_simple_ft_fixup(), since this is
confusing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that we support multiple device trees with the ofnode interface, we
can pass the correct FDT to this event. This allows the 'working' FDT to
be fixed up, as expected, so long as OFNODE_MULTI_TREE is enabled.
Also make sure we don't try to do this with livetree, which does not
support fixups yet.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This information needs to be set up by the bootstd tests as well. Move it
into a common function and ensure it is executed before any bootstd test
is run.
Make sure the 'images' parameter is set correctly for fixups.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The working FDT is the one which comes from the OS and is fixed up by
U-Boot. When the bootm command runs, it sets up the working FDT to be the
one it is about to pass to the OS, so that fixups can happen.
This seems like an important step, so add a message indicating that the
working FDT has changed. This is shown during the running of the bootm
command.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When looking for a filesystem on a partition we should do so quietly. At
present if the filesystem is very small (e.g. 512 bytes) we get a host of
messages.
Update these to only show when debugging.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code uses casts between addresses and pointers, so does not work with
sandbox. Update it so we can allow sandbox to do device tree fixups.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Functions which implement commands must return a CMD_RET_... error code.
At present bootm can return a negative errno value in some cases, thus
causing strange behaviour such as trying to exit the shell and printing
usage information.
Fix this by returning the correct value.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present when bootm fails, it says:
subcommand not supported
and then prints help for the bootm command. This is not very useful, since
generally the error is related to something else, such as fixups failing.
It is quite confusing to see this in a test run.
Change the error and show the error code.
We could update the OS functions to return -ENOSYS when they do not
support the bootm subcommand. But this involves some thought since this is
arch-specific code and proper errno error codes are not always returned.
Also, with the code as is, all required subcommands are of course
supported - a problem would only come if someone added a new one or
removed support for one from an existing OS. Therefore it seems better to
leave that sort of effort for when our bootm tests are improved.
Note: v1 of this patch generated a discussion[1] about printing error
strings automatically using printf(). That is outside the scope of this
patch but will be dealt with separately.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20220909151801.336551-3-sjg@chromium.org/
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The _err variant iterators use the simple iterators without suffix as
basis.
However, there is no user that uclass_next_device_err for iteration,
many users of uclass_first_device_err use it to get the first and
(assumed) only device of an uclass, and a couple that use
uclass_next_device_err to get the device following a known device in the
uclass list.
While there are some truly singleton device classes in which more than
one device cannot exist these are quite rare, and most classes can have
multiple devices even if it is not the case on the SoC's EVB.
In a later patch the simple iterators will be updated to not stop on
error and return next device instead. With this in many cases the code
that expects the first device or an error if it fails to probe may get
the next device instead. Use the _check iterators as the basis of _err
iterators to preserve the old behavior.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The return value is not used for anythig, and in a later patch the
behavior of the _err iterator will change in an incompatible way.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update pvblock_probe() to avoid using internal var:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In a later patch sysinfo_get will be changed to return the device in cae
of an error. Set sysinfo to NULL on error to preserve previous behavior.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
eth_get_dev relies on the broken behavior that returns an error but not
the device on which the error happened which gives the caller no
reasonable way to report or handle the error.
In a later patch uclass_first_device_err will be changed to return the
device on error but eth_get_dev stores the returned device pointer
directly in a global state without checking the return value. Unset the
pointer again in the error case.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
blk_first_device_err/blk_next_device_err uses
uclass_first_device_err/uclass_next_device_err for device iteration.
Although the function names superficially match the return value from
uclass_first_device_err/uclass_next_device_err is never used
meaningfully, and uclass_first_device/uclass_next_device works equally
well for this purpose.
In the following patch the semantic of
uclass_first_device_err/uclass_next_device_err will be changed to be
based on uclass_first_device_check/uclass_next_device_check breaking
this sole user that uses uclass_next_device_err for iteration.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are a couple users of uclass_next_device return value that get the
first device by other means and use uclass_next_device assuming the
following device in the uclass is related to the first one.
Use uclass_next_device_err because the return value from
uclass_next_device will be removed in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a number of users that use uclass_first_device to access the
first and (assumed) only device in uclass.
Some check the return value of uclass_first_device and also that a
device was returned which is exactly what uclass_first_device_err does.
Some are not checking that a device was returned and can potentially
crash if no device exists in the uclass. Finally there is one that
returns NULL on error either way.
Convert all of these to use uclass_first_device_err instead, the return
value will be removed from uclass_first_device in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are a few commands that iterate uclass with
uclass_first_device/uclass_next_device or the _err variant.
Use the _check class iterator variant to get devices that fail to probe
as well, and print the status.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use uclass_first_device_check/uclass_next_device_check to correctly
count buses that fail to probe.
Fixes: d3e19cf919 ("w1: Add 1-Wire uclass")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The code checks that uclass_first_device returned a device but the
returned value that is assigned is never used. Use
uclass_first_device_err instead, and move the error return outside of
the if block.
Fixes: f4ec1ae08e ("mxc_ipuv3_fb.c: call display_enable")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a complaint in the code that iterates keyboards that we don't
have the _check variant of class iterator but we in fact do, use it.
In the code that iterates video devices there is an attempt to print
errors but the simple iterator does not return a device when there is an
error. Use the _check variant of the iterator as well.
Also format error messages consistently.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The code checks the return value from uclass_first_device as well as
that the device exists but it passes on the return value which may be
zero if there are no gadget devices. Just check that a device was
returned and return -ENODEV otherwise.
Also remove the dev variable which is not really used for anything.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
bootdev_list() uses uclass_*_device_err() to iterate devices.
However, the only value _err adds is returning an error when the device
pointer is null, and that's checked anyway.
Also there is some intent to report errors, and that's what
uclass_*_device_check() is for, use it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When there is no PCI bus uclass_first_device will return no bus and no
error which will result in pci_find_first_device calling
skip_to_next_device with no bus, and the bus is only checked at the end
of the while cycle, not the beginning.
Fixes: 76c3fbcd3d ("dm: pci: Add a way to iterate through all PCI devices")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We already have a function for probing all devices of a specific class,
use it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
uclass_probe_all uses uclass_first_device/uclass_next_device assigning
the return value.
The interface for getting meaningful error is
uclass_first_device_check/uclass_next_device_check, use it.
Also do not stop iteration when an error is encountered. Probing all
devices includes those that happen to be after a failing device in the
uclass order.
Fixes: a59153dfeb ("dm: core: add function uclass_probe_all() to probe all devices")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A recent change to regmap breaks building of phycore-rk3288 for me. The
difference is only a few bytes. Somehow CI seems to pass, even though it
fails when I run docker locally. But it prevents me from sending any more
pull requests.
In any case this board is clearly near the limit. We could revert the
offending change, but it is needed for sandbox tests.
Instead, add a way to drop the range checks in SPL, since they end up
doing nothing if everything is working as expected.
This makes phycore-rk3288 build again for me and reduces the size of SPL
slightly for a number of boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 947d4f132b ("regmap: fix range checks")
None of the values in this struct are larger than 256, so we can reduce
the members to u8s. This saves around 1K.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Several parts of the ICID table are only necessary for U-Boot proper.
Disable them in SPL. This saves around 500 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
FSL_IFC should only be selected when booting from NAND flash (or when
NAND_FSL_IFC is enabled). The existing logic does this correctly when
QSPI is also enabled, but not when just booting from SD.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Binman needs this module to build sandbox_vpl and it is needed elsewhere
in CI.
Add it to the docker file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xpyron.glpk@gmx.de>
CONFIG_SYSRESET provides its own implementation of reset_cpu. Disable
our version when it is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The LS1043ARDB rev v7.0 board replace nand device MT29F4G08ABBDAH4-AITX:D
with MT29F4G08ABBFAH4-AIT:F. Reflecting this change in board_fix_fdt().
CPLD V3.0 is needed for nandboot as the nand device changed.
A new macro CPLD_CFG_RCW_SRC_NAND_4K(4Kpage) is added to distinguish from
CPLD_CFG_RCW_SRC_NAND(2Kpage) to support nandboot on rev v7.0 board.
Signed-off-by: Wei Lu <w.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This enables eDMA snooping on the LS1043A and LS1046A. This will allow
marking the I2C, LPUART, and SPI devices on these SoCs as DMA coherent.
Oddly, this bit is only documented for the LS1043A, and is marked as
"reserved" in the LS1046ARM. I have tested this patch on the LS1046A
and found that marking i2c0 as dma-coherent works without issue.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Pull request for efi-2023-01-rc1-3
UEFI:
* replace EFI_CALL() by internal functions
* delete loadfile2 handle by uninstalling all protocols
Other:
* Provide spi_set_speed() needed for implementation of
EFI SPI I/O protocol
Loadfile2 code is installing two protocols on it's own handle
and uses efi_delete_handle() to clean it up on failure(s). However
commit 05c4c9e21a ("efi_loader: define internal implementations of
install/uninstallmultiple") prepares the ground for us to clean up
efi_delete_handle() used in favor of Install/UninstallMultipleProtocol.
While at it clean up the non needed void casts to (void *) on the
protolcol installation.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
* don't use EFI_CALL() for variable services
* don't use runtime pointer to access exported function
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This function is already defined in spi.h but no implementation of it
currently exists in the tree. The implementation is based on the static
function spi_set_speed_mode(). The function prototype is modified so
that an success or error condition can be returned to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Space key is indicated by two different bits. Some HW models indicate press
of space key only by the first bit. Qemu indicates it by both bits at the
same time, which is currently interpreted by u-boot as double key press.
Fix this issue by setting first bit when only second is set (to support HW
models which indicate press only by second bit) and always clearing second
bit before processing to not report double space key press.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Fix typo that was caused by the same feature being split in to 2 different
configuration options. Replace CONFIG_USBNET_DEVADDR with
CONFIG_USBNET_DEV_ADDR
Signed-off-by: Ignacio Zamora <nachopitt@gmail.com>
MSM SMEM driver is currently missing <linux/sizes.h> header and throws
the following compile error:
drivers/smem/msm_smem.c: In function ‘qcom_smem_get_ptable’:
drivers/smem/msm_smem.c:635:71: error: ‘SZ_4K’ undeclared (first use in this function)
635 | ptable = smem->regions[0].virt_base + smem->regions[0].size - SZ_4K;
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: luka.perkov@sartura.hr
The test relies on memory being available at 0x0. This in not valid for
many boards.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the CCF is activated, the dev->parent is not necessary
the reference to SCMI transport and the function devm_scmi_of_get_channel
failed for the registered SCMI clock, child for protocol@14,
the channel is null and the SCMI clock driver crash for any operations.
This patch changes the first parameter of the ops of_get_channel(),
aligned with other process_msg() to pass directly the good reference,
i.e. parent result of find_scmi_transport_device(dev)
which return the reference of the scmi transport device.
Fixes: 8e96801aa6 ("firmware: scmi: add multi-channel support")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
To allow easily iterate over all UBI volumes, add a new command which
either print all user UBI volumes on output or set them into env variable.
As UBI volumes can have arbitrary name/label, in most cases it is useful to
iterate them by their numbers. This can be achieved by -numeric flag.
This functionality is similar to already existing 'part list' command which
prints partitions on formatted block device.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Provide a simple sandbox driver for the thermal uclass.
It simply registers and returns 100 degrees C if requested.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently, there is no way for users to check the readings from thermal
sensors from U-boot console, only some boards print it during boot.
So, lets add a simple "temperature" command that allows listing thermal
uclass devices and getting their value.
Note that the thermal devices are intenionally probed if list is used as
almost always they will not get probed otherwise and there is no way for
users to manually call probe on a certain device from console.
Assumption is made that temperature is returned in degrees C and not
milidegrees like in Linux as this is what most drivers seem to return.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add xxd command to print file content as hexdump to standard out
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Roger Knecht <rknecht@pm.me>
This buffer has the concatenated prefix and name written into it, so it
must be large enough to cover both strings plus the terminating NUL.
Fixes: 92c4a95ec7 ("pinctrl: Add new function pinctrl_generic_set_state_prefix()")
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Setting an alternative signature info node in "pre_load_sig_info_path"
allows verification of an image using the bootm pre-load mechanism with
a different key, e.g.: setenv pre_load_sig_info_path "/alt/sig" ; bootm
preload [addr]
Signed-off-by: Steven Lawrance <steven.lawrance@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Putting these definitions in a header will allow signatures to be
validated independently of bootm.
Signed-off-by: Steven Lawrance <steven.lawrance@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix a copy-paste error I did when inserting the comment.
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The option SHA256_ALGO does not exist. Remove selecting it.
Fixes: 26dd993657 ("lib: add crypt subsystem")
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
This adds keyword devicetree-overlay as an alias for fdtoverlays in
extlinux (sysboot) and pxe to better follow the Boot Loader Specification
[1], improves documentation around them by adding an example for both
fdtoverlays and devicetree-overlay and the environment variable required
for this feature. The link for the spec is updated to the current one.
[1] https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/
Signed-off-by: Edoardo Tomelleri <e.tomell@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Xilinx changes for v2023.01-rc1 (round 3)
fpga:
- Create new uclass
- Get rid of FPGA_DEBUG and use logging infrastructure
zynq:
- Enable early EEPROM decoding
- Some DT updates
zynqmp:
- Use OCM_BANK_0 to check config loading permission
- Change config object loading in SPL
- Some DT updates
net:
- emaclite: Enable driver for RISC-V
xilinx:
- Fix static checker warnings
- Fix GCC12 warning
sdhci:
- Read PD id from DT
common/spl/spl_atf.c:187:51: warning: value size does not match register
size specified by the constraint and modifier [-Wasm-operand-widths]
__asm__ __volatile__("msr DAIF, %0\n\t" : : "r" (daif) : "memory");
^
common/spl/spl_atf.c:187:34: note: use constraint modifier "w"
__asm__ __volatile__("msr DAIF, %0\n\t" : : "r" (daif) : "memory");
^~
%w0
Use %x0 to match what Linux does in <asm/sysreg.h> write_sysreg().
Signed-off-by: Alistair Delva <adelva@google.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
It seems that for aarch64, unless we apply dynamic relocations to the
location being relocated, we fail to boot.
As Fangrui notes:
For dynamic relocations using the RELA format (readelf -Wr), GNU ld
sets the initial content to r_addend; ld.lld doesn't do that by
default (needs --apply-dynamic-relocs).
Otherwise .rodata appears to be full of NUL-bytes before relocation,
causing crashes when trying to invoke the function pointers in
init_sequence_f from initcall_run_list().
Link: https://reviews.llvm.org/D42797
Suggested-by: Fangrui Song <maskray@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alistair Delva <adelva@google.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
When building the standalone example with llvm, the link step fails:
examples/standalone/libstubs.o: In function `dummy':
include/_exports.h:10: undefined reference to `jt'
include/_exports.h:11: undefined reference to `jt'
include/_exports.h:12: undefined reference to `jt'
include/_exports.h:13: undefined reference to `jt'
include/_exports.h:14: undefined reference to `jt'
examples/standalone/libstubs.o:include/_exports.h:15:
more undefined references to `jt' follow
Indeed, the standalone libstubs.o does use the jt symbol, but it was
marked 'static' in stubs.c. It's strange how gcc builds are working.
Signed-off-by: Alistair Delva <adelva@google.com>
Cc: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Pull request for efi-2023-01-rc1-2
Documentation:
* man-page for cls command
* update build requirements
UEFI
* Fix bugs in the Stop() function of the EFi Driver Binding protocol
for block devices
* Avoid EFI_CALL() when invoking CloseProtocol()
When host issues "fastboot reboot fastboot", it's expected that the
board drops the USB connection before resetting.
On some boards, such as Khadas VIM3L and SEI610, this is not the case.
We observe the following error:
$ fastboot reboot fastboot
Rebooting into fastboot OKAY [ 0.004s]
fastboot: error: Failed to boot into userspace fastboot; one or more components might be unbootable.
This does not happen when we use the RST button on the board.
It can be reproduced in linux with:
# echo b > /proc/sysrq-trigger
In this case, we hit a undefined hardware behavior, where D+ and D-
are in an unknown state. Therefore the host can't detect usb
disconnection.
Make sure we always call usb_gadget_release() when a "fastboot reboot"
command is issued.
Note: usb_gadget_release() should be called before g_dnl_unregister()
because g_dnl_unregister() triggers a complete() call on each
endpoint (thus calling do_reset()).
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Remove unused ehci_{setup,shutdown}_phy() helpers now replaced by
generic_{setup,shutdown}_phy().
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace ehci_setup_phy() and ehci_shutdown_phy () by respectively
generic_setup_phy() and generic_shutdown_phy().
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace ohci_setup_phy() and ohci_shutdown_phy () by respectively
generic_setup_phy() and generic_shutdown_phy().
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In drivers usb/host/{ehci,ohci}-generic.c, {ehci,ohci}_setup_phy() and
{ehci,ohci}_shutdown_phy() shares 95% of common code.
Factorize this code in new generic_{setup,shudown}_phy() functions.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Take the USB_ETHER ifdef block apart and make use of obj-$(VAR) instead
to include the source files in build. The duplicate CI_UDC entry is now
removed, the USB_DEVICE ifdef is now reduced to core.o ep.o addition,
the ether.o can be conditionally compiled in using USB_ETHER.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The env_get() might be undefined in case ENV_SUPPORT is disabled,
which may happen e.g. in SPL. Add missing ifdef guard around the
env_get() to prevent build failure.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Make it clearer why InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces is invoked with two
NULLs:
* rename guid to esp_guid
* put protocol GUIDs and the related interfaces on same lines
* add comment
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The CloseProtocol() boot service requires a handle as first argument.
Passing the protocol interface is incorrect.
CloseProtocol() only has an effect if called with a non-zero value for
agent_handle. HandleProtocol() uses an opaque agent_handle when invoking
OpenProtocol() (currently NULL). Therefore HandleProtocol() should be
avoided.
* Replace the LocateHandle() call by efi_search_protocol().
* Remove the CloseProtocol() call.
Fixes: 8d99026f06 ("efi_loader: capsule: support firmware update")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The CloseProtocol() boot service requires a handle as first argument.
Passing the protocol interface is incorrect.
CloseProtocol() only has an effect if called with a non-zero value for
agent_handle. HandleProtocol() uses an opaque agent_handle when invoking
OpenProtocol() (currently NULL). Therefore HandleProtocol() should be
avoided.
* Replace the LocateHandle() call by efi_search_protocol().
* Remove the CloseProtocol() call.
* Remove a superfluous goto.
Fixes: ce3dbc5d08 ("efi_loader: add UEFI GPT measurement")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We want tests to avoid the usage of sudo. Describe that virt-make-fs can
generate disk images without being root.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Packages python3-filelock python3-pytest-xdist as required to run
'make tests'. Add them to the required packages list in the documentation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The cls command works fine on the serial console. There is no reason to
let it depend on the availability of video.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
- mtd: Update the function name to 'rfree'
- Support NAND ONFI EDO mode for imx8mn architecture
- dm: clk: add missing stub when CONFIG_CLK is deactivated
Warning appears if built with FPGA_DEBUG defined:
CC drivers/fpga/virtex2.o
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/virtex2.c: In function ‘virtex2_ssm_load’:
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/virtex2.c:333:11: warning: format ‘%d’ expects argument of type ‘int’, but argument 4 has type ‘size_t’ {aka ‘long unsigned int’} [-Wformat=]
PRINTF("%s:%d:done went active early, bytecount = %d\n",
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
__func__, __LINE__, bytecount);
~~~~~~~~~
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/virtex2.c:25:37: note: in definition of macro ‘PRINTF’
#define PRINTF(fmt, args...) printf(fmt, ##args)
^~~
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/virtex2.c: In function ‘virtex2_ss_load’:
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/virtex2.c:468:12: warning: format ‘%d’ expects argument of type ‘int’, but argument 4 has type ‘size_t’ {aka ‘long unsigned int’} [-Wformat=]
PRINTF("%s:%d:done went active early, bytecount = %d\n",
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
__func__, __LINE__, bytecount);
~~~~~~~~~
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/virtex2.c:25:37: note: in definition of macro ‘PRINTF’
#define PRINTF(fmt, args...) printf(fmt, ##args)
^~~
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221007122003.11239-5-ada@thorsis.com
The additional comma messes up the arguments.
Warning appears if built with FPGA_DEBUG defined:
CC drivers/fpga/spartan3.o
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan3.c: In function ‘spartan3_sp_load’:
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan3.c:118:11: warning: too many arguments for format [-Wformat-extra-args]
PRINTF ("%s: Function Table:\n"
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan3.c:18:37: note: in definition of macro ‘PRINTF’
#define PRINTF(fmt,args...) printf (fmt ,##args)
^~~
Fixes: 875c78934e ("Add Xilinx Spartan3 family FPGA support Patch by Kurt Stremerch, 14 February 2005")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221007122003.11239-4-ada@thorsis.com
That extra comma messes up format arguments.
Warning appears if built with FPGA_DEBUG defined:
CC drivers/fpga/spartan2.o
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan2.c: In function ‘spartan2_sp_load’:
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan2.c:112:11: warning: too many arguments for format [-Wformat-extra-args]
PRINTF ("%s: Function Table:\n"
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan2.c:12:37: note: in definition of macro ‘PRINTF’
#define PRINTF(fmt,args...) printf (fmt ,##args)
^~~
CC drivers/fpga/spartan3.o
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan3.c: In function ‘spartan3_sp_load’:
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan3.c:117:11: warning: too many arguments for format [-Wformat-extra-args]
PRINTF ("%s: Function Table:\n"
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan3.c:17:37: note: in definition of macro ‘PRINTF’
#define PRINTF(fmt,args...) printf (fmt ,##args)
^~~
Fixes: e221174377 ("Initial revision")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221007122003.11239-3-ada@thorsis.com
Before this patch you could see in the log:
U-Boot SPL 2022.10-rc5 (Sep 29 2022 - 15:29:27 +0200)
PMUFW: v1.1
Loading new PMUFW cfg obj (32 bytes)
PMUFW: No permission to change config object
Loading new PMUFW cfg obj (2032 bytes)
where it is visible that permission is check before sending PMUFW
configuration (big size).
When this patch is applied it is visible that order is correct.
U-Boot SPL 2022.10-rc5 (Sep 29 2022 - 15:47:08 +0200)
Loading new PMUFW cfg obj (2032 bytes)
PMUFW: v1.1
Loading new PMUFW cfg obj (32 bytes)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/a0bf4f46d670023da4f848790eece6fff22090c2.1664962765.git.michal.simek@amd.com
In function ‘set_dfu_alt_info’ a comparison of a u8 value against
0 is done. Since it is always false, change the signature of this
function to use an `int` instead, which match the type used in caller:
`multi_boot()`.
Fix the following warning triggered with W=1:
board/xilinx/zynqmp/zynqmp.c:651:23:
warning: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type
[-Wtype-limits]
651 | if (multiboot < 0)
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221004055254.26246-1-venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
cpu-info.c defines print_cpuinfo(), but neglected to
include its declaration, causing the following sparse and
compile time warnings:
board/xilinx/common/cpu-info.c:10:5:
warning: no previous prototype for 'print_cpuinfo'
[-Wmissing-prototypes]
Include init.h, which includes the missing declaration.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221004055053.26047-1-venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
This fixes the below build error if nand.c is included in
an SPL build.
/work/u-boot/drivers/mtd/nand/raw/nand.c: In function ‘nand_init_chip’:
/work/u-boot/drivers/mtd/nand/raw/nand.c:82:28: error: ‘nand_chip’ undeclared (first use in this function)
82 | struct nand_chip *nand = &nand_chip[i];
| ^~~~~~~~~
/work/u-boot/drivers/mtd/nand/raw/nand.c:82:28: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only once for each function it appears in
/work/u-boot/drivers/mtd/nand/raw/nand.c:84:20: error: ‘base_address’ undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean ‘base_addr’?
84 | ulong base_addr = base_address[i];
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~
| base_addr
Fixes: 068c41f1cc ("Finish conversion CONFIG_SYS_NAND_SELF_INIT to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Pull request for efi-2023-01-rc1
UEFI:
* Provide driver binding protocol to registered events for block devices
* Code simplification and refactoring
* Fix pylint errors in test_efi_secboot
Other:
* Improve checks for register ranges
- Update RISC-V to use 32bit or 64bit toolchains, depending on if we're
building for 32bit or 64bit CPUs. This requires updating the Docker
container as well to have the 32bit toolchain.
- Assorted platform updates for developerbox, armv8 platforms in
general, TI K3 and AM65 platforms, nuvoton NPCM845 SoC and then clock
driver, ftgpio010 support, and common/board_f cleanups.
The following description is copied from the equivalent patch for the
Linux Kernel proposed by Aurelien Jarno:
>From version 2.38, binutils default to ISA spec version 20191213. This
means that the csr read/write (csrr*/csrw*) instructions and fence.i
instruction has separated from the `I` extension, become two standalone
extensions: Zicsr and Zifencei. As the kernel uses those instruction,
this causes the following build failure:
arch/riscv/cpu/mtrap.S: Assembler messages:
arch/riscv/cpu/mtrap.S:65: Error: unrecognized opcode `csrr a0,scause'
arch/riscv/cpu/mtrap.S:66: Error: unrecognized opcode `csrr a1,sepc'
arch/riscv/cpu/mtrap.S:67: Error: unrecognized opcode `csrr a2,stval'
arch/riscv/cpu/mtrap.S:70: Error: unrecognized opcode `csrw sepc,a0'
Signed-off-by: Alexandre Ghiti <alexandre.ghiti@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Tested-by: Christian Stewart <christian@paral.in>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
For building riscv32 targets we should use the riscv32 toolchain.
Add it to the Docker image.
Drop the riscv toolchain-alias as we do not need it in future.
While in here, update to the latest "jammy" tag.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
[trini: Update to latest jammy tag]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For the TI SoCs affected by errata i2329, enable MDIO manual
mode by default
Signed-off-by: Ravi Gunasekaran <r-gunasekaran@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
In certain TI SoCs, on the CPSW and ICSS peripherals, there is
a possibility that the MDIO interface returns corrupt data on
MDIO reads or writes incorrect data on MDIO writes. There is also
a possibility for the MDIO interface to become unavailable until
the next peripheral reset.
The workaround is to configure the MDIO in manual mode and disable the
MDIO state machine and emulate the MDIO protocol by reading and writing
appropriate fields in MDIO_MANUAL_IF_REG register of the MDIO controller
to manipulate the MDIO clock and data pins.
More details about the errata i2329 and the workaround is available in:
https://www.ti.com/lit/er/sprz487a/sprz487a.pdf
Add implementation to disable MDIO state machine, configure MDIO in manual
mode and provide software MDIO read and writes via MDIO bitbanging. Allow
the MDIO to be initialized based on the need for manual mode.
Signed-off-by: Ravi Gunasekaran <r-gunasekaran@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Include linux/sizes.h because it defines SZ_64K which is used in many
places inside k3-udma.c
This fixes the error: ‘SZ_64K’ undeclared which appears during build
time
Signed-off-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When MMU is already enabled then dcache_enable() does not call mmu_setup()
and so setup_all_pgtables() is also never called.
In this situation when some driver calls mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour()
function then U-Boot crashes with error message:
Emergency page table not setup.
Fix this issue by explicitly calling setup_all_pgtables() in dcache_enable()
function near condition for mmu_setup().
This change fixes chainloading U-Boot from U-Boot on Turris Mox board which
uses mvneta ethernet driver which calls mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In order to move ppc-specific code out of setup_dest_addr(), provide an
arch-specific variant arch_setup_dest_addr(), that can be used by
architecture code to fix up the initial reloc address.
It is called at the end of setup_dest_addr() initcall and the default
implementation is a nop stub.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
asm/mach_type.h header and CONFIG_MACH_TYPE macro are arm-specific, so move
related bdinfo logic to arch_setup_bdinfo() in arch/arm/lib/bdinfo.c.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
The XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR declarations in ppc code are permanently
commented out, so there are no users for this macro:
#if 1
#define DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR register volatile gd_t *gd asm ("r2")
#else /* We could use plain global data, but the resulting code is bigger */
#define XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR extern
#define DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR \
gd_t *gd
#endif
Remove all references to this macro, but add a documentation note regarding
the possibility of using plain global data for the GD pointer.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
dram_init() can't modify global/static variables, so
move the mem_map setup later when bss is available.
Signed-off-by: Jassi Brar <jaswinder.singh@linaro.org>
In general handles should only be deleted if the last remaining protocol
is removed. Instead of explicitly calling
efi_create_handle -> efi_add_protocol -> efi_delete_handle which blindly
removes all protocols from a handle before removing it, use
InstallMultiple/UninstallMultiple which adheres to the EFI spec and only
deletes a handle if there are no additional protocols present
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
A following patch is cleaning up the core EFI code trying to remove
sequences of efi_create_handle, efi_add_protocol.
Although this works fine there's a problem with the latter since it is
usually combined with efi_delete_handle() which blindly removes all
protocols on a handle and deletes the handle. We should try to adhere to
the EFI spec which only deletes a handle if the last instance of a protocol
has been removed. Another problem is that efi_delete_handle() never checks
for opened protocols, but the EFI spec defines that the caller is
responsible for ensuring that there are no references to a protocol
interface that is going to be removed.
So let's fix this by replacing all callsites of
efi_create_handle(), efi_add_protocol() , efi_delete_handle() with
Install/UninstallMultipleProtocol.
In order to do that redefine functions that can be used by the U-Boot
proper internally and add '_ext' variants that will be used from the
EFI API
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Move the registration of events for the addition and removal of block
devices to the block device driver. Here we can add a reference to the
EFI Driver Binding protocol as context.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
A function event_notify() exists. We should not use the same name for and
EFI event. Rename events in unit tests.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
For handling added and removed block devices we need to register events
which has to be done when the driver is installed.
This patch only creates an empty init function that will be filled with
code later on. The function needs to be called before any EFI block devices
are used. Move the efi_driver_init() call to early init.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
DisconnectController() is based on the open protocol information created
when the driver opens a protocol with BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER or BY_DRIVER.
To create an open protocol information it is required to supply the handle
of the driver as agent handle. This information is available as field
DriverBindingHandle in the driver binding protocol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
* Convert code comments in include/efi_driver.h to Sphinx style.
* Add include/efi_driver.h to the HTML documentation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
* Carve out function efi_bl_create_block_device() from efi_bl_bind().
* Add a check for U-Boot devices to efi_bl_bind().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Currently we have subcommands 'efidebug dh' which shows protocols per
handle and 'efidebug devices' which shows the device path. None shows which
U-Boot device matches the handle.
Change 'efidebug dh' to show the device path and the U-Boot device if any
is associated with the handle.
Remove 'efidebug devices'.
Old output of 'efidebug dh':
Handle Protocols
================ ====================
000000001b22e690 Device Path, Block IO
000000001b22e800 Device Path, Block IO, system, Simple File System
New output of 'efidebug dh':
000000001b22e690 (host0)
/VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/VenHw(bbe4e671-5773-4ea1-9aab-3a7dbf40c482,00)
Block IO
000000001b22e800 (host0:1)
/VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/VenHw(bbe4e671-5773-4ea1-9aab-3a7dbf40c482,00)/HD(1,GPT,7e5c17c5-3f5f-49d0-ae96-511b21d7f273,0x800,0x3f7df)
Block IO
system
Simple File System
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
If creating the block device fails,
* delete all created objects and references
* close the protocol interface on the controller
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When deleting a device or a handle we must remove the link between the two
to avoid dangling references.
Provide function efi_unlink_dev() for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
dp_alloc() may return NULL. This needs to be caught.
Fixes: 98d48bdf41 ("efi_loader: provide a function to create a partition node")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
On the 32bit ARM sandbox 'dm ut dm_test_devm_regmap' fails with an abort.
This is due to incorrect range checks.
On 32-bit systems the size of size_t and int is both 32 bit. The expression
(offset + val_len) is bound to overflow if offset == -1. Add an overflow
check.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
VHV gpio is connected to MCU and only on updated board design. Without it
eFUSE programming does not work. Omnia MCU driver exports this GPIO to
U-Boot under name mcu_56 and only when it is supported by MCU. So U-Boot
fuse command refuse eFUSE programming on older board design when VHV gpio
is not available.
We tested that Armada 385 without connected VHV gpio can do eFUSE
programming but only for some bits and only sometimes - it is unstable.
And better to be disabled on older board design without VHV gpio support.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
VHV_Enable GPIO is required to enable during eFuse programming on Armada
SoCs not from 3700 family. Add support for enabling and disabling VHV pin
via GPIO during eFuse programming, when specified.
All details are in Marvell AN-389: ARMADA VHV Power document
(Doc. No. MV-S302545-00 Rev. C, August 2, 2016).
Note that due to HW Errata 3.6 eFuse erroneous burning (Ref #: HWE-3718342)
VHV power must be disabled while core voltage is off to prevent erroneous
eFuse programming.
This is specified in Marvell ARMADA 380/385/388 Functional Errata,
Guidelines, and Restrictions document
(Doc. No. MV-S501377-00 Rev. D, December 1, 2016).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
This patch implements LD eFuse programming support. Armada 385 contains two
LD eFuse lines, each is 256 bit long with one additional lock bit. LD 0
line is mapped to U-Boot fuse bank 64 and LD 1 line to fuse bank 65. U-Boot
32-bit fuse words 0-8 are mapped to LD eFuse line bits 0-255. U-Boot fuse
word 9 is mapped to LD eFuse line lock bit.
So to program LD 1 General Purpose Data line, use U-Boot fuse command:
=> fuse prog -y 65 0 0x76543210
=> fuse prog -y 65 1 0xfedcba98
=> fuse prog -y 65 2 0x76543210
=> fuse prog -y 65 3 0xfedcba98
=> fuse prog -y 65 4 0x76543210
=> fuse prog -y 65 5 0xfedcba98
=> fuse prog -y 65 6 0x76543210
=> fuse prog -y 65 7 0xfedcba98
=> fuse prog -y 65 8 0x1
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Move the code making sure that the timer is initialized only once into
orion_timer_init(), which is called from timer_early_init() and from
orion_timer_probe(). This way the timer is not re-initialized.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Since the move to CONFIG_TIMER with support for CONFIG_TIMER_EARLY, this
platform specific init_timer() function is not needed any more. Let's
remove it completely.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
BootROM loads kwbimage header to L2-SRAM and BootROM reserve only 192 kB for it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Replace the if/else chain in pxa_ecc_init() with a lookup table. This
makes the code more concise and hopefully easier to follow. Remove the
unused ecc_layout tables and replace it with a single dummy one (the
pxa3xx driver has never used this but the mtd subsystem expects it to be
provided).
Tested on an Allied Telesis x530 switch with Micron MT29F2G08ABAEAWP
NAND Flash.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Firmware calls need node_id which is basically "power-domains" id.
At present static values are used based on the "device_id" property of
dt.
Instead of this, read "power-domains" id from dt and use it. Add a
element called node_id in priv structure and read it from dt. Replace
static node_id with this priv->node_id across the driver.
Since "device_id" is not used anywhere else simply remove it.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220930092548.18453-3-ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Here are the smatch warning messages:
drivers/net/xilinx_axi_emac.c:324 axiemac_phy_init()
error: 'phydev' dereferencing possible ERR_PTR()
drivers/net/zynq_gem.c:340 zynq_phy_init()
error: 'priv->phydev' dereferencing possible ERR_PTR()
Fix by adding error checking before dereferencing the pointer.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220929045605.23964-1-venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Function ioremap_nocache seems to be defined only for MIPS and Microblaze
architectures. Therefore, the function call in the emaclite driver causes
this driver to be unusable with other architectures, for example RISC-V.
Use ioremap function instead of ioremap_nocache, and include linux/io.h
instead of asm/io.h, so that ioremap function is automatically created,
if not defined by the architecture. We can switch to the ioremap function,
as Microblaze's ioremap_nocache is just empty and in MIPS implementations
of ioremap_nocache and ioremap are the same.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Obuch <samuel.obuch@codasip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220927112103.155689-1-samuel.obuch@codasip.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
To check dynamic loading of config object, currently APU_0 is used.
Suggestion from pmwfw team is to load OCM_BANK_0 and check for
XST_PM_NO_ACCESS error only to skip future config objects. Other errors
should not be considered for skipping. Change from NODE_APU_0 to
NODE_OCM_BANK_0 and check for XST_PM_NO_ACCESS to skip future config
objects.
Add ": " to printf statement when there is no permission to load config
object, to align with PMUFW version print.
Update kernel doc for return value for zynqmp_pmufw_load_config_object().
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/2784018844ba4afced0e3edff76bdbfe532f517d.1664523444.git.michal.simek@amd.com
When the imx8mn.dtsi file was pulled in from Linux, the UARTs
were moved into an spba sub-node which wasn't being included
in the SPL device tree. This meant the references to the UART
weren't being handled properly and when booting the system would
constantly reboot. Fix this by adding the spba node to the spl
device tree to restore normal booting.
Based on the patch from Adam Ford for the imx8mn-beacon-kit-u-boot
board.
Fixes: 4e5114daf9 ("imx8mn: synchronise device tree with linux")
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
When the imx8mn.dtsi file was pulled in from Linux, the UARTs
were moved into an spba sub-node which wasn't being included
in the SPL device tree. This meant the references to the UART
weren't being handled properly and when booting the system would
constantly reboot. Fix this by adding the spba node to the spl
device tree to restore normal booting.
Based on the patch from Adam Ford for the imx8mn-beacon-kit-u-boot
board.
Fixes: 4e5114daf9 ("imx8mn: synchronise device tree with linux")
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
To quote the author:
At present the ofnode interface is somewhat limited, in that it cannot
access the device tree provided by the OS, only the one used by U-Boot
itself (assuming these are separate). This prevents using ofnode functions
to handle device tree fixups, i.e. ft_board_setup() and the like.
The ofnode interface was introduced to allow a consistent API to access
the device tree, whether a flat tree or a live tree (OF_LIVE) is in use.
With the flat tree, adding nodes and properties at the start of the tree
(as often happens when writing to the /chosen node) requires copying a
lot of data for each operation. With live tree, such operations are
quite a bit faster, since there is no memory copying required. This has to
be weighed against the required memory allocation with OF_LIVE, as well
as the cost of unflattening and flattening the device tree which U-Boot
is running.
This series enables support for access to multiple device trees with the
ofnode interface. This is already available to some extent with OF_LIVE,
but some of the ofnode functions need changes to allow the tree to be
specified.
The mechanism works by using the top 1-4 bits of the device tree offset.
The sign bit is not affected, since negative values must be supported.
With this implemented, it becomes possible to use the ofnode interface
to do device tree fixups. The only current user is the EVT_FT_FIXUP
event.
This has two main benefits:
- ofnode can now be used everywhere, in preference to the libfdt calls
- live tree can eventually be used everywhere, with potential speed
improvements when larger number of fixups are used
This series is only a step along the way. Firstly, while it is possible
to access the 'fix-up' tree using OF_LIVE, most of the fixup functions use
flat tree directly, rather than the ofnode interface. These need to be
updated. Also the tree must be flattened again before it is passed to the
OS. This is not currently implemented.
With OFNODE_MULTI_TREE disabled this has almost no effect on code size:
around 4 bytes if EVENT is enabled, 0 if not. With the feature enabled,
the increase is around 700 bytes, e.g. on venice2:
$ buildman -b ofn2a venice2 -sS --step 0
Summary of 2 commits for 1 boards (1 thread, 64 jobs per thread)
01: image: Drop some other #ifdefs in image-board.c
arm: w+ venice2
48: wip
arm: (for 1/1 boards) all +668.0 text +668.0
This size increase is not too bad, considering the extra functionality,
but is too large to enable everywhere. So for now this features needs to
be opt-in only, based on EVENT.
Pull request for efi-2022-10-rc6
Documentation:
* doc: improve description of autostart
UEFI:
* prefix test functions with efi_st_ in the LoadImage unit test
* avoid a warning message in efi_initrd_deregister()
At present ofnode_write_prop() is inconsistent between livetree and
flattree, in that livetree requires the caller to ensure the property
value is stable (e.g. in rodata or allocated) but flattree does not, since
it makes a copy.
This makes the API call a bit painful to use, since the caller must do
different things depending on OF_LIVE.
Add a new 'copy' argument which tells the function to make a copy if
needed. Add some tests to cover this behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current tests do not cover all functions, nor do they cover the new
multi-tree functionality. Add and update the tests accordingly and update
the 'future work' notes in the documentation.
There is a still more testing needed for the failure cases, since at
present some ofnode functions return a libfdt error code instead of
converting it to an errno.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some ofnode functions can only operate on the default device tree, i.e.
U-Boot's control FDT. Add comments to that effect. Fix up the reference to
device tree bindings while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We need to be able to look up phandles in any FDT, not just the control
FDT. Use the 'other' FDT to test this, with a helper function which gets
this as an oftree that can then we used as needed.
Add a few more tests and some comments at the top of the file, to explain
what is going on.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the logic to redirect requests for the device tree through a function
which can look up the tree ID. This works by using the top bits of
ofnode.of_offset to encode a tree.
It is assumed that there will only be a few device trees used at runtime,
typically the control FDT (always tree ID 0) and possibly a separate FDT
to be passed the OS.
The maximum number of device trees supported at runtime is 8, with this
implementation. That would use bits 30:28 of the node-offset value,
meaning that the positive offset range is limited to bits 27:0, versus
30:1 with this feature disabled. That still allows a device tree of up
to 256MB, which should be enough for most FITs. Larger ones can be
supported by using external data with the FIT, or by enabling OF_LIVE.
Update the documentation a little and fix up the comment for
ofnode_valid().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present, unless OF_LIVE is enabled, ofnode only supports access to one
device tree, the control FDT. This is because only the node offset is
encoded in ofnode, with the tree being implicit.
This makes ofnode (without OF_LIVE) unsuitable for device tree fixups, as
implemented by ft_board_setup() and other such functions.
To solve this, we can use the top bits of the node offset to hold a tree
ID.
Add the definitions for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function turns out to be a little confusing since it looks up a path
and also registers the tree. Split it into two, one that gets the root
node and one that looks up a path, so the purpose is clear.
Registering the tree will happen in a function to be added in a later
patch, called oftree_from_fdt().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases we want to obtain an ofnode in the same tree as a different
ofnode, such as when looking up a subnode. At present this is trivial,
since there is only one tree. When there are multiple trees, this
implementation will change.
Also move the ofnode_to_offset() function up higher in the header file,
since we will need to provide a different implementation with multiple
trees.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When we have multiple trees, the ofnode logic needs to be told which one
to use. Create a new function which takes an oftree argument, along with
a helper to obtain the FDT pointer from an oftree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present dm_test_ofnode_root() does this manually. Add some inline
functions to handle it, so this code can be centralised.
Add oftree functions to produce a null tree and to check whether a tree
is valid or not.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The flat device tree is assumed to be the control FDT but this is not
always the case. Update the ofnode implementation to obtain the node via
an function call so we can eventually add support for selecting different
trees.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present there is only one device tree used by the ofnode functions,
except for some esoteric use of live tree. In preparation for supporting
more than one, add a way to reset the list of device trees.
For now this does nothing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current tests do not cover all the behaviour. Add some more.
Tidy up a few inconsistencies between livetree and flattree which come to
light with these tests. Also drop the -ENODATA error since it is never
actually returned.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
An upcoming patch set creates a global function flush(). To make debugging
easier we should not use the same name for a static function.
Rename static functions in the LoadImage() unit test adding an efi_st_
prefix.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Complete the list of commands influenced by the autostart environment
variable.
Make it clearer what values qualifies at 'yes'.
Eventually the list of environment variables is to be alphabetically
sorted. Move autostart up.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current implementation creates a 'name' value for every node. This
is not needed for the latest device tree format, which includes a name in
the node header.
Adjust the code to point the name at the node header instead.
Also simplify ofnode_get_name(), now that we can rely on it to set the
name correctly. Update the comment to make it clear what name the root
node has.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current name is quite unwieldy. Change it to use an ofprop_ prefix
and shorten it. Fix the return-value comment while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the function to mark it with the const attribute. Also avoid
calling it multiple times in the devfdt_get_addr_index() function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a test flag which indicates that the 'other' FDT should be set up
ready for use. Handle this by copying in the FDT, unflattening it for
livetree tests. Free the structures when the tests have run.
We cannot use the other FDT unless we are using live tree or
OFNODE_MULTI_TREE is enabled, since only one tree is supported by the
ofnode interface in that case. Add this condition into
ut_run_test_live_flat() and update the comments.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide a way to copy over the 'other' FDT when running tests. This loads
it and allocates memory for the copy, if not done already, then does the
copy.
Avoid using U-Boot's malloc() pool for these copies, at least for now,
since they are part of the test system.
Tidy up the cpu.c header files while here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We need an 'other' FDT which is different from the control FDT, so we can
check that the ofnode tests correctly handle them both.
Add this to the build along with a way to read it into the sandbox state.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this implementation is specific to loading the test FDT. We
plan to load others, so create a generic function to handle this.
The path is now limited to 256 characters, to simplify the code.
When there is an empty argv[0] (which should not happen), the function now
just uses the path as is, with no prefix.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This was a workaround for a rare situation. Now that it will be more
common and we have a proper fix, drop the flag. We can run both types of
tests in the same sandbox executable, even if the flat device tree is
modified.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the device tree changes during a test and we cannot restore it, mark
it as such so that future tests which need the live tree are skipped.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the flat device tree changes it can mess up the live tree since that
uses the flat tree for its strings. This affects only a few sandbox tests
which modify the device tree, but the number will grow as ofnode support
for writing improves.
While the control FDT is not intended to change while U-Boot is running,
some tests do so. For example, the ofnode interface only supports
modifying properties in the control FDT, so tests must use that.
To solve this problem, keep a copy of the FDT and restore it as needed
when the test is finished. The copy only happens on sandbox (except SPL
builds), to reduce memory usage and because these tests are not useful on
other boards. For other boards, a checksum is taken to ensure that nothing
changes.
It would be possible to always checksum the FDT on sandbox and only
restore it if needed, but this is slightly slower than restoring it every
time, at least with crc8.
Move the code which checks for success to the very end, for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that we support writing to ofnodes, the const is not accurate. Drop
it to avoid undesirable casting.
Also drop the ofnode_to_npw() which is now the same as ofnode_to_np().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add this feature to the ofnode interface, supporting both livetree and
flattree. If the node exists it is returned, along with a -EEXIST error.
Update the functions it calls to handle this too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is helpful to test that out-of-memory checks work correctly in code
that calls malloc().
Add a simple way to force failure after a given number of malloc() calls.
Fix a header guard to avoid a build error on sandbox_vpl.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
At present the live tree tests are not run on sandbox. This bug is in two
parts, with a duplicate flag value and incorrect logic in the test runner.
This was not noticed because the bug was fixed in a later commit and does
not cause test failures.
Fix this.
Fixes: 7b1dfc9fd7 ("dm: core: Prepare for updating the device tree with ofnode")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function currently assumes that the control FDT is used. Update it
to allow a root node to be passed, so it can work with any tree.
Also add a comment to ofnode_get_by_phandle() so that its purpose is
clear.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present only one spy is allowed per event. Update the naming to allow
more than one, since some need this flexibility, e.g. the EVT_FT_FIXUP
event.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the log functions instead of pr_...() so we can avoid using __func__.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
This is not needed and we should avoid typedefs. Use the struct instead
and rename it to indicate that it really is a legacy struct.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the embedded device tree is pointed to by the __dtb_dt_*begin
symbols, it seems to be covered by the early relocation code and doesn't
need to be manually patched.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Clément Tosi <ptosi@google.com>
The function calls opendir() but missing the corresponding
closedir() before exit the function.
Add missing closedir() to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqian Lin <linmq006@gmail.com>
The situation is similar to commit bf6376642f ("board: ti: common:
board_detect: Fix EEPROM read quirk"). This is seen on a variant of
eeproms seen on some BeagleBone-AI64 which now has a mix of both 1 byte
addressing and 2 byte addressing eeproms.
Unlike the am335x (ti_i2c_eeprom_am_get) and dra7
(ti_i2c_eeprom_dra7_get) which use constant data structure which allows
us to do a complete read of the data, the
am6(ti_i2c_eeprom_am6_get) eeprom parse operation is dynamic.
This removes the option of being able to read the complete eeprom data
in one single shot.
Fortunately, on the I2C bus, we do see the following behavior: In 1
byte mode, if we attempt to read the first header data yet again, the
misbehaving 2 byte addressing device acts in constant addressing mode
which results in the header not matching up and follow on attempt at 2
byte addressing scheme grabs the correct data.
This costs us an extra ~3 milliseconds, which is a minor penalty
compared to the consistent image support we need to have.
Reported-by: Jason Kridner <jkridner@beagleboard.org>
Fixes: a58147c2db ("board: ti: common: board_detect: Do 1byte address checks first.")
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Commit c0fce929564f("vexpress64: fvp: enable OF_CONTROL") added code to
consider a potential DTB address being passed in the x0 register, or
revert to the built-in DTB otherwise.
The former case was used when using the boot-wrapper, to which we sell
U-Boot as a Linux kernel. The latter was meant for TF-A, for which we
couldn't find an easy way to use the DTB it uses itself. We have some
quirk to filter for a valid DTB, as TF-A happens to pass a pointer to
some special devicetree blob in x0 as well.
Now the TF-A case is broken, when enabling proper emulation of secure
memory (-C bp.secure_memory=1). TF-A carves out some memory at the top
of the first DRAM bank for its own purposes, and configures the
TrustZone DRAM controller to make this region secure-only. U-Boot will
then hang when it tries to relocate itself exactly to the end of DRAM.
TF-A announces this by carving out that region of the /memory node, in
the DT it passes on to BL33 in x1, but we miss that so far.
Instead of repeating this carveout in our DT copy, let's try to look for
a DTB at the address x1 points to as well. This will let U-Boot pick up
the DTB provided by TF-A, which has the correct carveout in place,
avoiding the hang.
While we are at it, make the detection more robust: the length test (is
the DT larger than 256 bytes?) is too fragile, in fact the TF-A port for
a new FVP model already exceeds this. So we test x1 first, consider 0
an invalid address, and also require a /memory node to detect a valid DTB.
And for the records:
Some asking around revealed what is really going on with TF-A and that
ominous DTB pointer in x0: TF-A expects EDK-2 as its non-secure payload
(BL33), and there apparently was some long-standing ad-hoc boot protocol
defined just between the two: x0 would carry the MPIDR register value of
the boot CPU, and the hardware DTB address would be stored in x1.
Now the MPIDR of CPU 0 is typically 0, plus bit 31 set, which is defined
as RES1 in the ARMv7 and ARMv8 architectures. This gives 0x80000000,
which is the same value as the address of the beginning of DRAM (2GB).
And coincidentally TF-A put some DTB structure exactly there, for its
own purposes (passing it between stages). So U-Boot was trying to use
this DTB, which requires the quirk to check for its validity.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Peter Hoyes <peter.hoyes@arm.com>
This line probably got in by mistake as there is no fs_mutex member in
the btrfs_fs_info struct.
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Raghav <p.raghav@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
The max size is defined at architectural level. On the same commit
I have checked mostly all the other architecture and look like they are
Fixes: commit ca8a329a1b ("Convert CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO et al to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- autoboot: make sure watchdog device(s) are handled with keyed
autoboot (Rasmus)
- gpio_wdt: use __udelay() to avoid recursion (Rasmus)
- watchdog: max6370: use __udelay() to avoid recursion (Pali)
- Increase SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for STM32 MCU's board
- SPL fixes for STM32F7 MCUs
- Device tree alignement with kernelv6.0-rc4 for MCU's board
- Device tree alignement with kernelv6.0-rc3 for MPU's board
- Update DDR node for STM32MP15
- Cleanup config file for STM32MP1
- Update for cmd_stm32key command
- Fix compatible string to add partitions for STM32MP1
- Update for stm32programmer tool
Currently, AUTOBOOT_KEYED and its variant AUTOBOOT_ENCRYPTION are
broken when one has an external always-running watchdog device with a
timeout shorter than the configured boot delay (in my case, I have a
gpio-wdt one with a timeout of 1 second), because we fail to call
WATCHDOG_RESET() in the loops where we wait for the bootdelay to
elapse.
This is done implicitly in the !AUTOBOOT_KEYED case,
i.e. abortboot_single_key(), because that loop contains a
udelay(10000), and udelay() does a WATCHDOG_RESET().
To fix this, simply add similar udelay() calls in the other loops.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The udelay() function in lib/time.c contains a WATCHDOG_RESET()
call. So use __udelay() in max6370_wdt.c to prevent recursion.
Fixes: 0a095fc53b ("watchdog: Add MAX6370 watchdog timer driver")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The udelay() function in lib/time.c contains a WATCHDOG_RESET()
call. The only reason this doesn't lead to a catastrophic infinite
recursion is due to the rate-limiting in wdt-uclass.c:
if (time_after_eq(now, priv->next_reset)) {
priv->next_reset = now + priv->reset_period;
wdt_reset(dev);
}
But this would fall apart if ->next_reset was updated after calling the
device's reset method.
This is needlessly fragile, and it's easy enough to avoid that
recursion in the first place by just using __udelay() directly.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Some STM32 MCU's board need their SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN value enlarged
to avoid the "alloc space exhausted" error message during their boot
process.
Use the default SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN value which is set to 0x2000 in
Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Xilinx changes for v2023.01-rc1 (round 2)
xilinx:
- Add support for new Versal NET SOC
zynqmp:
- Use mdio bus for ethernet phy description
- Wire ethernet phy reset via i2c-gpio
versal:
- Config cleanup
By pressing "c" key during SPL execution, we force U-boot execution
instead of a kernel XIP image.
This fixes a hard fault when booting stm32f746-disco in SPL with "c"
key pressed during SPL execution.
U-Boot SPL 2022.10-rc5-00009-g40d02baa91 (Sep 20 2022 - 17:21:21 +0200)
Trying to boot from XIP
Hard fault
pc : 080083fc lr : 08000d1b xPSR : 21000000
r12 : 2004f108 r3 : 080083fd r2 : 00000028
r1 : 2004f0c8 r0 : 2004f0e4
Resetting CPU ...
This is due to SYS_UBOOT_START flag set to 0x080083FD which is not correct.
If unset, SYS_UBOOT_START is set by default to CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE
which match with our requirement.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@openadk.org>
STM32F746 embeds 1 MB of internal flash [0x08000000-0x080fffff],
fix CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR accordingly
It solves hard fault when jumping from SPL to U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@openadk.org>
STM32F746 embeds 1 MB of internal flash [0x08000000-0x080fffff],
fix CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR accordingly
It solves hard fault when jumping from SPL to U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@openadk.org>
Commit 'b4b9a00ed593 ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR to Kconfig")'
replaces CONFIG_SYS_FDT_BASE by CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR.
As CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR enables additional code when enable, it
increases SPL size over the initial 0x8000 limit.
Increase the SPL size to 0x9000 to fix SPL boot.
Set SPL_SIZE_LIMIT to 0x9000 to avoid similar issue in the future.
Fixes 'b4b9a00ed593 ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR to Kconfig")'
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@openadk.org>
Commit 'b4b9a00ed593 ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR to Kconfig")'
replaces CONFIG_SYS_FDT_BASE by CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR.
As CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR enables additional code when enable, it
increases SPL size over the initial 0x8000 limit.
Increase the SPL size to 0x9000 to fix SPL boot.
Set SPL_SIZE_LIMIT to 0x9000 to avoid similar issue in the future.
Fixes 'b4b9a00ed593 ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR to Kconfig")'
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@openadk.org>
Commit 'b4b9a00ed593 ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR to Kconfig")'
replaces CONFIG_SYS_FDT_BASE by CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR.
As CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR enables additional code when enable, it
increases SPL size over the initial 0x8000 limit.
Increase the SPL size to 0x9000 to fix SPL boot.
Set SPL_SIZE_LIMIT to 0x9000 to avoid similar issue in the future.
Fixes 'b4b9a00ed593 ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR to Kconfig")'
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@openadk.org>
Versal NET platform is based on Versal chip which is reusing a lot of IPs.
For more information about new IPs please take a look at DT which describe
currently supported devices.
The patch is adding architecture and board support with soc detection
algorithm. Generic setting should be very similar to Versal but it will
likely diverge in longer run.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/320206853dc370ce290a4e7b6d0bb26b05206021.1663589964.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Currently all GPIOs supported by CMD_EXT_CONTROL/CMD_GET_EXT_CONTROL_STATUS
commands (last 16 GPIOs) are available only when FEAT_PERIPH_MCU feature
bit is set. So do not register these GPIOs by U-Boot driver when this
feature bit is not set, so U-Boot 'gpio' command would see only GPIOs which
really exists.
Fixes: 5e4d24ccc1 ("gpio: Add Turris Omnia MCU driver")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Disable AVAILABLE_HARTS mechanism to make sure that all harts
can boot to Kernel shell successfully.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
In SMP all harts will register themself in available_hart
during start up. Then main hart will send IPI to other harts
according to this variables. But this mechanism may not
guarantee that all other harts can jump to next stage.
When main hart is sending IPI to other hart according to
available_harts, but other harts maybe still not finish the
registration. Then the SMP booting will miss some harts finally.
So let it become an option and it will be enabled by default.
Please refer to the discussion:
https://www.mail-archive.com/u-boot@lists.denx.de/msg449997.html
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
U-Boot and SPL don't necessary share the same location, so we might end
with U-Boot SPL in read-only memory (XIP) and U-Boot in read-write memory.
In case of non XIP boot mode, we rely on such variables as "hart_lottery"
and "available_harts_lock" which we use as atomics.
The problem is that CONFIG_XIP also propagate to main U-Boot, not only SPL,
so we need CONFIG_SPL_XIP to distinguish SPL XIP from other XIP modes.
This adds an option special for SPL to behave it in XIP manner and we don't
use hart_lottery and available_harts_lock, during start proccess.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Shubin <n.shubin@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
When processing USB_REQ_CLEAR_FEATURE, USB_REQ_SET_FEATURE, and
USB_REQ_GET_STATUS packets in dwc2_ep0_setup an out of bounds access
can occur. This is caused by the wIndex field of the usb control packet
being used as an index into an array whose size is DWC2_MAX_ENDPOINTS (4).
Signed-off-by: Alison Huffman <alisn@google.com>
Add a simple uclass test for SCSI. It reads the partition table from a
disk image and checks that it looks correct.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present sandbox is producing a warning about SCSI migration. Drop the
legacy code and replace it with a new implementation.
Also drop the SATA command, which does not work with driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This will be needed to run unit tests, once the SCSI code is used for USB
as well. Enable it for all sandbox builds.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this code out of the helper function so we can (later) add it as part
of the shared emulation code. Set a default value of 0 for buff_used since
that is what we use when there is an error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In preparation for sharing the emulation code between two drivers, move
some of the fields into a new struct. Use a separate header file so it
can be used by various drivers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This has the same name as a field in our local private struct, which is
confusing. Change the name to xfer_len instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The following faulty behavior was observed. The sandbox configured with
CONFIG_SANDBOX_CRASH_RESET=y was invoked with
./u-boot -T -S
After executing `exception undefined' the sandbox reboots.
When executing `exception undefined' the sandbox exits with SIGSEGV.
The expected behavior is that the sandbox should reboot again.
If we are relaunching the sandbox in a signal handler, we have to unblock
the respective signal before calling execv(). See signal(7) man-page.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To quote the author:
On certain places it is required to flush output print buffers to ensure
that text strings were sent to console or serial devices. For example when
printing message that U-Boot is going to boot kernel or when U-Boot is
going to change baudrate of terminal device.
Some console devices, like UART, have putc/puts functions which just put
characters into HW transmit queue and do not wait until all data are
transmitted. Doing some sensitive operations (like changing baudrate or
starting kernel which resets UART HW) cause that U-Boot messages are lost.
Therefore introduce a new flush() function, implement it for all serial
devices via pending(false) callback and use this new flush() function on
sensitive places after which output device may go into reset state.
This change fixes printing of U-Boot messages:
"## Starting application at ..."
"## Switch baudrate to ..."
In addition, take a patch from Heinrich to rename some EFI test
functions in order to not conflict with this series.
In a lot of cases kernel resets UART HW. To ensure that U-Boot messages
printed before booting the kernel are not lost, call new U-Boot console
flush() function.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Changing baudrate is a sensitive operation. To ensure that U-Boot messages
printed before changing baudrate are not lost, call new U-Boot console
flush() function.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Like in all other console functions, implement also serial_flush() function
as a fallback int console flush() function.
Flush support is available only when config option CONSOLE_FLUSH_SUPPORT is
enabled. So when it is disabled then provides just empty static inline
function serial_flush().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
UART drivers have putc/puts functions which just put characters into HW
transmit queue and do not wait until all data are transmitted.
Implement flush callback via serial driver's pending(false) callback which
waits until HW transmit all characters from the queue.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On certain places it is required to flush output print buffers to ensure
that text strings were sent to console or serial devices. For example when
printing message that U-Boot is going to boot kernel or when U-Boot is
going to change baudrate of terminal device.
Therefore introduce a new flush() and fflush() functions into console code.
These functions will call .flush callback of associated stdio_dev device.
As this function may increase U-Boot side, allow to compile U-Boot without
this function. For this purpose there is a new config CONSOLE_FLUSH_SUPPORT
which is enabled by default and can be disabled. It is a good idea to have
this option enabled for all boards which have enough space for it.
When option is disabled when U-Boot defines just empty static inline
function fflush() to avoid ifdefs in other code.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
An upcoming patch set creates a global function flush(). To make debugging
easier we should not use the same name for a static function.
Rename static functions in the LoadImage() unit test adding an efi_st_
prefix.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
To quote the author, for the first 9 patches:
This patch series fixes U-Boot code to correctly handle RAM size larger
than 2 GB and then fixes fsl ddr driver to do not crash U-Boot when 4 GB
DDR module is detected when U-Boot operates in 32-bit mode (as opposite
of the 36-bit mode).
With this patch series it is possible to boot 32-bit U-Boot with 4 GB
SODIMM DDR3 module without crashes. U-Boot will still use just
CONFIG_MAX_MEM_MAPPED amount of RAM, but it is better than crashing due
to the truncating of 4GB value to 32-bit number (which is zero).
I tested this patch series on powerpc P2020 based board but only with
U-Boot v2022.04 because U-Boot master branch is still broken on P2020.
And then the final two patches here are (in my mind at least) related
clean-ups.
32-bit U-Boot builds cannot use more than around 2 GB of DDR memory. But on
some platforms/boards it is possible to connect also 4 GB SODIMM DDR memory.
U-Boot currently prints only effective size of RAM which can use, which may
be misleading as somebody would expect that this line prints total size of
connected DDR modules. So change show_dram_config code to prints both real
and effective DRAM size if they are different. If they are same then print
just one number like before. It is possible that effective size is just few
bytes smaller than the real size, so print both numbers only in case
function print_size() prints formats them differently.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Function print_size() round size to the nearst value with one decimal
fraction number. But in special cases also unit order may overflow.
For example value 1073689396 is printed as "1024 MiB" and value 1073741824
as "1 GiB".
Fix this issue by detecting order overflow and increasing unit order.
With this change also value 1073689396 is printed as "1 GiB".
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
During init_dram() is called also setup_ddr_tlbs_phys() function which may
print message about unmapped DDR memory. So in this case print also
re-aligning filler after unmapped DDR memory message.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Currently U-Boot SPL prints just generic message "2 GiB left unmapped".
Change it to more detailed "2 GiB of DDR memory left unmapped in U-Boot".
This is just U-Boot configuration and operating system may map more (or
also less) memory.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
During init_dram() is called also compute_lowest_common_dimm_parameters()
function which prints multi-line detailed output. So print also re-aligning
filler after "Detected ?DIMM" line to have "DRAM: " output aligned.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
U-Boot core code already handles the case when RAM size is bigger than
CONFIG_MAX_MEM_MAPPED. So there is no need to do duplicate check in fsl ddr
driver for CONFIG_MAX_MEM_MAPPED. Instead simplify code to just check if
RAM size can be representable in phys_size_t type. And avoid printing
warning if phys_size_t is just 1 byte smaller than RAM size, which is the
typical situation with 4 GB DDR module.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Function fsl_ddr_compute() always return size in unsigned long long type,
but function fsl_ddr_sdram_size() returns size in phys_size_t type.
When 36-bit addressing mode is not enabled then phys_size_t type is only
32-bit and thus it cannot store value 4GB (0x100000000). Function
fsl_ddr_sdram_size() in this case returns truncated value 0x0.
Fix this issue by returning the highest representable value, which is
0xffffffff (4GB - 1 byte).
This change fixes crashing of proper U-Boot because it detected 4 GB module
as RAM with zero size.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Check needs to be done against CONFIG_MAX_MEM_MAPPED macro and not fixed
size 4GB (as CONFIG_MAX_MEM_MAPPED can be lower and for example for e500
cores it is just 2GB). Also fix printf re-align, which should be applied
only for non-SPL builds, during init_dram() call.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Members gd->ram_size and gd->ram_top are of type phys_addr_t which does not
have to fit into ulong type. So cast them into unsigned long long.
Fixes: 37dc958947 ("global_data.h: Change ram_top type to phys_addr_t")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 37dc958947 ("global_data.h: Change ram_top type to phys_addr_t")
changed type of ram_top member from ulong to phys_addr_t but did not
changed types in board_get_usable_ram_top() function which returns value
for ram_top.
So change ulong to phys_addr_t type also in board_get_usable_ram_top()
signature and implementations.
Fixes: 37dc958947 ("global_data.h: Change ram_top type to phys_addr_t")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Ensure that top of RAM can be represented by phys_size_t type. If RAM is
too large or RAM base address is too upper then limit RAM size to prevent
address space overflow.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
CONFIG_MAX_MEM_MAPPED when defined specifies upper memory mapped limit.
So check for it always, and not only when CONFIG_VERY_BIG_RAM is defined.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
To quote the author:
This patch series add support for MediaTek MT7981/MT7986 SoCs with their
reference boards and related drivers.
This patch series add basic boot support on eMMC/SD/SPI-NOR/SPI-NAND for
these boards. The clock, pinctrl drivers and the SoC initializaton code
are also included.
Product spec for MT7986:
https://www.mediatek.com/products/home-networking/mediatek-filogic-830
This patch adds more nand headers in two new types:
1. HSM header, used for spi-nand thru SNFI interface
2. SPIM header, used for spi-nand thru spi-mem interface
The original nand header is renamed to AP header.
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The predefined NAND headers take too much spaces in the mtk_image.c.
Moving them into a new file can significantly improve the readability of
both mtk_image.c and the new mtk_nand_headers.c.
This is a preparation for adding more NAND headers.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The verification code of gfh header for NAND and non-NAND are identical.
It's better to define a individual function to reduce redundancy.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This adds the CLK_XTAL macro/flag to allow modeling clocks which are
directly connected to the xtal clock.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The mtk clock framework in u-boot uses array index for searching clock
parent (kernel uses strings for search), so we need to specify a special
clock with ID=0 for CLK_XTAL in u-boot.
In the mt7622/mt7629 clock tree, the clocks with ID=0 never call
mtk_topckgen_get_mux_rate, adn return xtal clock directly. This what we
expected.
However for newer chips, they may have some clocks with ID=0 not
representing the xtal clock and still needs mtk_topckgen_get_mux_rate be
called. Current logic will make entire clock driver not working.
This patch adds a flag to indicate that whether a clock driver needs clocks
with ID=0 to call mtk_topckgen_get_mux_rate.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds a pinctrl header for common pinconf parameters such as
pull-up/pull-down resistors and drive strengths.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds support for spi-mem controller found on newer MediaTek SoCs
This controller supports Single/Dual/Quad SPI mode.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: SkyLake.Huang <skylake.huang@mediatek.com>
This patch add general-purpose timer support for MediaTek MT7981/MT7986.
These two SoCs uses a newer version of timer with its register definition
slightly changed.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds PWM support for MediaTek MT7981 SoC.
MT7981 uses a different register offset so we have to add a version field
to indicate the IP core version.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The input clock for uart is too slow (25MHz) which introduces frequent data
error on both receiving and transmitting even if the baudrate is 115200.
Using high-speed can significantly solve this issue.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The baud clock on some platform may change due to assigned-clock-parent
set in DT. In current flow the baud clock is only retrieved during probe
stage. If the parent of the source clock changes after probe stage, the
setbrg will set wrong baudrate.
To get the right clock rate, this patch records the baud clk struct to the
driver's priv, and changes the driver's flow to get the clock rate before
calling _mtk_serial_setbrg().
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds support for PDMA v2 hardware. The PDMA v2 has extended the
DMA descriptor to 8-words, and some of its fields have changed comparing
to the v1 hardware.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch is a preparation for adding a new version of PDMA of which the
DMA descriptor fields has changed. Using bitfields will result in a complex
modification. Convert bitfields to u32 units can solve this problem easily.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Using a single soc id to control different initialization and TX/RX flow
for all SoCs is not extensible if more hardware variations are added in
the future.
This patch introduces a struct to replace the original mtk_soc to allow
the driver be able handle newer hardwares.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This patch adds general board files based on MT7981 SoCs.
MT7981 uses one mmc controller for booting from both SD and eMMC, and the
pins of mmc controller are also shared with spi controller.
So three configs are need for these boot types:
1. mt7981_rfb_defconfig - SPI-NOR and SPI-NAND
2. mt7981_emmc_rfb_defconfig - eMMC only
3. mt7981_sd_rfb_defconfig - SD only
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Add general board files based on MT7986 SoCs.
MT7986 uses one mmc controller for booting from both SD and eMMC.
Both MT7986A and MT7986B use the same pins for spi controller.
Configs for various boot types:
1. mt7986_rfb_defconfig - SPI-NOR and SPI-NAND for MT7986A/B
2. mt7986a_bpir3_emmc_defconfig - eMMC for MT7986A only
3. mt7986a_bpir3_sd_defconfig - SD for MT7986A only
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds basic support for MediaTek MT7981 SoC.
This include the file that will initialize the SoC after boot and its
device tree.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds basic support for MediaTek MT7986 SoC.
This include the file that will initialize the SoC after boot and its
device tree.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Remove the unnecessary nodes for TFABOOT and keep the mandatory part
in SOC dtsi, only the DDRCTRL and DDRPHY addresses.
This patch allows to manage the DDR configuration setting in U-Boot
device tree only if it is needed, when CONFIG_SPL is defined.
With TFABOOT, the DDR configuration is done in TF-A BL2 and the DDR size
is dynamically computed in U-Boot since commit d72e7bbe7c ("ram:
stm32mp1: compute DDR size from DDRCTL registers").
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Remove the unnecessary comment after the CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
migration to Kconfig.
Fixes: c45568cc4e ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Change the mask of OTP0 used to close the device on STM32MP
- STM32MP15x: bit 6 of OPT0
- STM32MP13x: 0b111111 = 0x3F for OTP_SECURED closed device
And support the 2 keys for STM32MP13x
- PKHTH : Hash of the 8 ECC Public Keys Hashes Table
(ECDSA is the authentication algorithm)
- EDMK : Encryption/Decryption Master Key
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Update the command stm32key to support several keys selected by
key name and managed by the new sub-command:
stm32key list
stm32key select [<key>]
stm32key read -a
This patch doesn't change the STM32MP15 behavior, only PKH is
supported, but it is a preliminary patch for STM32MP13 support.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Split the read_hash_otp function and introduce the helper function
read_close_status to read the close status in OTP separately of the PKH.
This patch is a preliminary step for STM32MP13 support.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add defines for value used in stm32key for BSEC permanent lock status
and error.
This patch is a preliminary step to support more lock status in BSEC
driver.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Current compatible string used to update SPI NAND and SPI NOR devices
can lead to a wrong partitions update (for example, SPI NAND partitions
added to SPI NOR node in the device tree). To avoid this wrong behavior,
use jedec,spi-nor compatible string for SPI NOR devices and spi-nand
compatible string for SPI NAND devices.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Improve the partitioning trace done in command stm32prog:
- remove the trace "partition: Done" when the GPT partitioning is not done
- indicate the mmc instance used for each 'gpt write' command
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
As the SMC is only supported in SP-MIN for STM32MP15x, the associated
partition should be absent when the TA NVMEM is not available in OPT-TEE
in STM32MP13x.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Change the defaut flashlayout location, hardcoded at STM32_DDR_BASE,
to CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR to avoid issue on board with reserved memory
at STM32_DDR_BASE.
This patch changes the command behavior for STM32MP13 and STM32MP15
platform, as CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR(0xc2000000) != STM32_DDR_BASE
but without impact for serial boot with STM32CubeProgrammer.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
When the STM32CubeProgrammer sent a empty flashlayout.tsv
file, the command stm32prog correctly parse the file
but data->dev_nb = 0 and the stm32prog_devices_init
operations should be skipped.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
When CONFIG_IMX_HAB is selected the 'hab_status' command reports several
error events, indicating that the BootROM failed to authenticate the SPL.
After inspecting the content of the memory location that corresponds to
the DTB load address, the content did not match with the DTB binary,
showing that some kind of memory corruption/overlap occurred.
Letting the CONFIG_SPL_FIT_IMAGE_TINY option to be selected causes the
DTB to be properly placed into RAM and no more overlap occurs.
With this change, the 'hab_status' command returns no more error events,
which indicates that the BootROM succeeded to authenticate the SPL.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
When running the script to sign SPL/U-Boot on a kontron-sl-mx8mm board,
the fit_block_size was calculated as 0x1000 instead of 0x1020.
Add an extra parenthesis pair to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
A binary download is not great, since it depends on libraries being
present in the system. Build futility from source instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fdt command currently handles stringlists as strings in 'fdt get value'
subcommand. Since strings in FDT stringlists are separated by '\0', only
the first value gets inserted into the environment variable passed to the
'fdt get value' command.
Example, consider the following DT snippet:
/ { compatible = "foo", "bar" };
The following command only reports the first string in stringlist:
=> fdt get value var / compatible ; print var
foo
It is not possible to assign list of null-terminated strings into U-Boot
environment variable. Add optional 'index' parameter to the subcommand
'fdt get value <var> <path> <prop> [<index>]' which lets user specify which
string within the stringlist should be assigned into the 'var' variable.
The default value of 'index' is 0 in case it is not present. This way the
'fdt' command API does not change and existing scripts are not broken.
The following command now reports the Nth string in stringlist, counting
from zero:
=> fdt get value var / compatible 1 ; print var
bar
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The upstream Linux DSA drivers do not require phy-handle nodes in
the DSA ports yet the U-Boot DSA drivers do. Add a phy-handle and
the mdio nodes to the u-boot.dtsi file so that future dts file
syncrhonization between Linux and U-Boot don't break networking.
Fixes: 24a7a3c1c0 ("imx8mm: synchronise device tree with linux")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The upstream Linux DSA drivers do not require phy-handle nodes in
the DSA ports yet the U-Boot DSA drivers do. Add a phy-handle and
the mdio nodes to the u-boot.dtsi file so that future dts file
syncrhonization between Linux and U-Boot don't break networking.
Fixes: e0caa84ca6 ("imx8mp: synchronise device tree with linux")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
First set of u-boot-at91 features for the 2023.01 cycle:
This feature set includes the important update on PIO4 pinctrl driver
that solves a long time mismatch between Linux and U-boot, related on
the unification of pinctrl and gpio driver support, now respecting the
pinctrl bindings ABI; and also support for pinctrl subnodes. The feature
set also adds support for PDA screen detection for sam9x60_curiosity
board , one fix for SD-Card reinsertion and one fix for sam9x60 clocks.
With the recent changes in the Orion timer driver Kconfig setup, the
board specific enabling is not needed any more. This patch sync's these
2 boards with their current defconfig version.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Adding the "u-boot,dm-pre-reloc" DT property to the timer node is
necesssary to support the timer in the early boot phases (e.g.
SPL & pre-reloc).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Add the DT bindings / descriptions for timer0 & timer1, exactly as done
in mainline Linux.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
This patch changes the compilation, so that the Armada 375 board(s) are
compiled in a separate step. This is necessary for the timer dts
conversion, as A375 has a different / timer description in the dts.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Now that the new timer support is available for these platforms, let's
select this IF for all these platforms. This way it's not necessary
that each board changes it's config header.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Add timer_get_boot_us() to support boards, that have CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
enabled, like pogo_v4.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for other Marvell Armada SoC's, supporting the
25MHz fixed clock operation, like the Armada XP etc.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
With the recent changes in the Marvel mvneta network driver, the MDIO
bus is not connected any more. This patch updates the DT nodes to use
the nodes from the dtsi files instead of creating ad-hoc nodes.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Remove EFI support as it's not used on this board
- Disable CONFIG_FIT_PRINT to reduce the serial output (minimal speedup)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
32-bit Marvell Armada BootROMs limit maximal size of SPL image to 192 kB.
So define 192 kB (= 0x30000) limit as default value for SPL_SIZE_LIMIT.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Maximal size of u-boot kwb image binary is $CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET which is
0xF0000 = 983040 bytes. So add missing CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT definition
to ensure that u-boot binary does not overflow to the u-boot env storage.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT check is ignored for u-boot-spl.kwb
target. Fix it by adding missing $(BOARD_SIZE_CHECK) macro.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This driver is not used by any system and is long unmaintained, drop it.
There is a DWC2 OTG driver which is maintained, see CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DWC2_OTG .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
commit 970bf8603b ("Convert CONFIG_USE_BOOTCOMMAND et al to Kconfig")
had an unintended side effect of resulting in a bootcmd env var change
for boards like venice that did not have CONFIG_USE_BOOTCOMMAND defined
and relied on it being defaulted in include/config_distro_bootcmd.h.
Following that patch it instead got defaulted in tools/env/fw_env_private.h
Fix this by enabling CONFIG_USE_BOOTCOMMAND for venice.
Fixes: commit 970bf8603b ("Convert CONFIG_USE_BOOTCOMMAND et al to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
I messed up application of patch 5a428e7510 ("mmc: fsl_esdhc_spl: Add
support for builds without CONFIG_SYS_MMC_U_BOOT_OFFS"). I took it from
a work-in-progress branch where I changed usage of
CONFIG_SDCARD to CONFIG_SD_BOOT
and refactored
SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
mess.
But these changes aren't in master yet. Fix the wrong usage of these
macros.
Fixes: 5a428e7510 ("mmc: fsl_esdhc_spl: Add support for builds without
CONFIG_SYS_MMC_U_BOOT_OFFS")
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Previously, in order for the `pinctrl-*` DT node properties
to be properly processed, the pinctrl's subnodes were limited
to only having the `pinmux` property as well as other additional
properties (slew-rate, bias-disable, etc.). Now, with this patch
the pinctrl driver is made to work similarly to the one from Linux.
It can now distinguish between one subnode and a subnode with multiple
subnodes.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
This has been done in order to align the DT of U-Boot with the DT
of Linux. In Linux, a phandle from a '-gpio' DT property is linked
to the pinctrl driver, a single driver that handles both pinctrl
settings and offers GPIO API to callers. On the other hand,
U-Boot redirects such phandle to a corresponding UCLASS_GPIO
driver, because U-Boot offers two different types of drivers
in this case: UCLASS_PINCTRL which handles pin functions and
UCLASS_GPIO which handles gpio requests as a gpio provider.
Due to this, we have two drivers in Uboot, but the Devicetree
has a single node. Thus, just one of the drivers can be probed
for the DT node during platform initialization, before relocation.
Our previous solution in U-Boot was to have a different devicetree:
the gpio node has a subnode for the pinctrl driver, which
is not compliant with Linux ABI. Furthermore, our documentation
for this type of nodes mentions no such gpio compatible.
After this patch, we can no longer add nodes with a gpio
compatible in the DT. Thus, in order to link the pinctrl driver to
the gpio one, a hook to the bind method of the former in U-Boot has
been added and the GPIO related compatibles have been removed to
avoid conflict when compatibles are enumerated and bound to drivers
during platform start before relocation. The bind method will attach
the GPIO driver to the pinctrl DT node so that every phandle coming
from '-gpio' DT properties will be redirected to a valid driver
attached to the pinctrl DT node.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
This patch makes sure that the Devicetree for the sama7
boards are aligned with the Devicetree from Linux. This
implies removing the GPIO compatible and replacing it
with the PINCTRL one, as well as unifying the SDMMC
pinctrl related subnodes under one single subnode.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
This patch makes sure that the Devicetree for the sama5
boards are aligned with the Devicetree from Linux. This
implies removing the GPIO compatible and replacing it
with the PINCTRL one, as well as unifying the SDMMC
pinctrl related subnodes under one single subnode.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Call the PDA detection mechanism at boot time so that we can
have the pda environment variable ready for use.
Signed-off-by: Durai Manickam KR <durai.manickamkr@microchip.com>
SAM9X60 SoC can have extra clip boards (PDAs) connected, which have
an EEPROM memory for identification. A special GPIO can be used to read
this memory over 1wire protocol. Enabling one wire and eeprom drivers
for this memory.
Signed-off-by: Durai Manickam KR <durai.manickamkr@microchip.com>
Whenever the SD Card would be removed and then re-inserted while in the
U-Boot command line, the `SDBPWR` bit of the `SDMMC_PCR` register would
remain unset afterwards. In order for the bit to be set again after
re-insertion, register an additional `deferred_probe` method that the
DM would then transparently call. This method will call the generic
`sdhci_probe` which will, during its execution flow, set this bit to 1.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Reported-by: Mihai Sain <mihai.sain@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Adjust the DRAM timing settings for this board per ones provided
by hardware department. The change is applied to the LPDDR4 MR11
register CA ODT configuration, from RZQ/6 to RZQ/3, which fixes
stability issues on subset of boards. The DDR PHY PIE block has
been updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
- integrate bootcount using SNVS_LP general purpose register LPGPR0
- enable link-time optimisation
- explicitly set a boot delay of one second
- enable CRC32 and MD5
- enable command for low-level access to data in a partition
- enable time commands
- enable PMIC commands
- improve ETHPRIME configuration
- enable eMMC HS400 functionality
- enable fixed PHY and MDIO driver model
- remove stale PFUZE100 PMIC driver
- enable thermal management unit driver
- enable more USB host functionality
- enable hexdump
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
"alloc space exhausted" happens in very early stage, which could be seen
with DEBUG_UART options enabled and leeds to an non-functional board.
kontron_pitx_imx8m:
CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_BASE=0x30880000 # for serial3
CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_CLOCK=24000000
imx8mqevk:
CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_BASE=0x30860000 # for uart1
CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_CLOCK=24000000
It is because CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN is too small and still leave
CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN as 0x2000.
Reported-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
only waiting for TXEMPTY leads to corrupted messages going over the
wire - which is fixed by making use of the FIFO
this change is following the linux kernel uart driver
(drivers/tty/serial/imx.c), which also checks UTS_TXFULL
instead of UTS_TXEMPTY
Signed-off-by: Johannes Schneider <johannes.schneider@leica-geosystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
on imx8(mm) the RXDMUXSEL needs to be set for data going over the wire
(as observable on a connected 'scope) to actually make it into the
RXFIFO
the reference manual is not overly clear about this, and only
mentiones that "UCR3_RXDMUXSEL should always be set." - and since the
CR3 register reverts to its reset values after setting the baudrate,
setting this bit is done during '_mxc_serial_setbgr'
Signed-off-by: Johannes Schneider <johannes.schneider@leica-geosystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Currently, when running ./scripts/get_maintainer.pl on serial_mxc.c
no i.MX maintainer is returned.
Fix it by adding an entry for this driver.
Reported-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
- Annotate boot devices available in spl_board_boot_device().
- Drop SD3_BOOT/MMC3_BOOT not available for boot on Verdin iMX8M Mini.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Prepare for optional job ring driver model. Sec may be initialized based
on the job ring information processed from the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Update the distro config env memory layout for the Verdin iMX8M Mini and
Verdin iMX8M Plus:
- loadaddr=0x48280000 allows for 128.5MB area for uncompressing (ie FIT
images, kernel_comp_addr_r, kernel_comp_size)
- fdt_addr_r = loadaddr + 127.5MB : allows for 127.5MB kernel
- scriptaddr = fdt_addr_r + 512KB : allows for 512KB fdt
- ramdisk_addr_r = scriptaddr + 512KB : allows for 512KB script
Memory layout taken from commit fd5c7173ad
("imx8m{m,n}_venice: update env memory layout") but moved loadaddr by an
additional 0.5MB to avoid "Moving Image from 0x48200000 to 0x48280000"
during booti plus actually defining kernel_comp_size to make booti work.
Note that for our regular BSP Layers and Reference Images for Yocto
Project an updated distro boot script is required (see
meta-toradex-bsp-common/recipes-bsp/u-boot/u-boot-distro-boot).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Commit 99c7cc58e1 ("ddr: imx: Add i.MX9 DDR controller driver")
contains an inobvious side-effect which renders all systems using
DRAM controller at 3732 MT/s unbootable. The change is located in
ddrphy_init_set_dfi_clk(), where the switch case statement entry
3732 changed to entry 3733, so any board with DDR calibration data
for 3732 MT/s operations needs to be updated to 3733 MT/s to match
the change.
Since there is currently only one such board, update the board instead
of handling both 3732 and 3733 options in the driver. It is likely the
NXP MX8MP RPA update will follow and use the later value too.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The ddrphy_utils.c is now deduplicated in drivers/ddr/imx/phy/ddrphy_utils.c ,
this drivers/ddr/imx/imx8m/ddrphy_utils.c is a remnant from when the
deduplication was implemented and was not removed. Remove it as it is
unused.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Erase the entire U-Boot area during U-Boot update instead of just
a subset of it. This way, in case u-boot-with-spl.imx grows, the
sf write won't write over non-erased part of the SPI NOR.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Rename imx8mp-dhcom-pdk2-u-boot.dtsi to imx8mp-dhcom-u-boot.dtsi, since
this file is shared by PDK2, PicoITX and DRC02. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Enable both USB CDC ethernet and USB host ethernet on i.MX8M Plus DHCOM.
This is useful for bringing up systems without ethernet plug, but with
either USB host or gadget plug.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
The GW73xx-C revision and onward replaced the 5-port PCIe switch with a
4-port (dropping PCIe to one of the miniPCIe sockets) due to part
availability. This moved the PCI bus of the GbE eth1 device. Use a fixup
to adjust the dt accordingly so that local-mac-address assigned from dt
works on new revision boards.
While we are at it, rename 'blob' to 'fdt' for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
When the imx8mm.dtsi file was pulled in from Linux, the UARTs
were moved into an spba sub-node which wasn't being included
in the SPL device tree. This meant the references to the UART
weren't being handled properly and when booting the system would
constantly reboot. Fix this by adding the spba node to the spl
device tree to restore normal booting.
Fixes: 4e5114daf9 ("imx8mn: synchronise device tree with linux")
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
wrong end address passed to flush_dcache_range.
modified the flush_dache logic for scatter list elements.
Fixes: 1919f58a8f (crypto/fsl: fsl_hash: Fix dcache issue in caam_hash_finish)
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Add HABv4 documentation extension for SPL targets covering the
following topics:
- How to sign an securely boot an flash.bin container image.
- How to extend the root of trust for additional boot images.
- Add SPL and fitImage CSF examples.
- Add signature generation script example.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Utkarsh Gupta <utkarsh.gupta@nxp.com>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
The i.MXRT11 series has different offsets for IOCR_MUX, it also can
address 64MiB of SDRAM so add a macro for that.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
The i.MXRT11 series has two new pll types but are variants of existing.
This patch adds the ability to read one of the pll types' frequency
as it can't be changed unlike the generic pll it also has the
division factors swapped.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
The NXP i.MXRT1170 Evaluation Kit (EVK) provides a platform for rapid
evaluation of the i.MXRT, which features NXP's implementation of the Arm
Cortex-M7 and Cortex-M4 core.
The EVK provides 64 MB SDRAM, Micro SD card socket,
USB 2.0 OTG.
This patch aims to support the preliminary booting up features
as follows:
GPIO
LPUART
SD/MMC
SDRAM
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
This commit adds board support for i.MXRT1170-EVK from NXP. This board
is an evaluation kit provided by NXP for i.MXRT117x processor family.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
While testing on some Kirkwood platforms it was noticed that the timer
did not function correctly all the time. The driver did not correctly
handle 32bit timer value wrap arounds. Using the timer_conv_64()
conversion function fixes this issue.
Fixes: e9e73d78a8 ("timer: add orion-timer support")
Suggested-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier-oss@weidmueller.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
It seems that waiting only 10 ms after releasing LAN switch from reset
is not enough for the strapping pins to latch the requested values.
P6_MODE[0] is latched to 0 instead of 1.
Increasing the delay to 50 ms fixes this issue.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Remove some now unused macros and #ifdef's.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
Now that we've globally replaced all WATCHDOG_RESET occurances, let's
remove the ugly macro itself in the header.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
Only one occurance of WATCHDOG_RESET is left in one assembler file.
This patch changes this occurance to a direct call to watchdog_reset
and then removes all the ASSEMBLY ifdef'ery in watchdog.h, as it's not
needed any more to clean this mess a bit up.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
Globally replace all occurances of WATCHDOG_RESET() with schedule(),
which handles the HW_WATCHDOG functionality and the cyclic
infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
This patch introduces a schedule() function, which shall be used instead
of the old WATCHDOG_RESET. Follow-up patches will make sure, that this
new function is used.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
This patch integrates the watchdog triggering into the recently added
cyclic infrastructure. Each watchdog device that shall be triggered
registers it's own cyclic function. This way, multiple watchdog devices
are still supported, each via a cyclic function with separate trigger
intervals.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
The block interface has two separate implementations, one using driver
model and one not. The latter is really only needed for SPL, where
size constraints allegedly don't allow use of driver model. Of course
we still need space for filesystems and other code, so it isn't clear
that driver model is anything more than the straw that breaks the
camel's back.
The driver model version uses a uclass ID for the interface time, but
converts back and forth between that and if_type, which is the legacy
type.
The HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE define is mostly a hangover from the old days.
At present its main purpose is to enable the legacy block implementation
in SPL.
Finally the use of 'select' to enable BLK does not work very well. It
causes kconfig errors when another option depends on BLK and it is
not recommended by the kconfig style guide.
This series aims to clean things up:
- Enable BLK based on whether different media types are used, but still
allow boards to disable it
- Rename HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE to indicates its real purpose
- Drop if_type and use the uclass instead
- Drop some obsolete if_type values
An issue not resolved by this series is that the sandbox host interface
does not actually have a device. At present it uses the root device, which
was convenience for the driver model conversion but not really correct. It
should be possible to clean this up, in a future series.
Another minor issue is the use of UCLASS_USB for a mass-storage device.
This has been the case for a while and is not addresed by this series,
other than to add a comment.
Note that this test relies on Tom Rini's series to drop various boards
including warp and cm_t335
Finally, a patch is included to make binman put fake files in a
subdirectory, since repeated runs of certain boards can cause unrelated
failues (e.g. chromebook_coral) when fake files are left around.
When fixed offset via CONFIG_SYS_MMC_U_BOOT_OFFS is not specified then
expects that U-Boot proper is placed immediately after SPL without any
additional padding.
This allows to generate smaller SPL+U-Boot final binary as it is not
required to specify fixed offset to U-Boot proper at SPL compile time.
In this case offset to U-Boot proper is calculated at SPL compile time in
linker script.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Change 8-byte alignment of SPL binary to just 4-byte alignment as objcopy
trims trailing zero bytes when converting ELF file to RAW binary.
This is same fix for SPL linker script as was done fix for U-Boot linker
script in commit e8c0e0064c ("powerpc: mpc85xx: Fix CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
support").
It is required for the patch "mmc: fsl_esdhc_spl: Add support for builds
without CONFIG_SYS_MMC_U_BOOT_OFFS" which triggered this issue in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
This allows to concatenate SPL and proper U-Boot without extra alignment.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Commit d433c74eec ("Convert CONFIG_SDCARD et al to Kconfig") converted
SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS=SDCARD or SPIFLASH to config options CONFIG_SDCARD and
CONFIG_SPIFLASH, but left one occurance unchanged.
Fix this.
Fixes: d433c74eec ("Convert CONFIG_SDCARD et al to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Use 'CONFIG_MPC85XX_HAVE_RESET_VECTOR && CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE' pattern
instead of 'CONFIG_MPC85XX_HAVE_RESET_VECTOR && !CONFIG_OF_EMBED' also in
OBJCOPYFLAGS_u-boot-nodtb.bin as this pattern is used in rest of Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Building of final u-boot.bin binary for mpc85xx via binman is needed only
when inserting DTB binary in the middle of the u-boot ELF binary (before
.bootpg and .resetvec ELF sections).
These requirements are met when CONFIG_MPC85XX_HAVE_RESET_VECTOR is enabled
(= generating .bootpg/.resetvec sections) and CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE is enabled
(= inserting DTB binary).
So in all other cases use standard build procedure instead of custom
mpc85xx u-boot.bin Makefile target via binman.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Currently Makefile produces final mpc85xx image when SPL is not used in
custom file u-boot-with-dtb.bin. It is quite confusing name as build
process produce also intermediate file standard file u-boot-dtb.bin (which
is just intermediate and not bootable). Other platforms use u-boot.bin
(UBOOT_BIN) as standard name for final bootable raw image.
So change Makefile rules and binman to produce final bootable file for
mpc85xx also into file u-boot.bin. There is just need for mpc85xx to not
define default rule for u-boot.bin then instruct binman (via DTS file) to
store final image into u-boot.bin (instead of u-boot-with-dtb.bin) and
finally rename target u-boot-with-dtb.bin to u-boot.bin.
With this change are also removed custom Makefile hacks for mpc85xx that it
produced non-standard output file. And also updated documentation.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Makefile uses binman to produce u-boot-with-dtb.bin target. As its input it
takes DTB file and u-boot binary without DTB, which is stored in file
u-boot-nodtb.bin. So fix target dependency.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
This is currently missing. Add it.
Fix the code style for the function while we are here.
Suggested-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We currently have an if_type (interface type) and a uclass id. These are
closely related and we don't need to have both.
Drop the if_type values and use the uclass ones instead.
Maintain the existing, subtle, one-way conversion between UCLASS_USB and
UCLASS_MASS_STORAGE for now, and add a comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
efi_set_blk_dev_to_system_partition() assumes that 0 is an invalid
if_type. This is true now but is about to be false. Fix this bug to avoid
a test failure.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These are currently using a simple array lookup in one direction, and
relying on if_type being sequential.
With the move to uclass IDs this needs to change. Update the code to
prepare for the new way. This patch is intended to introduce no
functional change.
The returning of "(none)" from blk_get_if_type_name() is handling a case
that should not happen in either case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we use a variable with the same name as the enum. Change this
since we plan to #define the enum to uclass_id.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This doesn't seem to be used for anything and it isn't clear what it is.
It dates from the first U-Boot commit.
Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We don't want boards to be able to change these. They can be handled
as dependencies of options that need them, such as SPL_MMC. There is no
point in enabling the block interface without any storage devices to
create a block device.
Hide both options from the 'menuconfig' display and deny their use in
defconfig files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is defined automatically when needed, so drop it from the few
defconfig files that define it manually.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Selecting this option can be handled in the Kconfig option itself, as it
is with BLK. Update this an drop the various 'select' clauses.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This option is fact really related to SPL. For U-Boot proper we always use
driver model for block devices, so CONFIG_BLK is enabled if block devices
are in use.
It is only for SPL that we have two cases:
- SPL_BLK is enabled, in which case we use driver model and blk-uclass.c
- SPL_BLK is not enabled, in which case (if we need block devices) we must
use blk_legacy.c
Rename the symbol to SPL_LEGACY_BLOCK to make this clear. This is
different enough from BLK and SPL_BLK that there should be no confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This condition is not needed for these commands, since BLK is enabled for
all boards which use block devices and commands are not available in SPL,
so even if SPL_BLK is not enabled, it doesn't affect commands.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we use HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE to indicate when block devices are
available.
This is a very strange option, since it partially duplicates the BLK
option used by driver model. It also covers both U-Boot proper and SPL,
even though one might have block devices and another not.
As a first step towards correcting this, create a new inline function
called blk_enabled() which indicates if block devices are available.
This cannot be used in Makefiles, or #if clauses, but can be used in C
code.
A function is useful because we cannot use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(BLK) to
decide if block devices are needed, since we must consider the legacy
block interface, enabled by HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE
Update a few places where it can be used and drop some unnecessary #if
checks around some functions in disk/part.c - rely on the compiler's
dead-code elimination instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present these files have an #ifdef covering the whole file. Move the
condition to the Makefile instead.
Add BLK to the condition since future patches will adjust things so that
HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE is only for SPL, but the partition drivers are needed
in U-Boot proper too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The _SUPPORT suffix should be dropped. This happened because the rename
was applied around the same time as this new option, so did not include
renaming the new option.
The relevant commits are:
f7560376ae sata: Rename SATA_SUPPORT to SATA
73059529b2 ata: ahci-pci: Add new option CONFIG_SPL_AHCI_PCI
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable this option on all boards which support block devices. Drop the
related depencies on BLK since these are not needed anymore.
Disable BLOCK_CACHE on M5253DEMO as this causes a build error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Compile U-Boot with UBI/UBIFS support according to doc/board/nokia/rx51.rst
instructions and add test case for loading kernel image from UBI volume.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Disable UBI fastmap support which is not supported by original Maemo 5
kernel and explicitly set UBI BEB limit to 10%, which is the value used by
original Maemo 5 kernel. U-Boot default value is 20%.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
When reading of image fails then do not call bootm. This prevents false
positive test result in case something bootable is present in memory.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Original Nokia UBIFS system image has 1870 LEBs, so set UBIFS volume size
in test script to the same value. Number of 1870 LEBs corresponds to 230MiB
(LEB size * num of LEBs = 126KiB * 1870 = 230MiB).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
At address 0x80000100 are stored initial atags passed to U-Boot by NOLO.
So do not overwrite them when using $loadaddr variable which value is set
from CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR option.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
If kernel image in uImage or zImage format is not detected by
lowlevel_init.S code then do not clear memory location where image was
expected. If image is not detected then this memory region is unknown.
So do not unconditionally clear it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Add j721s2 High Security EVM defconfig.
These configs are same as for the non-secure part, except for:
CONFIG_TI_SECURE_DEVICE option set to 'y'
CONFIG_FIT_IMAGE_POST_PROCESS option set to 'y'
CONFIG_SPL_FIT_IMAGE_POST_PROCESS option set to 'y'
CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND uses FIT images for booting
Signed-off-by: Jayesh Choudhary <j-choudhary@ti.com>
Add J7200 High Security EVM defconfig.
These defconfigs are the same as for the non-secure part, except for:
CONFIG_TI_SECURE_DEVICE option set to 'y'
CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND uses FIT images for booting
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
[j-choudhary@ti.com: add few configs from GP variant which were missing]
Signed-off-by: Jayesh Choudhary <j-choudhary@ti.com>
* Drop legacy /boot/PPTImage.md5 check
* Update device tree naming
* Update t30args#0 root cmd line property to support latest kernel
versions (root=/dev/mmcblk0p2 for linux < 4 and
root=/dev/mmcblk1p2 for linux >= 4)
* Add custom bootloader version string
* Destroy invalid dtb at ${dtbaddr} and configuration script at
${cfgaddr} to ensure proper boot in warm restart case.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Commit 0ea4fc4dcf ("board/BuR: invalidate ${dtbaddr} before cfgscr")
destroys the boot targets b_t30lgcy#0 and b_t30lgcy#1. The reason behind
this is, that b_t30lgcy#0 and b_t30lgcy#1 both load the for booting
needed device trees from mmc and the cfgscr script patches those. Because
of this, cfgscr is not allowed to destroy the previously loaded device
tree otherwise cfgscr will fail.
This patch moves the device trees invalidation on warm restart to the
PREBOOT cmd to fix that issue.
Fixes: 0ea4fc4dcf ("board/BuR: invalidate ${dtbaddr} before cfgscr")
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Commit 6337d53fdf ("arm: dts: sync am33xx with Linux 5.9-rc7") syncs
the am335x device tree with the latest linux kernel am335x device tree.
That causes problems with device tree in SPL stage.
To fix the issues CONFIG_SPL_OF_TRANSLATE must be set to handle the
synced bus addresses correctly.
A custom U-Boot device tree is also needed since the SPL build removes
bus properties from bus nodes which are not explicitly marked with the
u-boot,dm-spl or u-boot,dm-pre-reloc flag. Therefore all parent buses of
the in the SPL needed devices must be marked with u-boot,dm-pre-reloc.
Also since there is no driver for "ti,sysc" compatible property in SPL
the buses marked with this compatible string must also be marked with
compatible = "simple-bus" to make the underlying devices visible in
SPL. Otherwise the matching device drivers aren't found and the uclass
drivers are dropped.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
- Add uncompressed kernel image support to falcon mode, TEE
improvements, make xyz-modem timeout configurable, gpio updates and
other assorted improvements.
Check the that the hash length is shorter than the message length. This
avoids:
./tools/../lib/rsa/rsa-verify.c:275:11: warning:
‘*db’ may be used uninitialized [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
275 | db[0] &= 0xff >> leftmost_bits;
Fixes: 061daa0b61 ("rsa: add support of padding pss")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Normally, readline is not used int SPL. However, it may be useful to
enable the Freescale DDR interactive mode in SPL, while U-Boot is still
executing from SRAM. The default settings for readline result in a large
buffer being allocated. Reduce the size of the maximum input line, and
the number of lines of scrollback when building for SPL.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This allows to test if a pin's label if displayed using gpio_get_status()
when this pin is configured in alternate function.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Even pin with GPIOF_UNUSED function can have a label.
The criteria to add or not a space character is linked to label not to
the used/unused status.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The nvme driver falsely assumed that the last entry on a page
of the prp-list always points to the next page of the prp-list.
This potentially can lead to the illegal creation of pages on
the prp-list with only a single entry. This change now ensures
that splitting the prp-list into multiple pages, behaves now as
required by the NVME-Spec.
Related to this, also the size of the memory allocation is adjusted
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Sowarka <alexander.sowarka@aerq.com>
Now when loadx and loady commands could be aborted / cancelled by CTRL+C,
allow to configure timeout for initial x/y-modem packet via env variable
$loadxy_timeout and by default use value from new compile-time config
option CONFIG_CMD_LOADXY_TIMEOUT. Value is in seconds and zero value means
infinite timeout. Default value is 90s which is the value used before this
change for loadx command.
Other load commands loadb and loads already waits infinitely. Same behavior
for loadx and loady commands can be achieved by setting $loadxy_timeout or
CONFIG_CMD_LOADXY_TIMEOUT to 0.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
This fixes numerous cases of format strings not matching their
arguments. Also keep the format strings on one line for easier grepping.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Functions stm32_i2c_message_start and stm32_i2c_handle_reload
both get a stop boolean indicating if the transfer should end with
a STOP or not. However no specific handling is needed in those
functions hence remove the parameter.
Signed-off-by: Alain Volmat <alain.volmat@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Comment within stm32_i2c_message_start is misleading, indicating
that AUTOEND bit is setted while it is actually cleared.
Moreover, the bit is actually never setted so there is no need
to clear it hence get rid of this bit clear and the bit macro
as well.
Signed-off-by: Alain Volmat <alain.volmat@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Activate the support of SCMI regulator to support the scmi_reg11,
scmi_reg18 and scmi_usb33 regulators present in the scmi device tree of
STMicroelectronics boards with stm32mp15-scmi.dtsi
Fixes: 6cccc8d396 ("ARM: dts: stm32: add SCMI version of STM32 boards (DK1/DK2/ED1/EV1)")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This change defines resources for OP-TEE service drivers to register
themselves for being bound to when OP-TEE firmware reports the related
service is supported. OP-TEE services are discovered during optee
driver probe sequence which mandates optee driver is always probe once
bound.
Discovery of optee services and binding to related U-Boot drivers is
embedded upon configuration switch CONFIG_OPTEE_SERVICE_DISCOVERY.
Cc: Jens Wiklander <jens.wiklander@linaro.org>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Allocate memory for buffers at a cache-line boundary to avoid
misaligned buffer address for subsequent reads. This avoids an
additional sector-based memory copy in the fat file system driver:
FAT: Misaligned buffer address (...)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Add functions to read 8/16-bit integers like the existing functions for
32/64-bit to simplify read of 8/16-bit integers from device tree
properties.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is required for architectures which do not support compressed kernel images (i.e. ARM64). This is only used while not booting via FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Barrett-Morrison <nathan.morrison@timesys.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
To quote the author:
The previous attempt at this[1] broke a board and was reverted in [2].
This series adopts a slightly different approach, splitting the changes
into many commits.
[1] f33a2c1bd0 ("image: Remove #ifdefs from select_ramdisk()")
[2] 621158d106 ("Revert "image: Remove #ifdefs from select_ramdisk()"")
Remove all but a few that are difficult, relying on legacy CONFIG options
or optional global_data fields.
Drop the duplicate function name in the comment for boot_get_cmdline().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Finish off the refactoring by correcting the indent levels. Note that this
does not include any functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Drop the last one of these, by using a done_select variable to control
whether to fall back to using 'select' as a hex value.
Note that the indentation is not adjusted, to make this easier to review.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Drop the #ifdef from near the end of select_ramdisk(). Move some variables
to the top of the function to make this work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current switch default is tricky since it relies on #ifdefs to work.
Use a bool instead.
Also fix the comment on @select, since it has a dual purpose.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert this to an if(), fix the cast from an address to a pointer and
make sure that any error is returned correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To quote the author:
This patchset adds the basic infrastructure to periodically execute
code, e.g. all 100ms. Examples for such functions might be LED blinking
etc. The functions that are hooked into this cyclic list should be
small timewise as otherwise the execution of the other code that relies
on a high frequent polling (e.g. UART rx char ready check) might be
delayed too much. This patch also adds the Kconfig option
CONFIG_CYCLIC_MAX_CPU_TIME_US, which configures the max allowed time
for such a cyclic function. If it's execution time exceeds this time,
this cyclic function will get removed from the cyclic list.
How is this cyclic functionality executed?
This patchset integrates the main function responsible for calling all
registered cyclic functions cyclic_run() into the common WATCHDOG_RESET
macro. This guarantees that cyclic_run() is executed very often, which
is necessary for the cyclic functions to get scheduled and executed at
their configured periods.
This cyclic infrastructure will be used by a board specific function on
the NIC23 MIPS Octeon board, which needs to check periodically, if a
PCIe FLR has occurred.
Ideas how to continue:
One idea is to rename WATCHDOG_RESET to something like SCHEDULE and
move the watchdog_reset call into this cyclic infrastructure as well.
Or to perhaps move the shell UART RX ready polling to a cyclic
function.
It's also possible to extend the "cyclic" command, to support the
creation of periodically executed shell commands (for testing etc).
The bootmenu enumerates the UEFI boot options
for boot device selection.
This commit adds the description how the UEFI boot work
in bootmenu. This commit also adds "Synopsis", "Description"
and "Configuration" sections to follow the U-Boot command
documentation format.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This commit adds the menu entry to update UEFI BootOrder variable.
User moves the entry with UP/DOWN key, changes the order
with PLUS/MINUS key, press SPACE to activate or deactivate
the entry, then finalizes the order by ENTER key.
If the entry is activated, the boot index is added into the
BootOrder variable in the order of the list.
The U-Boot menu framework is well designed for static menu,
this commit implements the own menu display and key handling
for dynamically change the order of menu entry.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
UEFI specification requires booting from removal media using
a architecture-specific default image name such as BOOTAA64.EFI.
This commit adds the removable media entries into bootmenu,
so that user can select the removable media and boot with
default image.
The bootmenu automatically enumerates the possible bootable
media devices supporting EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL,
add it as new UEFI boot option(BOOT####) and update BootOrder
variable. This automatically generated UEFI boot option
has the dedicated guid in the optional_data to distinguish it from
the UEFI boot option user adds manually. This optional_data is
removed when the efi bootmgr loads the selected UEFI boot option.
This commit also provides the BOOT#### variable maintenance feature.
Depending on the system hardware setup, some devices
may not exist at a later system boot, so bootmenu checks the
available device in each bootmenu invocation and automatically
removes the BOOT#### variable corrensponding to the non-existent
media device.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
This commit adds the menu entry to delete the UEFI boot option.
User moves the entry with UP/DOWN key, changes, then presses
ENTER key to delete the selected boot option.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
This is preparation to support menu-driven UEFI BootOrder
variable updated by KEY_PLUS, KEY_MINUS and KEY_SPACE.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This commit adds the menu entry to edit the existing
BOOT#### variable contents.
User selects the item from the boot option list, then
user can edit the description, file path and optional_data.
Note that automatically generated boot option entry by bootmenu
to support the removable media device is filtered out and user
can not edit the automatically generated entry.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
This commit add the "eficonfig" command.
The "eficonfig" command implements the menu-driven UEFI boot option
maintenance feature. This commit implements the addition of
new boot option. User can select the block device volume having
efi_simple_file_system_protocol and select the file corresponding
to the Boot#### variable. User can also enter the description and
optional_data of the BOOT#### variable in utf8.
This commit adds "include/efi_config.h", it contains the common
definition to be used from other menus such as UEFI Secure Boot
key management.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Add documentation for the cyclic function infrastructure, including the
cyclic command.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds a fixup function related to a PCIe FLR (Function Level
Reset) problem on the NIC23 PCIe board. This function is imported from
the Marvell Octeon 2013 U-Boot version as a (nearly) verbatim copy. It
uses the newly introduced cyclic infrastructure, so that this function
gets called every 100us, which is needed to detect this FLR issue.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the cyclic command, which currently only supports the
'list' subcommand, to list all currently registered cyclic functions.
Here an example:
=> cyclic list
function: cyclic_demo, cpu-time: 7010 us, frequency: 99.80 times/s
function: cyclic_demo2, cpu-time: 1 us, frequency: 1.13 times/s
As you can see, the cpu-time is accounted, so that cyclic functions
that take too long might be discovered. Additionally the frequency is
logged.
The 'cyclic demo' commands registers the cyclic_demo() function to
be executed all 'cycletime_ms' milliseconds. The only thing this
function does is delaying by 'delay_us' microseconds.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds a call to cyclic_init() to board_f/r.c, enabling the
common cyclic infrastructure. After this it's possible to add cyclic
functions via cyclic_register().
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch integrates the main function responsible for calling all
registered cyclic functions cyclic_run() into the common WATCHDOG_RESET
macro. This guarantees that cyclic_run() is executed very often, which
is necessary for the cyclic functions to get scheduled and executed at
their configured periods.
If CONFIG_WATCHDOG is not enabled, only cyclic_run() without calling
watchdog_reset(). This guarantees that the cyclic functionality does not
rely on CONFIG_WATCHDOG being enabled.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the basic infrastructure to periodically execute code, e.g. all
100ms. Examples for such functions might be LED blinking etc. The
functions that are hooked into this cyclic list should be small timewise
as otherwise the execution of the other code that relies on a high
frequent polling (e.g. UART rx char ready check) might be delayed too
much. This patch also adds the Kconfig option
CONFIG_CYCLIC_MAX_CPU_TIME_US, which configures the max allowed time
for such a cyclic function. If it's execution time exceeds this time,
this cyclic function will get removed from the cyclic list.
How is this cyclic functionality executed?
The following patch integrates the main function responsible for
calling all registered cyclic functions cyclic_run() into the
common WATCHDOG_RESET macro. This guarantees that cyclic_run() is
executed very often, which is necessary for the cyclic functions to
get scheduled and executed at their configured periods.
This cyclic infrastructure will be used by a board specific function on
the NIC23 MIPS Octeon board, which needs to check periodically, if a
PCIe FLR has occurred.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When using us times it makes sense to use 64bit variables for storage.
The currently implemented time_after() and friends functions only handle
32bit variables. This patch now includes the 64bit variants as well
from Linux. This will be used by the upcoming generic cyclic function
infrastructure.
These macros were copied from include/linux/jiffies.h of Linux 5.18.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To quote the author:
This patch series aims to porting ASPEED FMC/SPI memory controller
driver with spi-mem interface. spi-mem dirmap framework is also
synchronized from Linux. These patches have been verified on
AST2600, AST2500 and AST2400 EVBs.
Add ID for Winbond W25Q512JVQ device which is supported
on AST2600 EVB by default.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Driver can configure the SPI clock frequnecy to the
target value of "spi-max-frequency" property in
the device tree. The frequency is divided from HCLK,
200MHz. Usually, the ASPEED SPI clock frequency range
is between 12.5MHz and 100MHz. On AST2600, the lowest
SPI clock frequency can be about 780kHz.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
There are some known HW problems about decoded
range register configurations on existing AST2500 and
AST2600 platforms. Additional callback function,
adjust_decoded_sz, is added to solve these problems
on each platform. Besides, aspeed_spi_trim_decoded_size
function is added to modify overall decoded address
size for fitting the maximum AHB decoded size.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
From the HW point of view, the performance of
command read mode is greater than user mode slightly.
Thus, dirmap read framework is introduced to achieve
this goal. In dirmap_create, command read mode is
configured. Usually, the decoded address area with flash
size is assigned to each CS. CPU can thus access the
SPI flash as normal memory in dirmap_read function.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
This adds the dirmap API originally introduced in
Linux commit aa167f3fed0c
("spi: spi-mem: Add a new API to support direct mapping").
This also includes several follow-up patches and fixes.
Changes from Linux include:
* Added Kconfig option
* Changed struct device to struct udevice
* Changed struct spi_mem to struct spi_slave
This patch is obtained from the following patch
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20210205043924.149504-3-seanga2@gmail.com/
The corresponding Linux kernel SHA1 is aa167f3fed0c.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Although AST2400 is EOL officially, in order to achieve
sustainability and completeness, AST2400 part is added.
For AST2400,
- Five CSs are supported by FMC controller.
- SPI1 controller only supports single CS and there is
no address segment address register. The CE control
register of SPI1 is located at the offset 0x04 and
the 4-byte address mode control bit is bit 13 of
this register.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
Add ASPEED BMC FMC/SPI memory controller driver with
spi-mem interface for AST2500 and AST2600 platform.
There are three SPI memory controllers embedded in an ASPEED SoC.
- FMC: Named as Firmware Memory Controller. After AC on, MCU ROM
fetches initial device boot image from FMC chip select(CS) 0.
- SPI1: Play the role of a SPI Master controller. Or, there is a
dedicated path for HOST(X86) to access its BIOS flash mounted
under BMC. spi-aspeed-smc.c implements the control sequence when
SPI1 is a SPI master.
- SPI2: It is a pure SPI flash controller. For most scenarios, flashes
mounted under it are for pure storage purpose.
ASPEED SPI controller supports 1-1-1, 1-1-2 and 1-1-4 SPI flash mode.
Three types of command mode are supported, normal mode, command
read/write mode and user mode.
- Normal mode: Default mode. After power on, normal read command 03h or
13h is used to fetch boot image from SPI flash.
- AST2500: Only 03h command can be used after power on
or reset.
- AST2600: If FMC04[6:4] is set, 13h command is used,
otherwise, 03h command.
The address length is decided by FMC04[2:0].
- Command mode: SPI controller can send command and address
automatically when CPU read/write the related remapped
or decoded address area. The command used by this mode
can be configured by FMC10/14/18[23:16]. Also, the
address length is decided by FMC04[2:0]. This mode will
be implemented in the following patch series.
- User mode: It is a traditional and pure SPI operation, where
SPI transmission is controlled by CPU. It is the main
mode in this patch.
Each SPI controller in ASPEED SoC has its own decoded address mapping.
Within each SPI controller decoded address, driver can assign a specific
address region for each CS of a SPI controller. The decoded address
cannot overlap to each other. With normal mode and command mode, the
decoded address accessed by the CPU determines which CS is active.
When user mode is adopted, the CS decoded address is a FIFO, CPU can
send/receive any SPI transmission by accessing the related decoded
address for the target CS.
This patch only implements user mode initially. Command read/write
mode will be implemented in the following patches.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
Add FWSPICS1 and SPI1CS1 in AST2500 pinctrl group.
On AST2500 EVB, FWSPICS1 can be supported by default.
An extra jumper, J45, should be configured before
enabling SPI1CS1.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
User can get correct HCLK frequency during driver probe stage
by adding the following configuration in the device tree.
"clocks = <&scu ASPEED_CLK_AHB>".
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Xilinx changes for v2023.01-rc1
cmd:
- bdinfo - guard LMB code to run only when LMB is enabled
timer:
- convert arm twd timer to DM
power-domain:
- Skip loading config object for Versal
xilinx:
- Fix logic when dfu_alt_info is generated
- Define only mmc devnum not partition
- Add xlnx prefix to GEM compatible string
- Add missing tca6416 to zynqmp SC - vck190
- Add env redund offset
- Enable CMD_GREPENV/SETEXPR by default
- Move board_get_usable_ram_top() to common location
- Add support for SOC detection
net/gem:
- Check rate before setting it up
microblaze:
- drop CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR and CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE
- Show cache size in bdinfo
spi:
- cadence_qspi: driver updates
- zynqmp_gqspi: driver updates
- zynqmp_gqspi: Add tap delays for Versal
zynq:
- Enable mkeficapsule compilation
- Use CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME for dfu_alt_info
- Align bss and end of u-boot image to 64bits
- Align qspi node name with Linux kernel
- DT: List OCM memory
zynqmp:
- Fix AES cache handling with a user provided key
- SOM: Add mtd partition for secure OS storage area
- Add ref_clk property for REFCLKPER calculation
- Fix mdio bus description for vck190-sc
xilinx-mini:
- Remove unneeded configs
- Disable LMB
versal:
- Enable i2c mux pca954x by default
- Define CONFIG_CQSPI_REF_CLK
- Enable power domain driver
- Enable zynqmp_gqspi driver
To quote the author:
This series makes a further attempt to get closer to having all tests
run in parallel. It introduces a new 'make pcheck' option which runs
tests in parallel, skipping those that are not compatible.
A number of fixes are included for existing tests. The vboot test is
updated to only run a single scenario in 'quick' mode.
This makes use of pytest's parallel-testing features. The resulting
times (including incremental building with LTO) on a 16-core machine are
as follows:
make pcheck - 1 minute 6 seconds
make qcheck - 3 minutes
make check - 5 minutes 15 seconds
Note that this is not a fair comparison, since 'make pcheck' omits a
number of tests, even more than 'make qcheck'.
Code supports board detection based on information available in EEPROM in
legacy or FRU format. But this is not enough for emulation and simulation
systems which are lacking these identification EEPROMs. But SOC itself has
normally registers for SOC identification. Based on them it is possible to
compose detected name. That's why prepare infrastructure in common location
for SOC platform detection which is called before board platform detection.
SOC platform detection shouldn't detect real silicon and should fallback to
current existing mechanism to identify boards based on EEPROMs.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/329a8da338927b082e26a958bf69bb18af072420.1662460837.git.michal.simek@amd.com
As the flash sizes are increasing day by day, QSPI can have devices of
size > 512MB. In qspi driver we are trying to read all the data at once
using DMA.
The DMA descriptor destination size is only 29bits long.
QSPIDMA_DST_SIZE 0xFF0F0804
BITS: 1:0 Reserved to keep word alignment
BITS: 28:2 Number of 4-byte words the DMA will transfer
BITS: 31:29 Reserved: Returns 0 when read, writes ignored
So we can only transfer data of 0x1FFFFFF0(512MB minus 4bytes) bytes.
Anything above will overflow this register and will ignore higher bits
above 29 bits.
Change the DMA functionality if the requested size is greater than or
equal to 512MB to read 256MB chunks.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220825125906.11581-5-ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
GQSPI driver is using it but this function is never called for Versal
because it is removed by linker. But function should be declared to avoid
this build warning:
drivers/spi/zynqmp_gqspi.c: In function 'zynqmp_qspi_set_tapdelay':
drivers/spi/zynqmp_gqspi.c:378:3: warning: implicit declaration of function
'zynqmp_mmio_write' [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
378 | zynqmp_mmio_write(IOU_TAPDLY_BYPASS_OFST,
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220825125906.11581-3-ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
In cadence_spi_probe, cadence_qspi_versal_flash_reset() is called to reset
the flash device. Looks like there is a mistake in previous series of
patches where it is defined as cadence_spi_versal_flash_reset() but
called as cadence_qspi_versal_flash_reset. Since there is a weak function
defined with the same name this issue was not caught.
Fix the issue by renaming cadence_spi_versal_flash_reset as
cadence_qspi_versal_flash_reset().
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220824113847.7482-2-ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Check snprintf() return value for errors.
Make microblaze_cpu_get_desc() directly return snprintf() error code if
ret < 0. Otherwise, if the return value is greater than or equal to size,
the resulting string is truncated, so return -ENOSPC.
Fixes: 816226d27e ("cpu: add CPU driver for microblaze")
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220829170205.1274484-2-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
The commit ce39ee28ec ("zynqmp: Do not place u-boot to reserved memory
location") adds functionality for ZynqMP to read reserved memory node and
do not place U-Boot to reserved location. This functionality is generic
across all Xilinx SOCs that's why move it to common location to be used by
all Xilinx SOCs.
On zynq platform this is also fixing issue where U-Boot was placed to
locating which was reserved already which ends up with error message
"ERROR: reserving fdt memory region failed (addr=30000000 size=10000000
flags=4)" which is shown when bdinfo is called.
Tested on vck190, zcu102, zc706 and kc705 to cover all platforms.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/b0817807912f7c7af6a8e1cf9ee04e5ab5de5f6a.1661430188.git.michal.simek@amd.com
ENV_OFFSET_REDUND config is by default set to 0 for flashes. Saving the env
variables is overwriting data at 0 offset, which is wrong. So add default
redund env offset for Zynq, ZynqMP, Versal and microblaze platforms.
Configured ENV_OFFSET_REDUND offsets by ENV_OFFSET + (2 * ENV_SIZE).
In case of versal, we configured ENV_OFFSET_REDUND at 0x7F00000 instead
of 0x7F80000. As BOOT_SCRIPT_OFFSET is already configured at 0x7F80000.
Added ENV_OFFSET_REDUND in Kconfig for microblaze due to dependency of
ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH config.
Below table specifies platform specific env and env redund offsets.
PLAT ENV_OFFSET ENV_OFFSET_REDUND
---- ---------- -----------------
ZYNQ 0xE0000 0xE40000
ZYNQMP 0x1E00000 0x1E80000
VERSAL 0x7F40000 0x7F00000
MICROBLAZE 0x1080000 0x10C0000
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/92656dc08f0f5a749d62b71ca6e77fe1be72e9e0.1661340204.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Zynq can use efi capsule infrastructure that's why enable it by default.
For capsule generation for zynq you can use:
pushd spl
../tools/mkeficapsule -g "1ba29a15-9969-40aa-b424-e86121618664" boot.bin \
--index 1 ../capsule1.bin
popd
./tools/mkeficapsule -g "1a5178f0-87d3-4f36-ac63-3b31a23be305" u-boot.img \
--index 2 capsule2.bin
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/a8194ecfa7932f2d8ada5ee508b2a026c782f15e.1660055571.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Commit 5bb2c550b1 ("arm: mvebu: Move internal registers in
arch_very_early_init() function") moved code from file cpu.c to lowlevel.c,
which moves Marvell internal registers from address INTREG_BASE_ADDR_REG to
SOC_REGS_PHY_BASE.
But the steps describing how to do it correctly were documented only in
older U-Boot versions and commit cefd764222 ("arm: mvebu: Fix internal
register config on A38x") probably unintentionally removed important
details about MMU from code comments around.
Commit 5bb2c550b1 ("arm: mvebu: Move internal registers in
arch_very_early_init() function") implemented code movement according to
(now incomplete) comments which resulted in semi-broken code.
The result is that I-cache is currently disabled for all Armada 38x boards
and maybe there are some other (unreported / undetected) issues.
Reimplement it correctly. First flush all caches, then disable MMU and L2
cache and then move Marvell internal registers. There is no need to
explicitly disable I-cache.
After this change lzmadec command with lzma image of 0x7000000 bytes is
doing decompression just 5 seconds. Before this change it was 30 seconds.
To make lowlevel.S code more readable, extend asm/pl310.h header file to be
compatible with assembler and use macros from this file.
Fixes: 5bb2c550b1 ("arm: mvebu: Move internal registers in arch_very_early_init() function")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For some unknown reason when L2 cache is disabled on Armada 385 then loadb,
loadx and loady commands do not work with higher baudrates than 115200
(they just abort transfer) and lzmadec command with lzma image of size
0x7000000 (maybe even smaller, we tested this one) is doing decompression
for more than 2 minutes. After enabling L2 cache decompression takes only
30s and loadb, loadx and loady are stable and working fine.
git bisect identified problematic commit 3308933d2f ("arm: mvebu: Avoid
reading MVEBU_REG_PCIE_DEVID register too many times"). Before this commit
above issues were not present.
But investigation showed that above issue was possible to reproduce also by
reverting that commit and forcing compiler to do inline optimization of
mvebu_soc_family() function. Which seems that the root of this issue is in
caches and position of instruction of segments. So currently it is unknown
what is or was broken, but code movement, code inlining or other compiler
optimization triggered it.
Commit 3e5ce7ceeb ("arm: mvebu: Enable L2 cache on Armada XP") mentioned
that enabling L2 cache on Armada XP improved performance and that Armada
38x has L2 disabled (which is default state) and if needed it has to be
enabled in separate patch. As enabling L2 cache also improve performance
on Armada 38x, enable it.
Note that Aurora cache in no outer mode is available only on Armada XP,
hence it is not touched for Armada 38x code.
Fixes: 3308933d2f ("arm: mvebu: Avoid reading MVEBU_REG_PCIE_DEVID register too many times")
Reported-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Replace magic constant 1 when disabling MMU by macro CR_M from include
header file asm/system.h.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Commit c86d53fd88 ("arm: mvebu: Don't disable cache at startup on Armada
XP at all") introduced branch for non-AXP code which was guarded by A38X
condition. Fix this issue by checking for AXP platform, not by A38X.
Fixes: c86d53fd88 ("arm: mvebu: Don't disable cache at startup on Armada XP at all")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Commit 3308933d2f ("arm: mvebu: Avoid reading MVEBU_REG_PCIE_DEVID
register too many times") broke support for caches on all Armada SoCs.
Before that commit there was code:
if (mvebu_soc_family() != MVEBU_SOC_A375) {
dcache_enable();
}
And after that commit there is code:
if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_ARMADA_375)) {
dcache_enable();
}
Comment above this code says that d-cache should be disabled on Armada 375.
But new code inverted logic and broke Armada 375 and slowed down all other
Armada SoCs (including A38x).
Fix this issue by changing logic to:
if (!IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_ARMADA_375)) {
dcache_enable();
}
Which matches behavior prior that commit.
Fixes: 3308933d2f ("arm: mvebu: Avoid reading MVEBU_REG_PCIE_DEVID register too many times")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Turris Omnia has two serial ports. Both are already specified in device
tree file. But U-Boot by default does not allow to use more than one serial
port unless CONFIG_SERIAL_PROBE_ALL is not enabled.
After enabling CONFIG_SERIAL_PROBE_ALL, U-Boot see also second serial port
(but is inactive by default):
=> coninfo
List of available devices:
serial@12000 00000007 IO stdin stdout stderr
serial@12100 00000007 IO
To allow simultaneously to use more input / output devices it is needed to
enable CONFIG_CONSOLE_MUX option.
With CONFIG_CONSOLE_MUX it is possible to call:
=> setenv stdout 'serial@12000,serial@12100'
And U-Boot output is then visible on both serial ports.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
TCGETS2 is defined in header file asm/ioctls.h provided by linux kernel.
On glib systems it is automatically included by some other glibc include
header file and therefore TCGETS2 is present in termios_linux.h when
linux kernel provides it.
On non-glibc systems (e.g. musl) asm/ioctls.h is not automatically included
which results in the strange error that BOTHER is supported, TCGETS2 not
defined and struct termios does not provide c_ispeed member.
tools/kwboot.c: In function 'kwboot_tty_change_baudrate':
tools/kwboot.c:662:6: error: 'struct termios' has no member named 'c_ospeed'
662 | tio.c_ospeed = tio.c_ispeed = baudrate;
| ^
Fix this issue by explicitly including asm/ioctls.h file which provides
TCGETS2 macro (if supported on selected architecture) to not depending on
glibc auto-include behavior and because termios_linux.h requires it.
With this change it is possible compile kwboot with musl libc.
Reported-by: Michal Vasilek <michal.vasilek@nic.cz>
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
$fdt_addr is mandatory for systems which provides DTB in HW (e.g. ROM) and
wishes to pass that DTB to Linux.
Turris Mox contains DTB binary in SPI NOR memory at "dtb" partition which
starts at offset 0x7f0000 and is 0x10000 bytes long.
Armada 3700 CPU does not allow mapping SPI NOR memory into physical address
space like on other architectures and therefore set $fdt_addr variable to
memory range in RAM and loads this DTB binary from SPI NOR in misc_init_r()
function.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When rescue mode was activated reset also bootdelay env variable to its
default value. This will ensure that reset button works and starts rescue
mode also in the case when user changed bootdelay env variable to -1 (which
has meaning to not start autoboot).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Store serial number from atsha cryptochip into the serial# env variable.
U-Boot automatically puts content of this variable into the root device
tree property serial-number when booting Linux kernel. Refactor turris
atsha code and from turris_atsha_otp_get_serial_number() function returns
directly string suitable for printing or storing into device tree. Because
during different boot stages is env storage read-only, it is not possible
to always store serial number into env storage. So introduce a new function
turris_atsha_otp_init_serial_number() which is called at later stage and
which ensures that serial number is correctly stored into env.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For obvious reasons BootROMS rejects unsigned images when secure boot is
enabled in OTP secure bits. So check for OPT secure bits and do not allow
flashing unsigned images when secure boot is enabled. Access to OTP via
U-Boot fuse API is currently implemented only for A38x and A37xx SoCs.
Additionally Armada 3700 BootROM rejects signed trusted image when secure
boot is not enabled in OTP. So add also check for this case. On the other
hand Armada 38x BootROM acceps images with secure boot header when secure
boot is not enabled in OTP.
OTP secure bits may have burned also boot device source. Check it also and
reject flashing images to target storage which does not match OTP.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently for A38x image is checked only header checksum.
So check also for image data checksum to prevent flashing broken image.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Testing on the theadorable Armada XP platform has shown, thaz using the
current value of 1000ms as response timeout does not result in reliable
booting via kwboot. Using 10ms seems to be much better. So let's change
this value to this 10ms instead.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Add CONFIG_SUPPORT_PASSING_ATAGS and friends to support legacy
image method of booting. Debian and OpenWrt installer use uImage
with appended DTB for these Kirkwood boards.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Running tests in parallel is much faster, e.g. 15 seconds to run the tests
on sandbox (only), instead of 100 seconds (on a 16-core machine). Add a
'make pcheck' option to access this feature.
Note that the tools/ tests still run each tool's tests once after the
other, although within that, they do run in parallel. So for example,
the buildman tests run in parallel, then the binman tests run in
parallel. There would be a signiificant advantage to running them all
in parallel together, but that would require a large amount of
refactoring, e.g. with more use of pytest fixtures.
Update the documentation to represent the current state.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present when -n is used, all workers try to build U-Boot at once.
Add a lock to ensure that only one of them builds, with the others using
the build that is produced.
The lock file is removed on startup.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This assumes that the GPIO starts as 0 but it does not if
test_gpio_input() ran first and test_gpio_exit_statuses() was skipped.
This can happen when running tests in parallel.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When doing a quick check we don't need to run all the vboot tests. Just
run the first one, which is enough to catch most problems.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This test seems to interfere with the other test in this file. Mark it
single-threaded to avoid any problems.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This test relies on the silent_linux env variable being set. Add this
to the code so it can run without relying on other bootm tests having been
run first.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present test_pinmux_status() assumes that test_pinmux_dev() has run
beforehand. Drop this assumption so we can run the tests in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A recurring theme on LKML is the boot process deadlocking due to some
process blocking waiting for random numbers, while the kernel's
Cryptographic Random Number Generator (crng) is not initalized yet,
but that very blocking means no activity happens that would generate
the entropy necessary to finalize seeding the crng.
This is not a problem on boards that have a good hwrng (when the
kernel is configured to trust it), whether in the CPU or in a TPM or
elsewhere. However, that's far from all boards out there. Moreover,
there are consumers in the kernel that try to obtain random numbers
very early, before the kernel has had any chance to initialize any
hwrng or other peripherals.
Allow a board to provide a board_rng_seed() function, which is
responsible for providing a value to be put into the rng-seed property
under the /chosen node.
The board code is responsible for how to actually obtain those
bytes.
- One possibility is for the board to load a seed "file" from
somewhere (it need not be a file in a filesystem of course), and
then ensure that that the same seed file does not get used on
subsequent boots.
* One way to do that is to delete the file, or otherwise mark it as
invalid, then rely on userspace to create a new one, and living
with the possibility of not finding a seed file during some boots.
* Another is to use the scheme used by systemd-boot and create a new
seed file immediately, but in a way that the seed passed to the
kernel and the new (i.e. next) seed cannot be deduced from each
other, see the explanation at
https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20190929090512.GB13049@gardel-login/
and the current code at
https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/main/src/boot/efi/random-seed.c
- The board may have an hwrng from which some bytes can be read; while
the kernel can also do that, doing it in U-Boot and providing a seed
ensures that even very early users in the kernel get good random
numbers.
- If the board has a sensor of some sort (temperature, humidity, GPS,
RTC, whatever), mixing in a reading of that doesn't hurt.
- etc. etc.
These can of course be combined.
The rng-seed property is mixed into the pool used by the linux
kernel's CRNG very early during boot. Whether it then actually
contributes towards the kernel considering the CRNG initialized
depends on whether the kernel has been configured with
CONFIG_RANDOM_TRUST_BOOTLOADER (nowadays overridable via the
random.trust_bootloader command line option). But that's for the BSP
developer to ultimately decide.
So, if the board needs to have all that logic, why not also just have
it do the actual population of /chosen/rng-seed in ft_board_setup(),
which is not that many extra lines of code?
I considered that, but decided handling this logically belongs in
fdt_chosen(). Also, apart from saving the board code from the few
lines of boilerplate, doing it in ft_board_setup() is too late for at
least some use cases. For example, I want to allow the board logic to
decide
ok, let's pass back this buffer and use that as seed, but also let's
set random.trust_bootloader=n so no entropy is credited.
This requires the rng-seed handling to happen before bootargs
handling. For example, during the very first boot, the board might not
have a proper seed file, but the board could still return (a hash of)
some CPU serial# or whatnot, so that at least no two boards ever get
the same seed - the kernel always mixes in the value passed in
rng-seed, but if it is not "trusted", the kernel would still go
through the same motions as it would if no rng-seed was passed before
considering its CRNG initialized. I.e., by returning that
unique-to-this-board value and setting random.trust_bootloader=n, the
board would be no worse off than if board_rng_seed() returned nothing
at all.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Pull request for efi-2022-10-rc5
Documentation:
* man-page for tftpput
UEFI:
* fix driver binding protocol for block IO devices
* don't delete invalid handles
* add a unit test for the EFI Conformance Profile Table
Other:
* correct short text for tftpboot
UEFI block devices can either mirror U-Boot's internal devices or be
provided by an EFI application like iPXE.
When ConnectController() is invoked for the EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL
interface for such an application provided device we create a virtual
U-Boot block device of type "efi_blk".
Currently we do not call ConnectController() when handles for U-Boot's
internal block devices are created. If an EFI application calls
ConnectController() for a handle relating to an internal block device,
we erroneously create an extra "efi_blk" block device.
E.g. the UEFI shell has a command 'connect -r' which calls
ConnectController() for all handles with device path protocol.
In the Supported() method of our EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL return
EFI_UNSUPPORTED when dealing with an U-Boot internal device.
Reported-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Fixes: commit 05ef48a248 ("efi_driver: EFI block driver")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Change efi_delete_handle() to not free EFI handles twice.
This change tries to resolved an issue seen since U-Boot v2022.07
in which ExitBootService() attempts to release some EFI handles twice.
The issue was seen booting a EFI shell that invokes 'connect -r' and
then boots a Linux kernel. Execution of connect command makes EFI
subsystem to bind a block device for each root block devices EFI handles.
However these EFI device handles are already bound to a driver and we
can have 2 registered devices relating to the same EFI handler. On
ExitBootService(), the loop removing the devices makes these EFI handles
to be released twice which corrupts memory.
This patch prevents the memory release operation caused by the issue but
but does not resolve the underlying problem.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Add log message.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We can use efi_st_get_config_table() in multiple unit tests.
Export the function.
Export system-table and boot-services.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The command's name is a misnomer.
The command loads a file but does not run (boot) it.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Calling tftpput with less than 2 arguments must lead to a failure.
If tftpput is called with two arguments, these are the address and
the size of the file to be transferred.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- simplify the STM32MP15x package parsing code
- remove test on CONFIG_DM_REGULATOR in stm32mp1 board
and enable CONFIG_DM_REGULATOR for stm32f769-disco
- handle ck_usbo_48m clock provided by USBPHYC to fix the command 'usb start'
after alignment with Linux kernel v5.19 DT (clocks = <&usbphyc>)
- Fix SYS_HZ_CLOCK value for stih410-b2260 board
- Switch STMM32MP15x DHSOM to FMC2 EBI driver
- Remove hwlocks from pinctrl in STM32MP15x to avoid issue with kernel
Fman microcode is executable code (AFAICT) loaded into a
coprocessor. As such, if verified boot is enabled, it must be verified
like other executable code. However, this is not currently done.
This commit adds verified boot functionality by encapsulating the
microcode in a FIT, which can then be signed/verified as normal. By
default we allow fallback to unencapsulated firmware, but if
CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is enabled, then we make it mandatory. Because
existing Layerscape do not use this config (instead enabling
CONFIG_CHAIN_OF_TRUST), this should not break any existing boards.
An example (mildly-abbreviated) its is provided below:
/ {
#address-cells = <1>;
images {
firmware {
data = /incbin/(/path/to/firmware);
type = "firmware";
arch = "arm64";
compression = "none";
signature {
algo = "sha256,rsa2048";
key-name-hint = "your key name";
};
};
};
configurations {
default = "conf";
conf {
description = "Load FMAN microcode";
fman = "firmware";
};
};
};
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Several ethernet drivers load firmware from FIT images. Convert them to
use the fit_get_data helpers.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This converts the FIT loading process of the fpga command to use
fit_get_data_node.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This reduces sec_firmware_get_data to a single call to
fit_get_data_conf_prop. I think sec_firmware_check_copy_loadable could also
be converted, but it does not map as straightforwardly, so I have left it
for a future cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Several different firmware users have repetitive code to extract the
firmware data from a FIT. Add some helper functions to reduce the amount
of repetition. fit_conf_get_prop_node (eventually) calls
fdt_check_node_offset_, so we can avoid an explicit if. In general, this
version avoids printing on error because the callers are typically
library functions, and because the FIT code generally has (debug)
prints of its own. One difference in these helpers is that they use
fit_image_get_data_and_size instead of fit_image_get_data, as the former
handles external data correctly.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The config to use for FIT images can be better specified by enabling
CONFIG_MULTI_DTB_FIT and implementing board_fit_config_name_match.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Correctly calculate offsets between SPL and proper U-Boot when new config
option CONFIG_FSL_PREPBL_ESDHC_BOOT_SECTOR for generating eSDHC boot sector
is enabled. Otherwise SPL would not be able to boot proper U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
CPLD in load_default mode ignores watchdog reset signal. It does not reset
board when watchdog triggers reset signal.
Detect load_default mode by GPIO7 - LOAD_DEFAULT_N and delete watchdog
max6370 node from device to prevent registering driver for non-working
watchdog.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
All *boot env commands overrides default boot source location via i2c.
After board reset without power off, BootROM then starts booting U-Boot
from this specified location instead of the default one.
Add new env command defboot which reverts boot location to the default
value, which in most cases is configurable by HW DIP switches.
And add new env commands norlowerboot, norupperboot, sd2boot to boot from
other locations. norlowerboot would instruct BootROM to boot from lower NOR
bank, norupperboot from upper NOR bank and sd2boot from SD card with
alternative configuration.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Removes hwlocks properties from stm32mp151 pinctrl node. These locks
could be used for other purpose, depending on board and software
configuration hence do not enforce their use to protect pinctrl
devices.
This patch is an alignment with Linux device tree with v6.0 as the
hwsem support wasn’t yet added in pincontrol in kernel. It avoids
issues when the Linux kernel is started with the U-Boot device tree.
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
SYS_HZ_CLOCK was wrongly set to 1GHz whereas it's set to 750MHz
by default by bootrom.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Grzegorz Szymaszek <gszymaszek@short.pl>
Since commit 5bc6f8c2a97e("video: stm32: remove test on CONFIG_DM_REGULATOR")
backlight was broken with the following message at boot:
stm32-display-dsi dsi@40016c00: Warning: cannot get phy dsi supply
stm32_display display-controller@40016800: panel panel enable backlight error -38
DM_REGULATOR flag must be enabled to fix this issue
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Since commit ef4ce6df32 "video: stm32: stm32_ltdc: fix data enable polarity"
The panel display output wasn't functional anymore.
Device tree display-timings de-active property value must be updated
to 1.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
ck_usbo_48m is generated by usbphyc PLL and used by OTG controller
for Full-Speed use cases with dedicated Full-Speed transceiver.
ck_usbo_48m is available as soon as the PLL is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add the counter of the PLL user n_pll_cons managed by the 2 functions
stm32_usbphyc_pll_enable / stm32_usbphyc_pll_disable.
This counter allow to remove the function stm32_usbphyc_is_init
and it is a preliminary step for ck_usbo_48m introduction.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The tests on CONFIG_DM_REGULATOR, added to avoid compilation issues, can
now be removed, they are no more needed since the commit 16cc5ad0b4
("power: regulator: add dummy helper").
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Simplify the package parsing code for STM32MP15X as package can be
affected with get_cpu_package() result.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
P1/P2 RDB boards have external max6370 watchdog connected to CPLD and this
watchdog is not deactivated on board reset. So if it is active during board
reset, it can trigger another reset when CPU is booting U-Boot. To prevent
possible infinite reset loop caused by external watchdog, turn it off
before reset.
Do it via a new board_reset_prepare() callback which is called from
do_reset() function before any reset sequence.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
CPLD's system reset register is buggy and requires workaround in U-Boot.
So use this kind of board reset only when there is no other reset option.
Introduce a new board_reset_last() callback which is last-stage
board-specific reset and implement CPLD's system reset in this new
board_reset_last() callback instead of board_reset() callback.
Fixes: 20fb58fc5a ("board: freescale: p1_p2_rdb_pc: Implement board_reset()")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
If watchdog timer was already set to non-disabled value then it means that
watchdog timer was already activated, has already expired and caused CPU
reset. If this happened then due to CPLD firmware bug, writing to wd_cfg
register has no effect and therefore it is not possible to reactivate
watchdog timer again. Watchdog starts working again after CPU reset via
non-watchdog method.
Implement this workaround (reset CPU when it was reset by watchdog) to make
watchdog usable again. Watchdog timer logic on these P1/P2 RDB boards is
connected to CPLD, not to SoC itself.
Note that reset does not occur immediately after calling do_reset(), but
after few ms later as real reset is done by CPLD. So it is normal that
function do_reset() returns. Therefore hangs after calling do_reset() to
prevent CPU execution of the rest U-Boot code.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
CPLD's system reset register on P1/P2 RDB boards is not autocleared after
flipping it. If this register is set to one in 100ms after reset starts
then CPLD triggers another CPU reset.
This means that trying to reset board via CPLD system reset register cause
reboot loop. To prevent this reboot loop, the only workaround is to try to
clear CPLD's system reset register as early as possible. U-Boot is already
doing it in its board_early_init_f() function, which seems to be enough as
register is cleared prior CPLD triggers another reset.
But board_early_init_f() is not called from SPL and therefore usage of SPL
can cause reboot loop.
To prevent reboot loop when using SPL, call board_early_init_f() function
in SPL too. For accessing CPLD memory space it is needed to have CPLD entry
in TLB.
With this change it is possible to trigger board reset via CPLD's system
reset register on P2020 RDB board.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
System reset via the SRST extension in the SBI should be the default.
The driver checks if the extension is available when probing.
So there is no risk in enabling it.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Format the KVM implementation number in a human readable form.
With the patch output of the sbi command for Linux 5.19.1 looks like:
=> sbi
SBI 0.3
KVM 5.19.1
Machine:
Vendor ID 0
Architecture ID 7005c
Implementation ID 7005c
Extensions:
SBI Base Functionality
Timer Extension
IPI Extension
RFENCE Extension
Hart State Management Extension
System Reset Extension
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This commit sychronizes the header file for FU740 PRCI clocks with the
one from Linux 5.19.
The constant values are the same, but all constant names are changed
(most are just prefixed with FU740_).
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <uwu@icenowy.me>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
If ethernet connected to SFP, like this:
&enetc_port0 {
phy-connection-type = "sgmii";
sfp = <&sfp0>;
managed = "in-band-status";
status = "okay";
};
Then enetc_config_phy returns -ENODEV and the memory containing the mdio interface is freed.
It's better to unregister and free mdio resources.
Signed-off-by: Siarhei Yasinski <siarhei.yasinski@sintecs.eu>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In both the Freescale DDR controller and the SPD spec, bank address bits
are stored as the number of bank address bits minus 2. For example, if a
chip had 8 banks (3 total bank address bits), the value of
bank_addr_bits would be 1. This is rather surprising for users
configuring their memory manually, since they can't set bank_addr_bits
to the actual number of bank address bits. Rectify this.
There is at least one example of this kind of mistake already, in
board/freescale/t102xrdb/ddr.c. The documented MT40A512M8HX has two bank
address bits, but bank_addr_bits was set to 2, implying 4 bank address
bits. Such a value is reserved in BA_BITS_CS, but I suspect the
controller simply ignores the top bit, making this kind of mistake
harmless, if misleading.
Fixes: e8a7f1c32b ("powerpc/t1023rdb: Add T1023 RDB board support")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The interactive mode uses large several tables of options which can be
configured. However, much of the contents of these tables are
repetetive. For example, no struct is larger than half a kilobyte, so
the offset only takes up 9 bits. Similarly, the size is only ever 4 or
8, and printhex is a boolean. Reduce the size of these fields. This
reduces the size of the options tables by around 10 KiB. However, the
largest contributor to the size of the options tables is the use of a
pointer for the strings. A better approach would be to use a separate
array of strings, and store an integer index in the options tables.
However, this would require a large re-architecting of this file.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The frequency of the system counter is static which is given by the
COUNTER_FREQUENCY option. Remove COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Depending on the boot source, set different CLI prompts. This will help
the user to figure out in which mode the bootloader was started. There
are two special modes: failsafe and SDHC boot.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
During startup the SPL will print where the u-boot proper is read from.
Instead of using the default names, provide more user friendly names.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The board is able to boot from the following source:
- user-updateble SPI flash
- write-protected part of the same SPI flash
- eMMC
- SD card
Implement the needed function hooks to support all of these boot
sources.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
By default the OCRAM is marked as secure. While the SPL runs in EL3 and
thus can access it, DMA devices cannot. Mark the whole OCRAM as
non-secure.
This will fix MMC and SD card boot on LS1028A when using SPL instead of
TF-A.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This adds the onkey, RTC and watchdog children to the DA9063 PMIC node,
fixes the compatible for qspi0's flash node to match the official DT
schema (it being an is25wp256 is discoverable, hence jedec,spi-nor is
the only compatible that should be present) and exposes the card detect
GPIO.
Note that the device trees still diverge in some places (including
important things like the PCIe controller's clock name) and should be
cleaned up so that a common device tree is used in both projects rather
than having different bindings. This patch does not attempt to do that,
merely expose important functionality present in Linux's that is not in
U-Boot's so that it can be used without the OS providing its own bundled
copy.
Signed-off-by: Jessica Clarke <jrtc27@jrtc27.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Adding some debug prints I can see:
MMC: mmc@fe320000: Got clock clock-controller@ff760000 76
mmc@fe310000: Got clock clock-controller@ff760000 77
Unknown clock 77
rockchip_dwmmc_get_mmc_clk: err=-2
mmc@fe310000: 3, mmc@fe320000: 1, mmc@fe330000: 0
According to kernel code the SDIO clock is identical to SDMMC clock
except for the con 16->15 change.
Add support for the clock to avoid the error.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
mkimage entry currently creates a file whose name is derived from the
section name containing said entry.
Let's allow the user to define a filename for the mkimage-generated
binary by using the 'filename' DT property.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some image types handled by mkimage require the datafiles to be passed
independently (-d data1:data2) for specific handling of each. A
concatenation of datafiles prior to passing them to mkimage wouldn't
work.
That is the case for rkspi for example which requires page alignment
and only writing 2KB every 4KB.
This adds the ability to tell binman to pass the datafiles without
prior concatenation to mkimage, by adding the multiple-data-files
boolean property to the mkimage node.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While technically not a bug, let's have some consistency in paths
returned by u-boot,spl-boot-order look-up and the one saved in
u-boot,spl-boot-device by syncing spl_boot_devices_tbl and boot_devices
node paths.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Xavier Drudis Ferran <xdrudis@tinet.cat>
Reviewed-by: Xavier Drudis Ferran <xdrudis@tinet.cat>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
On RK3399, mmc0 is eMMC and mmc1 is SD card, c.f. console:
MMC: mmc@fe320000: 1, mmc@fe330000: 0
In arch/arm/mach-rockchip/spl-boot-order.c:board_boot_order, the
boot_device (BOOT_DEVICE_*) value is gotten from spl_node_to_boot_device
function. Said function returns BOOT_DEVICE_MMC1 for mmc0 (eMMC) and
BOOT_DEVICE_MMC2 for mmc1 (SD card).
Since the SD card controller is at mmc@fe320000, it should be associated
with BOOT_DEVICE_MMC2 and not BOOT_DEVICE_MMC1. Same applies to eMMC.
Let's fix that by swapping the two BOOT_DEVICEs.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Xavier Drudis Ferran <xdrudis@tinet.cat>
Rockchip SoCs need the boot_devices array defined in order to map the
bootloader's value to a U-Boot device. Implement this for rk3308.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@vrull.eu>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Commit 6aa4fe3912 ("dm: core: Rename and fix uclass_get_by_name_len()")
changed uclass_get_device_by_name() to an exact match when previously it
behaved as a prefix match.
The roc-cc code relied on this prefix match by only specifying part of
the device name. Fix this by using the full name including the address.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
When idbloader.img is flashed on the eMMC, the SPL still tries to load
from SPI-NOR first.
This is due to an incorrect look-up in the Device Tree. Since commit
822556a934 ("arm: dts: sync the Rockhip 3399 SoCs from Linux"), the
node name (but not label) changed from sdhci@fe330000 to mmc@fe330000
meaning U-Boot SPL is not looking for the correct node name anymore and
fails to find the "same-as-spl" node when eMMC is the medium from which
the SPL booted.
Fixes: 822556a934 ("arm: dts: sync the Rockhip 3399 SoCs from Linux")
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Xavier Drudis Ferran <xdrudis@tinet.cat>
Reviewed-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Lapkin Artem <email2tema@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Lapkin Artem <email2tema@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Currently the default initialisation frequency is 50MHz. Although
this does appear to be suitable for some LPDDR4 RAM chips, training at
this low frequency has been seen to cause Column errors, leading to
Capacity check errors on others.
Here we force RAM initialisation to happen at 400MHz before ramping up
to the final value running value of 800MHz after everything has been
successfully configured.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/Yo4v3jUeHXTovjOH@google.com/
Suggested-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Xavier Drudis Ferran <xdrudis@tinet.cat>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Michal Suchánek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Frequency changes to 400MHz are presently reported as:
lpddr4_set_rate_0: change freq to 400000000 mhz 0, 1
This is obviously wrong by 6 orders of magnitude.
Ensure frequency changes are reported accurately.
Signed-off-by: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Xavier Drudis Ferran <xdrudis@tinet.cat>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Functions pointed to by this op pointer can return non-zero values
indicating an error. Ensure any error value is propagated back up the
call-chain.
Signed-off-by: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Xavier Drudis Ferran <xdrudis@tinet.cat>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Only add the dram channel when we finally setup it successfully at the
last step.
Signed-off-by: Han Pengfei <pengphei@foxmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The boot_devices constants for rk3288 were changed to match the
binding, but the dtsi file was not synced.
Fix by renaming the rk3288 mmc node names.
Also correct the clock name for "ciu-drive".
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add an option to tell the TPM to commit non-volatile data immediately it
is changed, rather than waiting until later. This is needed in some
situations, since if the device reboots it may not write the data.
Add definitions for the rest of the Cr50 commands while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add a vendor-specific TPM2 command for this and implement it for Cr50.
Note: This is not part of the TPM spec, but is a Cr50 extension.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
It is useful to read information about the current TPM state, where
supported, e.g. for debugging purposes when verified boot fails.
Add support for this to the TPM interface as well as Cr50. Add a simple
sandbox test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
At present the emulator assumes that the TPM is inited in the same phase
where it is used. But in fact SPL may init the TPM, so we don't want to
complain when U-Boot proper later uses it. Remove this check.
It might be best to save this information into the device state for the
TPM, so that we can make sure the TPM was inited at some point. For now,
this seems good enough.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This feature is used for measured boot, so we can add a log entry to the
TCPA with some information about where the digest comes from. It is not
currently supported in the TPM drivers, but add it to the API so that
code which expects it can signal its request.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Pull request of efi-2022-10-rc4-2
UEFI:
* provide EFI Conformance Profile Table
* fix display of NVMe EUI-64
* fixes for Simple Text Input Ex Protocol
* fix exception unit-test on non-x86 sandbox
UEFI specification 2.9A requires to display the EUI-64 "in hexadecimal
format with byte 7 first (i.e., on the left) and byte 0 last".
This is in contrast to what the NVMe specification wants.
But it is what EDK II has been implementing.
Here is an example with the patch applied:
qemu-system-aarch64 -machine virt -cpu cortex-a72 -nographic \
-bios denx/u-boot.bin \
-device nvme,id=nvme1,serial=9ff81223 \
-device nvme-ns,bus=nvme1,drive=nvme1n0,eui64=0x123456789ABCDEF0 \
-drive file=arm64.img,if=none,format=raw,id=nvme1n0
=> nvme scan
=> efidebug devices
Device Path
====================
/VenHw(…)/NVMe(0x1,f0-de-bc-9a-78-56-34-12)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Display the EBBRv2.0 conformance in the ECPT table.
The EBBRv2.0 conformance profile is set in the ECPT if
CONFIG_EFI_EBBR_2_0_CONFORMANCE=y.
Signed-off-by: Jose Marinho <jose.marinho@arm.com>
Add dependencies for CONFIG_EFI_EBBR_2_0_CONFORMANCE.
Enable the setting by default.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The ECPT table will be included in the UEFI specification 2.9+.
The ECPT table was introduced in UEFI following the code-first path. The
acceptance ticket can be viewed at:
https://bugzilla.tianocore.org/show_bug.cgi?id=3591
The Conformance Profiles table is a UEFI configuration table that contains
GUID of the UEFI profiles that the UEFI implementation conforms with.
The ECPT table is created when CONFIG_EFI_ECPT=y.
The config is set by default.
Signed-off-by: Jose Marinho <jose.marinho@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The selftest checking the handling of exceptions in UEFI binaries is using
assembly to provide an undefined instruction. On the sandbox the correct
form of the instruction depends on the host architecture.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We cannot expect the buffers passed to the input protocols to be zero
filled. If only modifier keys are pressed, we have to return EFI_NOT_READY
but we still have to fill the key structure.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We need to support multiple digits in the parts of the UEFI verision
number. E.g.
EFI_SPECIFICATION_VERSION = (123 << 16) | 456
must be printed as
123.45.6
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- DM RTC improvements that should help in CI, allow disabling LTO from
the make line, add extension (cape, etc) support to distro bootcmd,
add a pause command and re-enable ARM v4T support.
At present the sandbox timer uses localtime() which can jump around twice
a year when daylight-saving time changes.
It would be tricky to make use of gmtime() since we still need to present
the time in local time, as seems to be required by U-Boot's RTC interface.
The problem can only happen once, so use a loop to detect it and try
again. This should be sufficient to detect either a change in the 'second'
value, or a daylight-saving change. We can assume that the latter also
incorporates a 'second' change, so there is no need to loop more than
twice.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It seems that the time can change in between getting it and reading the
offset. Check for this and try again if this happens.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some tests can have race conditions which are hard to detect on a single
one. Add a way to run tests more than once, to help with this.
Each individual test is run the requested number of times before moving
to the next test. If any runs failed, a message is shown.
This is most useful when running a single test, since running all tests
multiple times can take a while.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
LTO (Link-Time Optimisation) is an very useful feature which can
significantly reduce the size of U-Boot binaries. So far it has been
made available for selected ARM boards and sandbox.
However, incremental builds are much slower when LTO is used. For example,
an incremental build of sandbox takes 2.1 seconds on my machine, but 6.7
seconds with LTO enabled.
Add a NO_LTO parameter to the build, similar to NO_SDL, so it can be
disabled during development if needed, for faster builds.
Add some documentation about LTO while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is currently a problem that U-Boot can not work on ARMv4
because assembly imlementations of memcpy() and some other functions
use "bx lr" instruction that is not available on ARMv4 ("mov pc, lr"
should be used instead).
A working preprocessor-based solution to this problem is found in
arch/arm/lib/relocate.S. Move it to the "ret" macro in
arch/arm/include/asm/assembler.h and change all "bx lr" code
to "ret lr" in functions that may run on ARMv4. Linux source code
deals with this problem in the same manner.
v1 -> v2:
Comment update. Pointed out by Andre Przywara.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Antonov <saproj@gmail.com>
CC: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
CC: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
CC: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CC: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
CC: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This command is being introduced with the goal of allowing user-friendly
"generic use case" U-Boot builds to pause until user input under some
situations.
The main use case would be when a boot failure happens, to pause until
the user has had time to acknowledge the current state.
Tested using:
make && ./u-boot -v -T -c 'ut lib lib_test_hush_pause'
Signed-off-by: Samuel Dionne-Riel <samuel@dionne-riel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Try to load required DTB overlays if the board supports extensions and
CONFIG_CMD_EXTENSION is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Pull request for efi-2022-10-rc4
Documentation:
* add a page on sending patches
* bindings for FWU Metadata mtd storage
* fpio status output fields description
UEFI:
* ensure all block devices are probed
The host will report such error message if the fastboot device work in
full-speed mode: "Duplicate descriptor for config 1 interface 0
altsetting 0, skipping"
Fastboot device ack both full and high speed interface descriptors when
work in full-speed mode, that's will cause this issue.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: qianfan Zhao <qianfanguijin@163.com>
Reviewed-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
The compatible values used for device nodes representing Renesas Reduced
Pin Count Interfaces were based on preliminary versions of the Device
Tree Bindings.
Correct them in both DTSi files and drivers, to match the final DT
Bindings.
Note that there are no DT bindings for RPC-IF on RZ/A1 yet, hence the
most logical SoC-specific value is used, without specifying a
family-specific value.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
As the Renesas Reduced Pin Count Interface may be locked by TF-A, it is
disabled by default[1]. When unlocked, TF-A passes a DT fragment to
enable it, which is applied to the U-Boot DT[2].
Unlike the memory layout, the RPC-IF enablement is not propagated to
subsequent software. Hence e.g. Linux cannot know if the RPC-IF is
locked or not, and will lock-up when trying to access the RPC-IF when
locked.
Fix this by checking if the RPC-IF is enabled in the TF-A DT fragment, and
setting the status of the RPC-IF device node in the target DT, if
present, to "okay". Do this only when a "flash" subnode is found, to
avoid errors in subsequent software when the RPC-IF is not intended to
be used.
Note that this requires the status of the RPC-IF node to be set to
"disabled" in the target DT, just like in the U-Boot DT.
[1] commit 3d5f45c95c ("ARM: dts: rmobile: Disable RPC HF by
default")
[2] commit 361377dbdb ("ARM: rmobile: Merge prior-stage firmware
DT fragment into U-Boot DT on Gen3")
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
According to the Generic Names Recommendation in the Devicetree
Specification Release v0.3, and the DT Bindings for the Renesas Reduced
Pin Count Interface, the node name for a Renesas RPC-IF device should be
"spi". Especially on R-Car Gen3 and RZ/G2, the node name matters, as
the node is enabled by passing a DT fragment from TF-A to U-Boot, and
from U-Boot to subsequent software.
Fix this by renaming the device nodes from "rpc" to "spi".
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Enable d-cache early in SPL right after DRAM is started up.
This reduces U-Boot proper load time by 650ms when loaded
from SPI NOR.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
Introduce the new Kconfig symbol CONFIG_SPL_SYS_L2_PL310 to allow the
SPL to build cache-pl310.c.
Before this commit, the SPL could enable the PL310 L2 cache [1], but the
cache maintenance functions from cache-pl310.c were only useable for
non-SPL builds.
After enabling the cache one must be able to flush it, too. Thus this
commit allows cache-pl310.c to be included in the SPL build.
[1] See for example arch/arm/mach-imx/cache.c: v7_outer_cache_enable()
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
This converts CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 to Kconfig.
For omap2 and mvebu the 'select SYS_L2_PL310' locations were
determined using ./tools/moveconfig -i CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310.
For mx6 I manually chose ARCH_MX6 as 'select' location. The
correctness has been verified using
$ ./tools/moveconfig.py -f ARCH_MX6 ~SYS_L2_PL310 ~SYS_L2CACHE_OFF
0 matches
That means whenever an ARCH_MX6 board had SYS_L2_PL310 disabled, this
was correctly reflected in SYS_L2CACHE_OFF. Thus it's safe to insert
the 'select' statement under ARCH_MX6.
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
This removes the following symbols:
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_LDI_ADDR
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DVI_ADDR
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DVI_BUS_NUM
They are unused by any code in tree at this time.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_CCID
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_NXID
CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_BUS_NUM
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Bintool.version can now be passed the binary argument to return the
version text, so there's no need to override it in futility anymore.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Bintool.version can now be passed the binary argument to return the
version text, so there's no need to override it in fiptool anymore.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The code to check the version is very similar between binaries, the most
likely only needed variables are the regex to find the version (already
supported) and the args to pass to the binary so that it prints this
version (e.g. --version, -V or similar).
Let's make it a parameter of Bintool so that code duplication can be
avoided for simple changes.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Bintool.version already contains everything required to get the version
out of mkimage binary so let's not override it with its own
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Bintool.version already contains everything required to get the version
out of lz4 binary so let's not override it with its own implementation.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Version checking has nothing specific to compression/decompression tools
so let's move it to the Bintool class.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The binary is looked on the system by the suffix of the packer class.
This means binman was looking for btool_gzip on the system and not gzip.
Therefore, let's pass "gzip" as the name so that it can be found and
used.
Fixes: 0f369d7992 ("binman: Add gzip bintool")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add bindings needed for accessing the FWU metadata regions.
These include the compatible string which point to the access
method, the actual device which stores the FWU metadata and
the offsets for both metadata regions.
The current patch adds basic bindings needed for accessing the
metadata structure on non-GPT mtd regions.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jassi Brar <jaswinder.singh@linaro.org>
The old "Patches" wiki page is not available anymore. Now that the
content has been integrated with the submitting_patches document,
reference that instead.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Use gender-neutral language to refer to the user, consistently.
- Reference the checkpatch document.
- Move the section on commit message tags to the process document and
reference this in sending_patches.rst.
- Reword the custodian workflow process section to refer to this new
section, integrate some of the wording from there in this new section.
- Update the comment about GPLv2 applying to August 2022, to be clear
this still is correct.
- Reword the section about MAKEALL to talk about local build testing and
link to the CI document.
- Reference the system_configuration document for the note about
modifying existing code.
- Reword the patchwork flow section.
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Import as-is much of the old "Patches" wiki page to the current
sending_patches.rst file. This means we need to move patman to being
included in the higher level ToC and add a reference for "Custodians" in
the process document. A very minimal amount of content changing and
rewording is done here as part of the import, in order to make the
conversion easier.
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Only probed block devices are available in the UEFI sub-system. Multiple
block devices may be involved in the boot process. So we have to make sure
that all block devices are probed. Another reason is that we store UEFI
variables on the ESP which may be on any block device.
On the sandbox before the patch:
=> efidebug devices
No EFI system partition
Device Device Path
================ ====================
000000001b027c70 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)
000055d078bc1ae0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/Uart(0,0,D,D)
000000001b22e0b0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/MAC(020011223344,1)
After the patch:
=> efidebug devices
No EFI system partition
Device Device Path
================ ====================
000000001b027c70 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)
000055bdac8ddae0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/Uart(0,0,D,D)
000000001b230920 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/SD(2)/SD(0)
000000001b233ac0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/SD(1)/SD(1)
000000001b233b80 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/SD(1)/SD(1)/HD(1,GPT,d0a914ee-a71c-fc1e-73f0-7e302b0e6c20,0x30,0x1)
000000001b234110 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/SD(1)/SD(1)/HD(2,GPT,9330a0ea-8aff-f67a-294c-fa05d60896c3,0x31,0x1)
000000001b22f0e0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/SD(0)/SD(2)
000000001b238df0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/MAC(020011223344,1)
Fixes: a9bf024b29 ("efi_loader: disk: a helper function to create efi_disk objects from udevice")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Newer versions of GCC won't initialize parts of structures which don't
appear to be used. This results in uninitialized semihosting parameters
passed via R1. Fix this by marking the inline assembly as clobbering
memory.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
LibreSSL 3.5.0 and later (also shipped as part of OpenBSD 7.1 and
and later) have an opaque RSA object and do provide the
RSA_get0_* functions that OpenSSL provides.
Fixes: 2ecc354b8e ("tools: mkimage: fix build with LibreSSL")
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
FTD blob can be put immediately after the OS image.
So use strict inequality for start address check.
Fixes: fbde7589ce ("common: bootm: add checks to verify if ramdisk / fdtimage overlaps OS image")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
fit_image_get_comp() should not set value -1 in case it can't read
the compression node. Instead, leave the value untouched in that case
as it can be absent and a default value previously defined by the
caller of fit_image_get_comp() should be used.
As a result the warning message
WARNING: 'compression' nodes for ramdisks are deprecated, please fix your .its file!
no longer shows if the compression node is actually absent.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Change variable name 'imape_comp' to the supposedly intended name
'image_comp'.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This reinstates fix from commit 8f8c04bf1e ("i2c: fix stack buffer
overflow vulnerability in i2c md command") without the changes unrelated
to the actual fix. Avoid the underflow by setting only nbytes and
linebytes as unsigned integers.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Nicolas Iooss <nicolas.iooss+uboot@ledger.fr>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
This reverts commit 8f8c04bf1e.
The commit is largely wrong and breaks most of i2c command functionality.
The problem described in the aforementioned commit commit message is valid,
however the commit itself does many more changes unrelated to fixing that
one problem it describes. Those extra changes, namely the handling of i2c
device address length as unsigned instead of signed integer, breaks the
expectation that address length may be negative value. The negative value
is used by DM to indicate that address length of device does not change.
The actual bug documented in commit 8f8c04bf1e
can be fixed by extra sanitization in separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Nicolas Iooss <nicolas.iooss+uboot@ledger.fr>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When compiling executables from a single.c file, the linker is also
invoked. Pass the flags like the other linker commands.
cherry-pick kbuild change from Linux:
63185b46cdb3 (kbuild: use HOSTLDFLAGS for single .c executables)
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are three different kinds of EEPROM possibly present on boards.
1. 1byte address. For those we should avoid 2byte address in order
not to rewrite the data. Second byte of the address can potentially
be interpreted as the data to write.
2. 2byte address with defined behaviour. When we try to use 1byte
address they just return "FF FF FF FF ... FF"
3. 2byte address with undefined behaviour (for instance, 24LC32AI).
When we try to use 1byte address, then their internal read
pointer is changed to some value. Subsequential reads may be
broken.
To gracefully handle both case #1 and case #3 we read all required
data from EEPROM at once (about 80 bytes). So either all the data is
valid or we fallback to 2byte address.
Cc: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Fixes: a58147c2db ("board: ti: common: board_detect: Do 1byte address checks first.")
Reference: https://lore.kernel.org/all/CAJs94Ebdd4foOjhGFu9Bop0v=B1US9neDLxfhgcY23ukgLzFOQ@mail.gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
I do not have any non-serial output devices, so a
print_pre_console_buffer(PRE_CONSOLE_FLUSHPOINT2_EVERYTHING_BUT_SERIAL)
does nothing for me.
However, I was manually inspected the pre-console buffer using md.b,
and I noticed that the early part of it was repeated. The reason is
that the first call of print_pre_console_buffer(), from
console_init_f(), ends up invoking puts() with the contents of the
buffer at that point, and puts() at that point ends up in the else
branch of
if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_DEVINIT) {
/* Send to the standard output */
fputs(stdout, s);
} else {
/* Send directly to the handler */
pre_console_puts(s);
serial_puts(s);
}
so indeed the contents is added again.
That can be somewhat confusing (both when reading the buffer manually,
but also if it did actually come out on some device). So disable all
use of the pre-console buffer while print_pre_console_buffer() is
emitting it.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some UBI partitions may use non-standard UBI header offset. For attaching
these UBI partitions it is required to pass second argument with offset to
"ubi part" command.
Therefore extend distroboot to allow specifying additional optional 6th
argument with UBI header offset. This offset is set in new distroboot
variable ${bootubioff} which may be used by distroboot script to e.g.
properly pass this value to linux kernel command line for proper mounting
of rootfs by kernel. This variable is set to empty string (cleared) when
UBI header offset is not specified into distroboot BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES
macro.
Usage of helper macro BOOTENV_DEV_UBIFS_BOOTUBIOFF in this change is there
as a type check. It ensures that in BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES macro was specified
UBIFS func with either 5 or 6 arguments. If not then cpp throws compile
error.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Avoid enabling this command by default. This saves about 1KB of code
space.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tests should be in order of the test-file numbers. Sort the tests
according to the test-file numbers and rework the test-file numbers to
eliminate duplicate numbers.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Don't assign a value to a variable if it is not used afterwards.
Move variables to the code fragment where they are used.
Addresses-Coverity: CID 356243 ("Code maintainability issues (UNUSED_VALUE)")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
uclass_find_first_device() may return NULL if no device for the uclass
exists. Handle this case gracefully.
Addresses-Coverity: CID 356244 ("Null pointer dereferences (FORWARD_NULL)")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the addition of the revision stats this now takes over a minute. Use
a parallel build to reduce it a bit (24 seconds for me).
Series-changes; 2
- Use '-j auto' instead
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The spl doesn't support ubifs and thereby doesn't provide the
ubifs_is_mounted function. Remove the dependency to ubifs for the spl.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
The brute-force controller disable method can end up racing controller
initialization and causing a crash when we shut down Apple ANS2 NVMe
controllers. Do a proper controlled shutdown, which does block until
things are quiesced properly. This is nicer in general for all
controllers.
Signed-off-by: Hector Martin <marcan@marcan.st>
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org> (firefly-rk3399)
PCIe config space has address range 0-4095. So do not allow reading from
addresses outside of this range. Lot of U-Boot drivers do not expect that
passed value is not in this range. PCI DM read function is extended to
fill read value to all ones or zeros when it fails as U-Boot callers
ignores return value.
Calling U-Boot command 'pci display.b 0.0.0 0 0x2000' now stops printing
config space at the end (before 0x1000 address).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We can check if the message was acknowledged in the common
ti_sci_do_xfer() which lets us remove it from after each call to this
function. This simplifies the code and reduces binary size.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
The inline hint is not needed here, the compiler will do the right thing
based on if we are compiling for speed or for code size. In this case the
inline causes this function to be placed inside each callsite which is
not the right thing to do for either speed nor size. There is no
performance benefit to this due to the larger function size reducing
cache locality, but there is a huge size penalty. Remove inline keyword.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
We don't need to print the same message in every location, just
print it in the function that fails and remove all the extra
message printouts.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
This ti_sci_do_xfer() function already prints out the reason for the
failure, and the caller of each of these functions should also notify
the user of the failed task. Remove this extra level of error message.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Currently for all Qcom SoCs/boards there are separate compatibles for
GPIO and pinctrl. But this is inconsistent with official (upstream) Linux
bindings which requires only a single compatible "qcom,<SoC name>-pinctrl"
and there is no such compatible property as "qcom,tlmm-<SoC name>".
So fix this inconsistency for Qcom SoCs in order to comply with upstream
DT bindings. This is done via removing compatibles from "msm_gpio" driver
and via binding to "msm_gpio" driver from pinctrl driver in case
"gpio-controller" property is specified for pinctrl node.
Suggested-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
DT compatible is sufficient to make platform specific differentiation,
so remove redundant CONFIG_SDM845 check.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Enable USB config options along with its dependencies like PHY, RESET,
PMIC GPIO etc. config options.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
For USB3 host controller to detect devices on the bus it is required to
enable a PMIC GPIO: usb_vbus_boost_pin. So enable that during board
specific initialization.
And since this PMIC GPIO parsing is quite u-boot specific, so add a
DT override to qcs404-evb-uboot.dtsi to represent usb_vbus_boost_pin.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
GPIO LV (low voltage)/MV (medium voltage) subtypes have different
features and register mappings than 4CH/8CH subtypes. Add support
for LV and MV subtypes.
With GPIO LV/MV subtype available, add "qcom,pms405-gpio" compatible
which requires support for GPIO MV subtype.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Since both pm8916.c and pm8916_gpio.c are already supporting multiple
Qcom SoCs, it makes sense to rename these drivers to pmic_qcom.c and
qcom_pmic_gpio.c respectively. Also, these driver can be extended to
support additional functionality if required for other Qcom SoCs.
Along with this import latest DT binding: qcom,spmi-pmic.txt from Linux
kernel and thereby remove pm8916.txt.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
QCS404 SoC provides support for two USB controllers: one USB3 and the
other one being USB2. The USB3 controller supports further 2 PHY: one high
speed PHY and the other super speed PHY. The USB2 controller supports a
single high speed PHY. So add corresponding DT nodes.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Drivers like USB, ethernet etc. uses ".enable" hook to enable clocks.
So add corresponding support for Qcom clock drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Since the base functionality remains the same for a reset driver on Qcom
SoCs, so leverage that to convert ipq4019 specific reset driver to a
generic Qcom reset driver. With that one just need to provide SoC specific
reset table.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
QCS404 SoC supports two types of PHY, one supports high speed mode or
USB2 PHY and the other supports super speed mode or USB3 PHY. So add
corresponding PHY drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Remove the main_cpsw0_qsgmii_phyinit variable from the boot
command as there is no ethernet firmware in j721s2.
Fixes: 8886341aa6 ('configs: j721s2_evm_a72_defconfig: Add A72 specific defconfig')
Signed-off-by: Jayesh Choudhary <j-choudhary@ti.com>
Re-sync again on some linux part, add some fixes for fsl_elbc from
Pali and switch
imx8mn bsh to use nand base ident
For nand subsystem tested on:
- imx8mn Macronix MX30LF4G18AC
- P2020 based board Turris 1.1 for fsl_elbc
- kirkwood: pogo_v4 & nsa310s: Add distro boot (Tony)
- kirkwood: add DM timer support and use it on lsxl boards (Michael)
- kirkwood: convert the Buffalo Linkstation LS-CHLv2 and XHL boards
to DM (Michael)
- mvebu: turris_mox/omnia: misc improments (Pali)
- mvebu: mbus: Fix mbus driver to work also after U-Boot relocation (Pali)
The board has only one network interface. The linux kernel will
gracefully skip a the ethernet interface if no connected PHY could be
probed. u-boot on the other hand will throw an error message. The kernel
device tree is about to be fixed. For now, just disable the ethernet
interface in our -u-boot.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
DM_SERIAL needs early malloc. The on-chip RAM is pretty tight, it's only
2kiB, with DM_SERIAL enabled, this doesn't work anymore. Fortunately for
us, we don't need the on-chip RAM because the DRAM is already
initialized before u-boot starts. Just put the early malloc area there
and use the default early malloc size.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Just enabling the Kconfig option for DM_ETH and DM_MDIO is enough.
Additionally, we can remove the old hardcoded config.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Use the new mvebu GPIO driver and convert all the function calls to the
former kirkwood GPIO driver. This means that we are now using the LED
uclass and the regulator uclass. Unfortunately, the GPIO LED doesn't
offer a blinking method. Thus we are now stuck with solid on and off
states, which makes debugging a bit harder. Also, there is no GPIO fan
driver for now.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
If something is wrong with the environment, we cannot rely on a proper
u-boot operation anymore. In fact, it is possible, that we never reach
misc_init_r() with a broken environment.
Also don't enable the netconsole by environment settings. This way the
user don't have to reconfigure the environment. Instead the network
console is only enabled when the push button is pressed during boot.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We still need to be able to boot legacy images. Esp. the debian
installer will have a kernel with an appended DTB.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Use the common kernel_addr_r, ramdisk_addr_r and fdt_addr_r variable
names.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We can load the ramdisk as the last step. This way we don't have to set
the intermediate variable 'ramdisk_len' and can remove it.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Drop our own CONFIG_FDTFILE handling in favor of the generic
CONFIG_DEFAULT_FDT_FILE one.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The board code needs this to be set. Otherwise, the recovery mechanism
doesn't work. Therefore, select this option automatically with the
board.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cleanup the included header files in the board code. These are all
leftovers from earlier days.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is not needed. The user can force setting the variables with
"setenv -f".
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The board only has a 4Mbit flash and two sectors are reserved for the
u-boot environment and the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The gpio-button driver depends on DM_GPIO, add it to Kconfig to avoid
build errors.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
If we switch to CONFIG_TIMER, we don't need the legacy timer macros and
functions anymore. Add the proper guards to exclude them from compiling.
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CONFIG_SYS_TIMER_RATE might be a dynamic value, i.e. a function call
instead of a static value, thus it has to be evaluated at runtime. If it
is a static value, the compiler should be able to optimize the unused
branches out.
This will be needed for kirkwoods dynamic CONFIG_SYS_TCLK setting.
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Add distro boot to board include file and deconfig file
- Miscellaneous changes:
- Remove Gerald from maintainer list (email bounced)
- Add CONFIG_SUPPORT_PASSING_ATAGS and friends to support legacy
kernel method of booting (e.g. OpenWrt) with appended DTB.
- Add CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG to reduce binary size.
Note that this patch is depended on the following patch:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20220807192709.21717-1-pali@kernel.org/
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
mbus driver is initialized from arch_cpu_init() callback which is called
before relocation. This driver stores lot of functions and structure
pointers into global variables, so it is data position dependent.
Therefore after relocations all pointers are invalid and driver does not
work anymore as all pointers referes to the old memory, which overlaps with
CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR and ${loadaddr}.
For example U-Boot fuse command crashes if loadaddr memory is cleared or
rewritten by some image loaded by U-Boot load command.
mw.w ${loadaddr} 0x0 10000
fuse read 0 1 2
Fix this issue by removing of all mbus global variables in which are stored
pointers to structures or functions which changes during relocation. And
replace it by direct function calls (not via pointers). With this change
fuse command finally works.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When Mox SFP module is connected after Topaz or Peridot module then port DT
node already contains "sfp" label. But Mox SFP module can be connected also
without Topaz or Peridot module in which case it is connected directly into
he eth1 DT node, which is without any label. So add "sfp" label into eth1
DT node in this case.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There are already more MCU firmware versions for Turris Omnia in
production, so display git commit (version) of the MCU firmware during
U-Boot startup. It will help to identify what version of MCU firmware is
Turris Omnia using.
MCU firmware for Turris Omnia is open source and available at website:
https://gitlab.nic.cz/turris/hw/omnia_hw_ctrl
It can be updated from running system via i2c bus with this tool:
https://gitlab.nic.cz/turris/omnia-mcutool
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Add distro boot to board include file and deconfig file
- Miscellaneous changes:
- Add CONFIG_SUPPORT_PASSING_ATAGS and friends to support legacy
kernel method of booting (e.g. OpenWrt) with appended DTB.
- Add CONFIG_LTO and CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG, and disable some
unused configs to reduce binary size.
Note that this patch is depended on the following patch:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20220807192709.21717-1-pali@kernel.org/
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
SPI0 CS0 Flash is mapped to address range 0xD4000000 - 0xD7FFFFFF by BootROM.
Proper U-Boot removes this direct mapping. So it is available only in SPL.
This applies for all 32-bit Armada BootROMs. SPL mvebu code is used only on
32-bit Armada SoCs. So move env_sf_get_env_addr() function from Turris
Omnia board to common SPL mvebu code and add proper checks for SPI0 CS0.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- We now have a new enough sbsigntools in the distro, stop building.
- Use the 20220801 tag for Jammy.
- Move to pygit2 1.9.2 (current version) as the old one doesn't build on
"Jammy".
- Add the working directory to the list of safe directories for git.
- Move to pytest 6.2.5 to address other issues.
- This move exposed a number of minor issues in the existing scripts we
used within CI to perform the jobs themselves. The most notable changes
here involve using 'set +e / set -e' to enforce when we should or should
not make non-zero buildman status be a fatal error.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
During compilation gcc throws warning:
drivers/mtd/nand/raw/fsl_elbc_nand.c: In function ‘fsl_elbc_nand_probe’:
drivers/mtd/nand/raw/fsl_elbc_nand.c:841:31: warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
return fsl_elbc_chip_init(0, (void *)dev_read_addr(dev), dev);
^
Fix it by using dev_read_addr_ptr() function which returns pointer instead
of dev_read_addr() which returns integer type.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Subpage write support for freescale eLBC NAND controller driver is
implemented in U-Boot and was fixes in the commit d3963721d9 ("nand: Sync
with Linux v4.1").
So remove NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE flag from the fsl_elbc_nand.c driver. This
partially revert commit cb04c77234 ("nand/fsl: add NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
to eLBC and IFC drivers"), only eLBC driver part.
With this change U-Boot with default settings can read from NAND UBIFS
image created on Linux with Linux default settings. Prior this change
U-Boot was unable to read from NAND UBIFS images created with Linux default
settings due to differnet UBI geometry.
Linux kernel fsl_elbc_nand.c driver also does not set NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
flag and has implemented subpage write support.
Fixes: cb04c77234 ("nand/fsl: add NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE to eLBC and IFC drivers")
Fixes: d3963721d9 ("nand: Sync with Linux v4.1")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-By: Michael Trimarchi<michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 8fc82d456e40a0.
On some nand controllers with hw-ecc the controller code wants to know
the ecc strength and size and having these as 0, 0 is not accepted.
Specifying these in devicetree is possible but undesirable as the nand
may be different in different production runs of the same board, so it
is better to get this info from the nand id where possible.
This commit adds code to read the ecc strength and size from the nand
for Samsung extended-id nands. This code is based on the info for the 5th
id byte in the datasheets for the following Samsung nands: K9GAG08U0E,
K9GAG08U0F, K9GAG08X0D, K9GBG08U0A, K9GBG08U0B. These all use these bits
in the exact same way.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 7bb427990ee364.
Rename the function to match this new behavior.
NOTE: fix nand_detect/nand_get_flash_type parameters in
mxs_nand_spl. This code seems never executed by any board
as alternative for nand detect
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 4722c0e958e636.
The returned "type" is never used in nand_scan_ident() and spl code
Make nand_get_flash_type() simply return an integer value in order
to avoid unnecessary ERR_PTR/PTR_ERR dance.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
At this point given the number of PowerPC platforms we have, a single
job to build them all fits within the time limit we have in Azure.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The kmtegr1 board is out of maintenance and can be removed. As it is the
only board in the tree using MPC8309 the support for this CPU is dropped
completely.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
This board is missing migration to CONFIG_DM, which had a deadline of
v2020.01, which is now more than 2 years passed due. Remove it.
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enforce requiring DM_ETH to be enabled for ethernet drivers, as the
migration deadline has well passed. To facilitate this, we remove some
non-migrated platforms and disable networking on a few others. Finally
we remove some of the now-useless non-DM_ETH code in some platforms as a
prerequisite for DM_ETH being set.
The deadline for DM_ETH migration passed 2 years ago. Now that
platforms which cannot be migrated have been either removed or had
drivers disabled, and platforms that needed minor help to migrate have
been forcefully migrated, we can complete the migration.
This entails select'ing DM_ETH under NETDEVICES, and then removing now
extraneous depends on lines. In a few places, we can now either remove
options or just simplify later dependencies.
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Now that we are about to enable DM_ETH by default, remove legacy code.
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that we are about to enable DM_ETH by default, remove legacy code.
Cc: Alison Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that we are about to enable DM_ETH by default, disable SPL_NET as
SPL_DM is not enabled currently.
Cc: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This platform needs to be converted to use DM_ETH as the deadline is 2
years passed due. Disable networking support for now.
Cc: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As this driver has been converted to DM_ETH and the migration deadline
is 2 years passed, remove the legacy code and callers.
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This board is behind on several mandatory DM migrations and is missing
OF_CONTROL support that makes other conversions impossible. Remove it.
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro.iwamatsu.yj@renesas.com>
Cc: Tetsuyuki Kobayashi <koba@kmckk.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board is behind on several mandatory DM migrations and is missing
OF_CONTROL support that makes other conversions impossible. Remove it.
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro.iwamatsu.yj@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
To ease maintenance, let's keep only the main mx28evk_defconfig
and remove the other variants that have not been migrated to DM.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add gzip bintool to binman to support on-the-fly compression of Linux
kernel images and FPGA bitstreams. The SPL basic fitImage implementation
supports only gzip decompression.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename the module and support this, since gzip.py is a system module:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a bintools base class for packers which compression / decompression
entry contents.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Dropped dead/untested code in version():
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move management of the bintool to compress and decompress data into the
entry class and add the bintool to the list of required bintools.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Select the lz4 and lzma_alone bintools in cbfs_util class to centralize
the supported compression algorithm evaluation inside the class and over
multiple classes.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move compression bintools (packer) creation into test setup to reuse
bintool objects between tests.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Put comp_util import back in, since it is still needed here:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove the obsolete compressed data header handling from the utilities
to compress and decompress data. The header is uncommon, not supported
by U-Boot and incompatible with external compressed artifacts.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Disable the compressed data header of the utilities to compress and
decompress data. The header is uncommon, not supported by U-Boot and
incompatible with external compressed artifacts.
The header was introduced as part of commit eb0f4a4cb4 ("binman:
Support replacing data in a cbfs") to allow device tree entries to be
larger than the compressed contents.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an optional length header attribute to the device tree blob entry
class based on the compressed data header from the utilities to compress
and decompress data.
If needed the header could be enabled with the following
attribute beside the compress attribute:
prepend = "length";
The header was introduced as part of commit eb0f4a4cb4 ("binman:
Support replacing data in a cbfs") to allow device tree entries to be
larger than the compressed contents. Regarding the commit "this is
necessary to cope with a compressed device tree being updated in such a
way that it shrinks after the entry size is already set (an obscure
case)". This case need to be fixed without influence any compressed data
by itself.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a DecompressData function to entry class to allow override in child
classes and to centralize the compress and decompress in a single class.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Collect and thereby initialize bintools before any usage but after
generation of entries. This is needed to handle bintools for compress
and decompress like other bintools.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Avoid duplicate entries in the list of bintools used by the image and
the list of missing bintools.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the collections etype only works with entries in the same
section. This can be limiting, since in some cases the data may be inside
a subsection, e.g. if there are alignment constraints.
Add a function to find the entries in an etype and have it search
recursively. Make use of this for mkimage also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Also control over what goes in the file passed with -n using a separate
imagename subnode. This can include a section or any other entry type.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some image types use the -n parameter to pass in the data file. Add
support for this, with a new property.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Expand this a little to make things clearer. Also drop the invalid
entry arg.
Series-changes 2
- Make it clear that -d data is concatenated/collected by binman
- Fix mulitple typoe
- Reword a sentence for grammar
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The testReplaceSectionSimple() test is the only one which expects failure.
It looks odd in the output and takes time to glance at it to see that all
is in fact well. Also it does not check that the right exception is
generated.
Use the more common (in binman) approach of checking for an exception.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since this is implemented as a section, it should really be split into
several functions, one to read the node and one to read the entries. Do
this so that it matches how Entry_section works.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some new entries are likely to have required properties. Support this in a
standard way, with a list of required properties which can be set up by
base classes. Check for missing properties when the entry is read.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When a single test is run we don't need to buffer the test output. This
has the unfortunate side effect of suppressing test output, in particular
the binman output directory normally printed with the -X option. This is
a huge problem since it blocks debugging of tests.
We don't actually know how many tests will be run when we set up the
suite, so as a work-around, assume that test_name being specified
indicates that there is likely only one.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
bootstage_mark() and bootstate_error() are not recording any name and in
report it is showing as id=<value>. That's not useful and it is better to
show function name which calls it.
That's why use macros with passing __func__ as recorded name for bootstage.
Origin report looks like this:
ZynqMP> bootstage report
Timer summary in microseconds (10 records):
Mark Elapsed Stage
0 0 reset
2,482,383 2,482,383 board_init_f
4,278,821 1,796,438 board_init_r
4,825,331 546,510 id=64
4,858,409 33,078 id=65
4,862,382 3,973 main_loop
4,921,713 59,331 usb_start
9,345,345 4,423,632 id=175
When this patch is applied.
ZynqMP> bootstage report
Timer summary in microseconds (31 records):
Mark Elapsed Stage
0 0 reset
2,465,624 2,465,624 board_init_f
4,278,628 1,813,004 board_init_r
4,825,139 546,511 eth_common_init
4,858,228 33,089 eth_initialize
4,862,201 3,973 main_loop
4,921,530 59,329 usb_start
8,885,334 3,963,804 cli_loop
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These functions are not needed anymore since we now have logic which can
output to the console if logging is disabled. Drop the declarations.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present fake files from a previous build appear to be real files for
a subsequent build, since they sit in the output directory.
This can cause problems, since binman may need to parse the file, e.g.
with the Intel description.bin files.
Fix this by putting them in a 'binman-fake' subdirectory. Keep a track
of the fake filename so we only create it once. Subsequent builds will
still see that the file is missing and mark it as fake.
Update a few tests to check the behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Makes it easier to add readable GPIO definitions in DTS files
for Aspeed SOC based boards.
Ported with small edits to add IBM copyright statement and fix
for checkpatch warning.
Signed-off-by: Dhananjay Phadke <dphadke@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Billy Tsai <billy_tsai@aspeedtech.com>
Acked-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
During early boot phase GD_FLG_ENV_READY is not set but env_get() may work
when env is ready in restricted mode. Do not fail with error message
"WARNING: Calling __hwconfig without a buffer and before environment is ready"
when env is already working by checking for ENV_VALID flag.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
The k3_gen_x509_cert.sh script produced this warning on gitlab and also
on my machine, e.g. with j7200_evm_r5:
awk: cmd. line:1: warning: regexp escape sequence `\ ' is not a known
regexp operator
There is no need to escape spaces, so drop the backslashes. Also split
the line so it is a more reasonable length.
This script should really be deleted and binman used instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Yocto project builds their aarch64 cross-compiler with the
configure knob --enable-standard-branch-protection, which means that
their gcc behaves as if -mbranch-protection=standard is passed; the
default (lacking that configure knob) is -mbranch-protection=none.
This means that when building U-Boot using the Yocto toolchain, most
functions end up containing paciasp/autiasp/bti instructions. However,
since U-Boot is not an ordinary userspace application, there's no OS
kernel which has set up the required authentication keys, so these
instructions do nothing at all (even on arm64 hardware that does have
the pointer authentication capability). They do however make the image
larger.
It is theoretically possible for U-Boot to make use of the pointer
authentication protection - cf. the linux kernel's
CONFIG_ARM64_PTR_AUTH_KERNEL - but it is far from trivial, and it's
hard to see just what threat model it would protect against in a
bootloader context. Regardless, we certainly have none of the required
infrastructure now, so explicitly pass -mbranch-protection=none to
ensure those useless instructions do not get emitted.
For a toolchain not configured with
--enable-standard-branch-protection, this changes nothing. For the
Yocto toolchain, this reduces the size of both SPL and U-Boot proper
by about 3% for my imx8mp target.
If you don't have a Yocto toolchain, the effect can easily be
reproduced by applying this patch and changing =none to =standard.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
pcm051_rev3_defconfig config (Phytec Wega board) has been dropped in
64efd11d ("arm: Remove pcm051 board")
due to expired migration deadlines. Here, pcm051_rev3_defconfig support is
reintroduced.
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some of config options are board specific and should be set in into their
default values automatically. So move them from defconfig file to Kconfig
definitions to ensure that possible user custom defconfig files would have
these required options also enabled.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Now when board starup code does not copy image to CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE
address there is no need to calculate all addresses from base address at
runtime. The only address which needs to be calculated is attached kernel
image address which can be simplified at compile time without need to know
CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE address or relocation address at the runtime.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Expression (r + (r0 - r1)) produce same result as (r - (r1 - r0)). So it
does not matter which one is called. Always call the first option and
remove second one.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Switch from custom board specific fixup/copy code to U-Boot generic
position independent code provided by config option POSITION_INDEPENDENT.
This also slightly decrease size of u-boot.bin binary (by 52 bytes). Note
that option POSITION_INDEPENDENT increase size but not more than custom
board fixup/copy code which is being deleted (as it is not needed anymore).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Prior starting copy of kernel image to target location, invalidate also
zImage magic header. This ensures that on target location would be image
with valid header only in the case valid header was also in the source
location and copy from source to target finished successfully. Copy is
always skipped when kernel image in source location is invalid.
Add also comment to the code which explain what is the code doing.
Fixes: cc434fccba ("Nokia RX-51: Add support for booting kernel in zImage format")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
My professional e-mail will change and the BayLibre one will
bounce after mid-september of 2022.
This updates the MAINTAINERS files and adds an entry in the
.mailmap file.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Pull request for efi-2022-10-rc3-2
Documentation:
* improve description of device probing
* describe booting RISC-V with KVM and QEMU
UEFI
* fix Makefile for mkeficapsule
The ELF U-Boot image produced by qemu-riscv64_smode_defconfig can be
used to boot with QEMU and KVM.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The LS1043ARDB rev v7.0 board replaces the AQR105 PHY on MAC9 with an
AQR113C PHY. The address of the PHY on the MDIO bus changes from 0x1 to
0x8. Enable CONFIG_OF_BOARD_FIXUP and update both u-boot and Linux device
trees to reflect this change.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
caam driver model enabled in spl for secure boot.
fsl_rsa_mod_exp driver enabled in spl for validating uboot image.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Currently message is not intended that prompt end up at the end of debug
line. For example like this:
DFU alt info setting: done
DFU entities configuration failed!
(partition table does not match dfu_alt_info?)
Firmware update failed: <NULL>
Cannot handle a capsule at 10000000Zynq>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This is a preparation patch to provide the unified method
to access udevice pointer associated with the EFI handle
by adding udevice pointer into struct efi_object.
The patch also introduces a helper function efi_link_dev()
to link the udevice and EFI handle.
The EFI handles of both EFI block io driver implemented in
lib/efi_loader/efi_disk.c and EFI block io driver implemented
as EFI payload can access the udevice pointer in the struct efi_object.
We can use this udevice pointer to get the U-Boot friendly
block device name(e.g. mmc 0:1, nvme 0:1) through EFI handle.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Ensure that the string we convert to UTF-16 is NUL terminated even
if the device path only contains end nodes.
Fixes: bd3d75bb0c ("efi_loader: multi part device paths to text")
Addresses-Coverity: 350434 ("Uninitialized scalar variable")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add references in the documentation for each entry type, so we can refer
to them from other documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Link to patman's documentation from the doc/ directory so that it appears
in the 'make htmldocs' output.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This was widely used by U-Boot for a long time, but is not used anymore,
with Gitlab and Azure taking over.
Drop the text.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We talk about importing code from other projects in two places. The
first place is in the coding style section, where we explain when to or
not to deviate in terms of white space, etc. In the process
documentation we now add a note about saying where the code was imported
from and to ensure that you do not copy Signed-off-by or other tags.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
* describe crashs in UEFI binaries
* provide architechture specific information for the sandbox and RISC-V
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
fs_set_blk_dev() probes all file-systems until it finds one that matches
the volume. We do not expect any console output for non-matching
file-systems.
Convert error messages in erofs_read_superblock() to debug output.
Fixes: 830613f8f5 ("fs/erofs: add erofs filesystem support")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Huang Jianan <jnhuang95@gmail.com>
- Clean up some code with the DH electronics boards, remove a few boards
that have had their removal ack'd, update Azure CI hosts for macOS and
Ubuntu, and migrate a few more symbols to Kconfig.
This board is behind on several mandatory DM migrations and is missing
OF_CONTROL support that makes other conversions impossible. Remove it.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This board is behind on several mandatory DM migrations and is missing
OF_CONTROL support that makes other conversions impossible. Remove it.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_FSL_NGPIXIS
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_QMAN_V3
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_RAID_ENGINE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_RMU
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SRIO_LIODN
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USB1_PHY_ENABLE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USB2_PHY_ENABLE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USB_DUAL_PHY_ENABLE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USB_INTERNAL_UTMI_PHY
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
To do this, introduce a choice and option for each of the strings used
and set CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT based on that.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
And we remove the entries from the README for a number of already
converted items.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
To reduce code duplication, let the stm32 based DH boards use the common
code for setting up their MAC addresses.
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
To reduce code duplication, let the imx8 based DH boards use the common
code for setting up their MAC addresses.
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
To reduce code duplication, let the imx6 based DH boards use the common
code for setting up their MAC addresses.
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This is a starting point for unifying duplicate code in the DH board
files. The functions for setting up MAC addresses are very similar for
the i.MX6, i.MX8 and stm32mp1 based boards.
All pre-existing implementations follow the same logic:
(1) Check if ethaddr is already set in the environment
(2) If not, try to get it from a board specific location (e.g. fuse)
(3) If not, try to get it from eeprom
After this commit, (1) and (3) are implemented as common functions,
ready to be used by board specific files.
Furthermore there is an implementation of (2) for imx based boards.
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
To quote Simon:
This adds the concept of a VBE method to U-Boot, along with an
implementation of the 'VBE simple' method, basically a simple way of
updating firmware in MMC from userspace and monitoring it from U-Boot.
VBE simple is implemented in fwupd. U-Boot's role is to set up the
device tree with the required firmware-update properties and provide the
developer with information about the current VBE state. To that end this
series includes a new 'vbe' command that allows VBE methods to be listed
and examined.
As part of this work, support for doing FDT fixups via the event interface
is provided, along with the ability to write to the device tree via the
ofnode interface.
Another (significant) change is that bootmeths now have a 'global' flag,
to allow the implementation of EFI bootmgr (and VBE) to be cleaned up.
The 'system' bootdev is no-longer needed and these bootmeths are scanned
first.
Further work is needed to pull everything together, but this is a step
along the way.
Use the sandbox_flattree build to check that everything works correctly
with BOOTMETH_GLOBAL disabled.
Update the tests as needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update sandbox to include the VBE bootmeth. Update a few existing tests to
take account of this change, specifically that the new bootmeth now
appears when scanning.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for VBE simple, which permits firmware update of a single
image stored in MMC or another block device.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present there is a confusing array of functions that handle the
device tree fix-ups needed for booting an OS. We should be able to switch
to using events to clean this up.
As a first step, create a new event type and call it from the standard
place.
Note that this event uses the ofnode interface only, since this can
support live tree which is more efficient when making lots of updates.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This creates static records at present, but it causes a problem with clang
and LTO: the linker list records are sometimes dropped from the image.
Fix this by making the records global.
Update to use __used while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This was a work-around for the fact that global bootmeths such as EFI
bootmgr and VBE don't use a particular bootdev, or at least select it
themselves so that we don't need to scan all bootdevs when using that
bootmeth.
Drop the system bootdev entirely.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that we can separate this out from the normal bootmeths, update the
code to create it always.
We cannot rely on the device tree to create this, since the EFI project
is quite opposed to having anything in the device tree that helps U-Boot
with its processing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Typically we want to find and use global bootmeths first, since they have
the best idea of how the system should boot. We then use normal bootmeths
as a fallback.
Add the logic for this, putting global bootmeths at the end of the
ordering. We can then easily scan the global bootmeths first, then drop
them from the list for subsequent bootdev-centric scans.
This changes the ordering of global bootmeths, so update the
bootflow_system() accordingly.
Drop the comment from bootmeth_setup_iter_order() since this is an
exported function and it should be in the header file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this function is not called, so tests miss out on any devices
created by it. Add it in so that tests can rely on these extra devices.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for handling this concept in bootflows. Update the 'bootflow'
command to allow only the normal bootmeths to be used. This alllows
skipping EFI bootmgr and VBE, for example.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With global bootmeths we want to scan without a bootdev. Update the logic
to allow this.
Change the bootflow command to show the bootdev only when valid.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For most testing we don't want this bootmeth to actually do anything. For
the one test where we do, add a test hook to obtain the correct behaviour.
This will allow us to bind the device always, rather than just doing it
for this test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current way of handling things like EFI bootmgr is a bit odd, since
that bootmeth handles selection of the bootdev itself. VBE needs to work
the same way, so we should support it properly.
Add a flag that indicates that the bootmeth is global, rather than being
invoked on each bootdev. Provide a helper to read a bootflow from the
bootmeth.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Avoid using 'count' to mean either a count or an error, since this is
confusing. In fact, the called function never return 0, since that is an
error.
Use 'ret' instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some bootmeths can provide information about what is available to boot.
For example, VBE simple provides access to the firmware state.
Add a new method for this, along with a sandbox test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the ordering produces no entries, this is an error. Report it, so that
the caller doesn't try to continue with a NULL bootmeth.
This fixes a crash in the bootflow_iter test when running with the sandbox
'default' device tree, instead of the required 'test' one.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some tests go as far as booting a distribution. In this case a menu is
presented to the user, with a two-second timeout. This adds a total of
12 seconds to the test runs at present.
Avoid this by inserting a response using the console-recording feature.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In generally it is not permitted to implement an ofnode function only for
flat tree or live tree. Both must be supported. Also the code for
live tree access should be in of_access.c rather than ofnode.c which is
really just for holding the API-conversion code.
Update ofnode_write_prop() accordingly and fix the test so it can work
with flat tree too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add some documentation and a new flag so that we can safely enabled using
the ofnode interface to write to the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this test to use the livetree flag so that special check can be
avoided. Also drop a few blank lines.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present ofnode only works with a single device tree, for the most part.
This is the control FDT used by U-Boot.
When booting an OS we may obtain a different device tree and want to
modify it. Add some initial support for this into the ofnode API.
Note that we don't permit aliases in this other device tree, since the
of_access implementation maintains a list of aliases collected at
start-up. Also, we don't need aliases to do fixups in the other FDT. So
make sure that flat tree and live tree processing are consistent in this
area.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The unflattening algorithm results in a single block of memory being
allocated for the whole tree. When writing new properties, these are
allocated new memory outside that block. When the block is freed, the
allocated properties remain.
Document how this works and the potential memory leak, as well as
mentioning that updating the livetree is actually supported now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is used by a lot of files, but ofnode.h needs to include a lot of
header files. This can create dependency cycles, particularly with
global_data.h which must include various declarations.
Split the core delcarations into a separate file to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename these to VESA, itself an abbreviation, to avoid a conflict with
Verified Boot for Embedded.
Rename this to avoid referencing VBE.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to use VBE to mean Verfiied Boot for Embedded in U-Boot. Rename
the existing VBE (Vesa BIOS extensions) to allow this.
Verified Boot for Embedded is documented doc/develop/vbe.rst
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a few links to documents about Verified Boot for Embedded (VBE).
These will be expanded as development proceeds.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The booting flow is SPL -> OpenSBI -> U-Boot.
The boot hart may change after OpenSBI and may not always be hart0,
so wrap the related branch instruction with M-MODE.
Current DTB setup for XIP is not valid.
There is no chance for CONFIG_SYS_FDT_BASE, the DTB address used
in XIP mode, to be returned. Fix this.
Fixes: 2e8d2f8843 ("riscv: Remove OF_PRIOR_STAGE from RISC-V boards")
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Restore global pointer before board_init_f_init_reserve call,
as "a0" can be set in harts_early_init call and we end up with
invalid global pointer.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Shubin <n.shubin@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Remove the dependency on CMD_PXE from BOOTMETH_DISTRO by introducing a
new hidden kconfig symbol to control whether pxe_utils is compiled,
allowing bootstd's distro method to be compiled without needing
networking support enabled.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Correct build errors when CMD_BOOTM is not enabled:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In file included from include/linux/bitops.h:22,
from include/log.h:15,
from include/linux/printk.h:4,
from include/common.h:20,
from lib/lz4_wrapper.c:6:
lib/lz4_wrapper.c: In function ‘ulz4fn’:
include/linux/kernel.h:184:17: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
(void) (&_min1 == &_min2); \
^~
lib/lz4_wrapper.c:104:18: note: in expansion of macro ‘min’
size_t size = min((ptrdiff_t)block_size, end - out);
^~~
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
The macros in this file are a little confusing and we currently have no
tests to check that they work as expected.
Add some tests which check the macros in C code. Add a few tests which
check that the build errors are generated correctly too, using buildman's
-a option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch is fixing a broken boot observed on stm32mp157c-dk2 board.
IS_ENABLED macro should be used to check if a compilation flag is set
to "y" or "m".
LMB_MEMORY_REGIONS is set to a numerical value, IS_ENABLED macro is not
suitable in this case.
Fixes: 7c1860fce4 ("lmb: Fix lmb property's defination under struct lmb")
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This makes use of makefile variables that don't exist anymore. Fix it and
also remove the object files in that directory.
Also add FORCE as a dependency as required by the if_changed macro.
Fixes 354d232463 ("Makefile: Remove old of-platdata files before regenerating")
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 44645f87de ("mmc: Fix mmc_switch excessive timeout") introduced
a side effect where CMD13 SEND_STATUS is issued in case mmc_wait_dat0()
does not return -ENOSYS and $send_status is not set. This happens on all
hardware which does implement .mmc_wait_dat0 callback, e.g. i.MX8M .
This leads to lengthy timeout before booting OS in case of eMMC in one
of the HS200/HS400 modes, since the card cannot respond to CMD13 while
downgrading from HS200/HS400 to regular HS mode.
Fix this by adding the missing conditional.
Fixes: 44645f87de ("mmc: Fix mmc_switch excessive timeout")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Kirill Kapranov <kirill.kapranov@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Fix a bug that the --processes option was ignored, thus resulting in no
test coverage information being generated.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 42ae363ddd ("dtoc: Update fdt tests to use test_util")
Pass the options args in rather than using the global variables. Use snake
case, fix up comments and use a ternary operator to make pylint happy.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pass the options args in rather than using the global various. Use snake
case and fix up comments to make pylint happy.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Release PERST# signal via GPIO when "reset-gpios" is defined in device tree.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In more cases group name consist of function name followed by function
number. So if function name is just prefix of group name, show group name.
So in 'pinmux status -a' command output would be visible also extended
function number, which is useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
All 3 MPP pins (20, 21 and 22) can be configured individually and also can
be configured to GPIO functions. Fix definitions for these MPP pins in
existing pin groups. After this change GPIO function can be enabled just
for one of these 3 pins.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The last user of this driver was removed in commit dee08b1999 ("arm:
Remove gplugd board"). Remove the unused driver.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
DM_GPIO was already enabled so the MVEBU_GPIO was already available.
Disable KIRKWOOD_GPIO as it was unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When booting a fresh board having a random Ethernet address enables
using the network device to program the board.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
DM_GPIO was already enabled so the MVEBU_GPIO was already available.
Having updated the board code to use the DM_GPIO APIs the KIRKWOOD_GPIO
driver became unnecessary. Disable it for SBx81LIFKW.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For debugging it is convenient to query/access GPIOs from the command
line.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Update mv88e61xx_hw_reset() to use the DM_GPIO API to toggle the reset
line for the linkstreet switch.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Replace code that accessed the GPIO registers directly with code that
makes use of the LED_GPIO driver.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Move U-Boot specific device tree property u-boot,dm-pre-reloc into U-Boot
specific device tree include file armada-38x-controlcenterdc-u-boot.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Move U-Boot specific device tree property u-boot,dm-pre-reloc into U-Boot
specific device tree include file armada-xp-theadorable-u-boot.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Replace it by including of mvebu-u-boot.dtsi file. When board does not use
-u-boot.dtsi then mvebu-u-boot.dtsi is included automatically by makefile
scripts/Makefile.lib.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Set u-boot,dm-pre-reloc for /soc/, /soc/internal-regs/ and &uart0 nodes as
it is required on every 32-bit Armada SoCs. And set also u-boot,dm-pre-reloc
for &spi0 when going to boot from SPI because otherwise SPL SPI drivers do
not load.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
64-bit Armada DTS files are not build correctly during compilation of
32-bit Armada boards and vice versa. So fix makefile build system to
compile only those dts files which are compatible for the current build
(64-bit Armada DTS files only for 64-bit builds and 32-bit Armada DTS files
only for 32-bit builds).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Some new Omnia boards will come with Winbond SPI flash. Add to
defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
BootROM boot method should always work so always add it as fallback method
to spl_boot_list. In case U-Boot SPI driver fails it is better to try using
BootROM than hanging as by default only one boot method is specified.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Linux kernel DTS files renamed spi-nor@0 node to flash@0 which effectively
broke U-Boot to boot new Linux kernel versions correctly.
So remove hardcoded spi-nor device tree path from Turris Omnia board code
and replace it by searching for mtd node by compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CMD_GENERAL_CONTROL takes two 8-bit arguments but CMD_EXT_CONTROL takes
two 16-bit arguments. Fix this issue and change CMD_EXT_CONTROL arguments
to 16-bit.
Fixes: 5e4d24ccc1 ("gpio: Add Turris Omnia MCU driver")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Sometimes fixup_mtd_partitions() prints during booting kernel error
"Failed fixing SPI NOR partitions!" because it does not have enough space
for creating all paritions nodes. So increase fdt size.
Fixes: 92f36c8e74 ("arm: mvebu: turris_omnia: fixup MTD partitions in Linux' DTB")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
All partitions are created by fixup_mtd_partitions() function, so they do
not have to exist just for their removal need.
Fixes: 92f36c8e74 ("arm: mvebu: turris_omnia: fixup MTD partitions in Linux' DTB")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
New Turris Omnia HW board revision requires that software controls
peripheral reset signals, namely PERST# signals on mPCIe slots, ethernet
phy reset and lan switch reset. Those pins are connected to MCU controlled
by MCU i2c API as GPIOs. On new HW board revision those pins stay in reset
after board reset and software has to release these peripherals from reset
manually. MCU announce this requirement by FEAT_PERIPH_MCU bit in
CMD_GET_FEATURES command.
On older HW board revisions when FEAT_PERIPH_MCU is not announced, all
those reset signals are automatically released after board finish reset.
Detect FEAT_PERIPH_MCU bit in board_fix_fdt() and ft_board_setup()
functions and insert into device tree blob pcie "reset-gpios" and eth phy
"phy-reset-gpios" properties with corresponding MCU gpio definitions.
PCIe and eth PHY drivers then automatically release resets during device
initialization. Both U-Boot and Linux kernel drivers support those device
tree reset properties.
Initialization of lan switch on new HW board revision is more complicated.
Switch strapping pins are shared with switch RGMII pins. And strapping pins
must be in specific configuration after releasing switch reset. Due to pin
sharing, it is first required to switch A385 side of switch pins into GPIO
mode, set strapping configuration, release switch from reset and after that
switch A385 pins back to RGMII mode.
Because this complicated setup is not supported by switch DSA drivers and
cannot be expressed easily in device tree, implement it manually in SPL
function spl_board_init(). So in proper U-Boot and OS/kernel would be lan
switch initialized and be in same configuration like it was on old HW board
revisions (where reset sequence did those steps at hardware level).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Different Turris Omnia HW board revisions contains different MCU.
Show type in show_board_info() to easily identify which MCU is populated.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
After checking with Ramon, take a number of reviewed network patches.
This includes:
- A number of dwc_eth_qos updates, mpc8xx_fec DM migration, NPCM7xx EMAC
driver.
- Other assorted minor updates
UniPhier LD20, PXs2 and PXs3 boards have ethernet phy that has RX/TX delays
of RGMII interface using pull-ups on the RXDLY and TXDLY pins.
So should set the phy-mode to "rgmii-id" to show that RX/TX delays are
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This allows you to specify the type of rgmii-id that will enable phy
internal delay in ethernet phy-mode.
This adds all RGMII cases to all of get_pinmode() except LD11, because LD11
SoC doesn't support RGMII due to the constraint of the hardware. When RGMII
phy mode is specified in the devicetree for LD11, the driver will abort
with an error.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
We check if phydev is NULL. Only but if it is non-NULL we set one
component of phydev. But even if it is NULL we set another. We should not
dereference NULL in either case.
Fixes: e24b58f5ed ("net: phy: don't require PHY interface mode during PHY creation")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
The convinience functions are not that small and they caused
bloated text segments because of their usage.
There was no need to inline them in the first place, as
they're not part of a fastpath.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Previously we'd been using a device name retrieved via
ftgmac100_data->phydev, but the mdio read/write functions may be
called before that member is initialized in ftgmac100_phy_init(),
leading to a NULL pointer dereference while printing the error message
issued if the mdio access fails. We can instead use bus->name, which
is already available at that point.
Signed-off-by: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net>
Fixes: 538e75d3fc ("net: ftgmac100: add MDIO bus and phylib support")
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
NPCM750 provides identical ethernet MAC controllers for WAN/LAN applications.
Signed-off-by: Jim Liu <JJLIU0@nuvoton.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Only two boards in the tree set the macro DWC_NET_PHYADDR. Both have
CONFIG_DM_ETH_PHY=y, so should set the phy address in DT if necessary.
The imx8mp_evk does set the correct address in device tree.
The other board seems to be a copy-paste-adapt from an old
version of the imx8mp_evk config header, given the "#ifdef
CONFIG_DWC_ETH_QOS" block that has been removed from imx8mp_evk header
in commit 127fb45495. Its device tree doesn't even enable (i.e., set
'status = "okay"') the &eqos node. But the other ethernet device,
&fec, does get enabled, and does have a phy sitting at address 4 (and
it also has a corresponding legacy #define CONFIG_FEC_MXC_PHYADDR
4). So I believe it should be completely safe to remove it from there
as well.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
[trini: Re-apply to top of tree, update imx93_evk.h]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
I have an iMX8MP with a ti,dp83867 phy in front of the eqos
interface. The phy is Gbit capable - however, the C and D differential
pairs are not physically routed to the RJ45 connector. So I need to
prevent the phy from advertising 1000Mbps.
The necessary code is almost already there in the form of a
phy_set_supported() call in eqos_start(), but the max-speed DT
property is currently only parsed in
eqos_probe_resources_stm32(). Lift that parsing to eqos_probe().
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Not only does eqos_remove() fail to free the buffers that have been
allocated by eqos_probe_resources_core(), it repeats those allocations
and thus drops twice as much memory on the floor.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Assign packet pointer only in case the MAC reports anything in the FIFO.
In case the MAC indicates empty FIFO, return 0 to pass that information
to the network stack.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the "marvell,reg-init" DT property, which
is used to describe board specific Marvell PHY register configurations
in the board dts file. This DT property is supported in the Linux Kernel
since a longer time. Adding it to U-Boot now, enables the boards which
describe the register settings in their DT files here as well.
I've included calling this marvell_of_reg_init() to all foo_config()
functions in this patch as well. If CONFIG_DM_ETH is not set, there is
no ofnode, or no "marvell,reg-init" property, the PHY initialization is
unchanged.
The function marvell_of_reg_init() is a port of the Linux version.
Please note that I explicitly did not add error checking and handling
to the U-Boot version, as this is basically not done for phy_read/write
in this Marvell PHY code.
This will be used by the upcoming ethernet support on the MIPS
Octeon EBB 7304 board.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
to adjust the root path length.
Eg to 256 from Linux Kernel
Signed-off-by: Andre Kalb <andre.kalb@sma.de>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
[trini: Guard extern so that !CONFIG_NET platforms will build]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
All `sm efuseread/efusewrite` commands exit with an error, even if the fuse
have actually been dealt with correctly.
This is because the smc call return the size it actually processed but this
result is checked against 0.
Return failure in do_efuse_read/write if the return value of
meson_sm_read/write_efuse() is not the requested size.
Fixes: 52195ba5f5 ("ARM: amlogic: add sm efuse write support and cmd for read/write efuse")
Signed-off-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220804144138.33809-1-jbrunet@baylibre.com
To quote Simon:
This series drops the need for the genboardscfg.py script, so that the
boards.cfg file is produced (and consumed) entirely within buildman. The
file is not entirely removed since it does have some uses and we need some
sort of cache for the information. The genboardscfg.py script is
effectively incorporated in buildman.
It also improves operation from an IDE with a new -I option and fixes up
some of the pylint warnings in buildman.
Finally, this series also fixes a bug which allows use to drop support for
CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS which is long-standing desire. It also fixes a
minor bug that causes 'Invalid line' spam when checking for function bloat
with the -B option.
Buildman now uses worktrees when available, instead of doing a full clone.
This was done in this commit:
76de29fc4f buildman: Use git worktrees instead of git clones when possible
Drop the TODO.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The 'nm' tool can produce lines without a symbol, for example:
00000004 t
Silently skip these and anything else without three fields. Drop the
warning since there is nothing the user can do about it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that buildman can generate this with the -R option, drop the script.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Use the equivalent buildman functionality to check maintainer info.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is not needed now that CONFIG_SYS_TARGET_NAME is correctly determined
when scanning Kconfig.
This reverts commit 25b8acee2e.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This appears in boards.cfg but we want to remove it. Drop support for
generating it and reading it. Detect an old boards.cfg file that has
this field and regenerate it, to avoid problems.
Instead, add the config name in that place. This fixes a subtle bug in
the generation code, since it uses 'target' for the config name and then
overwrites the value in scan() by setting params['target'] to the name
of the defconfig. The defconfig name is not the same as the
SYS_CONFIG_NAME variable.
With this change, we still have the config name and it can be searched
by buildman, e.g. with:
buildman -nv sun5i
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Bring this tool into buildman, so we don't have to run it separately. The
board.cfg file is still produced as part of the build, to save time when
doing another build in the same working directory. If it is out of date
with respect to the Kconfig, it is updated.
Time to regenerate on a recent single-thread machine is 4.6s (1.3s on a
32-thread machine), so we do need some sort of cache if we want buildman
to be useful on incremental builds. We could use Python's pickle format
but:
- it seems useful to allow boards.cfg to be regenerated, at least for a
while, in case other tools use it
- it is possible to grep the file easily, e.g. to find boards which use
a particular SoC (similar to 'buildman -nv <soc>'
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Use a separate file for the Boards class so that its name matches the
module name.
Fix up the function names to match the pylint style and fix some other
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to create a module called 'boards' so avoid use of this variable
name in this module. Change the global to be capitalised, as required by
Python style.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to create a module called 'boards' so avoid use of this variable
name in this module. Change the global to be capitalised, as required by
Python style.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We have a module called 'board'. Sometimes buildman uses 'brd' as an
instance variable but sometimes it uses 'board', which is confusing and
can mess with the module handling. Update the code to use 'brd'
consistently, making it easier for tools to determine when the module
is being referenced.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a flag to allow buildman to behave properly for use from an IDE. This
shows error/warning output on stderr and drops all summary and progress
information.
This should normally only be used when building a single board.
Fix up a confusing comment for GetResultSummary() while we are here, since
we want to use the Outcome object to access the unprocessed error lines
from the build.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORES_PER_CLUSTER
As part of this, correct the dependencies on SYS_FSL_THREADS_PER_CORE.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CCSR_GUR_BE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CCSR_SCFG_BE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_BE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PEX_LUT_BE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CCSR_GUR_LE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CCSR_SCFG_LE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_LE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PEX_LUT_LE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There are a large number of options under CONFIG_SYS (but some of these
are elsewhere, spotted while cleaning CONFIG_SYS) that are never
referenced, or only used slightly later in the config file. Remove or
restructure these.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A large number of files include <flash.h> as it used to be how various
SPI flash related functions were found, or for other reasons entirely.
In order to migrate some further CONFIG symbols to Kconfig we need to
not include flash.h in cases where we don't have a NOR flash of some
sort enabled. Furthermore, in cases where we are in common code and it
doesn't make sense to try and further refactor the code itself in to new
files we need to guard this inclusion.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As the only pic32 platform does not enable flash, this is dead code.
Remove it.
Cc: Purna Chandra Mandal <purna.mandal@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT
CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT
In practice, for two m68k platforms we move to hard-coding with a
comment the timeout values, rather than try and make convoluted Kconfig
logic. We add options for the write and erase options to the pic32
flash driver, as this driver does make use of them. Everywhere else
these are unreferenced values.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
All platforms today define CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING, so drop the code
for this option being unset.
Cc: Qiang Zhao <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is the only platform defining and using CONFIG_SYS_MEM_SIZE, switch
to using CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_SIZE for consistency.
Cc: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have a number of CONFIG_SYS_xxx_SIZE options to describe the amount
main memory available. Rework CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SIZE, which described a
size in number of MiB to use CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_SIZE which is most often
used as a number of bytes. Use shifts of this option when required.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
No platforms enable the functionality to tftp directly to NOR flash, and
this is discouraged by the documentation. Remove this code. Further,
this highlights an oddity of the code. Un-indent the start of this
function.
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Instead of hardcoding -ltinfo as the flags needed to build
kwboot, use pkg-config when available.
We gracefully fallback on the previous behavior of hardcoding -ltinfo
if pkg-config is not available or fails with an error.
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Instead of hardcoding -luuid -lgnutls as the flags needed to build
mkeficapsule, use pkg-config when available.
We gracefully fallback on the previous behavior of hardcoding -luuid
-lgnutls if pkg-config is not available or fails with an error.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
If the device is a GP and we detect a signing certificate then remove it.
It would fail to authenticate otherwise as the device is GP and has no
secure authentication services in SYSFW.
This shouldn't happen often as trying to boot signed images on GP devices
doesn't make much sense, but if we run into a signed image we should at
least try to ignore the certificate and boot the image anyway. This could
help with users of GP devices who only have HS images available.
If this does happen, print a nice big warning.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We can skip the image authentication check at runtime if the device is GP.
This reduces the delta between GP and HS U-Boot builds. End goal is
to re-unify the two build types into one build that can run on all
device types.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
On HS-FS devices signing boot images is optional. To ease use
we check if we are HS-FS and if no certificate is attached
to the image we skip the authentication step with a warning
that this will fail when the device is set to security enforcing.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
K3 SoCs are available in a number of device types such as
GP, HS-FS, EMU, etc. Like OMAP SoCs we can detect this at runtime
and should print this out as part of the SoC information line.
We add this as part of the common.c file as it will be used
to also modify our security state early in the device boot.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Since commit 2a73606668 ("serial: Rename SERIAL_SUPPORT to SERIAL")
SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT is named SPL_SERIAL. So let's update the comment to
point to the correct Kconfig option in the comment of VPL_SERIAL.
Fixes: 747093dd40 ("vpl: Add Kconfig options for VPL")
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT is named SPL_GPIO since commit 83061dbd1c ("Rename
GPIO_SUPPORT to GPIO"), SPL_MMC_SUPPORT is named SPL_MMC since commit
103c5f1806 ("mmc: Rename MMC_SUPPORT to MMC"), SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT is
named SPL_SERIAL since commit 2a73606668 ("serial: Rename
SERIAL_SUPPORT to SERIAL") so let's select the correct Kconfig options.
Fixes: 8b71576f38 ("mx7ulp_com: add support for SPL")
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Since commit 83061dbd1c ("Rename GPIO_SUPPORT to GPIO"),
SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT has been renamed to SPL_GPIO, meaning that SPL_GPIO_HOG
can never be enabled.
Let's fix this by using the proper name for the Kconfig option.
Fixes: 1d99e673c7 ("gpio: Enable hogging support in SPL")
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If 'extension apply all' is executed and no extension is found, the return
value of do_extension_apply() is undefined. Return CMD_RET_FAILURE in this
case.
Fixes: 2f84e9cf06 ("cmd: add support for a new "extension" command")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
When attempting to load images from multiple MMC devices in sequence,
spl_mmc_load() chooses the wrong device from the second attempt onwards.
The reason is that MMC initialization is only done on its first call and
spl_mmc_load() will then continue using this same device for all future
calls.
Fix this by checking the devnum of the "cached" device struct against
the one which is requested. If they match, use the cached one but if
they do not match, initialize the new device.
This fixes specifying multiple MMC devices in the SPL's boot order to
fall back when U-Boot Proper is corrupted or missing on the first
attempted MMC device.
Fixes: e1eb6ada4e ("spl: Make image loader infrastructure more universal")
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Some setups do not use Xen hypervisor console for logging, e.g. they
use emulated PL011 hardware or shared peripherals (real UART). In such
cases Xen HVC will be disabled on a build time and will cause issues in
current driver implementation.
This commit fixes build issues in Xen event channel driver, caused
by absense of console event channel, that is not available when console
config is disabled. Now console related code will be removed when
Xen HVC is turned off.
Signed-off-by: Dmytro Firsov <dmytro_firsov@epam.com>
Reviewed-by: Anastasiia Lukianenko <vicooodin@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anastasiia Lukianenko <vicooodin@gmail.com<mailto:vicooodin@gmail.com>>
Signed-off-by: Dmytro Firsov <dmytro_firsov@epam.com<mailto:dmytro_firsov@epam.com>>
The source code contains an error:
- argv[2] contains <channel> arg, variable for env_set is in argv[3]
- number of args is 4
Revert 54d24d7260
cmd: simplify do_adc_single()
Fixes 9de612ae4d
cmd: adc: Add support for storing ADC result in env variable
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To work correctly, this driver depends on SYSCON to get the base address
from the parent dts node.
Signed-off-by: Billy Tsai <billy_tsai@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
The 'rng' command dumps a number of random bytes on the console. Add a
set of tests for the 'rng' command. The test function performs basic
sanity testing of the command.
Since a unit test is being added for the command, enable it by default
in the sandbox platforms.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Use a statically allocated buffer on stack instead of using malloc for
reading the random bytes. Using a local array is faster than
allocating heap memory on every initiation of the command.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The 'rng' u-boot command is used for printing a select number of
random bytes on the console. Currently, the RNG device from which the
random bytes are read is fixed. However, a platform can have multiple
RNG devices, one example being qemu, which has a virtio RNG device and
the RNG pseudo device through the TPM chip.
Extend the 'rng' command so that the user can provide the RNG device
number from which the random bytes are to be read. This will be the
device index under the RNG uclass.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The TPM device comes with the random number generator(RNG)
functionality which is built into the TPM device. Add logic to add the
RNG child device in the TPM uclass post probe callback.
The RNG device can then be used to pass a set of random bytes to the
linux kernel, need for address space randomisation through the
EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL interface.
No compatible string is provided because this is not available in
the binding defined by Linux. If multiple rand devices are in the
system, then some method of selecting them (other than device tree)
will need to be used, or a binding will need to be added.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The TPM device has a builtin random number generator(RNG)
functionality. Expose the RNG functions of the TPM device to the
driver model so that they can be used by the EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL if the
protocol is installed.
Also change the function arguments and return type of the random
number functions to comply with the driver model api.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Due to U-Boot's lazy binding the RNG presented by the TCG is not available
until the EFI_TCG2 protocol has been initialized. Since the TPM has a
built-in RNG device we can use for the OS randomization, move the RNG
protocol installation after the TCG.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
These functions should really be available outside the TPM code, so that
other callers can find out which version the TPM is. Rename them to have
a tpm_ prefix() and add them to the header file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
After a discussion with Tom Rini, we've agreed that I am going to take
over custodianship of the MPC85XX platform, since it seems other people
do not have necessary interest or time and getting things done over
there takes too long.
Since I am only working on one MPC85XX board, Turris 1.x, and do not
have time to do thorough reviews of patches for this entire platform
(other than those concerning Turris 1.x board), for other boards I will
only run patches through CI and checkpatch, and then send them via PR
upwards to Tom.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Pull request for doc-2022-10-rc2
Documentation:
* Detail how configuration signatures are calculated
* Further expand on Image locations and provide example
* Describe system configuration
Start by describing in general the best practices for how to implement
configuration of some aspect of U-Boot. This generally means finding
the right choices for when something should be static or dynamically
configured and enabled. Then further document when to use CONFIG or CFG
namespaces for static configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Describe exactly which bytes are hashed and in what order
when signing a configuration.
Signed-off-by: Martin Bonner <martingreybeard@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Start by elaborating on what some of our constraints tend to be with
image location values, and document where these external constraints
can come from. Provide a new subsection, an example based on the TI
ARMv7 OMAP2PLUS families of chips, that gives sample values and explains
why we use these particular values. This is based on what is in
include/configs/ti_armv7_common.h as of fb3ad9bd92 ("TI: Add, use a
DEFAULT_LINUX_BOOT_ENV environment string") as this contains just the
values referenced in this document now and not some of the further
additions that are less generic.
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
There is a bug in Turris Omnia's schematics, whereupon the MPP[26] pin,
which is routed to CN11 pin header, is documented as SPI CS1, but
MPP[26] pin does not support this function. Instead it controls chip
select 2 if in "spi0" mode.
Fix the name of the pin node in pinctrl node and fix the comment in SPI
node.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
* Add SPDX-License-Identifier
* Add SFP and LED nodes
* Fix PHY nad NOR nodes
* Remove duplicates from u-boot.dtsi file
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Linux kernel uses compatible string "marvell,armada370-nand-controller" for
nand controllers on Armada 370/XP/38x. U-Boot currently uses mix of
"marvell,armada370-nand" and "marvell,mvebu-pxa3xx-nand".
So unify it and use just Linux kernel compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now when CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE has sane value, use it for calculation of
other SPL offset values: CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_MMC_U_BOOT_* and
CONFIG_SYS_SPI_FLASH_U_BOOT_* macros.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
On some boards upper 4 bits of i2c boot input data (register 0) are
inverted. Information which bits are inverted is stored in register 2.
So invert read input data back according to register 2 prior processing
them. This fixes printing "rom_loc: value" line during booting.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
U-Boot for initial L2 SRAM uses L2 memory-mapping mode and not L2 with
locked lines. P2020 reference manual about L2 memory-mapping mode says:
Accesses to memory-mapped SRAM are cacheable only in the corresponding
e500 L1 caches.
So there is no need to set Caching-Inhibit I-bit for second part of initial
L2 SRAM mapping in TLB entry. Remove it. First part of initial L2 SRAM
mapping already does not have I-bit set.
For more details see also:
https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20220508150844.qqxg452rs4wtf5bs@pali/
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
QorIQ U-Boot binary for SD card booting compiled during build process
(either u-boot.bin or u-boot-with-spl.bin) cannot be directly loaded by
QorIQ pre-PBL BootROM. Compiled U-Boot binary first needs to be processed
by Freescale boot_format tool as described in doc/README.mpc85xx-sd-spi-boot
BootROM requires that image on SD card must contain special boot sector.
Implement support for generating this special boot sector directly in
U-Boot start code. Boot sector needs to be at the beginning of the image,
so when compiling only proper U-Boot without SPL then it needs to be in
proper U-Boot. When compiling SPL with proper U-Boot then it needs to be
only in SPL.
Support can be enabled by a new config option FSL_PREPBL_ESDHC_BOOT_SECTOR.
Via other two additional options FSL_PREPBL_ESDHC_BOOT_SECTOR_START and
FSL_PREPBL_ESDHC_BOOT_SECTOR_DATA it is possible to tune how final U-Boot
image could be stored on the SD card.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Negative return value from cmd main function cause U-Boot to print criplic
error message: exit not allowed from main input shell.
Set return value on error to 1.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Armada 3700 BootROM supports also images with sha512 checksums and
mox-imager tool [1] generates such bootable images. Without sha512 support
U-Boot bubt command just prints error message:
Error: Unsupported hash_algorithm_id = 64
Error: Image header verification failed
This patch adds support for sha512 checksum validation for Armada 3700
images. With it bubt prints:
Image checksum...OK!
[1] - https://gitlab.nic.cz/turris/mox-boot-builder.git
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
net_loop() returns signed int type and negative value represents error.
tftp_read_file() returns unsigned size_t type and zero value represents
error. Casting signed negative value to unsigned size_t type cause losing
information about error and bubt thinks that no error happened, and
continue erasing SPI-NOR which cause malfunction device.
Fix this issue by correctly propagating failure during tftp transport.
With this change when there is no eth link, bubt does not erase SPI-NOR
anymore.
=> bubt
Burning U-Boot image "flash-image.bin" from "tftp" to "spi"
ethernet@30000 Waiting for PHY auto negotiation to complete......... TIMEOUT !
ethernet@30000: No link.
Error: Failed to read file flash-image.bin from tftp
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Current image type verification code is specific to 32-bit Armada SoCs but
used only for Armada 38x. Implement image type verification for Armada 3700
and enable Armada 38x image verification for all 32-bit Armada SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This driver registers GPIO controller and allows U-Boot to control GPIO
pins on MCU which is connected to Turris Omnia via i2c.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Current pin control driver applies SDHCI PHY MUX selection
when board DT calls for eMMC function on MPP wires.
However, for CP side eMMC, only the "armada-8k-cpm-pinctrl"
compatibility string is taken into account, which causes
CP-SDHCI on Armada-7K boards to fail.
This patch adds "armada-7k-pinctrl" compatibility string
handling for the CP-SDHCI PHY configuration case.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
These functions are required for 'pinmux status -a' command to print
current configuration of each MPP pin.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
To automatically enable GPIO functionality of some MPP pin, it is required
to implement .gpio_request_enable and .gpio_disable_free callbacks in
pinctrl driver and set .request and .rfree callbacks in GPIO driver to
pinctrl_gpio_request / pinctrl_gpio_free functions.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently bank name is just one alphabetical letter.
Change it to mvebu and number.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Device tree property "ngpios" contains number of gpios.
Use it when available.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
To use particular pin GPIO, it needs to be first switched to GPIO by
pinctrl. Use pinctrl_gpio_request() and pinctrl_gpio_free() for this
purpose.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This change allows to use pinctrl_gpio_request() function as a direct
pointer for dm_gpio_ops's .request callback.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This allows U-Boot mvebu-gpio.c driver to switch particular MPP pin into
GPIO mode and enable GPIO support.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This new Armada 38x driver is based on Linux kernel driver. It can set any
pin to any valid function specified in DT like Linux kernel, it provides
support for 'pinmux status -a' command and also for pinctrl_gpio_request().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This new function pinctrl_generic_set_state_prefix() behaves like
pinctrl_generic_set_state() but it takes third string argument which is
used as the prefix for each device tree string property.
This is needed for Marvell pinctrl drivers, becase Linux device tree files
have pinmux properties prefixed by "marvell," string.
This change allows to use generic U-Boot pinctrl functions for Armada 38x
pinctrl driver without need to copy+paste of the majority U-Boot pinctrl
code.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
sandbox_defconfig builds the PCI MMC driver. It should be possible to
build the sandbox without ACPI support.
ACPI support in the PCI MMC driver is only needed when creating an ACPI
table. Fix building with ACPIGEN=n.
Fixes: dba7ee419d ("acpi: mmc: Generate ACPI info for the PCI SD Card")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Only newer eSDHC controllers set PRSSTAT_SDSTB flag. So do not wait until
flag PRSSTAT_SDSTB is set on old pre-2.2 controllers. Instead sleep for
fixed amount of time like it was before commit 6f883e501b ("mmc:
fsl_esdhc: Add emmc hs200 support").
This change fixes error 'Internal clock never stabilised.' which is printed
on P2020 board at every access to SD card.
Fixes: 6f883e501b ("mmc: fsl_esdhc: Add emmc hs200 support")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
In order to have the possibility to configure the regulators at system
startup through DM support, all LDOs and bucks must be able to be
changeable. Currently there is a limitation to change the values when
the output is enabled. Since the driver is based on the ROHM BD71837 and a
comment that describes a limitation about switching while the output is
enabled can also be found there, the limitation probably comes from this type.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The generic ARM relocate_code function was using its own function entry
point as a relocation base, and it was obtaining that address by using
the "adr" instruction on that entry point label.
However that label is not just an ordinary label, instead we explicitly
mark it as a function start address. Normally that doesn't change much
(other than for debugging), but when assembled in Thumb mode, newer
versions of the GNU assembler prepare everything for this address being
used as the argument to a "bx" call, so make sure bit 0 is set in there
to mark this function as Thumb code. Of course this doesn't end up very
well when we use this address for the ensuing memcpy operation.
To avoid this problem, and to solve it in a robust way, add an extra
label, which is not marked as a function entry, and use that for the adr
instruction. This lets all assemblers generate the right immediate offset
in the "adr" instruction.
This fixes in particular ARMv7-M ports when using GNU binutils v2.37 or
newer (commit d3e52e120b68 seems to trigger the change in behaviour).
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reported-by: Jesse Taube <mr.bossman075@gmail.com>
Xilinx changes for v2022.10-rc2
fpga:
- Convert SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC and SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK to Kconfig
- Add support for secure bitstream loading
spi:
- xilinx_spi: Add support for memopers and supports_op
- zynq_qspi: Add support for supports_op/child_pre_probe
- zynq_qspi: Fix dummy cycle and qspi speed calculations
xilinx:
- Get rid of #stream-id-cells
- Use fixed partitions for SOM
- Add support for UUID reading from FRU
- Use strlcpy instead of strncpy
- Add reset driver support for ZynqMP and Versal
- Enable power domain driver in ZynqMP and Versal
zynqmp:
- Do no place BSS at 0 which have issue with NULL pointer
- Enable SLG gpio driver
- Disable LMB for mini configurations
- Remove duplicate PMIO_NODE_ID_BASE macro
versal:
- Add xlnx-versal-resets.h header
mmc:
- zynq_sdhci: Fix macro for MMC HS
relocate-rela:
- Fix support for BE hosts
- Define all macros for e_machine and reloc types
misc:
- Get rid of guard macros from ARM and RISC-V
lmb:
- Add support for disabling LMB
serial:
- zynq: Fix baudrate calculation
tests:
- Mark bind tests to run only on sandbox
- List also dm uclass and devres
After we switch to use BINMAN_SYMBOLS, there is no need to pad
the file size to 0x8000 and 0x4000. After we use BINMAN_SYMBOLS,
the u-boot-spl-ddr.bin shrink about 36KB with i.MX8MP-EVK.
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> #imx8m[m,n,p]-venice
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
By reading binman symbols, we no need hard coded IMEM_LEN/DMEM_LEN after
we update the binman dtsi to drop 0x8000/0x4000 length for the firmware.
And that could save binary size for many KBs.
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> #imx8m[m,n,p]-venice
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
[Alper: Check BINMAN_SYMS_OK instead]
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
We are migrating to use binman symbols, the current names are
inconsistent across different boards, so unify them.
Also add `type = "blob-ext";`, since the new names are not valid binman
types.
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> #imx8m[m,n,p]-venice
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
[Alper: Edit commit message]
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Since new atheros PHY driver needs to access its PHY node through
phy device, we have to assign the phy node in ethernet controller
driver. Otherwise the PHY driver will fail to get some nodes
and properties.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Move i.MX code to a standalone file to make it easy for adding new
platform support
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Move macros and structures to header file and make some functions
public, so that could used by other files, this is to
prepare split platform specific config to one file.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When CONFIG_CLK is not enabled, there will be buil break:
"error: ‘eqos’ undeclared (first use in this function)"
Take eqos definition out the CONFIG_CLK ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Set ARM clock to OD frequency 1.7Ghz, since we have set PMIC VDD_SOC
to Overdrive voltage 0.9V
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add Kconfig for enabling reference events counter in DDRC performance
monitor by default
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since i.MX9 uses same DDR PHY with i.MX8M, split the DDRPHY to a common
directory under imx, then use dedicated ddr controller driver for each
iMX9 and iMX8M.
The DDRPHY registers are space compressed, so it needs conversion to
access the DDRPHY address. Introduce a common PHY address remap function
for both iMX8M and iMX9 for all PHY registers accessing.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Implement the DDR driver clock interfaces for set DDR rate and
bypass DDR PLL
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add bootaux command to support on-demand booting M33 from u-boot.
It kicks M33 via ATF by "bootaux 0x201e0000 0"
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
To support on-demand booting M33 image from A core. SPL needs
to follow M33 kick up sequence to release M33 firstly,
then set M33 CPUWAIT signal. ATF will clear CPUWAIT to kick
M33 to run.
The prepare function also works around the M33 TCM ECC issue by
clean the TCM. Also enable sentinel handshake and WDOG1 clock
for M33 stop and reset.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add power init of MEDIAMIX, MLMIX and DDRMIX. And clear isolation
of MIPI DSI/CSI, USBPHY after the power up.
SPL should call the power init in its boot sequence before accessing
above three MIX and USB.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add GPIO registers structure for iMX93, so that we can enable lpgpio
driver
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Sentinel have read access of OTP shadow register 0-511, and fsb have
read access of shadow 0-51/312-511.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX93 fuse can be accessed through FSB and s400-api. Add mapping tables
for i.MX93. The offset address of FSB accessing OTP shadow registers is
different between i.MX8ULP and i.MX93, so use macro to define the offset
address instead of hardcode.
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The i.MX93 platform wants to reuse drivers/misc/imx8ulp/fuse.c. Moving
fuse.c from the folder imx8ulp to sentinel makes it can be used by other
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Update the get chip revision methond to use S400 API, also record
other information like lifecycle and UID to global data.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add TRDC driver to iMX9. The TRDC init splits to two phases:
1. Early init phase will release TRDC from Sentinel and open write
permission to the memory where SPL image runs. Sentinel will set
the memory to RX only after ROM authentication for the OEM
closed part.
2. Init phase will configure TRDC to allow non-secure master to
access DDR. So the peripherals can work in u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Introduce Sentinel API ahab_release_m33_trout to make sure sentinel
release M33 trout and make sure M33 could boot.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
To support more RDC instances on i.MX93, update API to latest
definition.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since iMX9 uses S401 which shares the API with iMX8ULP. So move S400
MU driver and API to a common place and selected by CONFIG_IMX_SENTINEL
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX9 shares same ROM API with i.MX8ULP, so make the i.MX8ULP the function
prototype common and usable by i.MX9.
Also include mmc env functions that use ROM API.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add timer_init to update ARM arch timer with correct frequency
from system counter and enable system counter.
Signed-off-by: Jian Li <jian.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add clock API to support CCM root clock and LPCG setting
Set the CCM AUTHEN register to allow non-secure world to set
root clock and lpcg.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX8MN/P/ULP supports ROM API, they have almost same get_boot_device
implementation, so move to a common file. And when support i.MX9,
no need to include the other function copy.
Since sys_proto.h is included in imx_romapi.c, there will be build
warning for i.MX8M because wdog_regs not defined, so include imx-regs.h
in i.MX8M sys_proro.h
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
For SoCs support ROM API, CONFIG_SPL_BOOTROM_SUPPORT is needed,
so use this macro to guard the code to avoid extend the list.
And drop the guard with structure definition, there is no need.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Move the default mapping of spl_boot_device to weak function of
spl_board_boot_device. So that every board of iMX7/8/8M can overwrite
this function to implement specific mapping.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The SPL SDP is configured as BOOT_DEVICE_BOARD, so when booting from
USB, change its type to BOOT_DEVICE_BOARD, so we can use SDP.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
All the SoCs use mach-imx has CONFIG_MACH_IMX selected, so
the macro could be the gate to build arch/arm/mach-imx to simplify
the rules.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE could be 0x27000 for i.MX8MM when SPL_TEXT_BASE
set to 0x7E1000.
The DDR firmware max uses 96KB, there is a 4KB padding header before
SPL_TEXT_BASE, so the SPL MAX SIZE is `256KB - 96KB - 4KB`.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The MAINTAINERS file currently lists files in
arch/arm/include/asm/arch-imx/ being part of the IMX maintainers
purview, however the arch/arm/include/asm/ directory also contains the
directories arch-imx8, arch-imx8m, arch-imx8ulp and arch-imxrt which
would also appear to be relevant to the team. Tweak the entry to cover
these directories so that tools like get_maintainers.pl will suggest
relevant maintainers when making changes just in these directories.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
With supporting timer_get_boot_us, we can profile boot up time with below
configs and function bootstage_mark_name().
CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE=y
CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT=y
CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE=y
Signed-off-by: Jun Nie <jun.nie@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
When you pass "--no-tree" to checkpatch it disables some extra checks
that are important for Linux. Specifically I want checks like:
warning: DT compatible string "boogie,woogie" appears un-documented
check ./Documentation/devicetree/bindings/
Let's make the default for Linux to _not_ pass --no-tree. We'll have a
config option and command line flag to override.
Signed-off-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace logically correct word in the description.
Fixes: 91a91ff804 ("dm: Add Kconfig options for driver model SPL support")
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a basic test of the 'fdt addr' command, to kick things off.
This includes a new convenience function to run a command from a printf()
string.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this feature so that it works on sandbox, using a basic identity
mapping. This allows us to run the 'ut addrmap' test.
Also fix up the test to use the correct macros to access the linker
list, so that the 'ut addrmap' command actually works.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently the fitImage data area is resized in 1 kiB steps. This works
when bundling smaller images below some 1 MiB, but when bundling large
images into the fitImage, this make binman spend extreme amount of time
and CPU just spinning in pylibfdt FdtSw.check_space() until the size
grows enough for the large image to fit into the data area. Increase
the default step to 64 kiB, which is a reasonable compromise -- the
U-Boot blobs are somewhere in the 64kiB...1MiB range, DT blob are just
short of 64 kiB, and so are the other blobs. This reduces binman runtime
with 32 MiB blob from 2.3 minutes to 5 seconds.
The following can be used to trigger the problem if rand.bin is some 32 MiB.
"
/ {
itb {
fit {
images {
test {
compression = "none";
description = "none";
type = "flat_dt";
blob {
filename = "rand.bin";
type = "blob-ext";
};
};
};
};
};
configurations {
binman_configuration: config {
loadables = "test";
};
};
};
"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When CONFIG_LOG is activated, if LOG_DEBUG is defined in a file and
DEBUG is not defined the trace with debug() macro are not displayed,
because the parameter cond : _DEBUG = 0 is checked in debug_cond().
With this patch the define DEBUG, used to force the trace generated by
debug() macro, is linked with the define LOG_DEBUG, used to force the
trace generated by other macros (log_debug, dev_dbg, pr_debug).
We only need to define LOG_DEBUG in a file to activate all the
traces generated by any U-Boot debug macro, as it is described in
/doc/develop/logging.rst
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
If parameter drv of lists_bind_fdt() is specified, we shall bind only to
this very driver and to no other.
If the driver drv has an of_match property, we shall only bind to the
driver if it matches the compatible string of the device.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Without setting CONFIG_LOG_MAX_LEVEL to a value above 6 we will not detect
NULL dereferences and other errors in log_debug() calls.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If parameter drv of lists_bind_fdt() is specified, we want to bind to this
specific driver even if its field of_match is NULL.
If entry->of_match is NULL, we should not dereference it in a debug
statement.
Fixes: d3e773613b ("dm: core: Use U-Boot logging instead of pr_debug()")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Consider CONFIG_LOG_MAX_LEVEL and gd->default_log_level in
* do_log_test_helpers()
* log_test_dropped()
* log_test_level_deny()
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support_ops function to check controller supported operations by
spi-mem framework. Current default support ops function does not allow
dummy buswidth no more than 1, unless we are using buswidth is 4 for TX.
In order to support dummy buswidth > 1 by spi-nor framework we are adding
explicit support_ops to check controller supported operations.
Fix dummy bytes calculation incase of valid dummy bytes when dummy
buswidth is > 1. Current dummy bytes calculation does not provide
correct dummy values for dummy buswidth > 1.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1657954727-31972-3-git-send-email-ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
For imx8mm-cl-iot-gate we can use extension command to scan
extension boards attached on the mainboard. We enable the
extension command by default for users to detect the extension
boards.
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paulliu@debian.org>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: NXP i.MX U-Boot Team <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
FEC_QUIRK_ENET_MAC is defined in the imx-regs.h include file and thus
does not need to be defined in the various board config includes.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
UUID is already recorded when FRU is parsed but it is not copied to local
structures and exported to variable that's why simply add it.
Data is saved in binary format but there must be conversion to string for
exporting it to variable and string should be in uuid format too.
One way how to use it directly is to setup pxeuuid based on it. For
example via preboot with "setenv pxeuuid ${board_uuid}"
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1dfa4b4220a508abc05351da2119880811b77612.1658413156.git.michal.simek@amd.com
There is no need to have LMB enabled that's why save some space by
disabling it.
aarch64: (for 8/8 boards) all -1168.5 rodata -105.5 text -1063.0
xilinx_zynqmp_mini: all -2013 rodata -185 text -1828
xilinx_zynqmp_mini_qspi: all -2013 rodata -185 text -1828
xilinx_zynqmp_mini_emmc0: all -2661 rodata -237 text -2424
xilinx_zynqmp_mini_emmc1: all -2661 rodata -237 text -2424
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/f735d7691f4e7a7958d985b22c40aeb26e37a404.1657183534.git.michal.simek@amd.com
The new ELF decoding logic assumed that the target binary has the same
endianness as the host, which broke building ARM64 firmware binaries on
big-endian machines.
This commit fixes the ELF64 decoding to be host-endianness-neutral, and
applies the same changes to the ELF32 decoding. It does not fix the
microblaze-specific dynamic symbol decoding.
It also corrects the functions used for byte swapping in rela_elf64()
and rela_elf32(). The result is the same, but semantically the code is
converting bytes read from a foreign-endianness file to host byte order.
Fixes: 4c9e2d6434 ("tools: relocate-rela: Read rela start/end directly from ELF")
Fixes: a1405d9cfe ("tools: relocate-rela: Check that relocation works only for EM_AARCH64")
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220715064026.54551-1-samuel@sholland.org
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
This commit fixes issue with usage of Xen hypervisor shared info page.
Previously U-boot did not unmap it at the end of OS boot process. Xen
did not prevent guest from this. So, it worked, but caused wierd
issues - one memory page, that was returned by memalign in U-boot
for Enlighten mapping was not unmaped by Xen (shared_info values was
not removed from there) and returned to allocator. During the Linux
boot, it uses shared_info page as regular RAM page, which leads to
hypervisor shared info corruption.
So, to fix this issue, as discussed on the xen-devel mailing list, the
code should:
1) Unmap the page
2) Populate the area with memory using XENMEM_populate_physmap
This patch adds page unmapping via XENMEM_remove_from_physmap, fills
hole in address space where page was mapped via XENMEM_populate_physmap
and return this address to memory allocator for freeing.
Signed-off-by: Dmytro Firsov <dmytro_firsov@epam.com>
Reviewed-by: Anastasiia Lukianenko <vicooodin@gmail.com>
There are no references to CONFIG_SOC_DM355 / CONFIG_SOC_DM365 /
CONFIG_SOC_DM644X / CONFIG_SOC_DM646X and the files these Makefile lines
reference have already been dropped.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The ISW_ENTRY_ADDR symbol was used for OMAP devices in place of
SPL_TEXT_BASE. Keystone2 HS devices were not using it right either.
Remove ISW_ENTRY_ADDR and use SPL_TEXT_BASE directly.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Read the swrv.txt file from the TI Security Development Tools when
TI_SECURE_DEVICE is enabled. This allows us to set our software
revision in one place and have it used by all the tools that create
TI x509 boot certificates.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
The x509 certificate SWRV is currently hard-coded to 0. This need to be
updated to 1 for j721e 1.1, j7200 and am64x. It is don't care for other
k3 devices.
Added new config K3_X509_SWRV to k3. Default is set to 1.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Siraswar <yogeshs@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
This isn't strictly needed as these firewalls should all be disabled on
GP, but it also doesn't hurt, so do this unconditionally to remove this
use of CONFIG_TI_SECURE_DEVICE.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The first AM6x device was the AM654x, but being the first we named it
just AM6, since more devices have come out with this same prefix we
should switch it to the normal convention of using the full name of the
first compatibility device the series. This makes what device we are
talking about more clear and matches all the K3 devices added since.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The content of these files are only used in SPL builds. The contents are
already ifdef for the same, remove that and only include the whole file
in the build when building for SPL.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The Qualcomm device trees in U-Boot are currently not consistent with
the upstream DTs used in the Linux kernel. While some bindings are
similar to the official specification in the Linux kernel, several
nodes have subtle differences, e.g. the "compatible"s or the exact
specification of memory registers.
This means that some of the Qualcomm-related U-Boot drivers are not
compatible with the Linux DT (and vice versa).
The SPMI node is one such example: the "core" region starts at
0x0200f000 in the upstream Linux MSM8916 DT, but in U-Boot it starts at
0x0200f800. The end result is normally the same, since the Linux SPMI
driver simply adds the 0x800 internally.
However, commit f5a2d6b4b0 ("spmi: msm: add arbiter version 5
support") imported this behavior into the U-Boot driver, without
adjusting the DB410c/DB820c device trees. This means that the 0x800
offset is now added twice, breaking all SPMI read/write operations:
Failed to find PMIC pon node. Check device tree
Failed to find pm8916_gpios@c000 node.
USB init failed: -6
starting USB...
Bus ehci@78d9000: Failed to find pm8916_gpios@c000 node.
probe failed, error -6
No working controllers found
While the mistake is strictly speaking in the spmi-msm driver, fix the
issue by making the SPMI nodes in the DB410c/DB820c consistent with the
upstream Linux DT instead.
Ideally we should even go a step further by fixing the remaining uses
of custom bindings in the U-Boot drivers and moving to using the Linux
DTs as-is. This would likely avoid such mistakes in the future and
would also make the porting process much easier.
Cc: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Fixes: f5a2d6b4b0 ("spmi: msm: add arbiter version 5 support")
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
This is no longer needed as the SA2UL can now be shared with Linux.
Leave the SA2UL DT node enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Using CONFIG_IS_ENABLED breaks accessing memory map structure when
doing a A53 SPL build for AM625 and AM642 platforms. This is due to
'abc if CONFIG_SPL_BUILD is defined and CONFIG_SPL_FOO is set to 'y''
in which there is no CONFIG_SPL_SOC_K3_AM625/CONFIG_SPL_SOC_K3_AM642
defined in the configuration.
For the A53 SPL builds on these platform to access the memory mapping
which it will need for enabling the mmu/cache it must use #if defined(X)
checks and not CONFIG_IS_ENABLED.
Cc: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Cc: Neha Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Ranostay <mranostay@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently u-boot running on mt7622 will print an warning log at beginning:
> serial_mtk serial@11002000: pinctrl_select_state_full: uclass_get_device_by_phandle_id: err=-19
It turns out that the pinctrl uclass can't work properly in board_f stage.
Since the uart0 is the default UART device used by bootrom, and will be
initialized in both bootrom and tf-a bl2. It's ok not to setup pinctrl for
uart0 in u-boot.
This patch removes the default pinctrl of uart0 to suppress the unwanted
warning.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The entry for DDRSS_PI_321_DATA was accidentally repeated leading to the
last few PI registers being incorrectly programmed.
Fix this.
Reported-by: Bin Liu <b-liu@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Anand Gadiyar <gadiyar@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for Qualcomm QCS404 SoC based evaluation board.
Features:
- Qualcomm Snapdragon QCS404 SoC
- 1GiB RAM
- 8GiB eMMC, uSD slot
U-boot is chain loaded by ABL in 64-bit mode as part of boot.img.
For detailed build and boot instructions, refer to
doc/board/qualcomm/qcs404.rst.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Currently this clock driver initializes clocks for UART and eMMC. Along
with this import "qcom,gcc-qcs404.h" header from Linux mainline to
support DT bindings.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Currently this pinctrl driver only supports BLSP UART2 specific pin
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
For SDCC version 5.0.0, MCI registers are removed from SDCC interface
and some registers are moved to HC. So add support to use the new
compatible string "qcom,sdhci-msm-v5". Based on this new msm variant,
pick the relevant variant data and use it to detect MCI presence thereby
configuring register read/write to msm specific registers.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add support for 96Boards Dragonboard 845C aka Robotics RB3 development
platform. This board complies with 96Boards Open Platform Specifications.
Features:
- Qualcomm Snapdragon SDA845 SoC
- 4GiB RAM
- 64GiB UFS drive
U-boot is chain loaded by ABL in 64-bit mode as part of boot.img.
For detailed build and boot instructions, refer to
doc/board/qualcomm/sdm845.rst, board: dragonboard845c.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Configure debug UART pins as function: "qup9" rather than being regular
gpios. It fixes a hang seen during pinmux setting.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Rather than using magic numbers as clock ids for peripherals import
qcom,gcc-sdm845.h from Linux to be used standard macros for clock ids.
So start using corresponding clk-id macro for debug UART.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
According to u-boot DT recomendation, u-boot specific DT properties belong
to *-uboot.dtsi. Also for starqltechn board (which is the only current
consumer of sdm845.dtsi), the properties are already included in
starqltechn-uboot.dtsi, so remove corresponding redundant properties.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Currently there is a mismatch among DT node overrides in starqltechn
board DTS file and the actual DT nodes in the sdm845.dtsi. So fix that
to align with DT nodes in sdm845.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
CONFIG_PREBOOT just cause putting "preboot=CONFIG_PREBOOT" into env list.
Value CONFIG_PREBOOT="run preboot" in defconfig is just nonsense and does
not do anything useful (it is infinite recursion). Config file for this
board already contains default preboot= env variable with correct value,
which has higher priority than CONFIG_PREBOOT and this is reason why
nonsense CONFIG_PREBOOT is ignored.
Remove nonsense and unused CONFIG_PREBOOT from nokia_rx51_defconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
We have different dtbs for the Lite and Extended WiFi variants of the
SanCloud BBE.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The SanCloud BBE Lite has a Micron Authenta flash device connected to
the spi0 bus.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Synchronise device tree with linux v5.19-rc5.
Please note that this also means that instead of the previous "generic"
U-Boot specific carrier board agnostic device tree we are now using the
regular one for the Verdin Development (carrier) board (e.g.
imx8mp-verdin-wifi-dev.dtb rather than the previous imx8mp-verdin.dtb).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Fix the following build-time pwms property warnings:
w+arch/arm/dts/imx8mp-rsb3720-a1.dtb: Warning (pwms_property):
/lvds_backlight@0:pwms: property size (12) too small for cell size 3
w+arch/arm/dts/imx8mp-rsb3720-a1.dtb: Warning (pwms_property):
/lvds_backlight@1:pwms: property size (12) too small for cell size 3
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Synchronise device tree with linux v5.19-rc5.
Please note that this also means that instead of the previous "generic"
U-Boot specific carrier board agnostic device tree we are now using the
regular one for the Verdin Development (carrier) board (e.g.
imx8mm-verdin-wifi-dev.dtb rather than the previous imx8mm-verdin.dtb).
Please further note that the PMIC node name got changed from a pmic
label to pmic@25 which required adjustment in resp. board SPL file
board/toradex/verdin-imx8mm/spl.c.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Fix the following build-time pwms property warnings:
w+arch/arm/dts/imx8mm-kontron-n801x-s-lvds.dtb: Warning (pwms_property):
/backlight:pwms: property size (12) too small for cell size 3
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
As a preparatory step remove the pinctrl_pmic reference which does not
exist in the Linux upistream device tree.
This avoids the following error once synchronised:
+Error: arch/arm/dts/imx8mm-venice-gw700x-u-boot.dtsi:26.1-14 Label or
path pinctrl_pmic not found
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Synchronise device tree with linux v5.19-rc5.
Please note that this also means that instead of the previous "generic"
U-Boot specific carrier board agnostic device tree we are now using the
regular one for the Colibri Evaluation (carrier) board V3 (e.g.
vf610-colibri-eval-v3.dtb rather than the previous vf610-colibri.dtb).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
As a preparatory step rename the included SoC dtsi from vf.dtsi to
vf610.dtsi as this is how it is named in Linux upstream.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Synchronise device tree with linux-next next-20220708.
Please note that this also means that instead of the previous "generic"
U-Boot specific carrier board agnostic device trees we are now using the
regular ones for the Colibri Evaluation (carrier) board V3 (e.g.
imx7d-colibri-eval-v3.dtb rather than the previous
imx7-colibri-rawnand.dtb and imx7d-colibri-emmc-eval-v3.dtb rather than
the previous imx7-colibri-emmc.dtb).
Please further note that the PMIC node name got changed from rn5t567@33
to pmic@33 which required adjustment in resp. board file
board/toradex/colibri_imx7/colibri_imx7.c.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
As a preparatory step remove the epdc reference which does not exist in
the Linux upstream device tree and rename the qspi1 reference to qspi as
this is how it is named in the Linux upstream device tree.
This avoids the following error once synchronised:
+Error: arch/arm/dts/.imx7d-sdb-qspi.dtb.pre.tmp:10.1-6 Label or path
epdc not found
+Error: arch/arm/dts/.imx7d-sdb-qspi.dtb.pre.tmp:29.1-7 Label or path
qspi1 not found
+Error: arch/arm/dts/imx7d-sdb-qspi-u-boot.dtsi:6.1-7 Label or path
qspi1 not found
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
As a preparatory step rename the qspi1 reference to qspi as this is how
it is named in the Linux upstream device tree.
This avoids the following error once synchronised:
+Error: arch/arm/dts/.imx7-cm.dtb.pre.tmp:96.1-7 Label or path qspi1 not
found
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Synchronise device tree with linux v5.19-rc5.
Please note that this also means that instead of the previous "generic"
U-Boot specific carrier board agnostic device trees we are now using the
regular ones for the Colibri Evaluation (carrier) board V3 (e.g.
imx6ull-colibri-eval-v3.dtb rather than the previous imx6ull-colibri.dtb
and imx6ull-colibri-emmc-eval-v3.dtb rather than the previous
imx6ull-colibri-emmc.dtb).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
As a preparatory step remove the qspi node with its flash0 label as this
is already in the Linux upstream device tree.
This avoids the following error once synchronised:
+arch/arm/dts/imx6ul-14x14-evk.dtb: ERROR (duplicate_label):
/soc/bus@2100000/spi@21e0000/n25q256a@0: Duplicate label 'flash0' on
/soc/bus@2100000/spi@21e0000/n25q256a@0 and
/soc/bus@2100000/spi@21e0000/flash@0
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Synchronise device tree with linux-next next-20220708.
Please note that this also means that instead of the previous "generic"
U-Boot specific carrier board agnostic device tree we are now using the
regular one for the Colibri Evaluation (carrier) board V3 (e.g.
imx6dl-colibri-eval-v3.dtb rather than the previous imx6-colibri.dtb).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Synchronise device tree with linux-next 20220706.
Please note that this also means that instead of the previous "generic"
U-Boot specific carrier board agnostic device tree we are now using the
regular one for the Apalis Evaluation (carrier) board (e.g.
imx6q-apalis-eval.dtb rather than the previous imx6-apalis.dtb).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
As a preparatory step make sure to refer to absolute node paths where
labels were removed in Linux upstream.
This avoids the following error once synchronised:
+Error: arch/arm/dts/imx6q-tbs2910-u-boot.dtsi:3.1-7 Label or path aips1
not found
+Error: arch/arm/dts/imx6q-tbs2910-u-boot.dtsi:11.1-5 Label or path soc
not found
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Fix the following build-time pwms property warning:
w+arch/arm/dts/imx6dl-brppt2.dtb: Warning (pwms_property):
/backlight:pwms: property size (12) too small for cell size 3
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Add product id print in show_board_info(), with an increasing number of
Toradex SKUs available with small differences it makes sense to print it.
Move serial number print to a dedicated line, this prevents the previous
line with the product name to overflow the 80 columns with any
reasonable product name length.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Up to now in the code we named Toradex SKUs in a slightly different way
compared to the official product name, start using the official names
from now on to avoid misunderstanding.
This has also the nice benefit of the string being shorter, allowing
to fit nicely in 80 columns even adding the product ID when printing
the hardware information.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Fix checkpatch warn, use `IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_TDX_CFG_BLOCK_2ND_ETHADDR)`
instead of `#ifdef CONFIG_TDX_CFG_BLOCK_2ND_ETHADDR`.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Remove stale show_boot_logo() declaration, not used anywhere.
Fixes: e6fd30dd9e ("toradex: drop legacy show_boot_logo function and use splashscreen")
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Simplify interactive config block creation code, instead of having a
a long list of questions and a complex tree of preprocessor directive to
guess the exact SKU, just ask the user to select it from a list.
The modules list is filtered out to include only SKUs that are supported
by the specific u-boot binary in execution.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Use generally available ARRAY_SIZE macro, instead of hand-coding it
every time is needed.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Remove comment "not currently on sale" on specific SKUs, this
information does not belong to the code and will never be accurate.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Add new i.MX 8M Mini SKU to ConfigBlock handling.
0068: Verdin iMX8M Mini Quad 2GB WB IT No CAN
This SKU is identical to 0055 but without CAN. Mention this in the name
so those modules can be distinguished.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
On AM62x devices, main ESM error event outputs can be routed to
MCU ESM as inputs. So, two ESM device nodes are expected in the
device tree : one for main ESM and another one for MCU ESM.
MCU ESM error output can trigger the reset logic to reset
the device when CTRLMMR_MCU_RST_CTRL:MCU_ESM_ERROR_RESET_EN_Z is
set to '0'.
Signed-off-by: Julien Panis <jpanis@baylibre.com>
Apple's M2 SoC very similar to the M1 and can use the same memory map.
The keyboard/trackpad on the MacBook Pro (13-inch, M2, 2022) uses
"dockchannel" as transport instead of SPI and needs a new driver.
USB, NVMe, uart, framebuffer and watchdog are working with the existing
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
"apple,t8112-dart" uses an incompatible register interface but still
offers the same functionality. This DART is found on the M2 and M1
Pro/Max/Ultra SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
The macro `CONFIG_SYS_UBOOT_BASE` is used by SPL loaders `"NOR"` and
`"XIP"` to determine the base address of u-boot.
For `"NOR"` on i.MX8MM it is the base address of QSPI0 plus the offset
of the flattened image tree blob.
Although `QSPI0_AMBA_BASE` is used to define CONFIG_SYS_UBOOT_BASE in
multiple board header files for i.MX8MM, it is not specified.
Specify offset of flattened image tree blob (needs to be set to same
value as specified in 'binman' node), base address of QSPI0 and size of
FlexSPI configuration block.
Signed-off-by: Mamta Shukla <mamta.shukla@leica-geosystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Haemmerle <thomas.haemmerle@leica-geosystems.com>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Add imx8mm_evk_fspi_defconfig to build QSPI boot image.
This config is based on imx8mm_evk_defconfig with addtional config options to
define FSPI Header parameters required to generate QSPI Header.
Update SPL offset to include header size and overwrite IMX_CONFIG to use
lpddr.cfg for FSPI.
Signed-off-by: Mamta Shukla <mamta.shukla@leica-geosystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Haemmerle <thomas.haemmerle@leica-geosystems.com>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Since fe8acf556c ("imx: HAB: Validate IVT before authenticating image")
the U-Boot HAB implementation is checking whether reserved1 field in IVT
is zero or not. In case the field is not zero, IVT validation fails. Stop
setting IVT reserved1 field to non-zero in mkimage imx8m plugin, otherwise
the validation cannot ever work.
Note that this only affects legacy boards which do not use binman.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Simplify the use of the ROM API by using the wrappers that take care
of saving/restoring gd and computing the xor value. This makes the
generated code smaller and the C code easier to read.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
The ROM API is thoroughly undocumented, but apparently passing the xor
of the real arguments as an extra argument is required [1]. Also, we
need to do the "save gd/restore gd" dance. These are both error-prone,
and lead to a lot of code duplication.
Since both imx8m[np] and imx8ulp SOCs have this, add a separate
translation unit which is included precisely when the new
CONFIG_IMX8_ROMAPI symbol is set, which provide convenience wrappers
that take care of computing the xor value as well as doing the gd
dance, and that thus have a more intuitive API. Subsequent patches
will make use of these to reduce boilerplate.
[1] One wonders, for example, if the check is only applied to the
lower 32 bits, or if we're implicitly relying on all 64-bit pointer
values we're passing effectively have 0 in the upper 32 bits.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
This exposes the struct rom_api, the g_rom_api variable declaration
and the associated #defines to slightly fewer boards: namely, those
IMX8M which are not IMX8MN or IMX8MP. But the latter two are the only
IMX8M* ones where the g_rom_api variable is defined (in imx8m/soc.c),
so that should be fine.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
In order not to repeat the IMX8MN || IMX8MP || IMX8ULP logic in
multiple places where we need to know if the SOC exposes the ROM API,
add a "def_bool y" Kconfig symbol.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
ft_board_setup relies on the board_type() function to optimize which phy
nodes need to be enabled for Linux.
Add calls to setup and release the board-detect GPIOs.
Also fix the switch-case statement to only enable phy address 4 for
Cubox and unknown devices.
Fixes: 741ce308 ("mx6cuboxi: fixup dtb ethernet phy nodes before booting an OS")
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua@solid-run.com>
The TI DP83867 phy has been replaced with the MaxLinear GPY111 phy
due to part availability. Add support for it:
- increase post-reset time to 300ms per datasheet
- leave tx-delay/rx-delay undefined in dt defaulting to 2.0ns
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The imx6q arm2 board support has been removed from U-Boot
as it did not get converted to DM.
Remove the MX6Q_ARM2 related ifdefery in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
In preparation of re-sync of mtd stack, we opt to move the current stack
slowly in order to have a more easy sync and test. We would like to
prepare uboot to support no-jedec and no-onfi compliant nand so we need
to clean up a bit the code we have now and upstream some of the support.
In this series we expect no functional change
Tested on:
- imx6ull Micron MT29F2G08ABAGAH4
- imx8mn Macronix MX30LF4G18AC
Upstream linux commit f7025a43a9da26.
The MTD subsystem has its own small museum of ancient NANDs in a form of
the CONFIG_MTD_NAND_MUSEUM_IDS configuration option. The museum contains
stone age NANDs with 256 bytes pages, as well as iron age NANDs with 512
bytes per page and up to 8MiB page size.
It is with great sorrow that I inform you that the museum is being
decommissioned. The MTD subsystem is out of budget for Kconfig options and
already has too many of them, and there is a general kernel trend to
simplify the configuration menu.
We remove the stone age exhibits along with closing the museum
REMARK Don't apply this part from upstream:
Some of the iron age ones are transferred to the regular NAND depot.
Namely, only those which have unique device IDs are transferred, and the
ones which have conflicting device IDs are removed.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit fb3bff5b407e58.
This patch enables support to read the ECC strength and size from the
NAND flash using Toshiba Memory SLC NAND extended-ID. This patch is
based on the information of the 6th ID byte of the Toshiba Memory SLC
NAND.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 3b5206f4be9b65.
Move Macronix specific initialization logic into nand_macronix.c. This
is part of the "separate vendor specific code from core" cleanup
process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 229204da53b31d.
Move AMD/Spansion specific initialization/detection logic into
nand_amd.c. This is part of the "separate vendor specific code from
core" cleanup process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 10d4e75c36f6c1.
Move Micron specific initialization logic into nand_micron.c. This is
part of the "separate vendor specific code from core" cleanup process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 9b2d61f80b060c.
Move Toshiba specific initialization and detection logic into
nand_toshiba.c. This is part of the "separate vendor specific code from
core" cleanup process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 01389b6bd2f4f7.
Move Hynix specific initialization and detection logic into
nand_hynix.c. This is part of the "separate vendor specific code from
core" cleanup process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit c51d0ac59f2420.
Move Samsung specific initialization and detection logic into
nand_samsung.c. This is part of the "separate vendor specific code from
core" cleanup process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
nand_get_flash_type was reworked in commit 1ca6f9483e. This change
break the Mediatek MT721. Fix it adjust the function call parameters
+include/linux/mtd/rawnand.h:32:62: note: expected 'struct nand_chip *' but argument is of type 'struct mtd_info *'
+ 32 | struct nand_flash_dev *nand_get_flash_type(struct nand_chip *chip,
+ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~^~~~
+drivers/mtd/nand/raw/mt7621_nand.c:1189:48: error: passing argument 2 of 'nand_get_flash_type' from incompatible pointer type [-Werror=incompatible-pointer-types]
+ | ^~~~
+ | |
+ | struct nand_chip *
+include/linux/mtd/rawnand.h:33:49: note: expected 'int *' but argument is of type 'struct nand_chip *'
+ 33 | int *maf_id, int *dev_id,
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit abbe26d144ec22.
A lot of NANDs are implementing generic features in a non-generic way,
or are providing advanced auto-detection logic where the NAND ID bytes
meaning changes with the NAND generation.
Providing this vendor specific initialization step will allow us to get
rid of full-id entries in the nand_ids table or all the vendor specific
cases added over the time in the generic NAND ID decoding logic.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 7f501f0a72036d.
Store the NAND ID in struct nand_chip to avoid passing id_data and id_len
as function parameters.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 29a198a1592d83.
Auto-detection functions are passed a busw parameter to retrieve the actual
NAND bus width and eventually set the correct value in chip->options.
Rework the nand_get_flash_type() function to get rid of this extra
parameter and let detection code directly set the NAND_BUSWIDTH_16 flag in
chip->options if needed.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
CONFIG_ETHPRIME can be set to DT node name or alias which refers to DT
node. Define ethernet aliases and set ETHPRIME to eth2 which refers to WAN
ethernet port. This removes hardcoded DT node name from U-Boot
configuration file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Change detection of platform/cpu from runtime to compile time via config
define. This completely eliminates compiling code which is not going to run
on selected platform. Code which parses and prints device / revision id
still reads device id from MVEBU_REG_PCIE_DEVID register, but only once.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
uDPU like eDPU does not expose SCSI based peripherals like SATA nor PCI
and for sure it does not have the Intel E1000 PCI card.
So, like for eDPU remove those from the defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
eDPU does not use SCSI nor it has SATA exposed, and commit
arm: mvebu: a3720: Set BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES list to enabled peripherals
now allows compiling U-boot wihout all of the BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES since
not all boards have all of the listed peripherals exposed.
So, disable SCSI support in defconfig for eDPU.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Fix diacritics in some instances of my name and change my e-mail address
to kabel@kernel.org.
Add corresponding .mailmap entries.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Fix MAINTAINERS files for Turris devices, add missing files and add Pali
as maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
SPL on mvebu loads proper U-Boot from custom Marvell kwbimage format and
therefore support for other binary formats is not required to be present in
SPL. Boot source of proper U-Boot is defined by compile time options and
therefore it is not required to enable all possible and unused peripherals
in SPL by default.
This change decrease size of SPL binaries.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This allows to compile U-Boot without some boot option for some A3720 board
which does not have that peripheral.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
I am currently maintaing the Methode uDPU and eDPU boards so add myself
as the maintainer for them.
Remove the old entry from board/Marvell/mvebu_armada-37xx/MAINTAINERS.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Methode eDPU is an Armada 3720 power board based on the Methode uDPU.
They feature the same CPU, RAM, and storage as well as the form factor.
However, eDPU only has one SFP slot plus a copper G.hn port which does not
work under U-boot.
In order to reduce duplication, split the uDPU DTS into a common one.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
A common external watchdog circuit is kept alive by triggering a short
pulse on the reset pin. This patch adds support for this use case, while
making the algorithm configurable in the devicetree.
The "linux,wdt-gpio" driver being modified is based off the equivalent
driver in the Linux kernel, which provides support for this algorithm.
This patch brings parity to this driver, and is kept aligned with
the functionality and devicetree configuration in the kernel.
It should be noted that this adds a required property named 'hw_algo'
to the devicetree binding, following suit with the kernel. I'm happy to
make this backward-compatible if preferred.
Signed-off-by: Paul Doelle <paaull.git@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add support for hardware watchdog timer for Amlogic SoCs.
This driver has been heavily inspired by his Linux equivalent
(meson_gxbb_wdt.c).
Reviewed-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Boos <pboos@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds support for the Marvell Octeon watchdog driver, which
currently only support the ARM64 Octeon TX & TX2 platforms. Since the
IP is pretty similar, it makes sense to extend this driver to also
support the MIPS Octeon SoC.
A follow-up patch will enable this watchdog support on the EBB7304
eval board.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
board_get_usable_ram_top() conflated the RAM size with the top address
of RAM. On systems where RAM starts at address 0 these numbers are the
same so it went unnoticed. Update board_get_usable_ram_top() to take
CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE into account when determining the top address.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
It does not matter what is DT node name of atsha device. So find it via
atsha driver and not by DT node name.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
U-Boot does not implement down_write_trylock() and its stub always returns
true that lock was acquired. Therefore ubifs_assert_cmt_locked() assert
currently always fails.
Fix this issue by redefining ubifs_assert_cmt_locked() to just empty stub
as there is nothing to assert.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
i2c changes for 2022.10
- new driver nuvoton, NPCM7xx from Jim Liu
Fixes:
- ast_i2c: Remove SCL direct drive mode
from Eddie James
- avoid dynamic stack use in dm_i2c_write
bloat-o-meter drivers/i2c/i2c-uclass.o.{0,1}
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/1 up/down: 0/-144 (-144)
Function old new delta
dm_i2c_write 552 408 -144
Total: Before=3828, After=3684, chg -3.76%
patch from Rasmus Villemoes
To quote Andre:
One prominent feature is the restructering of the clock driver, which
allows to end up with one actual driver for all variants, although we
still only compile in support for one SoC.
Also contained are some initial SPI fixes, which should fix some
problems, and enable SPI flash support for the F1C100s SoC. Those
patches revealed more problems, I will queue fixes later on, but for
now it should at least still work.
Apart from some smaller fixes (for instance for NAND operation), there
is also preparation for the upcoming Allwinner D1 support, in form of
the USB PHY driver. There are more driver support patches to come.
The gitlab CI completed successfully, including the build test for all
160 sunxi boards. I also boot tested on a few boards, but didn't have
time for more elaborate tests this time.
The size of the dynamic stack allocation here is bounded by the if()
statement. However, just allocating the maximum size up-front and
doing malloc() if necessary avoids code duplication (the
i2c_setup_offset() until the invocation of ->xfer), and generates much
better (smaller) code:
bloat-o-meter drivers/i2c/i2c-uclass.o.{0,1}
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/1 up/down: 0/-144 (-144)
Function old new delta
dm_i2c_write 552 408 -144
Total: Before=3828, After=3684, chg -3.76%
It also makes static analysis of maximum stack usage (using the .su
files that are automatically generated during build) easier if there
are no lines saying "dynamic".
[This is not entirely equivalent to the existing code; this now uses
the stack for len <= 64 rather than len <= 63, but that seems like a
more natural limit.]
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
SCL direct drive mode prevents communication with devices that
do clock stretching, so disable. The Linux driver doesn't use
this mode, and the engine can handle clock stretching.
Signed-off-by: Eddie James <eajames@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: ryan_chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
D1 has a register layout like A100 and H616, with the moved SIDDQ bit.
Unlike H616 it does not have any dependencies between PHY instances.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
As Icenowy pointed out, newer manuals (starting with H6) actually
document the register block at offset 0x800 as "HCI controller and PHY
interface", also describe the bits in our "PMU_UNK1" register.
Let's put proper names to those "unknown" variables and symbols.
While we are at it, generalise the existing code by allowing a bitmap
of bits to clear and set, to cover newer SoCs: The A100 and H616 use a
different bit for the SIDDQ control.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Since commit 089ffd0aed ("phy: sun4i-usb: Use CLK and RESET support")
neither of these headers is used. Dropping them allows the driver to be
architecture-independent.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This option is used only by the phy-sun4i-usb driver, which does not
inherently depend on the ARM architecture.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The UEFI console initialisation has been modified by commit 68edbed454
("efi_loader: initialize console size late"). A corresponding workaround is
now necessary for the automated tests, as added to some of the tests
already by commit e05bd68ed5 ("test: work around for EFI terminal size
probing").
Add the same workaround to the UEFI authenticated capsules tests to repair
them.
This can be tested with sandbox_defconfig, sandbox64_defconfig or
sandbox_flattree_defconfig, plus CONFIG_EFI_CAPSULE_AUTHENTICATE=y.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Some consoles use CSI 200~ and CSI 201~ to bracket inserts. This leads
U-Boot to misinterpret the inserted string. Ignore these escape sequences.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Coverity CID 131256 indicates a possible buffer overflow in label_boot().
This would only occur if the size of the downloaded file would exceed 4
GiB. But anyway we can simplify the code by using snprintf() and checking
the return value.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 131256 ("Security best practices violations (STRING_OVERFLOW)")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Do not suggest successful operation if a flash area to be changed is
actually locked, thus will not execute the request. Rather report an
error and bail out. That's way more user-friendly than asking them to
manually check for this case.
Derived from original patch by Chao Zeng.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
There was no user of this callback after 5b66fdb29d anymore, and its
semantic as now inconsistent between stm and sst26. What we need for the
upcoming new usecase is a "completely unlocked" semantic. So consolidate
over this.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
On probe, the SPI NOR core will put a flash in 8D mode if it
supports it. But Linux as of now expects to get the flash in
1S mode. Handing the flash to Linux in Octal DTR mode means
the kernel will fail to detect the flash.
This commit adds an option to soft reset the flash after
spl_spi_load_image() so that the flash can be reset to 1S mode
and subsequent spi-nor probe in Linux does not fail, since
spl_spi_load_image() performs spi_flash_probe() the remove is
added after completion loading images in spi_flash_probe() itself.
Tested on J721E EVM with 5.10 Linux kernel.
Linux spi-nor probe without the fix:
root@j7-evm:~# dmesg | grep spi-nor
[ 4.928023] spi-nor spi0.0: unrecognized JEDEC id bytes: ff ff ff ff ff ff
[ 4.934938] spi-nor: probe of spi0.0 failed with error -2
Linux spi-nor probe with the fix:
root@j7-evm:~# dmesg | grep spi-nor
[ 4.904484] spi-nor spi0.0: mt35xu512aba (65536 Kbytes)
Signed-off-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Power-on-Reset is a method to restore flash back to 1S-1S-1S mode from 8D-8D-8D
in the begging of probe.
Command extension type is not standardized across flash vendors in DTR mode.
For suiting different vendor flash devices, adding a flag to seperate types for
soft reset on boot.
Signed-off-by: JaimeLiao <jaimeliao.tw@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The sunxi nand SPL loader was broken at least for SUN4I,
SUN5I and SUN7I SOCs since the implementation change
from DMA to PIO usage - commit 6ddbb1e.
Root cause for this issue is the NFC control flag NFC_CTL_RAM_METHOD
being set by method nand_apply_config.
This flag controls the bus being used for the NFCs internal RAM access.
It must be set for the DMA use case only.
See A33_Nand_Flash_Controller_Specification.pdf page 12.
This fix is tested by myself on a Cubietruck A20 board.
Others should test it on new generation SOCs as well.
Signed-off-by: Markus Hoffrogge <mhoffrogge@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The boards that come with a flash memory pre-soldered have a Macronix
flash chip.
Fixes: 280294c5df ("sunxi: boards: Enable SPI flash support in U-Boot proper")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Many LicheePi Nano boards come with SPI flash soldered, which already
works for booting the SPL and loading U-Boot proper.
With the updated DTB, we can now also use the SPI flash from U-Boot
proper, so enable the bits in the defconfig, to allow loading binaries
from SPI flash.
There seem to be board revisions with a Winbond SPI chip, but also
others with an XTX chip, so include support for both: the actual chip
used will be autodetected.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The SPI controllers in the Allwinner F1Cx00 series of SoCs are
compatible to the H3 IP. The only difference in the integration is
the missing mod clock in the F1C100, instead the SPI clock is directly
derived from the AHB clock.
We *should* be able to model this through the DT, but the addition of
get_rate() requires quite some refactoring, so it's not really worth in
this simple case: We programmed both the PLL_PERIPH to 600 MHz and the
PLL/AHB divider to 3 in the SPL, so we know the SPI base clock is 200
MHz. Since we used a hard coded fixed clock rate of 24 MHz for all the
other SoCs so far, we can as well do the same for the F1C100.
Define the SPI input clock and maximum frequency differently when
compiling for the F1C100 SoC.
Also adjust the power-of-2 divider programming, because that uses a
"minus one" encoding, compared to the other SoCs.
This allows to enable SPI flash support for the F1C100 boards.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The current SPI clock divider calculation has two problems:
- We use a normal round-down division, which results in a divider
typically being too small, resulting in a too high frequency on the bus.
- The calculaction for the power-of-two divider is very inaccurate, and
again rounds down, which might lead to wild bus frequencies.
This wasn't a real problem so far, since most chips can handle slightly
higher bus frequencies just fine. Also the actual speed was mostly lost
anyway, due to release_bus() reseting the device. And the power-of-2
calculation was probably never used, because it only applies to
frequencies below 47 KHz.
However this will become a problem for the F1C100s support, due to its
much higher base frequency.
Calculate a safe divider correctly (using round-up), and re-use that
value when calculating the power-of-2 value. We also separate the
maximum frequency and the input clock on the way, since they will be
different for the F1C100s.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
As George rightfully pointed out [1], the spi-sunxi driver programs the
speed and mode settings only when the respective functions are called,
but this gets lost over a call to release_bus(). That asserts the
reset line, thus forces each SPI register back to its default value.
Adding to that, trying to program SPI_CCR and SPI_TCR might be pointless
in the first place, when the reset line is still asserted (before
claim_bus()), so those setting won't apply most of the time. In reality
I see two nested claim_bus() calls for the first use, so settings between
the two would work (for instance for the initial "sf probe"). However
later on the speed setting is not programmed into the hardware anymore.
So far we get away with that default frequency, because that is a rather
tame 24 MHz, which most SPI flash chips can handle just fine.
Move the actual register programming into a separate function, and use
.set_speed and .set_mode just to set the variables in our priv structure.
Then we only call this new function in claim_bus(), when we are sure
that register accesses actually work and are preserved.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20210725231636.879913-17-me@yifangu.com/
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reported-by: George Hilliard <thirtythreeforty@gmail.com>
The current detection of RX FIFO depth seems to be not reliable, and
XCH will self-clear when a transfer is done.
Check XCH bit when polling for transfer finish.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <uwu@icenowy.me>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This header is not used since commit abdbefba2a ("net: sun8i_emac: Use
consistent clock bitfield definitions"). Dropping it allows the driver
to be architecture-independent.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This just prints the PHY mode taken from the devicetree. It does not
need to be printed during every boot, and also avoids an unwanted
line break for the "net: " reporting line.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
For mostly historic reasons we had configuration headers for each
Allwinner CPU "family". These days they are mostly just including one
common header, with the rest being somewhat empty.
There were attempts to remove them, and to just use the one common header
to begin with, but this has implications to the build system, which me
might not be ready for, yet.
To document this behaviour, and to avoid something sneaking in over
time, make those files all the same (minus the CPU family name and
the copyrights), and add a comment explaining that.
This makes it easier to just remove those files later on, when needed
and possible.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The clock and reset drivers use the exact same platform data. Simplify
them by sharing the object. This is safe because the parent device
(the clock device) always gets its driver model callbacks run first.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The reason here is the same as the reason for changing the clock driver:
platform data can be provided when binding the driver.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
All of the driver private data should really be platform data since it
is determined statically (selected by the compatible string or extracted
from the devicetree). Move everything to platform data, so it can be
provided when binding the driver. This is useful for SPL, or for
instantiating the driver as part of an MFD.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Now that all of the variants use the same bind/probe functions and ops,
there is no need to have a separate driver for each variant. Since most
SoCs contain two variants (the main CCU and PRCM CCU), this saves a bit
of firmware size and RAM.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[Andre: add F1C100s support]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This allows all of the clock drivers to use a common bind function.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[Andre: add F1C100s support]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Because the gate arrays are not given explicit sizes, the arrays are
only as large as the highest-numbered gate described in the driver.
However, only a subset of the CCU clocks are needed by U-Boot. So there
are valid clock specifiers with indexes greater than the size of the
arrays. Referencing any of these clocks causes out-of-bounds access.
Fix this by checking the identifier against the size of the array.
Fixes: 0d47bc7056 ("clk: Add Allwinner A64 CLK driver")
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The reset array size is currently used for bounds checking in the reset
driver. The same bounds check should really be done in the clock driver.
Currently, the array size is provided to the reset driver separately
from the CCU descriptor, which is a bit strange. Let's do this the usual
way, with the array sizes next to the arrays themselves.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[Andre: add F1C100s support]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Now that the PHY driver will not try to drive VBUS if it is already
driven by an external supply, there is no need to check the VBUS voltage
before powering on the PHY.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Adding the SPL_USB_DWC3_GENERIC symbol broke some ti builds. This
should fix the builds but untested on HW.
Signed-off-by: Angus Ainslie <angus@akkea.ca>
- Merge the majority of the relevant wiki content to doc/process/ and
convert to Sphinx. Begin cleaning up and modernizing the content as
well to match current process. There is still more work to be done in
this regard.
The wiki had gitdm-generated release statistics starting with v1.3.0.
Re-generate this information as Sphinx. This aims to be as historically
accurate as possible and so some company renames were kept to their old
rather than current name until we had made the switch previously.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For quite a long time we've been using a 3 week, rather than 2 week,
merge window as it was only 2 weeks during the timeframe where we did 2
month rather than 3 month releases. This corrects the places that still
had 2 weeks and tries to make things a bit clearer overall.
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Migrate the RelaseCycle wiki page to Sphinx. In terms of visible
changes, we stop having a dynamic countdown to when the release is. And
we drop the year-based statistics, that were not being kept up to date.
For the moment, we only link to statistics for v2022.07 but will add
back the historical data in a subsequent patch.
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The "Workflow of a Custodian" section on the wiki had not been changed
in quite some time to reflect how the process has been functioning for
some time. First, update some links to point to modern and current
sources of information.
Second, and more overarching, reword much of the section. This expands
on the expectations of both custodians and developers when it comes to
rebasing patches. Rework the final points to be clearer that Custodians
are expected to do their best to test the changes and ask for help when
needed, as well as that pull requests are expected in a timely manner.
Cc: Claudius Heine <ch@denx.de>
Cc: Martin Bonner <martingreybeard@gmail.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Use gender-neutral language to refer to the user, consistently.
- Reword a few places so that they read more naturally.
- Make the long standing practice around "Twilight Time" more clear,
hopefully.
- Replace a reference to MAKEALL with a reference to CI testing as
that's the current requirement.
Cc: Claudius Heine <ch@denx.de>
Cc: Martin Bonner <martingreybeard@gmail.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Remove some missed wiki markup, and escape a "\n" correctly.
- Use gender-neutral language to refer to the user, consistently.
Cc: Claudius Heine <ch@denx.de>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move the current Process wiki page to doc/develop/process.rst. The
changes here are for formatting or slight rewording so that it reads
well when linking to other Sphinx documents.
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For some time now we've allowed for '//' style comments, which mirrors
the Linux kernel. So drop this point here.
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move the current DesignPrinciples wiki page to
doc/develop/designprinciples.rst. The changes here are for formatting
or slight rewording so that it reads well when linking to other Sphinx
documents.
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move the current CodingStyle wiki page to doc/develop/codingstyle.rst.
The changes here are for formatting or slight rewording so that it reads
well when linking to other Sphinx documents.
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
board_usb_init() should receive the controller_index as its
first parameter instead of having it hardcoded as 0.
All in-tree users have CONFIG_SPL_SDP_USB_DEV as 0, so this error
should not affect any board.
Fix it by passing controller_index as the parameter of board_usb_init().
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Pull request for efi-2022-10-rc1
Documentation:
* rework the mkimage.1 man-page
* add a statistics page for v2022.07
* update environment description
UEFI:
* add Ilias Apalodimas as co-maintainer
* fix a memory leak in efi_set_bootdev()
* suppress a build warning
The BootROM of MT7621 requires a image header for SPL to record its size
and load address when booting from NAND.
To create such an image, one can use the following command line:
mkimage -T mtk_image -a 0x80200000 -e 0x80200000 -n "mt7621=1"
-d u-boot-spl-ddr.bin u-boot-spl-ddr.img
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Add support to load legacy image with payload compressed. This redirects
the boot flow for all legacy images. If the payload is not compressed, the
actual behavior will remain unchanged.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
If the payload is compressed, SPL_COPY_PAYLOAD_ONLY should always be set
since the payload will not be directly read to its load address. The
payload will first be read to a temporary buffer, and then be decompressed
to its load address, without image header.
If the payload is not compressed, and SPL_COPY_PAYLOAD_ONLY is set, image
header should be skipped on loading. Otherwise image header should also be
read to its load address.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch removes the dependency to SPL_NAND_DRIVERS for SPL_NAND_BASE to
allow minimal spl nand driver to use nand base for probing NAND chips.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds NAND flash controller driver for MediaTek MT7621 SoC.
The NAND flash controller of MT7621 supports only SLC NAND flashes.
It supports 4~12 bits correction with maximum 4KB page size.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds GMAC support for MediaTek MT7621 SoC.
MT7621 has the same GMAC/Switch configuration as MT7623.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The address returned by regmap_get_range() is not remapped. Directly r/w
to this address is ok for ARM platforms since it's idential to the virtual
address.
But for MIPS platform only virtual address should be used for access.
To solve this issue, the regmap api regmap_read/regmap_write should be used
since they will remap address before accessing.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The iobase address from dts node is actually physical address. It's
identical to the virtual address in ARM platform. This is ok because this
driver was used only by ARM platforms (mt7622/mt7623 ...).
But now this driver will be used by mt7621 which is a MIPS SoC. For MIPS
platform the physical address space is mapped to KSEG0 and KSEG1 and this
makes the virtual address apparently not idential to its physical address.
To solve this issue, this patch replaces dev_read_addr with dev_remap_addr
to get the remapped iobase address.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch makes mt7621_wdt driver available for MediaTek MT7621 SoC
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch makes mt7621_gpio driver available for MediaTek MT7621 SoC
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds pinctrl support for MediaTek MT7621 SoC.
The MT7621 SoC supports pinconf, but it is not the same as mt7628.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds a clock driver for MediaTek MT7621 SoC.
This driver provides clock gate control as well as getting clock frequency
for CPU/SYS/XTAL and some peripherals.
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The MT7621 requires external binary blob being executed during u-boot's
boot-up flow. It's necessary to provide a guide here for users to correctly
build the u-boot.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The mt7621_rfb board supports integrated giga PHYs plus one external
giga PHYs. It also has up to 512MiB DDR3, 16MB SPI-NOR, 3 mini PCI-e x1
slots, SDXC and USB.
The mt7621_nand_rfb board is almost the same as mt7621_rfb board, but it
uses NAND flash and SDXC is not available.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds support for noncached_alloc() which was only supported by
ARM platform.
Unlike the ARM platform, MMU is not used in u-boot for MIPS. Instead, KSEG
is provided to access uncached memory. So most code of this patch is copied
from cache.c of ARM platform, with only two differences:
1. MMU is untouched in noncached_set_region()
2. Address returned by noncached_alloc() is converted using KSEG1ADDR()
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds __image_copy_len needed by TPL of MT7621 SoC.
The __image_copy_len represents the binary blob size of both SPL/TPL
binaries. To achieve this, __text_start/end are added for calculation.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch add more definitions needed for MT7621 initialization.
MT7621 needs to initialize GIC/CPC and other related parts.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
To be compatible with old u-boot used by lots of MT7621 devices, the u-boot
needs to boot-up MT7621's all cores, and all VPES of each core.
This patch adds asm/mipsmtregs.h from linux kernel which is need for
boot-up VPEs.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
efi_dp_str() allocates memory which should be released after use.
Use %pD printf code. Adjust message wording.
Fixes: d837cb1e3b ("efi: Add debugging to efi_set_bootdev()")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Our statistics pages have always been generated by gitdm. After
patching gitdm to generate an acceptable Sphinx output for tables,
include that and some other basic formatting here.
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
- Explain why fdt_addr and initrd_addr should not be set to disable
relocation normally.
- Provide some advice on the typical loadaddr default value.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This variable is never set nor explained why it would be set, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This tool seems a bit underloved. Unfortunately, it seems to be missing
support for FIT images. Alas...
Add a man page documenting it. The example is taken from commit a804b5ce2d
("Add dumpimage, a tool to extract data from U-Boot images").
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Despite the original description of these options, they are not always
image names, or even files. Some image types use these options to convey
configuration directly. Re-document these options as configuration options.
Additionally, add a new section documenting the format of the configuration
for each image type which uses it. In general, if configuration is used
directly (without a separate file) I have added documentation for it. If
the configuration points to a separate file, I have referenced that file's
documentation. Where there is no such documentation, I have added it.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The mkimage command has had many options added over the years.
Unfortunately, we are starting to run out of short options. Recent options
don't have any obvious relation to their meaning (e.g. -o/-g). Fortunately,
long options exist. Add long options for each current short option.
For the curious, the remaining short options are HIkLmMPQSuUwWXyYzZ.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Per man-pages(7), "use of an AUTHORS section is strongly discouraged."
Remove it, and instead add some copyright notices and an SPDX. The default
license for U-Boot is GPL2, so that's what I put. The copyright dates are
based on the commit dates.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds a SEE ALSO section to link to similar man pages, as well as to
the U-Boot documentation.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In leiu of a non-standard HOMEPAGE section, add a BUGS section with a link
to the issue tracker.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This makes a variety of changes for the options to make them
typographically consistent, clarify their meaning, and fix grammatical (or
other) errors. Many of the changes here are stylistic, though there are a
few fixes. The main changes I made across the board were:
- All options are bolded and parameters italicised
- All single quotes are properly matched (instead of using apostrophes)
- Minor background info has been added to clarify many underdocumented
options
- Default values for options are documented
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The description in NAME should not be capitalized. Fix a grammatical error
as well.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This moves some options which work in any mode to the general options
section. -p is moved to after -E/-B since those options are related. This
also adds documentation for -h and -V.
The -F, -l, and -G options are documented twice. Remove the second
documentation in each case. The synopsis for -l also suggests an implied
second uimage-file-name parameter. E.g.
mkimage [-l uimage-file-name] uimage-file-name
This is misleading, so remove it. Wrap a few lines to 80 characters as
well.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The options are divided up into several subsections. Use the appropriate
macro. While we're at it, rename the headings to better reflect the
contents of their sections.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Square brackets are commonly used to denote optional parts of a command.
However, all option arguments are mandatory. Remove these brackets. This
also removes some unnecessary quotation marks, and uses hyphens to connect
words in option arguments. This is intended to just clean up the
formatting, leaving content corrections to later patches.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This puts each example in a new paragraph and uses a hanging indent for
continued lines to increase clarity. We use tabs instead of .in or .RS for
the indent because it renders properly in both man and mandoc (which is
what many common HTML man pages use). The only nit is that the tab stops in
man default to something like 2", so reduce that to 1". We also escape
every "minus" as recommended by man-pages(7).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Blank lines do not have well-defined semantics in fill mode (the default).
Instead, use empty requests (.) where vertical space is necessary for
readability. There are a few places where we use a paragraph instead.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The synopsis section is a bit messy. As an example, "uimage file name" is
printed in italics, bold, and roman (depending on the line). This cleans
things up and converts the synopsis section to use standard style. The
.SY/.YS macros set up appropriate formatting for command synopsis sections
(such as disabling hyphenation and setting a hanging indent). All parts of
the synopsis now use the following style:
- Bold for parts of the command which should be typed in by the user (such
as the program name and flags)
- Italic for parts which should be replaced (such as uimage-file-name)
- Roman for parts which should not be typed at all (such as brackets)
Multi-word variables now use hyphens to connect their words instead of
spaces. This makes it clearer that all the words are part of the same
variable. Additionally, "option ..." is used to denote where other options
may be specified, as this appears to be standard style.
In addition to the above style changes, this also makes some changes to
content. The use of the term "legacy" has been removed, since this simply
refers to any non-FIT image type. Additionally, wording like "uimage file
name" has been replaced with "image-file-name" to better reflect that
images may or may not be uImages. Lastly, the "auto" value for -f is
documented in the synopsis.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Alignment with Linux kernel device tree v5.19 for stm32mp15 and stm32mp13
- Add OP-TEE nodes for stm32mp13x, alligned with upstreamed OP-TEE
- Introduce of_to_plat ops in stm32_sdmmc2 driver
- Activate more features in stm32mp13 defconfig and support of STM32MP13x Rev.Y
- Drop fastboot and stm32prog trigger gpios on STM32MP15x DHCOM board
Introduce define for connection timeout, named HUB_DEBOUNCE_TIMEOUT
as in linux kernel drivers/usb/core/hub.c
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
For now the driver does not probe if usbkbd was not present in stdin.
This presents two issues, we can not probe the driver before setting stdin
and we can not use this driver in other manner than stdin console.
This patch fixes this by adding an else statement. It simply probes the
driver without console management in the case "usbkbd" is not in stdin.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
MPS3 board have a ISP1763 usb controller, enable it to be used
for mass storage access for example. Enable the usb command
also and for the FVP support for mass storage enable the mmc
command.
Signed-off-by: Rui Miguel Silva <rui.silva@linaro.org>
ISP1760/61/63 are a family of usb controllers, here the main
goal is to support the ISP1763 hcd part found in the MPS3 FPGA
board form Arm. This is based on the kernel driver and ported
to u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Rui Miguel Silva <rui.silva@linaro.org>
Move urb code from musb only use to a more common scope, so other
drivers in the future can use the handling of urb in usb.
Signed-off-by: Rui Miguel Silva <rui.silva@linaro.org>
keystone doesn't have custom gpio.h that's why don't select
GPIO_EXTRA_HEADER which points to it.
Logic in arch/arm/include/asm/gpio.h is very clear
#ifdef CONFIG_GPIO_EXTRA_HEADER
#include <asm/arch/gpio.h>
#endif
#include <asm-generic/gpio.h>
Where it is visible that there is no gpio.h in platform headers:
$ ls arch/arm/mach-keystone/include/mach/
clock_defs.h clock-k2e.h clock-k2hk.h ddr3.h hardware-k2e.h
hardware-k2hk.h i2c_defs.h mon.h mux-k2g.h xhci-keystone.h
clock.h clock-k2g.h clock-k2l.h hardware.h hardware-k2g.h
hardware-k2l.h mmc_host_def.h msmc.h psc_defs.h
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
PA13 and PA14 are used for USB power control and can't be used
to enforce fastboot or stm32prog mode by pressing a button.
Defining CONFIG_FASTBOOT/CONFIG_CMD_STM32PROG without this patch applied
results in fastboot/stm32prog always starting, because PA13/PA14 are always
low during boot. So drop the wrong trigger gpios definitions.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <jneuhauser@dh-electronics.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
On STM32MP13x STMicroelectronics boards, the UART can reliably go up to
4000000 bauds when connected to the external ST-LINKV3.
This patch adds the support of higher baudrates on STMicroelectronics
STM32MP13x boards with ST-LINKV3.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The stm32mp13 soc differs from the stm32mp15 in terms of
clear register offset for controlling the FMP (Fast Mode Plus).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add a "secure" version of STM32 boards based on SCMI when RCC_TZCR.TZEN=1.
Only boards provided by STMicroelectronics are concerned:
-STM32MP157A-DK1
-STM32MP157C-DK2
-STM32MP157C-ED1
-STM32MP157C-EV1
The resources secured by RCC_TZCR.TZEN=1 are managed by OP-TEE
and the associated SCMI services, reset and clock.
These device trees are only supported with stm32mp15_defconfig,
with OP-TEE, SCMI and without SPL support.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
With support of SCMI in OP-TEE, the early malloc usage
increase, the associated defined CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
need to be increased.
For example, for stm32mp15_defconfig and
stm32mp157c-dk2-scmi.dtsi, we have:
Early malloc usage: 14098 / 80000
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add support for new compatible st,stm32mp1-rcc-secure used when the
RCC resource is managed by secured world (RCC_TZCR.TZEN=1)
iand when SCMI is used.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add the uclass ops of_to_plat to parse the device tree properties
to respect the expected sequence by the driver model.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
All the elements of privdata are static and build from device tree,
they are moved in platdata to prepare the support of ops
of_to_plat.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Rename stm32_sdmmc_bind to stm32_sdmmc2_bind as all other functions
in SDMMCv2 driver
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Change-Id: Ic51acdfbbba6e971809c1029dd2227038bfe879d
Correctly handle STM32MP_BOARD_EXTRA_ENV define in stm32mp15_st_common.h;
the STM32MP_BOARD_EXTRA_ENV is added in CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
definition, as it is done "stm32mp15_st_common.h"
Without this patch, the content of STM32MP_BOARD_EXTRA_ENV is not used in
the default environment for STMicroelectronics boards.
Fixes: 806c4dd315 ("configs: stm32mp1: set the console variable for extlinux.conf")
Reported-by: Gatien CHEVALLIER <gatien.chevallier@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
On p1_p2_rdb_pc platforms, we set ddr_data_init to the "poison" value of
0xdeadbeef rather than a real calculated / derived value. Do this
directly and comment rather than via CONFIG.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Perform a basic migration of the calls in setup_serial_number() to DM so
that we can switch to using DM_I2C on this platform.
Cc: David Lechner <david@lechnology.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: David Lechner <david@lechnology.com>
We have a single platform that is both in the OMAP3 family of parts, but
has an EMIF4 memory controller. Currently we hard-code the size of
chip select 0. Make this more clear by putting the value in the
function rather than a CONFIG option.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently, the imx8mq_phanbell board fails to boot.
Remove the custom CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN setting in favor of the
generic one done via the main Kconfig.
Since commit b598957206 ("Kconfig: Fix SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for i.MX8MQ")
the default SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN value for i.MX8MQ is 0x2000.
With such default value, the board boots again.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
In case the MALLOC_F_ADDR is set to non-zero value, the early malloc area is
not going to be placed just below stack top, but elsewhere. Do not reserve
MALLOC_F bytes in this case, as that wastes stack space and may even cause
insufficient stack space in SPL.
This functionality is particularly useful on i.MX8M, where the insufficient
stack space can be triggered.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Correct spelling and copy/paste errors in comments.
Fixes 1c4db59d9b ("regmap: Add support for regmap fields")
Signed-off-by: Ralph Siemsen <ralph.siemsen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit d293759d55 ("serial: ns16550: Add support for
SPL_DEBUG_UART_BASE") fixed support for setting correct early debug UART
base address in SPL.
But after this commit, output from Marvell A385 BootROM is truncated or
lost and not fully present on serial console.
Debugging this issue showed that BootROM just put bytes into UART HW output
buffer and does not wait until UART HW transmit all characters. U-Boot
ns16550 early debug is initialized very early and during its initialization
is resetting UART HW and flushing remaining transmit buffer (which still
contains BootROM output).
Fix this issue by waiting in init function prior resetting UART HW until
TxEmpty bit in UART Line Status Register is set. TxEmpty is set when all
remaining bytes from HW buffer are transmitted.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
[trini: Add comment, move ';' to new line per checkpatch.pl]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The top level DT node of pwm-leds is not a LED itself, bind NOP uclass
driver to it, and bind different LED uclass driver to its subnodes which
represent the actual LEDs. This change removes the top-level node from
the 'led list' command output and is based on the commit 0107469780
("led: gpio: Use NOP uclass driver for top-level node").
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
With the current code if the board has an ONFI compliant NAND without
support to the get and set features, U-boot returns an ENOTSUP error when
trying to tune the timings which prevents the probe of the device.
Indeed onfi_set_features() return ENOTSUP error if set/get features is not
supported. In the case of timings we should not return ENOTSUP because we
can use the default timings. The NAND is already capable of listening at
its highest supported rate, so we assume in this case that it is fine to
skip the operation.
Fix it by adding an intermediate nand_onfi_set_timings() function which
does not error out if set/get feature is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
A new DT binding for describing environment data block has been added in
Linux's commit 5db1c2dbc04c ("dt-bindings: nvmem: add U-Boot environment
variables binding"). Once we get a proper Linux NVMEM driver it'll be
possible to use Linux's binary interface for user-space as documented
in the:
https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/driver-api/nvmem.html
This commits makes fw_env fallback to looking for a compatible NVMEM
device in case config file isn't present. In a long term this may make
config files redundant and avoid code (info) duplication.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
If CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_DEBUG=y, the host tools should be built with
debug symbols and with reduced optimization.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
sandbox_defconfig builds the DA7219 driver. It should be possible to
build the sandbox without ACPI support.
ACPI support in the DA7219 driver is only needed when creating an ACPI
table. Fix building with ACPIGEN=n.
Fixes: 0324b7123e ("sound: Add an ACPI driver for Dialog Semicondutor da7219")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
sandbox_defconfig builds the max98357a driver. It should be possible to
build the sandbox without ACPI support.
ACPI support in the max98357a driver is only needed when creating an ACPI
table. Fix building with ACPIGEN=n.
Fixes: 54bcca2973 ("sound: Add an ACPI driver for Maxim MAX98357ac")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Fix multiple issues in ubifs distroboot code:
U-Boot supports attaching only one MTD device as UBI at the time. So
always call 'ubifsmount ubi0:${bootubivol}' for mounting UBI volume
${bootubivol}. Usage of 'ubi${devnum}' is incorrect as 'ubi part'
command attach MTD device always as UBI device ubi0.
Set distroboot ${bootfstype} variable to ubifs in ubifs_boot command.
Distroboot scripts require ${bootfstype} variable to be properly set and it
is already set for all other boot types.
Set distroboot ${distro_bootpart} variable to ${bootubivol} value. UBI
device does not have partitions, but has volumes. Distroboot scripts
require something to be set in ${distro_bootpart} variable, so set it to
the UBI volume which is currently mounted by ubifs.
Set distroboot ${devnum} variable to fixed string "ubi0". ubifs code
differs from the other partition code that it requires "ubi" prefix before
number.
Explicitly unmount ubifs volume after loading all data from it. This allows
to detach UBI device from MTD device.
Move definition of MTD device with UBI and UBI volume with ubifs filesystem
from global env variables ${bootubipart} and ${bootubivol} into the
distroboot "func" macro, defined in board include config files. UBIFS
distroboot macros then set ${bootubipart} and ${bootubivol} local variables
for compatibility with existing distroboot scripts.
This last change allows to define more UBIFS target devices and make it
clear what is boot MTD/UBI device.
All board include config files are adjusted to use this new scheme of
specifying boot MTD/UBI device.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Original ubifs code was designed that after ubifs_umount() call it is
required to also call ubi_close_volume() which closes underlying UBI
volume. But U-Boot ubifs modification have not implemented it properly
which caused that ubifsumount command contains resource leak. It can be
observed by calling simple sequence of commands:
=> ubi part mtd2
ubi0: attaching mtd2
...
=> ubifsmount ubi0
=> ubifsumount
Unmounting UBIFS volume rootfs!
=> ubi detach
ubi0 error: ubi_detach_mtd_dev: ubi0 reference count 1, destroy anyway
ubi0: detaching mtd2
ubi0: mtd2 is detached
Fix this issue by calling ubi_close_volume() and mutex_unlock() in
directly in ubifs_umount() function before freeing U-Boot's global
ubifs_sb. And remove duplicate calls of these two functions in remaining
places. Note that when ubifs_umount() is not called then during error
handling is still needed to call ubi_close_volume() and mutex_unlock.
With this change ubifsumount command does not throw that error anymore:
=> ubi part rootfs
ubi0: attaching mtd2
...
=> ubifsmount ubi0
=> ubifsumount
Unmounting UBIFS volume rootfs!
=> ubi detach
ubi0: detaching mtd2
ubi0: mtd2 is detached
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
When having environment stored in EXT4 or FAT
and using an AHCI or SCSI device / partition
the scan would not be performed early enough
and hence the device would not be recognized.
This change adds the scan when the interface
is "scsi" in a similar way to mmc_initialize.
Signed-off-by: Rogier Stam <rogier@unrailed.org>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
As part of this, rework error handling in boot/bootm.c so that we pass
the buffer size to handle_decomp_error as CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN will not
be available to host tools but we do know the size that we passed to
malloc().
Cc: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We only reference CONFIG_SYS_BFTIC3_BASE in one location. Move the
comment to where we reference it, and use the value directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
With the last platform for this architecture removed, remove the rest of
the architecture support as well.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_EMIF_PRECALCULATED_TIMING_REGS
CONFIG_SYS_AUTOMATIC_SDRAM_DETECTION
CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_LPDDR2_TIMINGS
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
All of these symbols are not referenced anywhere else in the code, so
remove them.
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On platforms that use CONFIG_USB_OHCI_NEW we do not need to set
CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_REGS_BASE nor CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_SLOT_NAME. Drop
these from platforms that we can.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At this point, the only user of ohci-hcd that also uses PCI is using DM,
so we can drop CONFIG_PCI_OHCI* usage. No platforms set either of
CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_BOARD_INIT or CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_CPU_INIT so those
hooks can be removed as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_OHCI_SWAP_REG_ACCESS
CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_CPU_INIT
CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_MAX_ROOT_PORTS
CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_SLOT_NAME
CONFIG_USB_ATMEL
CONFIG_USB_ATMEL_CLK_SEL_PLLB
CONFIG_USB_ATMEL_CLK_SEL_UPLL
CONFIG_USB_OHCI_LPC32XX
CONFIG_USB_OHCI_NEW
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tighten up symbol dependencies in a number of places. Ensure that a SPL
specific option has at least a direct dependency on SPL. In places
where it's clear that we depend on something more specific, use that
dependency instead. This means in a very small number of places we can
drop redundant dependencies.
Reported-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The AST2600 has a Qemu model that allows testing. Create a SPI NOR image
containing the combined SPL and u-boot FIT image.
Reviewed-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
The generic arm linker script contains this section:
.bss __rel_dyn_start (OVERLAY) : {
...
}
The (OVERLAY) syntax in the description causes the .bss section to be
included in the NOR area of the image:
$ objdump -t -j .bss spl/u-boot-spl
SYMBOL TABLE:
0000c61c l d .bss 00000000 .bss
0000c640 l O .bss 00000040 __value.0
0000c68c g O .bss 00000000 __bss_end
0000c61c g O .bss 00000000 __bss_start
0000c680 g O .bss 0000000c stdio_devices
This is what the custom linker script tries to avoid, as the NOR area is
read-only.
Remove the OVERLAY syntax to fix the BSS location:
$ objdump -t -j .bss spl/u-boot-spl
SYMBOL TABLE:
83000000 l d .bss 00000000 .bss
83000000 l O .bss 00000040 __value.0
0000c61c g O .bss 00000000 __image_copy_end
8300004c g O .bss 00000000 __bss_end
83000000 g O .bss 00000000 __bss_start
83000040 g O .bss 0000000c stdio_devices
This restores the state of the linker script before the patch that fixed
the linker lists issue.
Fixes: f6810b749f ("aspeed/ast2600: Fix SPL linker script")
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
The normal way of loading u-boot is as a FIT, so configure u-boot.img as
the SPL playload.
The u-boot-with-spl.bin target will add padding according to
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE which defaults to 64KB on the AST2600.
With this the following simple steps can be used to build and boot a
system:
make u-boot-with-spl.bin
truncate -s 64M u-boot-with-spl.bin
qemu-system-arm -nographic -M ast2600-evb \
-drive file=u-boot-with-spl.bin,if=mtd,format=raw
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
The AST2600 bootrom has a max size of 64KB. This can be overridden if the
system is running the SPL from SPI NOR and not using secure boot.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
The HACE driver lacks support for all the hash types, causing boot to
fail with the default FIT configuration which uses CRC32.
Additionally the Qemu model or the u-boot driver is unable to correctly
compute the SHA256 hash used in a FIT.
Disable HACE by default while the above issues are worked out to enable
boot testing in Qemu.
Reviewed-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Allows loading one u-boot from another. Useful for testing on hardware.
Reviewed-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
The Aspeed SDHCI controller is arranged with some shared control
registers, followed by one or two sets of actual SDHCI registers.
Adjust the driver to probe this controller device first. The driver then
wants to iterate over the child nodes to probe the SDHCI proper:
ofnode node;
dev_for_each_subnode(node, parent) {
struct udevice *dev;
int ret;
ret = device_bind_driver_to_node(parent, "aspeed_sdhci",
ofnode_get_name(node),
node, &dev);
if (ret)
return ret;
}
However if we did this the sdhci driver would probe twice; once
"naturally" from the device tree and a second time due to this code.
Instead of doing this we can rely on the probe order, where the
controller will be set up before the sdhci devices. A better solution is
preferred.
Select MISC as the controller driver is implemented as a misc device.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
The reset control was written for the ast2500 and directly programs the
clocking register.
So we can share the code with other SoC generations use the reset device
to deassert the I2C reset line.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
The I2C driver shares a reset line between buses, so allow it to test
the state of the reset line before resetting it.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
The EVB has an EEPROM on bus 3 and a LM75 temp sensor on bus 7. Enable
those busses we can test the I2C driver.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
The same as the upstream Linux device tree, each i2c bus has a property
specifying the reset line.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
Anytime a new revision of a chip is produced, Texas Instruments
will increment the 4 bit VARIANT section of the CTRLMMR_WKUP_JTAGID
register by one. Typically this will be decoded as SR1.0 -> SR2.0 ...
however a few TI SoCs do not follow this convention.
Rather than defining a revision string array for each SoC, use a
default revision string array for all TI SoCs that continue to follow
the typical 1.0 -> 2.0 revision scheme.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Add new Toradex MAC OUI (8c:06:cb), to the config block. With this change
we extend the possible serial-numbers as follows:
For serial-numbers 00000000-16777215 OUI 00:14:2d is taken
For serial-numbers 16777216-33554431 OUI 8c:06:cb is taken
Lower 24-bit of the serial number are used in the NIC part of the
MAC address, the complete serial number can be calculated using the OUI.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Do 1 byte address checks first prior to doing 2 byte address checks.
When performing 2 byte addressing on 1 byte addressing eeprom, the
second byte is taken in as a write operation and ends up erasing the
eeprom region we want to preserve.
While we could have theoretically handled this by ensuring the write
protect of the eeproms are properly managed, this is not true in case
where board are updated with 1 byte eeproms to handle supply status.
Flipping the checks by checking for 1 byte addressing prior to 2 byte
addressing check prevents this problem at the minor cost of additional
overhead for boards with 2 byte addressing eeproms.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Due to supply chain issues, we are starting to see a mixture of eeprom
usage including the smaller 7-bit addressing eeproms such as 24c04
used for eeproms.
These eeproms don't respond well to 2 byte addressing and fail the
read operation. We do have a check to ensure that we are reading the
alternate addressing size, however the valid failure prevents us
from checking at 1 byte anymore.
Rectify the same by falling through and depend on header data comparison
to ensure that we have valid data.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The eeprom data area is much bigger than the data we intend to store,
however, with bad programming, we might end up reading bad records over
and over till we run out of eeprom space. instead just exit when 10
consecutive records are read.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Static DMA channel data for R5 SPL is mostly board agnostic so use SOC
configs instead of EVM specific config to ease adding new board support.
Drop J7200 EVM specific settings as its same as J721e
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Add CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS from am62x_evm_a53_defconfig as this is
needed to calculate the size of DDR that is available.
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <g-vlaev@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Call into k3-ddrss driver to fixup device tree and resize
the available amount of DDR if ECC is enabled.
A second fixup is required from A53 SPL to take the fixup
as done from R5 SPL and apply it to DT passed to A53 U-boot,
which in turn passes this to the OS.
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <g-vlaev@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Use the appropriate fdtdec_setup_mem_size_base() call in
dram_init() and fdtdec_setup_bank_size() in dram_bank_init()
to pull these values from DT, where they are already available,
instead of hardcoding them.
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <g-vlaev@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Mark the memory node with u-boot,dm-spl so we can use it
from early SPL on both R5 and A53.
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <g-vlaev@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The spl_enable_dcache() function calls dram_init_banksize()
to get the total memory size. Normally the dram_init_banksize()
setups the memory banks, while the total size is reported
by ddr_init(). This worked so far for K3 since we set the
gd->ram_size in dram_init_banksize() as well.
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <g-vlaev@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There are two decimal digits reserved to encode the module version and
revision. This code so far implemented A-Z which used 0-25 of this
range.
This commit extends the range to make use of all 99 numbers. After
capital letters the form with a hashtag and number (e.g. #26) is used.
Examples:
If the assembly version is between zero and 25 the numbering is as follows,
as it also has been before this commit:
0: V0.0A
1: V0.0B
...
25: V0.0Z
New numbering of assembly version:
If the number is between 26 and 99 the new assembly version name is:
26: V0.0#26
27: V0.0#27
...
99: V0.0#99
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
While configuring SerDes, errors could be encountered, in these cases,
return instead of going ahead. This is will help in booting even if
configuration of SerDes fails.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
implement overrides for spl_spi_boot_bus() and spl_spi_boot_cs()
lookup functions according to bootmode selection, so as to support
both QSPI and OSPI boot using the same build.
Signed-off-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Currently the SPI flash to load from is defined through the compile
time config CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS and CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS, this
prevents the loading of binaries from different SPI flash using the
same build.E.g. supporting QSPI flash boot and OSPI flash boot
on J721E platform is not possible due to this limitation.
This commit adds lookup functions spl_spi_boot_bus()
and spl_spi_boot_cs for identifying the flash device based on the
selected boot device, when not overridden the lookup functions are
weakly defined in common/spl/spl_spi.c.
Signed-off-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_KIRKWOOD_EGIGA_INIT
CONFIG_KIRKWOOD_PCIE_INIT
CONFIG_KIRKWOOD_RGMII_PAD_1V8
CONFIG_KM_DISABLE_PCIE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These CONFIG options are only used on this board, in the board file
itself. Remove these from the CONFIG namespace and define in the board
file.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The symbol CONFIG_PCI_CLK_FREQ is local to this board. Provide equal
clarity in the code by referencing the numeric value directly and move
the explanatory comment to the code, just prior to use.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This driver is not enabled anywhere, remove it. Also remove definitions
of symbols only used in this driver, on platforms that did not enable
it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As things stand currently, there is only one PowerPC platform that
enables the options for CHAIN_OF_TRUST. From the board header files,
remove a number of never-set options. Remove board specific values from
arch/powerpc/include/asm/fsl_secure_boot.h as well. Rework
include/config_fsl_chain_trust.h to not abuse the CONFIG namespace for
constructing CHAIN_BOOT_CMD. Migrate all of the configurable addresses
to Kconfig.
If any platforms are re-introduced with secure boot support, everything
required should still be here, but now in Kconfig, or requires migration
of an option to Kconfig.
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The way that secure boot is implemented today on NXP ARM platforms does
not reuse the elements found in include/config_fsl_chain_trust.h to
construct CONFIG_SECBOOT but instead board header files have their
environment setup as needed and then fsl_setenv_chain_of_trust() will
set secureboot in the environment. Remove a large number of unused
defines here.
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move setting of SPL_UBOOT_KEY_HASH to a non-NULL value to Kconfig. As
part of this, change fsl_secboot_validate(...) to check that it is
passed a non-empty string, rather than non-NULL.
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Kshitiz Varshney <kshitiz.varshney@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Make all of the CHAIN_OF_TRUST options be under a single menu and add a
comment for the rest, so the resulting config file reads more clearly.
Remove duplicate CHAIN_OF_TRUST options from
board/congatec/common/Kconfig. Remove duplicate NXP_ESBC config
questions and move to arch/Kconfig.nxp.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_KEY_REVOCATION
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SFP_BE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SFP_LE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SFP_VER_3_0
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SFP_VER_3_2
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SFP_VER_3_4
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SRK_LE
This partly means making sure to enable SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007186 only for
when CHAIN_OF_TRUST is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_MON
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_MON_BE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_MON_LE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that board/freescale/common/Kconfig is safe to be included once,
globally, rename this to arch/Kconfig.nxp to better reflect that it
contains options that are valid on multiple architectures and SoC
families, and not specific to NXP reference platforms either.
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The way that we use this file currently means that we have to guard it
in every platform Kconfig. But it is also required in all NXP
platforms, including non-reference platforms. Make all options in it
have appropriate dependencies so that we can include it a single time
under arch/Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_HETROGENOUS_CLUSTERS
CONFIG_SYS_MAPLE
CONFIG_SYS_CPRI
CONFIG_PPC_CLUSTER_START
CONFIG_DSP_CLUSTER_START
CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK
CONFIG_SYS_ULB_CLK
CONFIG_SYS_ETVPE_CLK
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We rename the S5P specific "CONFIG_PWM" to CONFIG_PWM_S5P and move it to
Kconfig. Given the usage of CONFIG_PWM_NX, we have that select this new
symbol.
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
- Drop the emulator CONFIG test from include/configs/ls1088ardb.h
- Migrate CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU to a select'able option in
drivers/ddr/fsl/Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This value is always used at the default, rename it for now. This
likely should come from the device tree if non-default, moving forward.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In this test case, a image binary, helloworld.efi.signed, is willfully
modified to print a corrupted message while the signature itself is
unchanged.
This binary must be rejected under secure boot mode.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
At the last step of PE image authentication, an image's hash value must be
compared with a message digest stored as the content (of SpcPeImageData type)
of pkcs7's contentInfo.
Fixes: commit 4540dabdca ("efi_loader: image_loader: support image authentication")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
This function is used to calculate a message digest as part of
authentication process in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
In MS authenticode, pkcs7 should have data in its contentInfo field.
This data is tagged with SpcIndirectData type and, for a signed PE image,
provides a image's message digest as SpcPeImageData.
This parser is used in image authentication to parse the field and
retrieve a message digest.
Imported from linux v5.19-rc, crypto/asymmetric_keys/mscode*.
Checkpatch.pl generates tones of warnings, but those are not fixed
for the sake of maintainability (importing from another source).
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Commit 81755b8c20 ("usb: host: ehci-generic: Make resets and clocks
optional") improved the error check to cover the reset property being
optional. However this was using the wrong error variable for the
check, so would now never fail.
Use the correct error variable for checking the result of
reset_get_bulk(), to actually report genuine errors.
Fixes: 81755b8c20 ("usb: host: ehci-generic: Make resets and clocks optional")
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
After more patches code for jumping to _start_cont symbol in flash memory
involved to code with useless mathematical operations. Currently it does:
r3 := CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE + ABS(_start_cont) - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE
jump to r3
Which is equivalent of just:
r3 := ABS(_start_cont)
jump to r3
The purpose of that code is just to jump to _start_code symbol,
independently of program counter. So branch must be done to absolute
address. Trying to write:
ba _start_cont
just cause linker error:
LD u-boot
powerpc-linux-gnuspe-ld.bfd: arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc85xx/start.o: in function `switch_as':
(.bootpg+0x4b8): relocation truncated to fit: R_PPC_ADDR24 against symbol `_start_cont' defined in .text section in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc85xx/start.o
make: *** [Makefile:1801: u-boot] Error 1
Probably by the fact that absolute address cannot be expressed by 24-bits.
So write the code via mtlr+blr pattern as it was before and load general
purpose register with absolute address of the symbol:
lis r3,_start_cont@h
ori r3,r3,_start_cont@l
mtlr r3
blr
Seems that gcc and gnu ld linker support symbol@h and symbol@l syntax like
number@h and number@l without any problem. And disassembling of compiler
u-boot binary proved that lis+ori instructions are called with numbers
which represent halves of absolute address of _start_cont symbol.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
From whole P1/P2 family of RDB boards is TDM-PMC card (PCI Mezzanine Card,
Freescale PQ-MDS-T1) available only on P1021RDB and P1025RDB boards.
So address mapping for TDM-PMC card on LBC should not be enabled on any
other P1/P2 RDB board as there is no device at that TDM-PMC address.
Support for P1021RDB and P1025RDB boards was already removed from mainline
U-Boot in commits 6d1dd76afe ("board/freescale: Remove P1021RDB board
support") and d521cece5a ("board/freescale: Remove P1025RDB board
support").
So do not enable TDM-PMC address mapping on remaining P1/P2 RDB boards and
remove all macros related to TDM-PMC address mappings.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
DT node pic@40000 is defined explicitly in p2020-post.dtsi file and also
transitionally via include file pq3-mpic.dtsi. Remove duplicate definition
from p2020-post.dtsi.
No change in final DTB file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
ecc.mode is set to 0 (aliased to NAND_ECC_NONE) either when function
nand_scan_ident() has not selected ecc.mode or when it selected it to none
ecc mode.
Distinguish between these two states by checking of node property
"nand-ecc-mode" which function nand_scan_ident() uses for filling ecc.mode.
This change fixes usage of none ecc mode if it is specified in DTS file.
Fixes: c9ea9019c5 ("mtd: rawnand: fsl_elbc: Use ECC configuration from device tree")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Pull request for efi-2022-07-rc6
UEFI:
* Fix EFI_IO_BLOCK_PROTOCOL: read correct blocks on partitions
Other:
* Honor CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA in the disk uclass
The requsted partition disk sector incorrectly has the parition start
sector added in twice for UCLASS_PARTITION devices. The efi_disk_rw_blocks()
routine adds the diskobj->offset to the requested lba. When the device
is a UCLASS_PARTITION, the dev_read() or dev_write() routine is called
which adds part-gpt_part_info.start. This causes I/O to the wrong sector.
Takahiro Akashi suggested removing the offset field from the efi_disk_obj
structure since disk-uclass.c handles the partition start biasing. Device
types other than UCLASS_PARTITION set the diskobj->offset field to zero
which makes the field unnecessary. This change removes the offset field
from the structure and removes all references from the code which is
isolated to the lib/efi_loader/efi_disk.c module.
This change also adds a test for the EFI ReadBlocks() API in the EFI
selftest code. There is already a test for reading a FAT file. The new
test uses ReadBlocks() to read the same "disk" block and compare it to
the data read from the file system API.
Signed-Off-by: Paul Barbieri <plb365@gmail.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Without the patch for qemu-x86_defconfig:
* sizeof(lbaint_t) = 4 in dev_read()
* sizeof(lbaint_t) = 8 in blkcache_read()
CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA is defined in common.h via
include/configs/x86-common.h:22.
We have to include common.h before including blk.h.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The documentation above the DEFINE_ALIGN_BUFFER says it's for use
outside functions, but we're inside one.
Instead use ALLOC_CACHE_ALIGN_BUFFER, the stack based macro, which also
includes the cache alignment.
Fixes: b583348ca8 ("image: fit: Align hash output buffers")
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Tested-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Both of us are working on NAND subsystem on several architectures and
we have boards and projects to improve the subsystem in uboot. The idea
is to guarantee quick feedback on patches sent on mailing list and most
of the time the possibilities to test them.
Cc: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
All the source code of clk-mem-n5x.c and clk-n5x.c are from Intel,
update the license to use both GPL2.0 and BSD-3 Clause because this
copy of code may used for open source and internal project.
Signed-off-by: Teik Heng Chong <teik.heng.chong@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Before relocating to SDRAM, the ECC is initialized by clearing the
whole SDRAM. In order to speed this up, dcache_enable is used (see
sdram_init_ecc_bits).
Since commit 503eea4519 ("arm: cp15: update DACR value to activate
access control"), this no longer works, because running code in OCRAM
with the XN bit set causes a page fault. Override dram_bank_mmu_setup
to disable XN in the OCRAM and setup DRAM dcache before relocation.
Signed-off-by: Paweł Anikiel <pan@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For some reason, on the Mercury+ AA1 module, calling
fpgamgr_wait_early_user_mode immediately after writing the peripheral
bitstream leaves the fpga in a broken state (ddr calibration hangs).
Adding a delay before the first sync word is written seems to fix this.
Inspecting the fpgamgr registers before and after the delay,
imgcfg_FifoEmpty is the only bit that changes. Waiting for this bit
(instead of a hardcoded delay) also fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Paweł Anikiel <pan@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Apply some optimizations to speed up bitstream loading
(both for full and split periph/core bitstreams):
* Change the size of the first fs read, so that all the subsequent
reads are aligned to a specific value (called MAX_FIRST_LOAD_SIZE).
This value was chosen so that in subsequent reads the fat fs driver
doesn't have to allocate a temporary buffer in get_contents
(assuming 8KiB clusters).
* Change the buffer size to a larger value when reading to ddr
(but not too large, because large transfers cause a stack overflow
in the dwmmc driver).
Signed-off-by: Paweł Anikiel <pan@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Using udelay while the clocks aren't fully configured causes the timer
system to save the wrong clock rate. Use sdelay and wait_on_value
instead (the values used in these functions were found experimentally).
Signed-off-by: Paweł Anikiel <pan@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
This driver is a child of the rstmgr driver, both of which share the
same devicetree node. As a result, passing the child's udevice pointer
to dev_read_addr_ptr results in a failure of reading the #address-cells
property. Use the parent udevice pointer instead.
Signed-off-by: Paweł Anikiel <pan@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
From the ATSHA204A datasheet (document DS40002025A):
Wake: If SDA is held low for a period greater than tWLO, the device
exits low-power mode and, after a delay of tWHI, is ready to receive
I2C commands.
tWHI value can be found in table 7-2.
Signed-off-by: Paweł Anikiel <pan@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add defconfig and Kconfig files for Google Chameleon V3 board
Signed-off-by: Paweł Anikiel <pan@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add handoff headers for the Google Chameleonv3 variants: 480-2 and
270-3. Both files were generated using qts-filter-a10.sh.
Signed-off-by: Paweł Anikiel <pan@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Fix for rk3328 nonopi-r2s boot env;
- Fix for rk8xx pmic boot on power plug-in;
- Fix for tee.bin support in fit image;
- rk3288 board dts update or fix;
- Some rk3399 board fix;
First set of u-boot-at91 features for the 2022.10 cycle:
This feature set includes mostly fixes and alignments: DT alignment with
Linux for sama7g5, removal of invalid eeprom compatibles, removal of
extra debug_uart_init calls for all at91 boards, support for pio4 driver
pioE bank, and other minor fixes and enhancements for sam9x60 and
sama5d2_icp boards.
- Convert a large number of CONFIG symbols to Kconfig. Of note is a
large chunk of USB symbols (and dead code removal), ensuring all
SPL/TPL/VPL symbols have an appropriate dependency, largely (but not
entirely) removing the testing of CONFIG_SPL_BUILD in board headers,
and allowing CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_TEXT and CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS to
co-exist as this facilities migration of many platforms.
When flash operated at non default mode like DDR, flash need to be reset
to operate in SDR mode to read flash ids by spi-nor framework. Reset the
flash to the default state before using the flash. This reset is handled
by a gpio driver, in case of mini U-Boot as gpio driver is disabled, we
do raw read and write access by the registers.
Versal platform utilizes spi calibration for read delay programming, so
incase by default read delay property is set in DT. We make sure not to
use read delay from DT by overwriting read_delay with -1.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220512100535.16364-4-ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Add support for cadence ospi driver for Versal platform. This driver
provides support for DMA read operation which utilizes cadence qspi
driver.
If "cdns,is-dma" DT property is specified use dma for read operation
from cadence_qspi driver. As cadence_qspi_apb_dma_read() is defined in
cadence_ospi_versal driver add a weak function defination in
cadence_qspi driver.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220512100535.16364-3-ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
mxs_nand_command() implementation assume that it's working with a
LP NAND, which is a common case nowadays and thus uses two bytes
for column address.
However this is wrong for NAND_CMD_READID and NAND_CMD_PARAM, which
expects only one byte of column address, even for LP NANDs.
This leads to ONFI detection problem with some NAND manufacturer (like
Winbond) but not with others (like Samsung and Spansion)
We fix this with a simple workaround to avoid the 2nd byte column address
for those two commands.
Also align the code with nand_base to support 16 bit devices.
Tested on an iMX6SX device with:
* Winbond W29N04GVSIAA
* Spansion S34ML04G100TF100
* Samsung K9F4G08U00
Tested on imx8mn device with:
* Windbond W29N04GV
Signed-off-by: Andrea Scian <andrea.scian@dave.eu>
CC: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Sync the pinebook pro to upstream 5.18, in particular this brings
brings in a fix so the DP is disabled so Linux will actually boot.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The Rockpro64 has some GPIO leds so let's enable them so the
user gets some output in early boot.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Set a default offset for environment so it doesn't write it to
unexpected locations, drop unneeded mtd config option.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
For Rockchip boards with the all rk8xx series PMICs (excluding the
rk808), it is sometimes desirable to not boot whenever the device is
plugged in. An example would be for the Odroid Go Advance.
This provides a configurable option to check the PMIC says it was
powered because of a plug-in event. If the value is 1 and this option
is selected, the device shuts down shortly after printing a message
to console stating the reason why it's shutting down. Powering up the
board with the power button is not affected.
This patch parallels the work done in the following patch series:
https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20220121133732.2397273-1-andre.przywara@arm.com/
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Add support for sysreset shutdown for this PMIC. The values were pulled
from the various datasheets, but for now it has only been tested on
the rk817 (for an Odroid Go Advance).
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The NanoPi-R2S doesn't have eMMC so use the sdcard as the device
to save the environment variables
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Vadot <manu@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to better compare the Linux rk3288.dtsi version
with the u-boot version move the dma-controller nodes
to the DT root.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to better compare the Linux rk3288.dtsi version
with the u-boot version sort the mipi,hdmi,lvds and dp nodes.
Changed:
Rename mipi_dsi label.
Rename dp nodename.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
With the conversion of rockchip-usb-phy.yaml a long time used fallback
string for rk3066a/rk3188 was added. The linux driver doesn't do much with
the GRF phy address range, however the u-boot driver rockchip_usb2_phy.c
does. The bits in GRF_UOC0_CON2 for rk3066a/rk3188 and rk3288 for example
don't match. Remove the usb-phy fallback string for rk3188
to prevent possible strange side effects.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Change define condition in board_usb_init() function
to allow rk3066/rk3188 to use the USB PHY driver.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add rk3066a/rk3188 support to rockchip_usb2_phy.c
They don't have completely identical usb phy registers,
so separate comapatible strings and data.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The configs ROCKCHIP_CHIP_TAG and ROCKCHIP_MAX_INIT_SIZE were
originally added with rksd.c, rkspi.c and rkcommon.c in mind,
but are no longer in use and replaced by struct spl_info,
so remove unused configs for tag and size.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Move the environment text over from being set via
CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS in include/configs/gw_ventana.h and over
to plain text in board/gateworks/gw_ventana/gw_ventana.env. This lets
us drop CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS_COMMON as everything resides in a
single environment file now.
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
- Ensure that everyone setting mtdids= and mtdparts= is doing so via the
CONFIG options.
- If the CONFIG options are set, ensure that the default environment
sets mtdparts / mtdids.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The "autoload" environment variable is always checked with env_get_yesno
as it can be set to any form of no. The default behavior of
env_get_yesno is to return -1 on variables that are not set, which acts
as true in general (we test for non-zero return). To convert
CONFIG_SYS_AUTOLOAD to Kconfig, given that it was almost always used to
set autoload to no, first rename to CONFIG_SYS_DISABLE_AUTOLOAD for
consistency sake. Then, make it so that if enabled we set autoload=0 in
the default environment. Migrate all platforms which set
CONFIG_SYS_AUTOLOAD to non-true or that set autoload to false in their
default environment to using CONFIG_SYS_DISABLE_AUTOLOAD
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move the environment text over from being set via
CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS in include/configs/opos6uldev.h and over to
plain text in board/armadeus/opos6uldev/opos6uldev.env. This lets us
manage env_version without a CONFIG variable.
Cc: Sébastien Szymanski <sebastien.szymanski@armadeus.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ENV_RANGE
Now that this is in Kconfig we can enforce a minimum size and so remove
the check in C code to ensure range is larger than size.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With the exception of distro_boot support, we can move all of the rest
of the environment changes to come from CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_TEXT and in
turn remove CONFIG_ENV_REFLASH.
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When running "make clean" we want to remove env.in and well as env.txt.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Largely, the use of CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS can be migrated directly
to come from CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_TEXT. The biggest case that cannot easily
be migrated is distro_bootcmd support. Rather than block migration on
this, remove the #error here so that we can being moving forward.
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that we have consistently named symbols to enable USB host or gadget
controller support in SPL or full U-Boot, we do not need to
unconditionally build USB files nor depend on non-SPL symbols to know
when to build these common files.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As this particular platform is intended to be loaded and run a specific
set of routines in SPL, we do not need the ability to further use the
USB as a host device in SPL. Disable this support.
Cc: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
This define is only currently used in a single board, and always set to
one. Define this within the board code and remove other references.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ENV_MIN_ENTRIES
CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With the exception of how PowerPC handles SPL and TPL (which has its own
issues), we cannot safely hide options under CONFIG_SPL_BUILD. Largely
remove the places that have this test today.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce board/siemens/common/Kconfig and have it hold FACTORYSET to
start with. Use select for this on the boards that need it.
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Samuel Egli <samuel.egli@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Following how it's done for the majority of drivers, add a new
VIDEO_EXYNOS option and Kconfig file under drivers/video/exynos and list
the current options there.
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
- In a number of cases, use CONFIG_ARCH_EXYNOS[45] rather than
CONFIG_EXYNOS[45]
- In other cases, test for CONFIG_ARCH_EXYNOS or CONFIG_ARCH_S5PC1XX
- Migrate specific SoC CONFIG values to Kconfig
- Use CONFIG_TARGET_x rather than CONFIG_x
- Migrate other CONFIG_EXYNOS_x symbols to Kconfig
- Reference CONFIG_EXYNOS_RELOCATE_CODE_BASE directly as EXYNOS_RELOCATE_CODE_BASE
- Rename CONFIG_S5P_PA_SYSRAM to CONFIG_SMP_PEN_ADDR to match the rest
of U-Boot usage.
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Since bb5930d5c9 ("exynos: video: Convert several boards to driver
model for video") there have been no callers of any of the exynos_lcd_*
family of functions. Remove these from the boards, and then remove
unused logo and related code as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
The only platform currently that defines an ide_preinit function has an
empty one that immediately returns. Remove this hook.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The migration deadline for this has passed and all boards have been
updated, remove this legacy code and references for it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The migration deadline for this has passed and all boards have been
updated, remove this legacy code and references for it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The only use of CONFIG_XTFPGA was to build all of the in-tree device
trees. Switch to using CONFIG_XTENSA instead of a non-Kconfig symbol.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tighten up symbol dependencies in a number of places. Ensure that a VPL
specific option has at least a direct dependency on VPL. In places
where it's clear that we depend on something more specific, use that
dependency instead.
Reported-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tighten up symbol dependencies in a number of places. Ensure that a TPL
specific option has at least a direct dependency on TPL. In places
where it's clear that we depend on something more specific, use that
dependency instead.
Reported-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We want to keep all of the default values for SPL_LDSCRIPT in the same
place both for overall clarity as well as not polluting unrelated config
files.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A crafted squashfs image could embed a huge number of empty metadata
blocks in order to make the amount of malloc()'d memory overflow and be
much smaller than expected. Because of this flaw, any random code
positioned at the right location in the squashfs image could be memcpy'd
from the squashfs structures into U-Boot code location while trying to
access the rearmost blocks, before being executed.
In order to prevent this vulnerability from being exploited in eg. a
secure boot environment, let's add a check over the amount of data
that is going to be allocated. Such a check could look like:
if (!elem_size || n > SIZE_MAX / elem_size)
return NULL;
The right way to do it would be to enhance the calloc() implementation
but this is quite an impacting change for such a small fix. Another
solution would be to add the check before the malloc call in the
squashfs implementation, but this does not look right. So for now, let's
use the kcalloc() compatibility function from Linux, which has this
check.
Fixes: c510061303 ("fs/squashfs: new filesystem")
Reported-by: Tatsuhiko Yasumatsu <Tatsuhiko.Yasumatsu@sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Tatsuhiko Yasumatsu <Tatsuhiko.Yasumatsu@sony.com>
When running "i2c md 0 0 80000100", the function do_i2c_md parses the
length into an unsigned int variable named length. The value is then
moved to a signed variable:
int nbytes = length;
#define DISP_LINE_LEN 16
int linebytes = (nbytes > DISP_LINE_LEN) ? DISP_LINE_LEN : nbytes;
ret = dm_i2c_read(dev, addr, linebuf, linebytes);
On systems where integers are 32 bits wide, 0x80000100 is a negative
value to "nbytes > DISP_LINE_LEN" is false and linebytes gets assigned
0x80000100 instead of 16.
The consequence is that the function which reads from the i2c device
(dm_i2c_read or i2c_read) is called with a 16-byte stack buffer to fill
but with a size parameter which is too large. In some cases, this could
trigger a crash. But with some i2c drivers, such as drivers/i2c/nx_i2c.c
(used with "nexell,s5pxx18-i2c" bus), the size is actually truncated to
a 16-bit integer. This is because function i2c_transfer expects an
unsigned short length. In such a case, an attacker who can control the
response of an i2c device can overwrite the return address of a function
and execute arbitrary code through Return-Oriented Programming.
Fix this issue by using unsigned integers types in do_i2c_md. While at
it, make also alen unsigned, as signed sizes can cause vulnerabilities
when people forgot to check that they can be negative.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Iooss <nicolas.iooss+uboot@ledger.fr>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The commit 99e2fbcb69 ("linker_lists: Rename sections to remove .
prefix") changed the name of the linker list sections. As the Aspeed SPL
linker wasn't in the tree yet, it missed the change.
This updates the SPL linker to match arch/arm/cpu/u-boot-spl.lds which
Aspeed was copied from.
Fixes: 442a69c143 ("configs: ast2600: Move SPL bss section to DRAM space")
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Currently CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE addresses are
manually increased by 0x1000 due to .bootpg section. This section has size
of 0x1000 bytes and is manually put by linker script before .text section
(and therefore before base address) when CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC is
set. Due to this fact lot of other config options are manually increased by
0x1000 value to make correct layout. Note that entry point is not on
CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (image+0x1000) but it is really on address
CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE-0x1000 (means at the start of the image).
Cleanup handling of .bootpg section when CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC is
set. Put .bootpg code directly into .text section and move text base
address to the start of .bootpg code. And finally remove +0x1000 value from
lot of config options. With this removal custom PHDRS is not used anymore,
so remove it too.
After this change entry point would be at CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and not at
address -0x1000 anymore.
Tested on P2020 board with SPL and proper U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Add CAAM support, which is required when enabling HAB secure boot.
Select CONFIG_SPL_DRIVERS_MISC so that CONFIG_IMX_HAB could
build successfully, if selected.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Tested-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Do DDR initialization using the procedural mx6_dram_cfg() instead of
programming the MMDC using a raw list of register/value pairs, this
solves some rare boot failures on specific "bad" modules.
Calibration values, DDR geometry are unchanged, memory timings are
updated according to the relevant memory datasheet, no changes on
the power consumption.
For IT temperature range SKUs CL is decreased from 8 to 7 and tFAW
value is increased, for commercial temperature range SKUs some
changes on ODT parameters.
This change was validated over a range of different apalis-imx6 SoM, on
the whole working temperature range with weeks of continuous testing.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Currently accessing the SD card on USDHC2 fails with:
=> mmc dev 1
Card did not respond to voltage select! : -110
This is due to the fact that UHS modes are enabled in the defconfig
and the devicetree, but the referenced LDO5 regulator (reg_nvcc_sd)
is not available to switch the data lines from 3.3V to 1.8V mode.
By enabling the regulator driver the vqmmc-supply is now available
and the SD card works also in high speed modes:
=> mmc dev 1
switch to partitions #0, OK
mmc1 is current device
Please note that the board has a GPIO connected to the SD_VSEL signal
of the PMIC. As the driver uses the LDO5CTRL_H register to set the
voltage, we need to make sure that this GPIO (GPIO01_IO4) is set to
a high level.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
LDO5 has two separate control registers. LDO5CTRL_L is used if the
input signal SD_VSEL is low and LDO5CTRL_H if it is high.
The current driver implementation only uses LDO5CTRL_H. To make this
work on boards that have SD_VSEL connected to a GPIO, we add support
for specifying an optional GPIO and setting it to high at probe time.
In the future we might also want to add support for boards that have
SD_VSEL set to a fixed low level. In this case we need to change the
driver to be able to use the LDO5CTRL_L register.
This is a port of the same change in the Linux kernel:
8c67a11bae88 ("regulator: pca9450: Add SD_VSEL GPIO for LDO5")
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
In case rtt_nom is set to 0 keep ODT disabled (MMDC MPODTCTRL = 0).
No changes required for DDR MR1 Rtt_Nom impedance register, 0 value is
already handled correctly.
No board is currently affected by this change (rtt_nom != 0 on all i.MX6
ddr3 boards), this will be used by a follow-up change.
Fixes: fe0f7f7842 ("mx6: add mmdc configuration for MX6Q/MX6DL")
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Set CLK01 and CLK02 to 24MHz and enable it in CCM_CCOSR register.
This clock is used by both the audio codec (CLKO1) and by the CSI camera
(CLKO2) and is expected to be 24MHz.
Despite the wrong 16.5MHz there was no real issue because of the wrong
frequency since Linux reconfigures the clocks afterward, however this
was triggering an issue with noise coming from the SGTL5000 audio codec.
The problem is that the SGTL5000 does not have a reset pin and after it
is configured if the input MCLK clock is disabled it produces a constant
noise on its output, this was happening on software reboot.
Forcing the clock to be enabled in U-Boot prevent the problem by making
sure that the clock is always available, without this change as soon as
Linux was changing the clock tree (setting clk_out_sel=1 without setting
clko2_en=1) the noise would start till the actual clock was enabled
(clko2_en=1) during the SGTL5000 driver probe.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Since 0dba45864b ("arm: Init the debug UART") ,
the debug_uart_init is now called from crt.S
It's no longer required to call it from the board file.
With the current code, the banned <debug_uart> is printed twice:
<debug_uart>
<debug_uart>
U-Boot 2022.07-rc4-00089-gee3d158fa8 (Jun 08 2022 - 17:39:29 +0300)
Remove all calls from board_early_init_f .
Suggested-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar <Balamanikandan.Gunasundar@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
This compatible does not exist in the bindings.
All occurences in DT have been replaced by at24c02 which is equivalent.
Fixes: 7264066707 ("misc: i2c_eeprom: Add compatible for 24AA02E48")
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
microchip,24aa025e48 does not exist in the bindings of this driver.
It can be replaced with atmel,at24c02 which is a standard compatible
and the memory is compatible with this one, depending on the page size.
microchip 24aa02e48 has a page size of 8, while 24aa025e48 has a page
size of 16 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Include microchip,pdmc.h from Linux.
This file includes required defines for DT successful build.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Add the configurations required for enabling QSPI and the SF command
to allow changes to be made dynamically to serial flash devices from
the command line interface.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Add the configurations required for enabling QSPI and the SF command
to allow changes to be made dynamically to serial flash devices from
the command line interface.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Change the compatible of the qspi child node to
`jedec,spi-nor` so that it can be properly found
when probing the bus.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
In arch/arm/lib/sections.c there is below code:
char __image_copy_start[0] __section(".__image_copy_start");
But actually 'objdump -t spl/u-boot-spl' not able to find out
symbol '__image_copy_start' for binman update image-pos/size.
So update link file
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
The i.MX8M boards use partially specified binman images which have an
SPL entry without a U-Boot entry. This would normally cause an error due
to the 'u_boot_any' binman symbols declared by BINMAN_UBOOT_SYMBOLS
requiring a U-Boot-like entry in the same image as the SPL.
However, a problem in the ARMv8 __image_copy_start symbol definition
effectively disables binman from attempting to write any symbols at all,
so everything appears to work fine until runtime. A future patch fixes
the issue in the linker scripts, which lets binman fill in the symbols,
which would result in the build error described above.
Explicitly disable the 'u_boot_any' symbols for i.MX8M boards. They are
already effectively unusable, and they are incompatible with the boards'
current binman image descriptions.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Binman lets us declare symbols in SPL/TPL that refer to other entries in
the same binman image as them. These symbols are filled in with the
correct values while binman assembles the images, but this is done
in-memory only. Symbols marked as optional can be filled with
BINMAN_SYM_MISSING as an error value if their referred entry is missing.
However, the unmodified SPL/TPL binaries are still available on disk,
and can be used by people. For these files, nothing ensures that the
symbols are set to this error value, and they will be considered valid
when they are not.
Empirically, all symbols show up as zero in a sandbox_vpl build when we
run e.g. tpl/u-boot-tpl directly. On the other hand, zero is a perfectly
fine value for a binman-written symbol, so we cannot say the symbols
have wrong values based on that.
Declare a magic symbol that binman always fills in with a fixed value.
Check this value as an indicator that symbols were filled in correctly.
Return the error value for all symbols when this magic symbol has the
wrong value.
For binman tests, we need to make room for the new symbol in the mocked
SPL/TPL data by extending them by four bytes. This messes up some test
image layouts. Fix the affected values, and check the magic symbol
wherever it makes sense.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
The SPL code declares binman symbols for U-Boot phases depending on
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(BINMAN_UBOOT_SYMBOLS). This config exists for SPL and
TPL, also add a version for VPL.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Enabling CONFIG_BINMAN makes binman run after a build to package any
images specified in the device-tree. It also enables a mechanism for
SPL/TPL to declare and use special linker symbols that refer to other
entries in the same binman image. A similar feature that gets this info
from the device-tree exists for U-Boot proper, but it is gated behind a
CONFIG_BINMAN_FDT unlike the symbols.
Confusingly, CONFIG_SPL/TPL_BINMAN_SYMBOLS also exist. These configs
don't actually enable/disable the symbols mechanism as one would expect,
but declare some symbols for U-Boot using this mechanism.
Reuse the BINMAN_SYMBOLS configs to make them toggle the symbols
mechanism, and declare symbols for the U-Boot phases in a dependent
BINMAN_UBOOT_SYMBOLS config. Extend it to cover symbols of all phases.
Update the config prompt and help message to make it clearer about this.
Fix binman test binaries to work with CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(BINMAN_SYMBOLS).
Co-developed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
[Alper: New config for phase symbols, update Kconfigs, commit message]
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
The binman extern symbol declarations in spl.h are missing the VPL
symbols recently added to spl.c, add them like the others.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
TPL_BINMAN_SYMBOLS depends on SPL_FRAMEWORK. The code this enables is
compiled by checking CONFIG_$(SPL_TPL_)FRAMEWORK, so it should depend on
TPL_FRAMEWORK instead (which in turn depends on SPL_FRAMEWORK). This was
most likely a typo due to copy-pasting the config's SPL version, fix it.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Some SPL functions directly use the binman 'u_boot_any' symbols to get
U-Boot's binman image position. These symbols are declared by the
SPL/TPL_BINMAN_SYMBOLS configs, but they are accessed by macros defined
by just CONFIG_BINMAN. So when BINMAN is enabled and BINMAN_SYMBOLS is
disabled, the code tries to use undeclared symbols and we get an error.
Therefore, any use of 'u_boot_any' symbols in the code is an implicit
dependency on SPL/TPL_BINMAN_SYMBOLS. However, in the current uses
they are meant to be the next phase's values, where that happens to be
U-Boot. In the meantime, helper funcions spl_get_image_pos/size() were
introduced to get these values.
Convert all uses of u_boot_any symbols to these functions, so we only
access these symbols at one place. Make sure they will not use these
symbols when the BINMAN_SYMBOLS configs are disabled, by returning early
in those cases.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Building sandbox_defconfig on ARMv7 with HOST_32BIT=y results in:
drivers/misc/qfw_sandbox.c:51:25: warning:
cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
51 | void *address = (void *)be64_to_cpu(dma->address);
Add the missing type conversion.
Fixes: 69512551aa ("test: qemu: add qfw sandbox driver, dm tests, qemu tests")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add an option to tell SPL to show memory usage for driver model just
before it boots into the next phase.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This command shows the memory used by driver model along with various
hints as to what it might be if some 'core' tags were moved to use the
tag list instead of a core (i.e. always-there) pointer.
This may help with future work to reduce memory usage.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function for collecting the amount of memory used by driver model,
including devices, uclasses and attached data and tags.
This information can provide insights into how to reduce the memory
required by driver model. Future work may look at execution speed also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present tag numbers are only allocated for non-core data, meaning that
the 'core' data, like priv and plat, are accessed through dedicated
functions.
For debugging and consistency it is convenient to use tags for this 'core'
data too. Add support for this, with new tag numbers and functions to
access the pointer and size for each.
Update one of the test drivers so that the uclass-private data can be
tested here.
There is some code duplication with functions like device_alloc_priv() but
this is not addressed for now. At some point, some rationalisation may
help to reduce code size, but more thought it needed on that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this driver uses 'priv' struct to hold 'plat' data, which is
confusing. The contents of the strct don't matter, since only dtoc is
using it. Create a new struct with the correct name.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This command converts pointers to addresses, but the pointers being
converted are in the image's rodata region. For sandbox this means it
is not in DRAM so it does not make sense to do this conversion.
Fix this by showing a simple pointer instead. Drop the unnecessary
@ and hex prefixes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Put these in alphabetic order, both in the help and in the implementation,
as there are quite a few subcommands now. Tweak the help for 'dm tree' to
better explain what it does.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not a good name anymore as it does not dump everything. Rename it
to dm_dump_tree() to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
* Use spaces not tabs
* Limit lines to 100 spaces
* Remove an unused import
* Sort imports correctly
* Add a module description
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Insert an empty line after each uclass independent of whether it has
devices or not.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
U-Boot's printf() used before setting up U-Boot's serial driver does not
create any output. Use os_printf() for error messages related to loading
the device-tree.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Before setting up the devices U-Boot's printf() function cannot be used
for console output. Provide function os_printf() to print to stderr.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
While running tests for a python tool, the tests' outputs get printed in
whatever order they happen to run, without any indication as to which
output belongs to which test. Unittest supports capturing these outputs
and printing them as part of the test summaries, but when a failure or
error occurs it switches back to printing as the tests run. Testtools
and subunit tests can do the same as their parts inherit from unittest,
but they don't outright expose this functionality.
On the unittest side, enable output buffering for the custom test result
class. Try to avoid ugly outputs by not printing stdout/stderr before
the test summary for low verbosity levels and for successful tests.
On the subunit side, implement a custom TestProtocolClient that enables
the same underlying functionality and injects the captured streams as
additional test details. This causes them to be merged into their test's
error traceback message, which is later rebuilt into an exception and
passed to our unittest report class.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
By default, unittest test summaries only print extended info about tests
that failed or couldn't run due to an error. Use a custom text result
class to print info about more cases: skipped tests, expected failures
and unexpected successes.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
The python tools' test utilities handle printing test results, but the
output is quite bare compared to an ordinary unittest run. Delegate
printing the results to a unittest text runner, which gives us niceties
like clear separation between each test's result and how long it took to
run the test suite.
Unfortunately it does not print info for skipped tests by default, but
this can be handled later by a custom test result subclass. It also does
not print the tool name; manually print a heading that includes the
toolname so that the outputs of each tool's tests are distinguishable in
the CI output.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It's possible to request a specific test to run when trying to run a
python tool's tests. If we request a nonexistent test, the unittest
loaders generate a fake test that reports this as an error. However, we
get these fake tests even when the test exists, because test_util can
load tests from multiple places one by one and the test we want only
exists in one.
The test_util helpers currently remove these fake tests when printing
test results, but that's more of a workaround than a proper solution.
Instead, don't even try to load the missing tests.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When printing a python tool's test results, the entire list of failed
tests and their tracebacks are reprinted for every failed test. This
makes the test output quite unreadable. Fix the loop to print failures
and tracebacks one at a time.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We have some nice macros for iterating over devices in device.h, but they
are not used by the driver core. Convert all the users I could find.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Because fdt_get_config_str et al. were moved/renamed to
ofnode_conf_read_str, they now depend on CONFIG_DM as well as
CONFIG_OF_CONTROL. Add some fallback implementations, preventing a
linker error when CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL and CONFIG_SPL_ENV_IS_IN_MMC are
enabled and CONFIG_SPL_DM is disabled.
Fixes: 7de8bd03c3 ("treewide: fdt: Move fdt_get_config_... to ofnode_conf_read...")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
sandbox_flash_bulk uses priv->read_len to determine if priv->buff contains
the response data (such as from SCSI_INQUIRY). However, if priv->fd=-1 in
handle_read, then priv->read_len is not set even though we are going to
PHASE_DATA. This causes sandbox_flash_bulk to try and read len bytes from
priv->buff, which likely goes past the end of the buffer. Fix this by always
setting priv->read_len even if we aren't going to read anything.
Fixes: f4f715360c ("dm: usb: sandbox: Add an emulator for USB flash devices")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the common functions to run tests and report results. Ensure that the
result code indicates success or failure.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Add a comment explaining the design goals of bloblist, to make it easier
for people to understand and comment on the structure.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To quote the author:
This series adds support for the SHA-1 and SHA-256 Secure Hash Algorithm
for CPUs that have support of the ARM v8 Crypto Extensions. It Improves
speed of integrity & signature checking procedures.
This patch adds support for the SHA-256 Secure Hash Algorithm for CPUs
that have support for the SHA-256 part of the ARM v8 Crypto Extensions.
It greatly improves sha-256 based operations, about 17x faster on iMX8M
evk board. ~12ms vs ~208ms for a 20MiB kernel sha-256 verification.
asm implementation is a simplified version of the Linux version (from
Ard Biesheuvel).
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Mark sha256_process as weak to allow hardware specific implementation.
Add parameter for supporting multiple blocks processing.
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
This patch adds support for the SHA-1 Secure Hash Algorithm for CPUs
that have support for the SHA-1 part of the ARM v8 Crypto Extensions.
It greatly improves sha-1 based operations, about 10x faster on iMX8M
evk board. ~12ms vs ~165ms for a 20MiB kernel sha-1 verification.
asm implementation is a simplified version of the Linux version (from
Ard Biesheuvel).
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
sha1 digest size is 5*32-bit => 160-bit. Using 64-bit unsigned long
does not cause issue with the current sha1 implementation, but could
be problematic for vectorized access.
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Mark sha1_process as weak to allow hardware specific implementation.
Add parameter to support for multiple blocks processing.
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Xilinx changes for v2022.10
cpu:
- Add driver for microblaze cpu
net:
- Add support for DM_ETH_PHY to AXI emac and emaclite
xilinx:
- Switch platforms to DM_ETH_PHY
- DT chagnes in ZynqMP and Zynq
- Enable support for SquashFS
zynqmp:
- Add support for KR260 boards
- Move BSS from address 0
- Move platform identification from board code to soc driver
- Improve zynqmp_psu_init_minimize
versal:
- Enable loading app at EL1
serial:
- Setup default address and clock rates for DEBUG uarts
pinctrl:
- Add support for tri state and output enable properties
relocate-rela:
- Clean relocate-rela implementation for ARM64
- Add support for Microblaze
microblaze:
- Add support for runtime relocation
- Rework cache handling (wiring, Kconfig) based on cpuinfo
- Remove interrupt support
timer:
- Extract axi timer driver from Microblaze to generic location
The main attraction are two regressions, plus a fix
for a long standing bug:
- Fix USB support on boards with a switched VBUS regulator.
- Fix failing boot due to env loading on boards without MMC (CHIP).
- Fix PSCI CPU_OFF operation on R40 boards.
The rest are smaller fixes, and the forgotten DT sync for sun4i boards.
linux system will die if we offline one of the cpu on R40 based board:
eg: echo 0 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu3/online
The reason is that the R40 version of sunxi_cpu_set_power always passes
0 for the CPU number, so we turn off CPU0, regardless of what CPU the
CPU_OFF request came for.
Fix this by passing the proper CPU number, as there are proper power
clamp registers for every of the four cores.
Signed-off-by: qianfan Zhao <qianfanguijin@163.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Commit e42dad4168 ("sunxi: use boot source for determining environment
location") changed our implementation of env_get_location() and enabled
it for every board, even those without MMC support (like the C.H.I.P.
boards). However the default fallback location of ENVL_FAT requires MMC
support compiled in, so the board hangs when trying to initially load
the environment.
Change the algorithm to only return configured environment locations,
and improve the fallback algorithm on the way.
The env_init() routine calling this function here does not behave well
if the return value is ENVL_UNKNOWN on the very first call: it will make
U-Boot proper silently hang very early.
Work around this issue by making sure we return some configured (dummy)
environment location when prio is 0. This for instance happens when
booting via FEL.
This fixes U-Boot loading on the C.H.I.P. boards.
Fixes: e42dad4168 ("sunxi: use boot source for determining environment location")
Reported-by: Chris Morgan <macroalpha82@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
[Andre: fix FEL boot case by not returning ENVL_UNKNOWN when prio==0]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Compatible strings for some new RTC hardware variants were added to
the binding. Add them to the driver in preparation for supporting
those new SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This driver uses simple_strtol(), so it needs SPL_STRTO. Before commit
88ca8e2695 ("disk: Add an option for partitions in SPL"), SPL_STRTO
was always selected indirectly. Now it is not, so select it here.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Copy the devicetree source for the A10 SoC and all existing boards
verbatim from the Linux v5.18-rc1 tag.
The previous version of this change was only partially applied.
Fixes: 4746694cba ("ARM: dts: sun4i: Sync from Linux v5.18-rc1")
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The Allwinner USB PHY driver is still using the legacy GPIO interface,
which is now implemented by the DM_GPIO compat functions.
Those seem to have some design flaws, as setting the direction, then
later setting the value will not work, if the DM_GPIO driver is
implementing set_flags.
Fix this by using the dm_ version of the direct GPIO interface, which
uses struct gpio_desc structs to handle requested GPIOs, and actually
keeps the flags we set earlier.
This fixes USB operation on boards which need to toggle the VBUS supply
via a GPIO, like the Teres-I laptop or the BananaPi M2 Berry board.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reported-by: Milan P. Stanić <mps@arvanta.net>
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
- fix building sandbox with NO_SDL=1
- fix stb TrueType to check return value of STBTT_malloc()
- remove not required DM_REGULATOR test in stm32 dsi driver
The tests on CONFIG_DM_REGULATOR, added to avoid compilation issues, can
now be removed, they are no more needed since the commit 16cc5ad0b4
("power: regulator: add dummy helper").
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The codes that call STBTT_malloc() / stbtt__new_active() do not check
the return value at present which may cause segfault.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Building the sandbox with NO_SDL=1 resulted in an undefined reference to
'sandbox_sdl_remove_display'. Resolve this by adding a stub
implementation to match the stubs of the other similar functions.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
"size-cells" of the nand controller node should be 0 as the "reg"
property of the nand device node contains the chip select number and not
address information.
The patch fixes the below compilation warning
arch/arm/dts/zynq-zc770-xm011.dtb: Warning (reg_format):
/axi/memory-controller@e000e000/nand-controller@0,0/nand@0:reg: property
has invalid length (4 bytes) (#address-cells == 1, #size-cells == 1)
Signed-off-by: Amit Kumar Mahapatra <amit.kumar-mahapatra@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/6e90665a2dad7fe8ade10b8f57101f8144963791.1655288559.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Move axi timer driver from Microblaze to generic location.
Origin implementation was irq based with counting down timer.
CONFIG_TIMER drivers are designed differently that timer is free running up
timer with automatic reload without any interrupt.
Information about clock rates are find out in timer_pre_probe() that's why
there is no need to get any additional information from DT in the driver
itself (only register offset).
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/6c12fc86bbc1f17d05c25018862e7b7b03346b36.1654684731.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Add a basic CPU driver that retrieves information about the microblaze CPU
core. cpu_ops handlers are implemented so that the "cpu" command can work
properly:
U-Boot-mONStR> cpu list
0: cpu@0 MicroBlaze @ 50MHz, Rev: 11.0, FPGA family: zynq7000
U-Boot-mONStR> cpu detail
0: cpu@0 MicroBlaze @ 50MHz, Rev: 11.0, FPGA family: zynq7000
ID = 0, freq = 50 MHz: L1 cache, MMU
Note: cpu_ver_lookup[] and family_string_lookup[] arrays were imported from
linux.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220531181435.3473549-14-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Introduce a minimal cpuinfo structure to hold cache related info. The
instruction/data cache size and cache line size are initialized early in
the boot to default Kconfig values. They will be overwritten with data
from PVR/dtb if the microblaze UCLASS_CPU driver is enabled.
The cpuinfo struct was placed in global_data to allow the microblaze
UCLASS_CPU driver to also run before relocation (initialized global data
should be read-only before relocation).
gd_cpuinfo() helper macro was added to avoid volatile
"-Wdiscarded-qualifiers" warnings when using the pointer directly.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220531181435.3473549-10-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> (s/bralid/brlid/)
All flush_cache() calls in microblaze code are supposed to flush the
entire instruction and data caches, so introduce flush_cache_all()
helper to handle this.
Also, provide implementations for flush_dcache_all() and
invalidate_icache_all() so that icache and dcache u-boot commands can
work.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220531181435.3473549-9-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Replace XILINX_DCACHE_BYTE_SIZE macro with two Kconfig symbols for
instruction and data caches sizes, respectively:
CONFIG_XILINX_MICROBLAZE0_ICACHE_SIZE
CONFIG_XILINX_MICROBLAZE0_DCACHE_SIZE
Also, get rid of the hardcoded value in icache_disable().
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220531181435.3473549-8-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> (s/bralid/brlid/g)
Factor out icache/dcache components from flush_cache() function. Call the
newly added __flush_icache()/__flush_dcache() functions inside
icache_disable() and dcache_disable(), respectively. There is no need to
flush both caches when disabling a particular cache type.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220531181435.3473549-7-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Replace CONFIG_ICACHE with a Kconfig option more limited in scope -
XILINX_MICROBLAZE0_USE_WIC. It should be enabled if the processor supports
the "wic" (Write to Instruction Cache) instruction. It will be used to
guard "wic" invocations in microblaze cache code.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220531181435.3473549-6-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Replace CONFIG_DCACHE with a Kconfig option more limited in scope -
XILINX_MICROBLAZE0_USE_WDC. It should be enabled if the processor supports
the "wdc" (Write to Data Cache) instruction. It will be used to guard
"wdc" invocations in microblaze cache code.
Also, drop all ifdefs around flush_cache() calls and only keep one
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() guard within flush_cache() itself.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220531181435.3473549-5-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Microblaze is using NEEDS_MANUAL_RELOC from the beginnging. This is causing
issues with function pointer arrays which need to be updated manually after
relocation. Building code with -fPIC and linking with -pic will remove this
limitation and there is no longer need to run manual update.
By default still old option is enabled but by disabling NEEDS_MANUAL_RELOC
code will be compiled for full relocation.
The patch does couple of things which are connected to each other.
- Define STATIC_RELA dependency to call relocate-rela to fill sections.
- REMAKE_ELF was already enabled but u-boot file can't be used because
sections are empty. relocate-rela will fill them and output file is
u-boot.elf which should be used.
- Add support for full relocation (u-boot.elf)
- Add support for early relocation when u-boot.bin is loaded to different
address then CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE
- Add rela.dyn and dynsym sections
Disabling NEEDS_MANUAL_RELOC U-Boot size increased by 10% of it's original
size (550kB to 608kB).
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/a845670b34925859b2e321875f7588a29f6655f9.1655299267.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Microblaze is 32bit that's why it is using elf32 format. Relocation code
requires to get information about rela and dynsym senctions and also text
base which was used for compilation.
Code build with -fPIC and linked with -pic generates 4 relocation types.
R_MICROBLAZE_NONE is the easiest one which doesn't require any action.
R_MICROBLAZE_REL only requires write addend to r_offset address.
R_MICROBLAZE_32/R_MICROBLAZE_GLOB_DAT are the most complicated. There is a
need to find out symbol value with adding symbol value and write it to
address pointed by r_offset. Calculation with addend is also added but
only 0 addend values are generated now.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/9912c3d76933bdf75e1ebb6aab43726cd32cafb5.1655299267.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Symbol handling depends on compilation flags. Right now manual relocation
is used that's why symbols can be referenced just by name and there is no
need to find them out. But when position independent code (PIC) is used
symbols need to be described differently. That's why having one macro
change is easier than changing the whole code.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/d704e9a267c8b536452fb999111dbfbc9d652be5.1655299267.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Enable u-boot.elf recreation from u-boot.bin to prepare for removing manul
relocation. Enable option for big endian configuration but it is not used
too much that's why it is completely untested.
By supporting this system there is a need to define LITTLE/BIG endian
Kconfig options to pass -EL/-EB flags.
Full command line for u-boot.elf recreation looks like this:
microblazeel-xilinx-linux-gnu-objcopy -I binary -B microblaze \
-O elf32-microblazeel u-boot.bin u-boot-elf.o
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/7e242a519fcd1c693b9103c5599b515af555ca43.1655299267.git.michal.simek@amd.com
CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET macro place stack to TEXT_BASE - SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
but there is no reason to do it now because board_init_f_alloc_reserve()
returns exact location where stack should be. That's why stack location is
calculated at run time and there is no need to hardcode it via macro. This
change will help with placing U-Boot to any address.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/e9aee69646e022fd8a96cbee2d2a07ab81fb6e05.1655299267.git.michal.simek@amd.com
When U-Boot starts stack protection can be already enabled that's why setup
the lowest possible SLR value which is address 0. And the highest possible
stack in front of U-Boot. That's why you should never load U-Boot to the
beginning of DDR. There must be some space reserved. Code is using this
location for early malloc space, early global data and stack.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/86b9748bad12142659804d6381bc6bbf20be44f1.1655299267.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Board is using kv260 design for couple of parts defined by spec like i2c
eeproms, ina260, uart, etc.
Board has 4 gems. One gem connected via PS SGMII(GT), another PS RGMII(MIO)
and 2 via EMIO. First two shares the same MIO lines for PHYs. PL based one
have separate EMIO lines via PL.
Also two USB 3.0 with usb hubs are present. USB phys and USB hubs should
have separate reset line. The first usb0 hub also has USB-SD controller
(usb2244) connected to port 0.
To test compatibility with k26 you can run:
fdtoverlay -o /tmp/output.dtb -i arch/arm/dts/zynqmp-sm-k26-revA.dtb \
arch/arm/dts/zynqmp-sck-kr-g-revA.dtbo
Also add support for kr260-revB board. Based on FRU it is revision B
but schematics can be label as revA03.
Changes in revB are:
- SFP light
- GEM2/3 TX_CLK fixes
- PMOD/RPI connector fixes
- Replace si5332 with oscilators
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/dac2ee1826e73b89c8cc1e430354eb43d291f675.1652870941.git.michal.simek@amd.com
This consists of two slightly related series. For the first, to quote
the author:
This series implements 2 features in driver/firmware/scmi.
First, a single change adds support for SCMI OP-TEE transport to
use OP-TEE native shared memory. See the 1st patch in this series:
"firmware: scmi: optee: use TEE shared memory for SCMI messages".
Then come changes for supporting multi-channel in the SCMI drivers.
I've split the implementation in 11 several small incremental changes
in the hope it helps the review. Few minor fixup commits are also
inserted in the series.
And the second series implements some smccc improvements.
To quote the author:
This series introduces ASAN and a basic fuzzing infrastructure that
works with sandbox. The example fuzz test towards the end of the series
will find something pretty quickly. That something is fixed by the
series "virtio: Harden and test vring" that needs to be applied for the
final patch in this series.
There is some refactoring to stop using '.' prefixed sections. ELF
defines sections with names that contain anything that isn't
alphanumeric or an underscore as being for system use which means
clang's ASAN instrumentation happily add redzones between the contained
objects. That's not what we want for things like linker lists where the
linker script has carefully placed the sections contiguously. By
renaming the sections, clang sees them as user sections and doesn't add
instrumentation.
ASAN is left disabled by default as there are still some tests that it
triggers on and will need some more investigation to fix. It can be
enabled with CONFIG_ASAN or passing `-a ASAN` to buildman.
Adds random number generator driver using Arm SMCCC TRNG interface to
get entropy bytes from secure monitor. The driver registers as an
Arm SMCCC feature driver to allow PSCI driver to bind a device for
when secure monitor exposes RNG support from Arm SMCCC TRNG interface.
Cc: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Use PSCI device to query Arm SMCCC v1.1 support from secure monitor
and if so, bind drivers for the SMCCC features that monitor supports.
Drivers willing to be bound from Arm SMCCC features discovery can use
macro ARM_SMCCC_FEATURE_DRIVER() to register to smccc feature discovery,
providing target driver name and a callback function that returns
whether or not the SMCCC feature is supported by the system.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Defines function IDs ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_FEATURES used to query SMCCC feature
support, applicable from Arm SMCCC v1.1 specification.
Defines macro ARM_SMCCC_RET_NOT_SUPPORTED as generic return identifier
for when a SMCCC feature is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Updates .process_msg operators of the SCMI transport drivers that
supports multi-channel to use it now that drivers do provide
the reference through channel argument. These are the mailbox
agent, the optee agent and the smccc agent.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Update SCMI regulator controller driver to get its assigned SCMI channel
during initialization. This change allows SCMI voltage domain protocol
to use a dedicated channel when defined in the DT. The reference is
saved in SCMI regulator controller driver private data.
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Update SCMI reset controller driver to get its assigned SCMI channel
during initialization. This change allows SCMI reset domain protocol
to use a dedicated channel when defined in the DT. The reference is
saved in SCMI reset controller driver private data.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Update SCMI clock driver to get its assigned SCMI channel during
initialization. This change allows SCMI clock protocol to use a
dedicated channel when defined in the DT. The reference is saved
in SCMI clock driver private data.
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Implements multi SCMI channel support in OP-TEE SCMI transport. An
SCMI protocol may use a dedicated channel, specified by the DT.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Updates SCMI SMCCC transport driver to get SCMI channel reference
at initialization and use when posting SCMI messages.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Updates SCMI mailbox transport driver to get SCMI channel reference
at initialization and use when posting SCMI messages.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Adds resources for SCMI protocols to possibly use a dedicated SCMI
channel instead of the default channel allocated by the SCMI agent
during initialization. As per DT binding documentation, some SCMI
transports can define a specific SCMI communication channel for
given SCMI protocols. It allows SCMI protocols to pass messages
concurrently each other.
This change introduces new scmi agent uclass API function
devm_scmi_of_get_channel() for SCMI drivers probe sequences to get
a reference to the SCMI channel assigned to its related SCMI protocol.
The function queries the channel reference to its SCMI transport driver
through new scmi agent uclass operator .of_get_channel that uses Device
Tree information from related SCMI agent node.
Operator .of_get_channel returns a reference to the SCMI channel
assigned to SCMI protocol used by the caller device. SCMI transport
drivers that do not support multi-channel are not mandated to register
this operator. When so, API function devm_scmi_of_get_channel() returns
NULL and SCMI transport driver are expected to retrieve by their own
means the reference to the unique SCMI channel, for example using
platform data as these drivers currently do in U-Boot source tree.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Defines local helper function find_scmi_transport_device() with the
instructions to find the SCMI transport device from a SCMI protocol
device.
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Changes SCMI driver API function devm_scmi_process_msg() to add
an SCMI channel reference argument for when SCMI agent supports
SCMI protocol specific channels. First argument of devm_scmi_process_msg()
is also change to point to the caller SCMI protocol device rather
than its parent device (the SCMI agent device).
The argument is a pointer to opaque struct scmi_channel known from
the SCMI transport drivers. It is currently unused and caller a pass
NULL value. A later change will enable such support once SCMI protocol
drivers have means to get the channel reference during initialization.
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Changes implementation when using TEE dynamically allocated shared
memory to synchronize with the Linux implementation where the legacy
SMT protocol cannot be used with such memory since it is expected from
device mapped memory whereas OP-TEE shared memory is cached and
hence should not be accessed using memcpy_toio()/memcpy_fromio().
This change implements the MSG shared memory protocol introduced
in Linux [1]. The protocol uses a simplified SMT header of 32bit
named MSG_SMT to carry SCMI protocol information and uses side channel
means to carry exchanged buffer size information, as TEE invocation API
parameters when used in the SCMI OP-TEE transport.
Link: [1] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=f301bba0ca7392d16a6ea4f1d264a91f1fadea1a
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Add a fuzzer to test the vring handling code against unexpected
mutations from the virtio device.
After building the sandbox with CONFIG_FUZZ=y, the fuzzer can be invoked
with by:
UBOOT_SB_FUZZ_TEST=fuzz_vring ./u-boot
This fuzzer finds unvalidated inputs in the vring driver that allow a
buggy or malicious device to make the driver chase wild pointers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Add a fuzzing engine driver for the sandbox to take inputs from
libfuzzer and expose them to the fuzz tests.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Add an implementation of LLVMFuzzerTestOneInput() that starts the
sandbox on a secondary thread and exposes a function to synchronize the
generation of fuzzing inputs with their consumption by the sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the program's entry point to os.c, in preparation for a separate
fuzzing entry point to be added.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the basic infrastructure for declaring fuzz tests and a command to
invoke them.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This new class of device will provide fuzzing inputs from a fuzzing
engine.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In order to prevent build regressions with ASAN, add the builds to CI.
The longer term objective will be to enabled test targets with ASAN
enabled, but there are too many at the moment.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
The stack protector test intentionally overflows a buffer in order to
corrupt the stack canary so that it can test that the corruption is
detected as expected. However, this is incompatible with ASAN, which
detects the buffer overflow and interrupts the test, so disable the test
for such configurations.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Add CONFIG_ASAN to build with the Address Sanitizer. This only works
with the sandbox so the config is likewise dependent. The resulting
executable will have ASAN instrumentation, including the leak detector
that can be disabled with the ASAN_OPTIONS environment variable:
ASAN_OPTIONS=detect_leaks=0 ./u-boot
Since u-boot uses its own dlmalloc, dynamic allocations aren't
automatically instrumented, but stack variables and globals are.
Instrumentation could be added to dlmalloc to poison and unpoison memory
as it is allocated and deallocated, and to introduce redzones between
allocations. Alternatively, the sandbox may be able to play games with
the system allocator and somehow still keep the required memory
abstraction. No effort to address dynamic allocation is made by this
patch.
The config is not yet enabled for any targets by default.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename the sections used to implement linker lists so they begin with
'__u_boot_list' rather than '.u_boot_list'. The double underscore at the
start is still distinct from the single underscore used by the symbol
names.
Having a '.' in the section names conflicts with clang's ASAN
instrumentation which tries to add redzones between the linker list
elements, causing expected accesses to fail. However, clang doesn't try
to add redzones to user sections, which are names with all alphanumeric
and underscore characters.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename the sections used for defining sandbox command line options so
that they don't start with a '.'. ELF says that sections starting with a
'.' are reserved for system use, but the sandbox runs as a normal user
process so should be using user sections instead.
Clang's ASAN adds redzones to non-user sections and the extra padding
meant that the list of options was being corrupted. Naming the sections
as user sections avoids this issue as clang handles them as we intended.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Rename the sections used for placing the EFI runtime so that they don't
start with a '.'. ELF says that sections starting with a '.' are
reserved for system use, but the sandbox runs as a normal user process
so should be using user sections instead.
Clang's ASAN adds redzones to non-user sections and the extra padding
meant that the list of options was being corrupted. Naming the sections
as user sections avoids this issue as clang handles them as we intended.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
This was previously needed, but U-Boot is now capable of parsing
the new "phy-connection-type" property that is already used in
the main devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This syncs the devicetree files with the latest Linux kernel (5.19-rc2).
This also fixes the currently broken ethernet support:
Before:
Net: Could not get PHY for FEC0: addr 0
After:
Net: eth0: ethernet@30be0000
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Timeouts are not expected to happen and are handled as fatal errors.
Increase all timeouts to 1 second as defensive measure to avoid relying
on the timing behaviour of certain firmware versions or configurations.
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
The NVMe firmware in the macOS 13 beta blocks or crashes with u-boot's
current minimal RTKit implementation. It does not provide buffers for
the firmware's buffer requests. The ANS2 firmware included in macOS 11
and 12 tolerates this. The firmware included in the first macOS 13 beta
requires buffers for the crashlog and ioreport endpoints to function.
In the case of the NVMe the buffers are physical memory. Access to
physical memory is guarded by what Apple calls SART.
Import m1n1's SART driver (exclusively used for the NVMe controller).
Implement buffer management helpers for RTKit. These are generic since
other devices (none in u-boot so far) require different handling.
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
AST2600 supports boot from SPI(mmap), eMMC, and UART.
This patch adds the boot mode detection and return the
corresponding boot device type.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
The commit b583348ca8 ("image: fit: Align hash output buffers") places
the hash output buffer at the .bss section. However, AST2600 by default
executes SPL in the NOR flash XIP way. This results in the hash output
cannot be written to the buffer as it is located at the R/X only region.
We need to move the .bss section out of the SPL body to the DRAM space,
where hash output can be written to. This patch includes:
- Define the .bss section base and size
- A new SPL linker script is added with a separate .bss region specified
- Enable CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS kconfig option
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Neal Liu <neal_liu@aspeedtech.com>
The HPE SoC is new to linux. A basic device tree layout with minimum
required for linux to boot including a timer and watchdog support has
been created.
The dts file is empty at this point but will be updated in subsequent
updates as board specific features are enabled.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hawkins <nick.hawkins@hpe.com>
The GXP supports 3 separate SPI interfaces to accommodate the system
flash, core flash, and other functions. The SPI engine supports variable
clock frequency, selectable 3-byte or 4-byte addressing and a
configurable x1, x2, and x4 command/address/data modes. The memory
buffer for reading and writing ranges between 256 bytes and 8KB. This
driver supports access to the core flash.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hawkins <nick.hawkins@hpe.com>
Add support for the HPE GXP SOC timer. The GXP supports several different
kinds of timers but for the purpose of this driver there is only support
for the General Timer. The timer has a 1us resolution and is 56 bits.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hawkins <nick.hawkins@hpe.com>
The GXP is the HPE BMC SoC that is used in the majority
of current generation HPE servers. Traditionally the asic will
last multiple generations of server before being replaced.
Info about SoC:
HPE GXP is the name of the HPE Soc. This SoC is used to implement many BMC
features at HPE. It supports ARMv7 architecture based on the Cortex A9
core. It is capable of using an AXI bus to whicha memory controller is
attached. It has multiple SPI interfaces to connect boot flash and BIOS
flash. It uses a 10/100/1000 MAC for network connectivity. It has multiple
i2c engines to drive connectivity with a host infrastructure. There
currently are no public specifications but this process is being worked.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hawkins <nick.hawkins@hpe.com>
Currently, enabling CMD_MISC gives:
cmd/misc.c:67:25: warning: assignment to 'int (*)(struct udevice *, int, void *, int)' from incompatible pointer type 'int (*)(struct udevice *, int, const void *, int)' [-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
Because 'misc_read' takes a void * and 'misc_write' takes a const void
*, both of which make sense for their operation. Given there's one
place we make use of the function pointer, just call read or write
directly for the operation we're called with.
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
cp.b is used a lot as a way to load binaries to memory and execute
them, however we may need to integrate this with the efi subsystem to
set it up as a bootdev.
So, introduce a loadm command that will be consistent with the other
loadX commands and will call the efi API's.
ex: loadm $kernel_addr $kernel_addr_r $kernel_size
with this a kernel with CONFIG_EFI_STUB enabled will be loaded and
then subsequently booted with bootefi command.
Signed-off-by: Rui Miguel Silva <rui.silva@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Seems that u-boot can't probe i2c bus at 2.6Mhz speed, so lower
the speed to the default value 100Khz.
v2: fix i2c1 frequency in the root omap3-u-boot.dtsi include.
Signed-off-by: Anthoine Bourgeois <anthoine.bourgeois@gmail.com>
- Add STM32MP13 SoCs support with associated board STM32M135F-DK
- Correct livetree support in stm32mp1 boards
- Activate livetree for stm32mp15 DHSOM boards
The board supports up to 8 GiB memory. The memory is soldered on the
board but the configuration is equivalent to a dual chip select, dual
rank DIMM module.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
With a 8GiB memory board, it seems that the "very unlikely event" of a
DDR initialization with non-optimal values are not really that unlikely.
It happens in about every other reboot. As described in erratum
A-009942, preset the DEBUG_28 register with an optimal value. The value
iself depends on the memory configuration of the board, but the used
value seems to work well for all variants.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
A board might need to get the source of the RCW word, which is also the
boot source in most cases.
These defines are taken from the LS1028A and I expect they are the same
across the SoCs with the same chassis, after all, there was already a
reset source for NOR flash.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Code for changing boot source is platform generic and can be used by any
P1* and P2* compatible RDB board. Not only by boards which use config
header file p1_p2_rdb_pc.h.
So move this code from p1_p2_rdb_pc.h to p1_p2_bootsrc.h and cleanup macros
for generating boot source env variables in CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS.
This allows to use code for resetting board and rebooting to other boot
source also by other boards in future.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Currently default fallback SDHC mode is 1-bit. Add new config option
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_DEFAULT_BUS_WIDTH to allow specifying default fallback
mode. This is useful e.g. for SPL builds which loads other parts from SD
card during boot process.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
8-bit mode is not supported by SD cards and on P2020 are four SDHC pins
shared with SPI (so if P2020 board have also SPI then only 4-bit SDHC mode
is provided). So 8-bit SDHC mode is really bad default.
When max bus width is not provided then set mode to 1-bit. This mode is
supported by all cards, so it is the best option for fallback mode.
Also P2020 bootrom sets mode to 1-bit when booting from SD/MMC card.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
For proper DM support it is required to fill also mtd->dev member.
Otherwise DM would not see nand device at all.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Effective page number mask for MAS2 register is stored in macro MAS2_EPN.
Fixes: 2146cf5682 ("Reworked FSL Book-E TLB macros to be more readable")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Header file asm/fsl_law.h already provides correct definition for second
and third PCIe controller (LAW_TRGT_IF_PCIE_2 and LAW_TRGT_IF_PCIE_3). But
is missing definition for the first PCIe controller (LAW_TRGT_IF_PCIE_1).
Note that existing definition for LAW_TRGT_IF_PCIE_2 and LAW_TRGT_IF_PCIE_3
are slightly complicated, but are really correct for P2020 platform.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
When CONFIG_WDT is enabled then non-DM watchdog code cannot be used due to
conflicting functions like watchdog_reset(). So disable compilation of
mpc85xx watchdog_reset() function when CONFIG_WDT is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
These frequency calculations depend on the RCW format, which is not
dependent on any particular board. Switch to using ARCH symbols instead
of TARGET.
This whole function could probably use less ifdefs, but for now just do
a minimal conversion.
Fixes: 24cb6f2295 ("fsl-layerscape: Add fsl_esdhc peripheral clock support")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This adds an SFP binding for the processors it is present on. I have
only tested this for the LS1046A.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
QorIQ platforms now use different clock bindings. Although we don't use
the device tree for clocks on this platform, it is helpful to sync it
because then the bindings will more closely match Linux. Additionally,
it allows for using more clock fractions (such as platform/4).
This corresponds to Linux commit b6f5e7019391 ("ARM: dts: ls1021a:
update the clockgen node").
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This adds a driver for the Security Fuse Processor (SFP) present on
LS1012A, LS1021A, LS1043A, and LS1046A processors. It holds the
Super-Root Key (SRK), One-Time-Programmable Master Key (OTPMK), and
other "security" related fuses. Similar devices (sharing the same name)
are present on other processors, but for the moment this just supports
the LS2 variants.
The mirror registers are loaded during power-on reset. All mirror
registers must be programmed or read at once. Because of this, `fuse
prog` will program all fuses, even though only one might be specified.
To prevent accidentally burning through all your fuse programming cycles
with something like `fuse prog 0 0 A B C D`, we limit ourselves to one
programming cycle per reset. Fuses are numbered based on their address.
The fuse at 0x1e80200 is 0, the fuse at 0x1e80204 is 1, etc.
The TA_PROG_SFP supply must be enabled when programming fuses, but must
be disabled when reading them. Typically this supply is enabled by
inserting a jumper or by setting a register in the board's FPGA. I've
also added support for using a regulator. This could be helpful for
automatically issuing the FPGA write, or for toggling a GPIO controlling
the supply.
I suggest using the following procedure for programming:
1. Override the fuses you wish to program
=> fuse override 0 2 A B C D
2. Inspect the values and ensure that they are what you expect
=> fuse sense 0 2 4
3. Enable TA_PROG_SFP
4. Issue a program command using OSPR0 as a dummy. Since it contains the
write-protect bit you will usually want to write it last anyway.
=> fuse prog 0 0 0
5. Disable TA_PROG_SFP
6. Read back the fuses and ensure they are correct
=> fuse read 0 2 4
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Remove STM32_SYSRAM_END and clean the comments in stm32mp15_common.h file
after moving some CONFIG to Kconfig: CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE,
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT, CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START and
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Depending on backup register value, U-Boot SPL maintains the debug unit
powered-on for debugging purpose; only BUCK1 is required for powering
the debug unit, so revert the setting for all the other power lanes,
except BUCK3 that has to be always on.
To be functional this patch requires a modification in the debugger
,openocd for example, to update the STM32MP15 backup register when it is
required to debug SPL after reset. After deeper analysis this behavior
will be never supported in tools so the associated code, will be never
used and the associated code can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Replace call to fdt_*() functions and access to gd->fdt_blob
with call to ofnode_*() functions to support a live tree.
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Replace gd->fdt_blob access with fdt_getprop() function to the
function ofnode_get_property() to support a live tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Replace gd->fdt_blob access with fdt_getprop() function to the
function ofnode_get_property() to support a live tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add the MISC RCC driver for STM32MP13, and bind it to the RCC reset
driver, required for initial support.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Change-Id: Ida11c15462caf140f87b1e3239efa2b8a689acb9
Add a directory in drivers/clk to regroup the clock drivers for all
STM32 Soc with CONFIG_ARCH_STM32 (MCUs with cortex M) or
CONFIG_ARCH_STM32MP (MPUs with cortex A).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Grzegorz Szymaszek <gszymaszek@short.pl>
Acked-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Change-Id: I955af307963f732167396f0157a30cf2fc91f150
Add support of STM32MP13x the ETZPC part of fdt.c
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Change-Id: If2777fbf66b8525a2a447056780aaa04e6b0a9a0
Introduce STM32MP15 function and defines to prepare the
STM32MP13 introduction.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Change-Id: I909b205e73dcf207e0216aae5905c3c52472020e
Add in U-Boot documentation the quick instruction to
setup the STMicroelectronics STM32MP13x boards.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Although not recommended, the reset property could be made optional.
This way the driver will probe even if no reset property is provided
in an sdmmc node in DT. This reset is already optional in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Yann Gautier <yann.gautier@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add support for new compatible "st,stm32mp13-ddr" to manage the
DDR sub system (Controller and PHY) in STM32MP13x SOC:
- only one AXI port
- support of 16 port output (MEMC_DRAM_DATA_WIDTH = 2)
The STM32MP15x SOC have 2 AXI ports and 32 bits support.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add stm32mp15x prefix to all STM32MP15x board specific functions,
this patch is a preliminary step for STM32MP13x support.
This patch also adds the RCC probe to avoid circular access with
usbphyc probe as clk provider.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add support of several MAC address in OTP (3 32bits OTP word for
2 MAC address) for SOCs in STM32MP13x family: STM32MP133 and STM32MP135.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Introduce the code in mach-stm32mp and the configuration file
stm32mp13_defconfig for the new STM32MP family.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add config CONFIG_STM32MP15_PWR to handle the
access to regulators managed by the PWR driver defined in
pwr_regulator.c
This driver is only used in U-Boot by STM32MP15x family.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add sub Kconfig for each SOC in the STM32 CPU family.
It is a preliminary step to introduce a new SOC in the STM32MP family.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add mandatory choice for SOC support in ARCH_STM32MP.
This patch is a preliminary step for new SOC introduction
in STM32MP family.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Move code and defines only needed for CONFIG_STM32MP15x in stm32mp15x.c
when low level init without TFABOOT is supported.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
As the get_otp() helper function in bsec are common for all STM32MP family,
move this function in bsec driver
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
pinctrl_wdog already marked u-boot,dm-spl, so clean up board code.
The set_wdog_reset() function is not necessary as this is handled by
the imx_watchdog.c driver due to the 'fsl,ext-reset-output' property
being set.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Mark pinctrl_wdog as u-boot,dm-spl to clean up board code,
The set_wdog_reset() function is not necessary as this is handled by
the imx_watchdog.c driver due to the 'fsl,ext-reset-output' property
being set.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Tested-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Mark wdog1/pinctrl_wdog as u-boot,dm-spl to clean up board code,
The set_wdog_reset() function is not necessary as this is handled by
the imx_watchdog.c driver due to the 'fsl,ext-reset-output' property
being set.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
pinctrl_wdog already marked u-boot,dm-spl, so clean up board code.
The set_wdog_reset() function is not necessary as this is handled by
the imx_watchdog.c driver due to the 'fsl,ext-reset-output' property
being set.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
Mark pinctrl_wdog as u-boot,dm-spl to clean up board code,
The set_wdog_reset() function is not necessary as this is handled by
the imx_watchdog.c driver due to the 'fsl,ext-reset-output' property
being set.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Mark pinctrl_wdog as u-boot,dm-spl to clean up board code,
The set_wdog_reset() function is not necessary as this is handled by
the imx_watchdog.c driver due to the 'fsl,ext-reset-output' property
being set.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Mark pinctrl_wdog as u-boot,dm-spl to clean up board code,
The set_wdog_reset() function is not necessary as this is handled by
the imx_watchdog.c driver due to the 'fsl,ext-reset-output' property
being set.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Mark pinctrl_wdog as u-boot,dm-spl to clean up board code,
The set_wdog_reset() function is not necessary as this is handled by
the imx_watchdog.c driver due to the 'fsl,ext-reset-output' property
being set.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
CONFIG_SPL_RAW_IMAGE_SUPPORT default y has been used to replace
CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE for quite some time, so drop
CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Tested-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_early_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_SPL_DM_SERIAL. uart2 and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_early_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart3 and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_early_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_SPL_DM_SERIAL. uart2 and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #imx8mm_beacon
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #imx8mn_beacon
Since these boards has CONFIG_DM_SERIAL and/or CONFIG_SPL_DM_SERIAL,
the legacy macro no need to be defined.
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Acked-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Add am62x_evm_r5_defconfig for R5 SPL and am62x_evm_a53_defconfig for
A53 SPL and U-Boot support.
To keep the changes to minimum. Only UART And SD boot related configs
are included. This should serve as good starting point for new board
bringup with AM62x.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
[trini: Migrate a number of CONFIG symbols, have re-tested]
Tested-by: Georgi Vlaev <g-vlaev@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
AM62 StarterKit (SK) board is a low cost, small form factor board
designed for TI’s AM625 SoC. It supports the following interfaces:
* 2 GB DDR4 RAM
* x2 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces capable of working in Switch and MAC mode
* x1 HDMI Port with audio + x1 OLDI/LVDS Display interface for Dual Display
* x1 Headphone Jack
* x1 USB2.0 Hub with two Type A host and x1 USB Type-C DRP Port
* x1 UHS-1 capable µSD card slot
* 2.4/5 GHz WLAN + Bluetooth 4.2 through WL1837
* 512 Mbit OSPI flash
* x4 UART through UART-USB bridge
* XDS110 for onboard JTAG debug using USB
* Temperature sensors, user push buttons and LEDs
* 40-pin User Expansion Connector
* 24-pin header for peripherals in MCU island (I2C, UART, SPI, IO)
* 20-pin header for Programmable Realtime Unit (PRU) IO pins
* 15-pin CSI header
Add basic support for AM62-SK.
To keep the changes to minimum. Only UART And SD are supported at the
moment. This should serve as good example for adding new board support
based on AM62x SoC
Schematics: https://www.ti.com/lit/zip/sprr448
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Add basic support for AM62 SK. This has 2GB DDR.
Note that stack for R5 SPL is in OCRAM @ 0x7000ffff so that is away from
BSS and does not step on BSS section
Add only the bare minimum required to support UART and SD.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce autogenerated SoC data support clk and device data for the
AM62. Hook it upto to power-domain and clk frameworks of U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
The AM62 SoC family is the follow on AM335x built on K3 Multicore SoC
architecture platform, providing ultra-low-power modes, dual display,
multi-sensor edge compute, security and other BOM-saving integration.
The AM62 SoC targets broad market to enable applications such as
Industrial HMI, PLC/CNC/Robot control, Medical Equipment, Building
Automation, Appliances and more.
Some highlights of this SoC are:
* Quad-Cortex-A53s (running up to 1.4GHz) in a single cluster.
Pin-to-pin compatible options for single and quad core are available.
* Cortex-M4F for general-purpose or safety usage.
* Dual display support, providing 24-bit RBG parallel interface and
OLDI/LVDS-4 Lane x2, up to 200MHz pixel clock support for 2K display
resolution.
* Selectable GPUsupport, up to 8GFLOPS, providing better user experience
in 3D graphic display case and Android.
* PRU(Programmable Realtime Unit) support for customized programmable
interfaces/IOs.
* Integrated Giga-bit Ethernet switch supporting up to a total of two
external ports (TSN capable).
* 9xUARTs, 5xSPI, 6xI2C, 2xUSB2, 3xCAN-FD, 3x eMMC and SD, GPMC for
NAND/FPGA connection, OSPI memory controller, 3xMcASP for audio,
1x CSI-RX-4L for Camera, eCAP/eQEP, ePWM, among other peripherals.
* Dedicated Centralized System Controller for Security, Power, and
Resource Management.
* Multiple low power modes support, ex: Deep sleep,Standby, MCU-only,
enabling battery powered system design.
AM625 is the first device of the family. Add DT bindings for the same.
More details can be found in the Technical Reference Manual:
https://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruiv7
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Gowtham Tammana <g-tammana@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add pinctrl macros for AM62x SoCs. These macro definitions are similar
to that of previous platforms, but adding new definitions to avoid any
naming confusions in the SoC dts files.
checkpatch insists the following error exists:
ERROR: Macros with complex values should be enclosed in parentheses
However, we do not need parentheses enclosing the values for this
macro as we do intend it to generate two separate values as has been
done for other similar platforms.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
The phy used in the 8 bit instance has been changed to the phy used in 4
bit instance on AM62 SoC. This implies the phy configuration required for
both the instances of mmc are similar. Therefore, add a new compatible
for AM62 SoC using the driver data of am64 4 bit instance.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Sync the configs required for enabling checks for size of image and stack
from generic r5 defconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
The node name of the bus in the device tree has changed. Also, the length
argument to be passed should be the length of new value. Therefore, fix the
path to usb device tree node as well as the length argument passed.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
For dfu boot mode, the clocks property needs to be deleted and dr_mode
needs to be set to peripheral. Therefore, add the required fixes for the
same.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
synquacer_cs_set() function does not wait the chip select
is deasserted when the driver sets the DMSTOP to deselect
the slave.
This commit checks the Slave Select Released(SRS) bit to wait
until the slave is deselected.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Satoru Okamoto <okamoto.satoru@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Jassi Brar <jaswinder.singh@linaro.org>
This commit sets two additional variables in the default BOOTCOMMAND.
Adding 'boot=mmc' and 'addr_fit=0x8b000000' removes the need for a
special 'uEnv.txt' to be created. The 'addr_fit' variable is the key
piece here. It is normally defined as 0x90000000, in the macro
DEFAULT_FIT_TI_ARGS. For this OMAP34XX board, 0x8b000000 works without
touching other varibles. This was tested with a 'fitImage' created
using the following FIT source:
----------------------------------------------------------------------
/dts-v1/;
/ {
description = "Simple image with single Linux kernel and FDT blob";
#address-cells = <1>;
images {
kernel {
description = "Linux kernel: omap2plus";
data = /incbin/("./zImage");
type = "kernel";
arch = "arm";
os = "linux";
compression = "none";
load = <0x80008000>;
entry = <0x80008000>;
hash-1 {
algo = "sha256";
};
};
fdt-omap3-evm.dtb {
description = "FDT: omap3-evm.dtb";
data = /incbin/("./omap3-evm.dtb");
type = "flat_dt";
arch = "arm";
compression = "none";
load = <0x8ff00000>;
hash-1 {
algo = "sha256";
};
};
};
configurations {
default = "conf-omap3-evm.dtb";
conf-omap3-evm.dtb {
description = "Boot Linux kernel with FDT blob";
kernel = "kernel";
fdt = "fdt-omap3-evm.dtb";
};
};
};
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Additionally, the default environment is now stored in "uboot.env" on
the FAT partition of MMC '0'.
Fixes: 11e2ab3f0b ("ARM: omap3: evm: Enable booting 'fitImage' with DEFAULT_FIT_TI_ARGS")
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
This is the initial support for Broadcom's ARM-based 47622 SOC.
In this change, our first SOC is an armv7 platform called 47622. The
initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and dts with ARM
PL011 uart.
The SOC-specific code resides in arch/arm/mach-bcmbca/<soc> and board
related code is in board/broadcom/bcmba.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kursad Oney <kursad.oney@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Anand Gore <anand.gore@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Enable HBMC and HyperFlash in R5SPL, A72 SPL and A72 U-Boot
Signed-off-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
[trini: Update j721e_hs_evm_a72 as well]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On j721e, its not possible to use OSPI0 and HBMC simultaneously as they
are muxed within the Flash Subsystem hence disable HBMC by default and
keep OSPI enabled. Bootloader will fixup DT when it detects HyperFlash
mux selection instead of OSPI.
Also updated detect_enable_hyperflash to use correct GPIO when checking
hypermux selection state:
* J7200 - hypermux sel connected to WKUP_GPIO0_6
* J721E - hypermux·sel·connected·to·WKUP_GPIO0_8
Signed-off-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
Add wkup_gpio pinmux setting which will be used for performing the
DT fixup for hbmc node according to mux selection state, on J721E
EVM, hypermux sel is tied to ·WKUP_GPIO0_8.
Signed-off-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
Add DT node for HyperBus Memory Controller and hbmc-mux in the
FSS. hbmc-am654 driver uses syscon_get_regmap() call which fails
with current compatible setting.
Signed-off-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
To quote the author:
This adds support for the nvmem-cells properties cropping up in manyb
device trees. This is an easy way to load configuration, version
information, or calibration data from a non-volatile memory source. For
more information, refer to patch 6 ("misc: Add support for nvmem
cells").
For the moment I have only added some integration tests using the
ethernet addresses. This hits the main code paths (looking up nvmem
cells) but doesn't test writing. I can add a few stand-alone tests if
desired.
This uses the nvmem API to load a mac address from an RTC.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This uses an i2c eeprom to load a mac address using the nvmem interface.
Enable I2C_EEPROM for sandbox SPL since it is the only sandbox config
which doesn't enable it eeprom.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds support for reading mac addresses from the "mac-address" nvmem
cell. If there is no (local-)mac-address property, then we will try
reading from an nvmem cell.
For some existing examples of this property, refer to imx8mn.dtsi and
imx8mp.dtsi. Unfortunately, fuse drivers have not yet been converted
to DM.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This enables NVMEM for all sandbox defconfigs, enabling it to be used in
unit tests in the next few commits.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds support for "nvmem cells" as seen in Linux. The nvmem device
class in Linux is used for various assorted ROMs and EEPROMs. In this
sense, it is similar to UCLASS_MISC, but also includes
UCLASS_I2C_EEPROM, UCLASS_RTC, and UCLASS_MTD. New drivers corresponding
to a Linux-style nvmem device should be implemented as one of the
previously-mentioned uclasses. The nvmem API acts as a compatibility
layer to adapt the (slightly different) APIs of these uclasses. It also
handles the lookup of nvmem cells.
While nvmem devices can be accessed directly, they are most often used
by reading/writing contiguous values called "cells". Cells typically
hold information like calibration, versions, or configuration (such as
mac addresses).
nvmem devices can specify "cells" in their device tree:
qfprom: eeprom@700000 {
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <1>;
reg = <0x00700000 0x100000>;
/* ... */
tsens_calibration: calib@404 {
reg = <0x404 0x10>;
};
};
which can then be referenced like:
tsens {
/* ... */
nvmem-cells = <&tsens_calibration>;
nvmem-cell-names = "calibration";
};
The tsens driver could then read the calibration value like:
struct nvmem_cell cal_cell;
u8 cal[16];
nvmem_cell_get_by_name(dev, "calibration", &cal_cell);
nvmem_cell_read(&cal_cell, cal, sizeof(cal));
Because nvmem devices are not all of the same uclass, supported uclasses
must register a nvmem_interface struct. This allows CONFIG_NVMEM to be
enabled without depending on specific uclasses. At the moment,
nvmem_interface is very bare-bones, and assumes that no initialization
is necessary. However, this could be amended in the future.
Although I2C_EEPROM and MISC are quite similar (and could likely be
unified), they present different read/write function signatures. To
abstract over this, NVMEM uses the same read/write signature as Linux.
In particular, short read/writes are not allowed, which is allowed by
MISC.
The functionality implemented by nvmem cells is very similar to that
provided by i2c_eeprom_partition. "fixed-partition"s for eeproms does
not seem to have made its way into Linux or into any device tree other
than sandbox. It is possible that with the introduction of this API it
would be possible to remove it.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Add some fallback functions for when i2c_eeprom is disabled. This allows
code to reference i2c_eeprom_* functions without needing to check
whether support has been compiled in.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
i2c_eeprom_ops->write uses a const buf, so use one for the wrapper
function as well.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the DSA master fails to probe for whatever reason, then DSA devices
will continue on as if nothing is wrong. This can cause incorrect
behavior. In particular, on sandbox, dsa_sandbox_probe attempts to
access the master's private data. This is only safe to do if the master
has been probed first. Fix this by probing the master after we look it
up, and bailing out if we get an error.
Fixes: fc054d563b ("net: Introduce DSA class for Ethernet switches")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
This prevents some conflicts when running sandbox with -D, since the
"rom" mac address will be random and won't match the environment. We
still need to keep addresses for eth1 and eth6 in the environment,
because dm_test_eth_rotate expects to be able to disable them by
removing their envaddr variables. This can likely be fixed in a future
series by adding a function to cause sandbox eth_opts callback for a
particular mac to fail immediately.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
DSA interfaces use the same mac address for each interface, unless
instructed otherwise. Just set eth4addr and let eth2addr and eth7addr be
set automatically.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of reading a pseudo-rom mac address from the device tree, just use
whatever we get from write_hwaddr. This has the effect of using the mac
address from the environment (or from the device tree, if it is
specified).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This adds a test to make sure that all the ethernet interfaces have
their addresses read properly. At the moment everything is read from the
environment, but the next few commits will add additional sources.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The phy_eth0 interface introduced in commit f3dd213e15 ("net: introduce
helpers to get PHY ofnode from MAC") uses a globally-administered
address. Switch to using a locally-administered address, and add it to
the sandbox environment, like the others.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
To quote the author:
Make the virtio ring code resilient against corruption of the buffers
shared with the device.
It follows the example of Linux by keeping a private copy of the
descriptors and metadata for state tracking and only ever writing to the
descriptors that are shared with the device. I was able to test these
hardening steps in the sandbox by simulating device writes to the
queues.
Add a regression test for virtio-rng reading beyond the end of its
buffer if the virtio device provides an invalid length.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Check the length of data written by the device is consistent with the
size of the buffers to avoid out-of-bounds memory accesses in case
values aren't consistent.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Cc: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Once the virtio-rng driver has been bound, probe it to trigger the pre
and post child probe hooks of the virtio uclass driver. Check the status
of the virtio device to confirm it reached the expected state.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The virtio-rng driver is extremely simple, making it suitable for
testing more of the virtio uclass logic. Have the sandbox driver bind
the virtio-rng driver rather than the virtio-blk driver so it can be
used in tests.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Virtio tests that find a child device require the virtio device driver
to be included in the build so it can probe. The sandbox virtio
transport driver currently reports a virtio-blk device so make sure the
corresponding driver is built before running tests that need it.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
The virtqueue is passed to virtio_notify() so move the virtqueue
deletion to the end of the test when it's no longer needed. This wasn't
causing any problems because the sandbox virtio transport driver doesn't
do anything for notifications, but it could cause problems if things
change and it was a bad example.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The virtio sandbox transport was setting the device features value to
the bit index rather than shifting a bit to the right index. Fix this
using the bit manipulation macros.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The virtio ring is the basis of virtio communication. Test its basic
functionality and its resilience against corruption from the device.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the device returns used buffers, it should refer to the descriptor
that is the head of the descriptor chain for that buffer. Confirm this
to be the case by tracking the head of descriptor chains that have been
made available to the device.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The shared descriptors should only be written by the guest driver,
however, the device is still able to overwrite and corrupt them.
Maintain a private shadow copy of the descriptors for the driver to
use for state tracking, removing the need to read from the shared
descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the logic for attaching a descriptor to its own function.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The variables `total_sg` and `descs_used` have the same value. Replace
the few uses of `total_sg` with `descs_used` to simplify the situation.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
CONFIG_VAL(DEBUG_UART_BASE) expands to CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_BASE or
CONFIG_SPL_DEBUG_UART_BASE or CONFIG_TPL_DEBUG_UART_BASE and allows boards
to set different values for SPL, TPL and U-Boot Proper.
For ns16550 driver this support is there since commit d293759d55
("serial: ns16550: Add support for SPL_DEBUG_UART_BASE").
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
GZIP option can be manually de-selected when UBIFS is enabled. This cause
following compile error because ubifs calls gzip functions.
/tmp/ccxVrh2c.ltrans1.ltrans.o: in function `gzip_decompress.lto_priv.566':
<artificial>:(.text+0x768): undefined reference to `zunzip'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
make: *** [Makefile:1813: u-boot] Error 1
So add missing dependency on GZIP.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
rootwait=1 is not a valid kernel boot parameters. According
to the documenation is only rootwait
rootwait [KNL] Wait (indefinitely) for root device to show up.
Useful for devices that are detected asynchronously
(e.g. USB and MMC devices).
Fix:
Unknown kernel command line parameters "rootwait=1", will be passed to user space.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The bi_enetaddr field in struct bd_info is write-only; nothing ever
reads back the value.
Moreover, the value we write is more or less random, and certainly not
something one can rely on: If the board has a writable environment and
the mac address has been stored there, we fetch that value. But if the
board doesn't, this code runs before initr_net() -> eth_initialize(),
and thus before the code in eth-uclass which fetches MAC addresses
from eeprom, fuses or whatnot and populates the (run-time) environment
with those values.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Linux determines its console based on several sources:
1. the console command line parameter
2. device tree (e.g. /chosen/stdout-path)
3. various other board- and arch-specific sources
If the console parameter specifies a real console (e.g. ttyS0) then that is
used as /dev/console. However, if it does not specify a real console (e.g.
ttyDoesntExist) then *nothing* will be used as /dev/console.
Reading/writing it will return ENODEV. Additionally, no other source will
be used as a console source.
Linux commit ab4af56ae250 ("printk/console: Allow to disable console output
by using console="" or console=null") recently changed the semantics of the
parameter. Previously, specifying console="" would be treated like
specifying some other bad console. This commit changed things so that it
added /dev/ttynull as a console (if available). However, it also allows
for other console sources. If the device tree specifies a console (such as
if U-Boot and Linux share a device tree), then it will be used in addition
to /dev/ttynull. This can result in a non-silent console.
To avoid this, explicitly set ttynull as the console. This will disable
other console sources. If CONFIG_NULL_TTY is disabled, then this will have
the same behavior as in the past (no output, and writing /dev/console
returns ENODEV).
[1] and [2] have additional background on this kernel change.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/all/20201006025935.GA597@jagdpanzerIV.localdomain/
[2] https://lore.kernel.org/all/20201111135450.11214-1-pmladek@suse.com/
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Add a check for calloc() failing to allocate the requested memory.
Make decode_regions() return an error code.
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Clément Tosi <ptosi@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Asking if the alias we found actually points at the device tree node
we passed in (in the guise of its offset from blob) can be done simply
by asking if the fdt_path_offset() of the alias' path is identical to
offset.
In fact, the current method suffers from the possibility of false
negatives: dtc does not necessarily emit a phandle property for a node
just because it is referenced in /aliases; it only emits a phandle
property for a node if it is referenced in <angle brackets>
somewhere. So if both the node we passed in and the alias node we're
considering don't have phandles, fdt_get_phandle() returns 0 for both.
Since the proper check is so simple, there's no reason to hide that
behind a config option (and if one really wanted that, it should be
called something else because there's no need to involve phandle in
the check).
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Acked-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
CONFIG_MMC only initializes drivers for devices in UCLASS_MMC, we need
to initialize drivers for devices of type IF_TYPE_MMC in UCLASS_BLK as
well because they are the child devices of devices in UCLASS_MMC. This
is required for feature RPMB since it will access eMMC in optee-os.
Signed-off-by: Judy Wang <wangjudy@microsoft.com>
[trini: Add my SoB line and adjust Judy's name in git, having emailed
off-list]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
ARM semihosting provides no provisions for determining if there is
pending input. The only way to determine if there is console input is to
do a read (and block until the user types something). For this reason,
we always return true for tstc (since you will always get input if you
try). However, this behavior can cause problems for code which expects
tstc to eventually be empty. In query_console_serial, there is the
following construct:
/* empty input buffer */
while (tstc())
getchar();
with the current implementation, this effectively turns into an infinite
loop. To avoid this, fake tstc by returning false half of the time. This
is generally OK because the other common construct looks like
do {
if (tstc())
process(getchar());
} while (!timeout());
so it's fine if we only read a new character every other loop. This will
break things like CYGACC_COMM_IF_GETC_TIMEOUT, but that could be
reworked to test on the timeout instead of calling tstc again (and
ymodem over semihosted serial is not that useful in the first place).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Replace in the function of_machine_is_compatible(), the used API
fdt_node_check_compatible() by ofnode_device_is_compatible()
to support a live tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This adds support for signing images in auto-generated FITs. To do this,
we need to add a signature node. The algorithm name property already has
its own option, but we need one for the key name hint. We could have
gone the -G route and added an explicit name for the public key (like
what is done for the private key). However, many places assume the
public key can be constructed from the key dir and hint, and I don't
want to do the refactoring necessary.
As a consequence of this, it is now easier to add public keys to an
existing image without signing something. This could be done all along,
but now you don't have to create an its just to do it. Ideally, we
wouldn't create a FIT at the end. This could be done by calling
fit_image_setup_sig/info.crypto->add_verify_data directly.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Document -G and the secondary image types which can be used with -R.
Also reword the documentation of -s for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Static events do not currently work post-relocation for boards that enable
CONFIG_NEEDS_MANUAL_RELOC. Relocate event handler pointers for all event
spies to fix this.
Tested on Microblaze.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
The whole event_register() function is wrapped in EVENT_DYNAMIC #ifdef
checks, so the inner check is not needed:
#if CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(EVENT_DYNAMIC)
...
int event_register(...)
{
...
if (!CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(EVENT_DYNAMIC))
return -ENOSYS;
}
#endif
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Set correct type for 3rd argument of ofnode_get_addr_size_index_notrans()
function. It expects fdt_size_t * and not fdt_addr_t *.
When these two types do not have same size then U-Boot throw compile
warning:
drivers/mtd/mtdpart.c: In function ‘add_mtd_partitions_of’:
drivers/mtd/mtdpart.c:906:57: warning: passing argument 3 of ‘ofnode_get_addr_size_index_notrans’ from incompatible pointer type [-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
offset = ofnode_get_addr_size_index_notrans(child, 0, &size);
^~~~~
In file included from include/dm/device.h:13,
from include/linux/mtd/mtd.h:26,
from include/ubi_uboot.h:28,
from drivers/mtd/mtdpart.c:27:
include/dm/ofnode.h:530:25: note: expected ‘fdt_size_t *’ {aka ‘long long unsigned int *’} but argument is of type ‘fdt_addr_t *’ {aka ‘long unsigned int *’}
fdt_size_t *size);
~~~~~~~~~~~~^~~~
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Add a make command to compile binary files as C data through bin2c with
$(call,bin2c,<data_name_prefix>)
Note that this requires BUILD_BIN2C=y.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Clément Tosi <ptosi@google.com>
Setting sblk = NULL has no effect on the caller.
We want to set *sblk = NULL if an error occurrs to avoid usage after free.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
After returning if ret <= 0 we know that ret > 0. No need to check it.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Anand Jain <anand.jain>
While our copy of zlib is missing upstream commit 263b1a05b04e ("Allow
deflatePrime() to insert bits in the middle of a stream.") we do have
Z_FIXED support, and so the majority of the code changes in 5c44459c3b28
("Fix a bug that can crash deflate on some input when using Z_FIXED.")
apply here directly and cleanly. As this has been assigned a CVE, lets
go and apply these changes.
Link: 5c44459c3b
Reported-by: "Gan, Yau Wai" <yau.wai.gan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have many cases of SPL (or TPL or VPL) drivers that don't depend on
SPL_MISC (and so on) but rather just MISC.
Cc: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
The actual support was added in commit fec8c900c8 ("power: regulator:
Add support for regulator-force-boot-off"), update the docs to include
this.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Migrate dm command to use U_BOOT_CMD_WITH_SUBCMDS() helper macro, to reduce
duplicated code. We can also drop the CONFIG_NEEDS_MANUAL_RELOC exception,
as the command list is updated post relocation in board_r.c initcall
initr_manual_reloc_cmdtable().
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
CONFIG_DM_EVENT without CONFIG_EVENT is non-functional.
Let CONFIG_DM_EVENT depend on CONFIG_EVENT.
Remove superfluous stub in include/event.h.
Fixes: 5b896ed585 ("event: Add events for device probe/remove")
Reported-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
- Bring in a number of series of patches that migrate all remaining
CONFIG_SPL symbols to Kconfig, remove some dead code that this
uncovered and then start to tighten the dependencies in Kconfig now
that everything is migrated and these relationships can be clearly
expressed.
- In a few places, add missing "depends on" that can be implied from the
option name (i.e. SPL_DM_xxx depends on SPL_DM).
- Make less use of "if SPL_xxx ... endif" clauses as most of the time
this reads better as depends on. In the case of UBI however, move it
all to a sub-menu.
- Rework SPL_NO_CPU_SUPPORT as it's very specific to the
non-SPL_FRAMEWORK implementation used on those platforms, and a
tangent to how CONFIG_SPL_START_S_PATH was used.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Move all PowerPC (and some shared with Layerscape) options to
common/spl/Kconfig.nxp
- Move all other TPL related options to common/spl/Kconfig.tpl
- Move all VPL related options to common/spl/Kconfig.vpl
This makes the whole of common/spl/Kconfig slightly more readable.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE was made obsolete by
CONFIG_MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_{SPI,MMC,SATA,UART}.
CONFIG_MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_SPI is the default so existing users of
CONFIG_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE can simply have the option removed.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CONFIG_FIXED_SDHCI_ALIGNED_BUFFER is needed on some Marvell SoCs when
booting from MMC. All existing usages of this have the same value so
make this the default and have the Kconfig option depend on SPL &&
MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_MMC.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Update the way KWB_CFG_SEC_BOOT_DEV is determined to use
CONFIG_MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_{SPI,MMC} instead of
CONFIG_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Looking at the git history and values used for the raw kernel/args
location, it's clear these platforms only ever did Falcon Mode via
filesystem images and not raw MMC/SD locations. Disable
CONFIG_SPL_FALCON_BOOT_MMCSD.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In some cases, when we don't use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK nor are we on
PowerPC using their specific SPL/TPL framework, we need to specify the
start.S file to use for these typically very constrained systems. Do
this within the Makefile logic, rather than introducing a string-based
CONFIG option, as this would get slightly complex to do in Kconfig for a
very limited number of users.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The address where the device tree will be passed in to U-Boot at is now
moved to the Kconfig file. If this is user configurable, it needs to be
exposed rather than hidden, and should probably be renamed as well.
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR
In doing so, we also consistently use this variable for SPL_OS_BOOT and
not CONFIG_SYS_FDT_BASE in some cases.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is mostly unused. In the case where it is currently used, it means
the same as CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO, which is already set for the platform.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
We introduce a default value here as well, and CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC to
control if we have a malloc pool or not.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_MALLOC_ADDR
CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_MALLOC_SIZE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update the Kconfig entry to have the correct defaults for i.MX7
platforms, and move the existing large comment from imx7_spl.h to
doc/imx/common/imx7.txt so that it's not lost.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update the Kconfig entry to have the correct defaults for i.MX6
platforms, and move the existing large comment from imx6_spl.h to
doc/imx/common/imx6.txt so that it's not lost.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR
- Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack
pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation.
- On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not
set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them.
- On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting
GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation.
- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most
board config header files.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have a number of CONFIG symbols today that are of the form:
SYM1 = CONST1 + CONST2
or other static math operations (shifts, etc). The issue is that by
moving these to Kconfig we no longer have the ability to calculate these
values, so they become less flexible and useful. It's also the case
that sometimes a platform will just define SYM1 directly or perform a
slightly different set of calculations. We introduce this header now to
have a place to start to handle these cases.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE to tell us how large the generated
global data is, so do not use a hard-coded value of 1024 for it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In the places where PowerPC references CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET it
does so as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET). And
it defines CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET in the same manner that other
architectures define CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET. Other architectures
define CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET) typically. Rename things within PowerPC for
consistency with other architectures.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently, since we know that in the combination of
CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET all of the "high"
bits are in CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR and "low" bits are in
CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET we reference this separately in start.S, but
added together everywhere else. For clarity consistency, reference the
combined value here instead.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This value is only referenced by PowerPC code in a way other than
directly as CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR. Switch to CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR
directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This value is only referenced by PowerPC code in a way other than
directly as CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR. Switch to CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR
directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In some cases, we define CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR differently for SPL or
full U-Boot. This case should be making use of CONFIG_SPL_STACK, as
that's what that variable is for. In a few other cases we define
CONFIG_SPL_STACK directly to CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR, but do not need to
as the code handles this correctly, normally.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The definition of CONFIG_SPL_BOOTROM_SAVE is always a fixed
CONFIG_SPL_STACK + 4, while CONFIG_SPL_STACK is not constant. This
change will make it clear where the location is still, once
CONFIG_SPL_STACK moves to Kconfig.
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A number of PowerPC platforms define this, for SPL. To move this to
Kconfig, it needs to be CONFIG_SPL_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE, so use
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() to check for usage. A number of layerscape
platforms bring this logic from PowerPC, but only need a small part of
it, for the fman driver. Remove their unused portion at least.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
The problem here is that a few platforms have been doing:
#ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
#define CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
#endif
instead of defining CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE directly. Correct this
and update the documentation in a few places to match usage.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
Note that the da850evm platforms were violating the "only use one" rule
here, and so now hard-code their BSS limit.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
CONFIG_TPL_MAX_SIZE
Note that we need to make TPL_MAX_SIZE be hex, and so move and convert the
existing places.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
CONFIG_SPL_FLUSH_IMAGE
CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is only referenced in non-SPL_DM cases, of which there are
currently none. Remove this option and slightly re-organize the code is
there is now never an if/else at the start of spl_sata_load_image()
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is always defined to 2, and referenced in two places. Move the
define to <asm/omap_common.h> and make sure the code that uses this
includes that file. Make <asm/arch-omap*/clock.h> not include that
file, as we don't need to be doing so.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
